PUB.

(ENROUTE)

SAILING DIRECTIONS

★

★

2010

191

ENGLISH CHANNEL

Prepared and published by the

NATIONAL GEOSPATIAL-INTELLIGENCE AGENCY

Bethesda, Maryland

© COPYRIGHT 2010 BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT

NO COPYRIGHT CLAIMED UNDER TITLE 17 U.S.C.

SIXTEENTH EDITION

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office

Internet: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800

Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
III

 Pub. 191

Preface

0.0 Pub. 191, Sailing Directions (Enroute) English Channel, Sixteenth Edition, 2010, is issued for use in conjunction with Pub.

140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea..

Companion volumes are Pubs. 192, 193, 194, and 195.

0.0 Digital Nautical Chart 20 provides electronic chart coverage

for the area covered by this publication. 

0.0 This publication has been corrected to 2 October 2010,

including Notice to Mariners No. 40 of 2010.

Explanatory Remarks

0.0 Sailing Directions are published by the National GeospatialIntelligence Agency (NGA), under the authority of Department

of Defense Directive 5105.40, dated 12 December 1988, and

pursuant to the authority contained in U. S. Code Title 10,

Sections 2791 and 2792 and Title 44, Section 1336. Sailing

Directions, covering the harbors, coasts, and waters of the

world, provide information that cannot be shown graphically

on nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere.

0.0 Sailing Directions (Enroute) include detailed coastal and

port approach information which supplements the largest scale

chart produced by the National Geospatial-Intelligence

Agency. This publication is divided into geographic areas

called “Sectors.”

0.0 Bearings.—Bearings are true, and are expressed in degrees

from 000° (north) to 360°, measured clockwise. General

bearings are expressed by initial letters of points of the compass (e.g. N, NNE, NE, etc.). Adjective and adverb endings

have been discarded. Wherever precise bearings are intended

degrees are used.

0.0 Charts.—Reference to charts made throughout this publication refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical

Chart (DNC).

0.0 Coastal Features.—It is assumed that the majority of ships

have radar. Available coastal descriptions and views, useful for

radar and visual piloting are included in geographic sequence

in each Sector.

0.0 Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,

additions, and comments to NGA’s Maritime Operations Desk,

as follows: 

0.0 1. Toll free: 1-800-362-6289

0.0 2. Commercial: 301-227-3147

0.0 3. DSN: 287-3147

0.0 4. DNC web site: http://www.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

DNC.portal

0.0 5. Maritime Services

0.0 Domain web site: http://www.nga.mil/NGAPortal/

MSI.portal

0.0 6. E-mail: navsafety@nga.mil

0.0 7. Mailing address: Maritime Services Domain

PVM, Mail Stop D-44

0.0 4600 Sangamore Road

0.0 Bethesda MD 20816-5003

0.0 New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the

date of the publication shown above. Important information to

amend material in the publication is available as a Publication

Digital Update (PDU) from the NGA Maritime Services

Domain web-site.

0.0NGA Maritime Services Domain Website

http://www.nga.mil/NGAPortal/MSI.portal

0.0

0.0 Courses.—Courses are true, and are expressed in the same

manner as bearings. The directives “steer” and “make good” a

course mean, without exception, to proceed from a point of

origin along a track having the identical meridianal angle as the

designated course. Vessels following the directives must allow

for every influence tending to cause deviation from such track,

and navigate so that the designated course is continuously

being made good.

0.0 Currents.—Current directions are the true directions toward

which currents set.

0.0 Dangers.—As a rule outer dangers are fully described, but

inner dangers which are well-charted are, for the most part,

omitted. Numerous offshore dangers, grouped together, are

mentioned only in general terms. Dangers adjacent to a coastal

passage or fairway are described.

0.0 Distances.—Distances are expressed in nautical miles of 1

minute of latitude. Distances of less than 1 mile are expressed

in meters, or tenths of miles.

0.0 Geographic Names.—Geographic names are generally

those used by the nation having sovereignty. Names in parentheses following another name are alternate names that may

appear on some charts. In general, alternate names are quoted

only in the principal description of the place. Diacritical marks,

such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to

specific letters in certain foreign languages, are not used in the

interest of typographical simplicity. Geographic names or their

spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political

status of an area by the United States Government.

0.0 Heights.—Heights are referred to the plane of reference

used for that purpose on the charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Index-Gazetteer.—Navigational features and place-names

are listed alphabetically in the back of the book. The approximate position, along with the Sector and paragraph numbers

(e.g. 1.1), facilitate location in the text.

0.0 Internet Links.—This publication provides internet links to

web sites concerned with maritime navigational safety, including but not limited to, Federal government sites, foreign Hydrographic Offices, and foreign public/private port facilities.

NGA makes no claims, promises, or guarantees concerning the

accuracy, completeness, or adequacy of the contents of the web

sites and expressly disclaims any liability for errors and omissions of these web sites.

0.0 Light and Fog Signals.—Lights and fog signals are not described, and light sectors are not usually defined. The Light

Lists should be consulted for complete information.

0.0 Ports.—Directions for entering ports are depicted where

appropriate by means of chartlets, sketches, and photos, which

facilitate positive identification of landmarks and navigational

aids. These chartlets and sketches are not always to scale, however, and should be used only as a general informational guide

in conjunction with the best scale chart. Specific port facilities
IV

Pub. 191

are omitted from the standard format. They are tabulated in

Pub. 150, World Port Index.

0.0 Radio Navigational Aids.—Radio navigational aids are not

described in detail. Publication No. 117 Radio Navigational

Aids and NOAA Publication, Selected Worldwide Marine

Broadcasts, should be consulted.

0.0 Soundings.—Soundings are referred to the datum of the

charts and are expressed in meters.

0.0 Special Warnings.—A Special Warning may be in force for

the geographic area covered by this publication. Special

Warnings are printed in the weekly Notice to Mariners upon

promulgation and are reprinted annually in Notice to Mariners

No. 1. A listing of Special Warnings currently in force is

printed in each weekly Notice to Mariners, Section III, Broadcast Warnings, along with the notice number of promulgation.

Special Warnings are also available on the Maritime Division

website.

0.0 Wind Directions.—Wind directions are the true directions

from which winds blow.

Reference List

0.0 The principal sources examined in the preparation of this

publication were:

0.0 British Hydrographic Department Sailing Directions.

0.0 Canadian Sailing Directions.

0.0 Various port handbooks. 

0.0 Reports from United States Naval and merchant vessels and

various shipping companies.

0.0 Other U.S. Government publications, reports, and documents.

0.0 Charts, light lists, tide and current tables, and other documents in possession of the Agency.
 Pub. 191

V

0.0SECTOR LIMITS — PUB. 154
VI Pub. 154

Conversion Tables

Feet to Meters

Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74

 10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79

 20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84

 30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89

 40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93

 50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98

 60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03

 70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08

 80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13

 90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17

Fathoms to Meters

Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46

 10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75

 20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03

 30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32

 40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61

 50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90

 60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19

 70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47

 80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76

 90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05

Meters to Feet

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53

 10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34

 20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14

 30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95

 40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76

 50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57

 60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38

 70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19

 80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99

 90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80

Meters to Fathoms

Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92

 10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39

 20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86

 30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33

 40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79

 50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26

 60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73

 70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20

 80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67

 90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
Pub. 154 VII

Abbreviations

The following abbreviations may be used in the text:

Units

°C degree(s) Centigrade km kilometer(s)

cm centimeter(s) m meter(s)

cu.m. cubic meter(s) mb millibars

dwt deadweight tons MHz megahertz

FEU forty-foot equivalent units mm millimeter(s)

grt gross registered tons nrt net registered tons

kHz kilohertz TEU twenty-foot equivalent units

Directions

N north S south

NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest

NE northeast SW southwest

ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest

E east W west

ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest

SE southeast NW northwest

SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest

Vessel types

LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off

LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier

LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil

Time

ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time

ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time

Water level

MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs

HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps

LW low water MHWS mean high water springs

MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps

MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs

HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide

HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide

LWN low water neaps

Communications

D/F direction finder MF medium frequency

R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency

GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency

LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency

Navigation

LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring

NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme

ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center

SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service

Miscellaneous

COLREGS Collision Regulations

IALA International Association of Lighthouse

Authorities

No./Nos.

PA

Number/Numbers

Position approximate

IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful

IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication

loa length overall St./Ste. Saint/Sainte
Pub. 191 IX

Contents

Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III

Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V

Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII

Sector 1

England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Sector 2

England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Sector 3

France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg, including Plateau des Minquiers and the Iles Chausey . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Sector 4

The Channel Islands and France—North Coast—The Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Sector 5

France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Sector 6

France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Sector 7

England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Pub. 191

1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point

1.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 1 — CHART INFORMATION
3

Pub. 191

SECTOR 1 

ENGLAND—SOUTH COAST—ENGLISH CHANNEL APPROACHES—THE SCILLY ISLES TO 

START POINT

1.0 Plan.—This sector first describes the approaches and passage through the English Channel to Dover Strait. It then describes the Scilly Isles and the SW coast of England from

Land’s End to Start Point. The descriptive sequence is from W

to E. 

General Remarks

1.1 The water separating the coast of England from that

of France is known in the United Kingdom as the English

Channel, and in France as La Manche. 

1.1 The English Channel is entered from the W between Ile Vierge (48°38'N., 4°34'W.) and Land’s End (50°04'N., 5°43'W.).

The sea area lying W and SW of the English Channel and extending to the edge of the continental shelf forms part of the

Celtic Sea. The W and SW approaches to the English Channel

pass through deep water and there are no navigational hazards.

1.1 Winds—Weather.—The climate of the English Channel is

controlled to a large extent by the series of cyclonic disturbances that usually move toward the E or NE, generally passing N

of the British Isles. In such cases, the English Channel is under

the influence of a mild and moist SW or WSW jet stream. 

1.1 At other times, different conditions occur mainly when an

anticyclone appears and develops over northern Europe. Winds

from E may persist for several days and blow in the channel.

1.1 In winter, weather to the E is bitter cold and it is often accompanied by strong winds, but in summer there is usually fine

weather. Winds are very variable. The term “predominant

wind” is of little significance in this area. 

1.1 The main features are the westerlies that occur from December to January and from July to August. During both these periods, more than 50 per cent of the winds are from SSW to

NNW, often from SW more than NW.

1.1 Easterlies are from NE to E and occur most frequently from

October to November and from February to June. The frequency is highest in May. Winds from SE are the least frequent.

February and November have the most uniform distribution of

winds from all directions.

1.1 Winds are characterized as predominantly W over the Scilly

Isles, unlike over the English Channel. There is a tendency for

wind shifts from W to NW more so than from SW to W in

summer, and to a lesser degree in January.

1.1 In the approaches to Southampton and the Isle of Wight,

winds often blow along The Solent and Spithead. Local variations are usually subordinate to the main stream which may

sweep over much of the Isle of Wight. The island has not been

observed to provide its own sea breeze. 

1.1 The main breeze reaches force 3 or 4 on the coast and more

over the water, then spreads out over the land. The land breeze

blows on clear nights throughout the year and may be more

marked in winter than in summer.

1.1 At the Bill of Portland, the sea breeze effect results in a

strong tendency for winds from N to NE to veer toward E, and

those from W to NW to back toward SW between 0700 and

1300. The fluctuation of land and sea breeze at The Bill of

Portland is sometimes NE to WSW, the general direction is

parallel with the coast. The tendency is very pronounced during the warmer months and it is particularly marked for the N

and S directions. 

1.1 This is a land and sea breeze effect reinforced by the configuration of the river mouth. The effect is substantially repeated

in similar topographical situations, in particular at Plymouth. 

1.1 Tides—Currents.—A series of Tidal Stream Atlases, which

shows the state of the currents on an hourly basis, is published

by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office for the English

Channel and Dover Strait (NP 250 and NP 233).

1.1 Regulations—Reporting Systems.—The Ship Movement

Reporting System (MAREP) is a voluntary reporting system

and its objectives are to assist the mariner, to improve safety of

navigation in the English Channel and Dover Strait, and to reduce the risk of pollution off the coasts of the United Kingdom

and France in this area.

1.1 Vessels are requested to report to the appropriate shore station when approaching the following:

1. The TSS off Ile d’Ouessant.

2. The TSS off Casquets.

3. The TSS within the Dover Strait.

1.1 For further details of MAREP, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North

Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

1.1 The Dover Strait Reporting System (CALDOVREP) is a

mandatory reporting system under SOLAS regulations which

operates in a 65-mile stretch of the Dover Traffic Separation

Scheme (TSS). In order to enhance safe navigation, shore

based facilities at Gris Nez Traffic and Dover Coastguard monitor shipping movements and provide information pertaining to

navigational hazards and weather conditions. For further details concerning CALDOVREP, see paragraph 6.4.

1.1 The CORSEN-OUESSANT Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is

a mandatory reporting system under SOLAS regulations which

operates within a 40-mile circular area centered on Ile d’Ouessant. For further details of this VTS, see paragraph 3.1.

1.1 The Jobourg Vessel Traffic Service (VTS), known as

MANCHEREP, is a mandatory reporting system under SOLAS

regulations which operates in an area covering the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) off Les Casquets. For further details of

this VTS, see paragraph 4.1.

1.1 Note.—Due to the CALDOVEP, CORSEN-OUESSANT,

and MANCHEREP reporting systems being mandatory, vessels are advised that these systems take preference in those specific areas over the Ship Movement Report System (MAREP),

which is voluntary. 

1.1 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to tankers transporting hydrocarbons and to vessels transporting dangerous substances navigating in the approaches to the French

coasts of the North Sea, the English Channel, and the Atlantic
4 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

Ocean between the Belgian border and Spanish border. Such

vessels preparing to pass through or stop within French Territorial Waters are required to send a message to the appropriate

CROSS station giving their intended movements. In addition,

such vessels must use the designated Mandatory Access

Routes and Channels when approaching a port or roadstead.

For further details of these special procedures, see Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

1.1 An Automatic Ship Identification and ship reporting system

(AIRS) has been established to monitor the movements of vessels around the British Isles including the Dover Strait. The

system utilizes the capability of the VHF DSC installations

adopted for the Global Marine Distress and Safety System

(GMDSS). For further details of AIRS, see Pub. 140, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea,

North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea (United Kingdom).

1.1 The WETREP (Western Europe Tanker Reporting System) is

a VTS system, under SOLAS regulations, which operates in

the W approaches to Spain, Portugal, France, Belgium, the

United Kingdom (including the Shetland Islands), and Ireland.

This system is mandatory for all oil tankers over 600 dwt carrying heavy crude oil, heavy fuel oil, or bitumen and tar and

their emulsions. It does not apply to warships, naval auxiliary,

or other vessels owned or operated by a contracting government and used, for the time being, only on government noncommercial service. For further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea,

North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea (United Kingdom).

1.1 The WETREP (Western Europe Tanker Reporting System)

operating areas have also been designated by the IMO as Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA). For further details of

PSSA, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea (United Kingdom).

1.1 Regulations—General.—The European Union (EU) has introduced legislation whereby inspections (EI) of high risk vessels must take place every 12 months. High risk vessels include

oil tankers over 15 years and over 3,000 grt, gas and chemical

tankers over 10 years old, bulk carriers over 12 years old, and

passenger ships over 15 years old (excluding those covered by

the EU Ferry Directive). For further details see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic

Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea. 

1.1 Signals.—International traffic signals displayed at the majority of ports described within this volume are, as follows:

1. Three red lights displayed vertically indicate that vessels shall not proceed.

2. Three red flashing lights displayed vertically indicate

that there is an emergency and all vessels must stop or divert

according to instructions.

3. Three green lights displayed vertically indicate that

vessels may proceed in one-way traffic.

4. Three lights displayed vertically, the two upper lights

being green and the lower one being white, indicate that vessels may proceed in two-way traffic.

5. Three lights displayed vertically, the upper and lower

lights being green and the center light being white, indicate

that vessels may proceed only when they have obtained specific instructions to do so.

1.1 Directions—Traffic Separation Schemes.—Within the area covered by this volume, Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS)

and Inshore Traffic Zones have been established in the following areas:

1. To the W and S of the Scilly Isles, and between those

islands and the English coast.

2. To the NW of Ile d’Ouessant.

3. To the N of Casquets.

4. In Dover Strait.

1.1 All these Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) are IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of The International Regulations for Preventing

Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS) applies. 

1.1 Special provisions have been adopted by IMO for use in the

TSS lying NW of Ile d’Ouessant. French national regulations

govern navigation in the Inshore Traffic Zone of this scheme

and certain channels off the NW coast of Bretagne.

1.1 For details of the IMO special provisions and French regulations, see paragraph 3.1.

1.1 For details of the TSS lying N of Casquets, see paragraph

4.1.

1.1 For details of the TSS lying within the Dover Strait, see paragraphs 6.5 and 7.1.

1.1 Directions—Routes.—Vessels making a landfall SSW of

Bishops Rock (49°52'N., 6°27'W.) and proceeding to Dover

Strait should pass through the Traffic Separation Scheme

(TSS) lying S of the Scilly Isles. They should then continue in

a general E direction for about 135 miles and pass through the

Off Casquets TSS (49°43'N., 2°22'W.).

1.1 Vessels making a landfall W of Bishops Rock (49°52'N.,

6°27'W.) and intending to proceed N should pass through the

TSS lying W of the Scilly Isles.

1.1 Vessels making a landfall WSW of Wolf Rock (49°57'N.,

5°48'W.) and intending to proceed N should pass through the

Off Land’s End TSS lying E of the Scilly Isles between Seven

Stones (50°02'N., 6°07'W.) and Longships, 14 miles E. For restrictions concerning this TSS, see Pub. 142, Sailing Directions

(Enroute) Ireland and the West Coast of England. 

1.1 Directions—Navigation.—The Netherlands Hydrographic

Service publishes, in English, a Deep Draft Planning Guide

covering the Deep Draft Route through Dover Strait to Europoort for vessels with drafts over 20.7m. However, the contents of the guide are not necessarily endorsed in every detail

by the British authorities.

1.1 Vessels with drafts up to 22m, and up to 22.6m in favorable

conditions, can use this Deep Draft Route. However, the recommended underkeel clearances should be taken into consideration.

1.1 For further details of the Deep Draft Routes within the Dover

Strait and S part of the North Sea, see paragraph 6.5. 

1.1 The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office publishes the

Mariners’ Routing Guide (chart 5500) which depicts routes

through the English Channel, Dover Strait, and the S part of the

North Sea as far as the entrance to Europoort. The guide also

provides details concerning regulations, pilotage, and radio

services.

1.1 The IMO has adopted a recommendation that all vessels navigating in the English Channel and Dover Strait should carry

the latest edition of this guide or other equivalent publications. 

1.1 The Channel Navigation Information Service (CNIS) is operated from Dover Strait Coast Guard and CROSSMA Griz
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 5

Pub. 191

Nez. It provides information by scheduled broadcasts or on request to vessels uncertain of their position on passage through

the Dover Strait. 

1.1 Caution.—It is reported (2006) that 32 locations around the

United Kingdom coasts have been identified as Marine Environmental High Risk Areas (MEHRAs). Vessels should exercise even more caution than usual when navigating within

these areas. For further details of MEHRAs, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic

Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea (United Kingdom. 

Approaching the English Channel

1.2 The continental shelf, which is approximately delineated by the 200m curve, lies more than 200 miles W of the

SW coast of England. It may generally be recognized in calm

weather by the numerous ripplings in its vicinity, and in boisterous weather by a turbulent sea and the sudden alteration in

the color of the water from a dark blue to green. 

1.2 Within the 200m curve, the shoaling is irregular due to the

banks and ridges described below; however, in general the surroundings shoal gradually E, the depth on a line joining lle

d’Ouessant and Bishop Rock being almost uniformly about

100m, decreasing a little within 20 miles of the Scilly Isles.

1.2 Approaching the English Channel from W, it is essential to

use every opportunity to ascertain the vessel’s position until a

landfall is made. Although soundings will be of service, they

give no exact determination of position as the inequalities in

depths are generally too slight, with the exception of Hurd

Deep (49°30'N., 3°30'W.). Careful consideration should be given to the effects of wind, currents, and tidal current in order to

ensure keeping S of the Scilly Isles. Recent prevailing S and

SW winds, combined with the influence of surface drift and

tidal current, almost always result in a N set.

1.2 In low visibility, vessels should not approach the Scilly Isles

within a depth of 100m unless certain of their position. 

1.2 When approaching Ile d’Ouessant, which is surrounded by

dangers, vessels should guard against the danger of setting E.

Caution is also needed when rounding this island, as the tidal

currents are strong and the extent of their influence to seaward

is undetermined.

1.2 In low visibility, Hurd Deep will indicate the approach to

Casquets from NW and N. Approaching from the W, vessels

can avoid the dangers off Casquets, Alderney, and Cap de la

Hague by following Hurd Deep.

1.2 In navigating the English Channel it is important that the

mariner be acquainted with the general system of winds, as

well as with the incidence of poor visibility. To this must be

added the caution that the wind has a considerable effect on the

strength and direction of the tidal current, as well as on the

range of the tides.

1.2 The tidal currents are strong in the central part of the English

Channel, especially at spring tides in the area lying between

Portland, Isle of Wight, and the Cotentin Peninsula; strong

winds opposing the tidal current raise steep seas which can be

hazardous for small vessels. 

1.2 Numerous ports and anchorages where vessels may seek

shelter are found on both the English and French coasts; however, apart from the harbors of Dartmouth and Tor Bay, there is

little shelter during strong SW winds between Start Point

(50°13'N., 3°40'W.) and The Bill of Portland, 50 miles ENE.

1.2 A series of ridges, all of which lie in a NE to SW direction,

are located W and SW of the Scilly Isles (49°52'N., 6°20'W.),

within the continental shelf. However, some of these ridges, although being of considerable length, are very narrow.

1.2 The positions given below indicate the approximate location

of the least depth on the named banks. It is to be noted that other shallower depths of less than 90m exist in this incompletely

surveyed area.

1.2 Great Sole Bank (49°53'N., 9°36'W.), with depths of 95 to

126m, lies about 30 miles within the W edge of the continental

shelf and 140 miles W of the Scilly Isles. 

1.2 Cockburn Bank (50°01'N., 8°45'W.), with a least depth of

93m, and Jones Bank (49°53'N., 7°58'W.), with a least depth

of 71m, lie between Great Sole Bank and the Scilly Isles. 

1.2 Another depth of 73m lies 35 miles WSW of Jones Bank. 

1.2 Melville Knoll (49°14'N., 8°16'W.), with a least depth of

104m, lies about 35 miles SSW of Jones Bank.

1.2 Little Sole Bank (48°27'N., 8°53'W.) lies between the edge

of the continental shelf and Ile d’Ouessant (48°27'N., 5°08'W.).

It has a least depth of 115m and consists of fine sand.

1.2 Shamrock Knoll (48°11'N., 7°34'W.), with depths of 95 to

128m, and Parsons Bank (48°25'N., 6°32'W.) lie 50 miles W

of Ile d’Ouessant. Over Parsons Bank and within about 10

miles of it, the depths decrease from 148 to 99m and then increase again to 131m. 

1.2 Kaiser-i-hind Bank (48°06'N., 6°34'W.), with a least depth

of 117m, lies about 15 miles S of Parsons Bank. 

1.2 Between Parsons Bank and Ile d’Ouessant, the bottom is

more even and there are depths of 100m or more lying up to

within about 3.5 miles of the W danger located of Ile d’Ouessant.

1.2 La Fosse d’Ouessant, a remarkable trench, lies about 5 miles

NW of Ile d’Ouessant. It is about 1 mile wide and has depths of

118 to 190m.

1.2 The bottom of the W approaches to the English Channel appears to consist mainly of fine or coarse sand, a great deal of

broken shell, and occasional patches of pebbles, gravel, and

small stones. Mud may be found in places now and then. The

sand is mostly white; although, in many places it is yellow,

with black specks. The black specks are often found mixed

both with the white and yellow sand; they are very fine, resembling fine cinder dust. 

1.2 The greater proportion of yellow sand lies S of the parallel of

49°30'N, and that of black specks N of that line. This distribution is very marked, especially between the meridians of

9°40'W and 7°30'W.

1.2 Hurd Deep (49°30'N., 3°30'W.), with general depths of

more than 90m, is 2 to 3 miles wide. It extends about 80 miles

NE from a position located 38 miles N of Ile de Batz

(48°45'N., 4°00'W.). In the NE part, lying about 9 miles NW of

Casquets, the depths increase to about 170m. Although there

are sudden variations in depths in various parts of the English

Channel, there is none so marked as that of Hurd Deep.

1.2 Several fields of sand waves exist in the W part of the English Channel in deep water. The waves tend to run in a N to S

direction. Two such fields are centered about 17 miles and 33

miles SE of Eddystone Light (50°11'N., 4°16'W.). Each field

extends about 15 miles in a N to S direction and 10 miles in an

E to W direction. A third field is centered about 30 miles SE of
6 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

Start Point (50°13'N., 3°38'W.). It extends about 10 miles in a

N to S direction and 12 miles in an E to W direction. Average

amplitudes are from 1 to 2m, with a maximum amplitude of

5m, and average wavelengths are between 100 and 300m. Average amplitudes are from 5 to 15m with occasional sand

waves exceeding heights of 20m. The average wavelengths are

between 250 and 1,500m.

1.2 For information concerning fields of sand waves in the Dover Strait, see paragraph 6.5.

1.2 Pilotage.—Pilotage is available at every port of any consequence on the British side of the English Channel and in the

Channel Islands; relevant details are provided under the individual port descriptions. Mandatory pilotage for French ports

is determined by the tonnage or length of a vessel, which is defined in the port description. Pilotage is obligatory for all vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances.

1.2 Vessels inbound for ports in NW Europe, including the British Isles and The Baltic Sea, may embark deep-sea pilots before reaching the complex Traffic Separation Schemes and

Deep Water Routes in the Dover Strait and the North Sea areas.

Such pilots should be requested in advance through the various

pilotage agencies based in the British Isles or other European

countries.

1.2 Deep-sea pilots are normally embarked by prior arrangement

off Brixham or Cherbourg for ports in NW Europe and The

Baltic.

1.2 Caution.—British and French submarines exercise frequently in the English Channel and in its W approaches. The limits

of submarine exercise areas are generally indicated on the

charts.

1.2 Firing and bombing practices and other defense exercises

take place within areas lying about 40 miles of the English

coast. 

1.2 Several former mine areas, within which sea bottom activities are prohibited, are situated in the English Channel.

1.2 Several explosive deposit zones, for use of vessels with suspicious devices, lie in French waters.

1.2 For further details of the above areas, See Pub. 140, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea,

North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

1.2 Disused explosives dumping ground areas lie at the E and W

ends of Hurd Deep (49°30'N., 3°30'W.).

1.2 Transhipment of liquid cargo between tankers takes place

regularly in Lyme Bay and in the NW part of Baie de la Seine.

Vessels engaged in those operations may be at anchor, or otherwise unable to maneuver, and should be given a wide berth.

1.2 Crossing traffic in parts of the English Channel and Dover

Strait increases the risk of collision in these areas. Extreme

caution is advised.

1.2 High speed ferries may be encountered in the English Channel and Dover Strait.

1.2 Fishing vessels of various sizes and of different nationalities

may be encountered throughout the English Channel and Dover Strait.

1.2 Drilling rigs may operate in the English Channel throughout

the year. Buoys, barges, and other equipment associated with

the rigs may be moored within 1.5 miles of them and should be

given a wide berth.

1.2 Seismic and other survey vessels, operating in connection

with oil and gas rigs, may be encountered throughout the English Channel.

1.2 As stated in the Mariners’ Routing Guide (chart 5500), vessels using TSS traffic lanes must proceed at a safe speed, taking particular account of conditions such as reduced visibility.

It must be noted that vessels on through routes do not have any

special privileges or right of way. 

The Scilly Isles

1.3 The Scilly Isles (49°55'N., 6°20'W.) comprise a group

of isles and numerous above and below-water dangers that occupy a bank, about 5 miles wide, lying between 21 and 31

miles WSW of Land’s End, the SW extremity of England. 

1.3 The largest isles are concentrated in the NE part of the bank

and the small isles, rocks, and hidden dangers intersperse, rather sporadically, the SW part of the bank.

1.3 Bishop Rock (49°45'N., 6°35'W.), the SW extremity of the

Scilly Isles, is the N of a small detached group of above-water

rocks which are mostly awash at HW. 

1.3 Bishop Rock Light, equipped with a racon, is shown from a

conspicuous granite tower, 49m high, standing on the rock.

The light tower is radar prominent and generally the first sighting made when approaching the English Channel from the W.

The light is obscured on some bearings.

1.3 Pol Bank (49°50'N., 6°28'W.), with a least depth of 23m,

constitutes the S danger in the Scilly Isles area. It should be

avoided by all vessels, especially in periods of heavy swell,

when strong overfalls are formed.

1.3 St. Agnes lies close SW of St. Mary’s; an old conspicuous

lighthouse stands on its summit.

1.3 St. Martin’s, fronted by rocks and islets, lies at the NE side

of the group about 1.5 miles N of St. Mary’s. A conspicuous

beacon, 56m high, is situated on the E and highest end of this

isle.

1.3 Round Island (49°59'N., 6°19'W.), the N isle of the group,

is low and surrounded by rocks. Round Island Light is shown

from a prominent tower, 19m high, standing on its N side. The

light is obscured on some bearings. 

Bishop Rock Light
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 7

Pub. 191

1.4 Saint Mary’s (49°55'N., 6°19'W.), with its summit in

the N part, is the largest and principal isle of the group.

Saint Mary’s Harbour (49°55'N., 6°19'W.) (World Port Index No. 35210) is the main harbor. The adjoining settlement,

called Hugh Town, is situated on the neck of a peninsula at the

SW end of Saint Mary’s. St. Mary’s Road, the most spacious

anchorage, lies NW of St. Mary’s and has depths of 10 to 16m.

Crow Sound, lying NE of St. Mary’s, provides good anchorage, in depths of 12 to 14m. It is easy to access, but should not

be used during strong E winds. Crow Bar, a shallow bank, separates Crow Sound from St. Mary’s Road.

1.4 St. Mary’s Road, fronting Hugh Town, can be entered via

several channels. St. Mary’s Sound and Broad Sound are

marked by buoys and the easiest to navigate. St. Mary’s Sound

should be used by vessels approaching from E or S. It has a

least depth of 9.9m on the range line and is entered between

Peninnis Head and Spanish Ledges, marked by a buoy, about

0.4 mile SW. Broad Sound should be used by vessels approaching from SW. It has a least depth of 15m at the center of the

fairway and is entered between Bishop Rock and Flemings’s

Ledge, about 0.7 mile N. North Channel, the NW approach, is

not marked. It has a least depth of 12.3m and presents little difficulty. Smith Sound is deep and very narrow. It is not marked

and requires local knowledge.

1.4 Saint Mary’s Harbour has a pier with depths of 2m alongside. There are facilities for small coasters, ferries, and pleasure craft. 

1.4 Several radio masts and a conspicuous television tower stand

on the NW side of St. Mary’s and can be seen from a considerable distance in clear weather. A prominent coast guard station

stands close S of the tower.

1.4 Peninnis Head Light is shown from a framework tower with

a cupola, 14m high, standing on Peninnis Head, at the SW side

of St. Mary’s. The Star Castle Hotel, a prominent building,

stands on the N end of the peninsula at the SW side of the isle.

1.4 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for St. Mary’s Road and

all the waters within the Scilly Isles with the exception of fishing trawlers less than 47.5m in length, yachts less than 30m in

length, and HM vessels.

1.4 Pilots board between 1 and 2 miles SSE of Peninnis Head or

at the Crow Sound Pilot Station in position 49°55.5'N,

6°14.0'W.

1.4 Regulations.—Vessels should send an ETA to the Harbormaster at St. Mary’s at least 24 hours in advance. Amendments

to the ETA of over 3 hours should be sent immediately.

1.4 The harbor can be contacted on VHF channels 14, 16, or 69.

1.4 An IMO recommendation states that laden tankers over

10,000 grt using the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) lying between Land’s End and the Isle of Scilly should keep at least 3

miles to seaward of Wolf Rock and should not use the scheme

in restricted visibility or other adverse weather.

1.4 Laden tankers using the TSS lying between Land’s End and

the Isle of Scilly should report by VHF to Falmouth Coastguard Station at least 1 hour before ETA at the scheme and on

final departure from the scheme. These vessels should provide

the following information:

1.4 Vessels may pass between the TSS situated S of the Scilly

Isles and the TSS situated NW of Ile d’Ouessant if it is considered safer to do so in the prevailing circumstances.

1.4 The recommended channel for large vessels leading between

Seven Stones and Longships is approximately 12 miles wide,

with a least depth of 34m, and passage is simple by day or by

night in clear weather.

1.4 Laden tankers should avoid the areas between the inshore

boundaries of each of the above schemes and the coasts of the

Round Island Light

Peninnis Head Light (St. Mary’s)

Designator Information required

A Name and call sign.

B Date and GMT/UT time (6 figures).

C Latitude (4 figures N/S) and Longitude (5 

figures E/W).

D True bearing and distance (miles) from 

landmark.

E True course (3 figures).

F Speed (knots and decimal 3 figures).

G Last port of call.

I Destination.

M VHF channels monitored.

O Draft (deepest in meters and centimeters).

P Type and quantity of cargo.

Q Any damage or deficiency.
8 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

Scilly Isles and the Cornwall Peninsula as these have been designated as Inshore Traffic Zones.

Directions.—Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS), which may

best be seen on the chart, are situated W of the Scilly Isles, S of

the Scilly Isles, and between the Scilly Isles and the English

coast. These schemes are IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of the

Navigational Rules (72 COLREGS) applies.

1.4 Caution.—Many of the dangers in this area are steep-to and

the soundings do not provide a warning of approach. In thick

weather, the distinct differences (intervals and frequency) of

the fog signals sounded by the adjacent aids should be carefully identified in order to avoid these dangers.

1.4 Exercise areas, in which ships and submarines carry out

drills including firing practice, extend up to 40 miles S from

the English coast as far as the meridian of 7°W. 

1.4 A good lookout for submarines must be kept while passing

through these waters.

1.4 In thick weather, vessels approaching the Scilly Isles from

the W and SW should keep outside the 100m curve, (but

should be aware of the existing TSS), which lies about 18 miles

W, and 22 miles S of Bishop Rock. 

1.4 An experimental area, about 1 square mile and in which several underwater obstructions exist, is located close off the NW

side of the Scilly Isles.

1.5 Seven Stones (50°02'N., 6°07'W.), a large group of

steep-to rocks, many of which dry, lies on a bank about 6.5

miles NE of the NE extremity of the Scilly Isles. In rough

weather, the sea breaking on these rocks can be seen for a considerable distance, but vessels should never attempt to pass

close to their position.

1.5 Seven Stones Lightfloat (50°04'N., 6°04'W.), equipped

with a racon, is moored about 2 miles NE of the N part of the

shoal.

1.5 When navigating between the Scilly Isles and Land’s End,

vessels should not pass between Seven Stones and this lightfloat.

1.5 Wolf Rock (49°57'N., 5°49'W.), a steep-to drying rock, is

located about 8 miles SSW of Land’s End and is awash at

HWN. Wolf Rock Light, equipped with a racon, is shown from

a prominent granite tower, 41m high, standing on the rock.

Land’s End to Lizard Point

1.6 Land’s End (50°04'N., 5°43'W.), the SW extremity

of England, consists of a bold precipitous headland, 73m high,

fronted by foul ground. It is radar conspicuous.

1.6 A church, with a prominent steeple, is situated 0.8 mile E of

the headland and a coast guard station stands 0.5 mile NE.

1.6 Longships (50°04'N., 5°45'W.), a foul area with above and

below-water rocks, lies about 1 mile W of Land’s End with a

narrow channel between. Longships Light is shown from a

prominent granite tower, 35m high, standing on the tallest

rock, at the W side of the area.

1.6 Carn Base, a rocky shoal with a depth of 9.9m, lies about 2

miles S of Longships, near the W edge of a bank. A heavy confused sea occurs on this bank during W gales, especially during

W tidal currents.

1.6 Cape Cornwall, surmounted by a conspicuous disused mine

chimney, is located 3.5 miles N of Land’s End. A prominent

Wolf Rock Light

Longships Rocks

Longships Light
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 9

Pub. 191

television mast stands 1.8 miles NE of this cape.

1.6 For further information concerning the waters and landmarks

N of Land’s End, see Pub. 142, Sailing Directions (Enroute)

Ireland and the West Coast of England.

1.7 Gwennap Head (50°02'N., 5°41'W.), the SW extremity of the Cornwall Peninsula, is a cliffy headland rising in

places to heights over 60m. A coast guard station, from which

storm signals are displayed, stands on this headland.

1.7 Runnel Stone, a shoal awash, lies about 0.8 mile S of Gwennap Head and is marked by a lighted buoy. Two beacons standing in line on the headland mark the position of this danger.

The channel leading between the shoal and the headland is foul

and should not be attempted without local knowledge.

1.7 The coast trending ENE from Gwennap Head remains cliffy

and craggy with numerous small points and coves.

1.7 Tater-du Light (50°03'N., 5°35'W.) is shown from a prominent tower, 15m high, standing on the coast, 3.8 miles ENE of

Gwennap Head. A church, with a conspicuous tower, is situated at St. Buryan, about 2 miles NW of the light. 

1.7 Carn du, the E entrance point of Lamorna Cove, lies about 1

mile NE of Tater-du Light. Gull Rock, 24m high and precipitous, lies close off this point.

1.7 Caution.—Several submarine cables, which may best be

seen on the chart, extend seaward from the vicinity of Porthcurno, about 1 mile ENE of Gwennap Head and from a bay located about 1 mile NNE of Land’s End.

1.8 Mounts Bay (50°04'N., 5°26'W.) indents the coast

between Runnel Stone and Lizard Point, 18 miles ESE. This

bay should be avoided in the winter, or during SW gales. No attempt should be made to enter any of the harbors within the

bay, except Newlyn, when a ground swell is running or with

onshore winds. 

1.8 Penzance Bay (50°06'N., 5°30'W.) is located in the NW corner of Mounts Bay and entered between Carn du and Cudden

Point, 5.5 miles NE. The best anchorages lie within this bay,

but they should not be used with winds between SSW and SE.

1.8 St. Michael’s Mount (50°07'N., 5°29'W.), a small conical

island, is the best landmark in Penzance Bay. It is 80m high

and surmounted by a castellated building with a conspicuous

tower. This island bears a striking resemblance to the mount of

similar name in Normandy, although much smaller, and is

likewise connected to the shore by a drying ledge and

causeway.

St. Clements Isle (50°05'N., 5°32'W.), about 8m high with

an obelisk on its S end, lies 0.2 mile off the W shore of

Penzance Bay, about 0.5 miles NNE of Carn du. This island

provides shelter for the drying boat harbor of Mousehole which

is located on the mainland, WNW of it.

Penzer Point, surmounted by a prominent building, and a

conspicuous hotel are situated 0.8 mile and 0.3 mile, respectively, S of Mousehole. The cliffs near Penzer Point are 25m

high and the land rises abruptly behind them.

1.8 Penlee Point is located 0.5 mile N of St. Clement’s Isle and

the cliffs here are 18m high. Low Lee and Carn Base, with

depths of 1.5m and 1.8m, respectively, lie about 0.5 mile ENE

and NNE of this point. Both are weed-covered rocks. Low Lee

is marked by a lighted buoy.

1.8 A church, with a prominent tower, stands at Paul, 0.5 mile W

of Penlee Point. 

1.9 Newlyn (50°06'N., 5°33'W.) (World Port Index No.

35240) is situated on the W side of Penzance Bay, within a

cove known as Gwavas Lake. This small port, formed by two

piers, has a narrow entrance. It is used by coasters, fishing vessels, and pleasure craft. 

1.9 Most of the harbor dries at LW, but the outer part, including

the extremities of the piers, can be entered by small craft at any

stage of the tide. There is about 920m of quayage with depths

of 1.9 to 2.7m alongside. Small coasters up to 108m in length,

with drafts up to 5.5m at HWS and 5.1m at HWN, can be handled. See Penzance for pilotage information. 

1.9 A light is shown from a prominent metal tower, 10m high,

standing on the head of the S pier.

1.9 Newlyn can be contacted by VHF on channel 9, 12, or 16

and provides information on vessel movements and general

navigation matters in or near the harbors of Newlyn and Penzance. The harbor office hours are 0800 to 1700 weekdays and

0800 to 1200 Saturday.

1.10 Penzance (50°07'N., 5°32'W.) (World Port Index No.

35250) is situated in the NW part of Penzance Bay. This small

Tater-du Light

St. Michael’s Mount (Penzance Bay)

Port of Newlyn Home Page

http://www.newlynharbour.co.uk
10 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

port is used by coasters, fishing vessels, and pleasure craft. It is

also the terminal of the ferry which runs to the Scilly Islands.

1.10 Winds—Weather.—Winds are generally from the N to NE

in the morning and S to SW in the afternoon. During winter,

numerous gales effect the bay area and no attempt should be

made to enter during those from the S. Coastal fog is encountered mostly during the spring.

1.10 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 5.6m at springs and

4.4m at neaps.

1.10 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor, which consists of a tidal basin and a wet dock basin, is formed by two piers. The tidal

basin mostly dries. A ferry berth, located near the head of the S

pier, has a depth of 7.6m alongside at HW. The wet dock basin

is entered through a gate, 15.3m wide. It usually has a depth of

4.3m, but at HWS there is a depth of 5.3m.

1.10 Vessels up to 92m in length, with drafts up to 5.6m at HWS

and 4.2m at HWN, can be accommodated.

1.10 Aspect.—Gear Rock lies about 0.5 mile S of the harbor entrance and is marked by a lighted buoy. A light is shown from a

tower, 9m high, standing on the head of the S breakwater. A

church, with a prominent tower, stands close W of the wet dock

basin. The dome of the market, situated 0.3 mile NW of the

wet dock basin, is conspicuous from seaward.

1.10 Regulations.—The harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 9, 12, or 16 from 0830 to 1730 weekdays and on all tides

from 2 hours before to 1 hour after HW.

1.10 Pilotage.—Pilots are not available but the Harbor Master

can provide navigational advice.

1.10 Anchorage.—The best anchorage in Penzance Bay is in a

depth of 15m, sand, about 0.5 mile SSE of Gear Rock. The anchorage should be used with caution in winter. Vessels can also

anchor, in depths of 12 to 13m, about 0.9 mile ENE of the S

pier at Newlyn; in a depth of 15m, about 0.7 mile E of the S

pier at Newlyn; and in a depth of 7m, about 0.3 mile SE of the

S pier at Newlyn.

1.10 Caution.—Vessels with drafts over 4m should contact the

harbor or pilot prior to entry to ensure there is sufficient water.

1.11 Cudden Point (50°06'N., 5°26'W.) is located on the

NE side of Mounts Bay, 2.2 miles ESE of St. Michael’s Mount.

Iron Gates (50°04'N., 5°26'W.), a rocky shoal patch with a

depth of 7.2m, lies on a bank which extends up to about 2 miles

S of Cudden Point. Mountamopus, Carn Mallows, and Great

Row, all shoal patches with depths of less than 5m, lie within

about 1.7 miles N and E of Iron Gates. A channel, about 0.7

mile wide, leads between these dangers and Iron Gates. It is

marked by a lighted buoy, but local knowledge is advised.

1.11 A conspicuous water tower stands at Saint Hilary, 1.4 miles

N of Cudden Point. A church, with a prominent tower, is situated at Perranuthnoe, 1.2 miles NW of Cudden Point. 

1.11 Porthleven (50°05'N., 5°19'W.), used only by fishing boats,

is situated in the NE part of Mounts Bay. This small and shallow harbor is entered between the head of a pier and Deazle

Rocks, about 90m W. The entrance is open to the SW and,

when necessary, heavy timbers are placed across the inner harbor for protection.

1.11 The coast trends 1 mile SE from Porthleven to Loe Bar, a bar

of shingle, and is low and sandy. From Loe Bar to Lizard Point,

8 miles SSE, the coast consists of cliffs, 15 to 75m high.

Mullion Island (50°01'N., 5°16'W.), 30m high and preciptous on its seaward side, lies about 0.2 mile offshore. It protects

the drying boat harbor of Porth Mellin which is situated 0.3

mile NE. Landing on the island is prohibited.

1.11 Anchorage in E winds only can be obtained, in depths of 14

to 16m, about 0.8 mile NNW of Mullion Island. 

1.11 The general trend of the coast from Porth Mellin is SSW for

0.8 mile to Predannack Head, a rocky and cliffy headland that

rises sharply to a height of 61m.

1.11 Vradden, a drying rock, lies about 0.2 mile SW of Predannack Head and is steep-to on its seaward side.

1.11 A conspicuous hotel stands on the cliffs above a cove 1 mile

N of Predannack Head and about 0.4 mile NE of Mullion Island. 

The Boa (49°58'N., 5°17'W.), a rocky patch with a least

depth of 11m, lies 1.5 miles offshore about 2 miles SSW of

Predannack Head. It is known to break heavily in SW gales.

The bottom is irregular in the vicinity of this shoal and strong

tide rips usually occur.

1.11 Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends seaward from the vicinity of a cove located

1.3 miles N of Mullion Island.

Lizard Point to Falmouth

1.12 Lizard Point (49°57'N., 5°12'W.), the S extremity of

the mainland of England, is a bold and precipitous promontory

at which vessels generally make their landfall when proceeding

into the channel from the SW. It is radar conspicuous.

1.12 A building with two prominent white octagonal towers, 19m

high, stands about 0.5 mile E of the point. Lizard Point Light is

shown from the easternmost tower. It is obscured from N until

WNW of the point.

1.12 A conspicuous large hotel is situated at the head of a small

bay, 0.4 mile NE of the light. Several dish-shaped antennas

stand on Goonhilly Downs, 5 miles N of the light and are conspicuous from seaward.

1.12 A cluster of rocks, collectively known as The Stags, extends

Port of Penzance Home Page

http://www.netpz.co.uk/penzance-harbour

Lizard Point
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 11

Pub. 191

up to 0.5 mile S of Lizard Point, terminating in Men Hyr, a

rock which dries 4m. 

1.12 A tide race extends up to 2 miles S of these rocks and during

SW gales, the sea in this area is short and heavy. 

1.12 Spernan Shoals, several rocky patches with depths of 6.9 to

9.6m, lie up to 0.8 mile E of Bass Point, about 0.5 mile ENE of

Lizard Point. 

1.12 Vrogue Rock, with a depth of less than 1.8m, lies about 0.4

mile ESE of Bass Point, with depths of less than 10m close

around. Craggen Rocks, with a least depth of 1.5m, lie nearly

0.5 mile offshore about 1 mile NNE of Bass Point. 

1.12 Anchorage.—Anchorage in W winds is available to small

vessels, in a depth of 11m, about 0.3 mile E of Balk Beacon,

which is situated at Parn Vose Cove, 0.7 mile N of Bass Point.

1.12 Caution.—A submarine pipeline extends 0.3 mile E from a

point on the shore located 0.5 mile N of Bass Point and its seaward end is marked by a buoy.

1.12 Several submarine cables, which may best be seen on the

chart, extend seaward from the vicinity of Kennack Cove,

about 3 miles NE of Lizard Point.

1.13 Black Head (50°00'N., 5°06'W.), a cliffy and steep

headland, rises to a height of 70m about 4.8 miles NE of Lizard

Point.

A hotel, situated on the heights above the shore, stands 0.8

mile NNE of Black Head and is conspicuous from the E.

1.13 Coverack Cove (50°01'N., 5°06'W.) is entered between

Chynhalls Point and Lowland Point, 1.5 miles NE. The shore is

fronted by drying rocks and ledges. The village of Coverack

stands on Dolor Point, 0.4 mile N of Chynhalls Point. A pier

extends NW from this point and is used by small craft which

can take the ground at LW.

1.13 Anchorage is available to small vessels, in a depth of 9m,

about 0.2 mile ENE of Dolor Point.

1.13 A small jetty is situated 0.3 mile N of Lowland Point. It is

used by coasters up to 1,500 tons to load stone from the nearby

quarries. The jetty dries at LW and a rock, which dries 1.5m,

lies about 0.2 mile ESE of the head. The gantries on the jetty

and the buildings standing behind it are prominent.

1.13 It is reported that the quarry operators keep a listening watch

on VHF channels 16 and 19 whenever blasting is due to take

place in order to warn vessels navigating close inshore.

1.13 Manacle Rocks (50°03'N., 5°02'W.), also known as The

Manacles, lie up to 0.8 mile offshore E of Manacle Point, about

3.3 miles NNE of Black Head. Steep-to on their seaward edge,

these drying and submerged rocks can be particularly

dangerous in thick weather when rounding the coast for

Falmouth. A lighted buoy is moored about 0.3 mile E of the

outer rock.

The Helford River (50°06'N., 5°06'W.), entered about 3

miles NNW of The Manacles, is used only by yachts and

pleasure craft. Numerous oyster beds lie in the river and

adjoining creeks. Gillan Creek, a yachting center, is situated

close within the river entrance, on the S side. 

 Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 12m, about 0.5 mile NNE

of Nare Point, the S entrance point, sheltered from SW winds. 

1.13 Several mooring buoys are situated SE and NE of the river

entrance points and their positions are likely to be frequently

changed.

1.13 Falmouth Bay (50°08'N., 5°04'W.) lies between the N entrance point of the Helford River and Pendennis Point, 2.5

miles NE. The coast consists of cliffs up to 15m high in the S

part and is fronted by drying ledges in the N part.

1.13 Saint Anthony Head (50°08'N., 5°01'W.) forms the SW extremity of a headland. Saint Anthony Head Light is shown

from a conspicuous white octagonal tower, 19m high, standing

on the head.

Falmouth (50°09'N., 5°03'W.)

World Port Index No. 35290

1.14 Falmouth Harbour is centered between Saint Anthony

Head and Pendennis Point, 1 mile W. There are extensive facilities for repairs and refuelling. The harbor extends N for about

Lizard Point Light

Saint Anthony Head

Saint Anthony Head Light
12 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

4 miles with numerous coves and inlets. The main facilities,

available to ocean-going vessels, are situated on the E side of

the town, NW of Pendennis Point.

1.14 Winds—Weather.—During summer, the land and sea

breeze effect is very pronounced with winds from the N in the

morning and S in the afternoon. During winter, Falmouth experiences numerous gales, many of which are severe, but Lizard

Point gives some protection from those from the SW. 

1.14 Sea fog is most likely to occur in early spring during SW

winds when moist air is driven over the cooler waters. 

1.14 Land fog occurs most regularly in winter on calm clear

nights, but it usually clears by early morning.

1.14 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 5.2m at springs and

4.1m at neaps.

1.14 The tidal currents run generally in the direction of the channel. At the harbor entrance, they attain a rate of 1 knot at

springs and about 0.5 knot at neaps. Off the Docks Basin, the

rate rarely exceeds 0.5 knot.

1.14 Depths—Limitations.—The approaches to Falmouth are

deep, but Old Wall, a rocky shoal with a least depth of 6.4m,

lies about 1.3 miles SSE of Saint Anthony Head and should be

avoided, especially in periods of swell. 

1.14 Black Rock, marked by a beacon, is a drying rock fringed by

shoals lying in the entrance, about 0.4 mile ENE of Pendennis

Point. This rock divides the entrance into two channels.

1.14 The main entrance channel passes E of Black Rock. It is

wide and clear with a least depth of 11.3m. The channel passing W of Black Rock has a least depth of 5.4m and should only

be used with local knowledge. 

1.14 The fairway channel leading to Docks Basin and Inner Harbour has a least depth of 5.4m. A buoyed channel leads 1.3

miles NNW from the entrance to Carrick Road, the main anchorage area.

1.14 The port provides about 2,400m of total quayage. There are

facilities for general cargo, tanker, fishing, and offshore exploration support vessels. In addition, there are extensive facilities

for ship repairs. The principal berths are listed below.

1.14 The berth on the Eastern Breakwater is mostly used by tankers. Vessels up to 265m in length and 8.4m draft can be accommodated at HW, subject to length.

1.14 There are lay-up berths in the River Fal for vessels, including

oil rigs, up to 219m in length and 15m draft.

1.14 Mooring buoys are situated 500m NW of the Docks Basin.

The maximum size of vessel normally permitted at either of

these buoys, except by special permission, is 61m in length

with a draft of 3.5m. Larger vessels can moor between the

buoys.

1.14 There are three drydocks in the harbor. The largest is 259m

long and 39.6m wide, with a depth of 11m over the sill at

HWS. It can handle vessels up to 100,000 dwt.

1.14 Aspect.—In addition to Saint Anthony Head Light, the port

entrance may be easily identified by the conspicuous castle, radio mast, and coast guard station standing on Pendennis Point.

1.14 A prominent hotel is situated near the shore, 0.6 mile WNW

of Pendennis Point. The Observatory Tower stands 1.2 miles

WNW of Pendennis Point and is also prominent. The Eastern

Breakwater is located 0.7 mile NW of Pendennis Point. It extends 0.2 mile NNE and is illuminated by floodlights.

1.14 St. Mawes Castle, standing on Castle Point 0.7 mile N of the

entrance, is prominent. A conspicuous water tower is situated

0.9 mile NNE of this castle.

1.14 Black Rock is marked by a conspicuous, conical stone beacon, 13m high, and a lighted buoy is moored close E of it. Penarrow Point, located about 2 miles NNW of the entrance, is

marked by a prominent elm tree and a pillar, 3m high. This

point is not easily identified from outside the harbor.

1.14 Pilotage.—The Falmouth Pilotage Area lies within a line extending between Black Head (50°00'N., 5°06'W.) and Dodman

Point (50°13'N., 4°48'W.).

Port of Falmouth Home Page

http://www.falmouthport.co.uk

Falmouth—Berth Information

Berth Depth Length

Eastern Breakwater 7.1m 259m

Western Breakwater 6.1m 172m

Northern Arm, S side 6.1m 198m

Northern Arm, N side 6.1m 209m

Queen’s Jetty, N side 7.6m 189m

Queen’s Jetty, S side 7.6m 152m

Empire Jetty, N side 5.8m 168m

Empire Jetty, S side 7.3m 122m

King’s Jetty, N side 7.6m 192m

King’s Jetty, S side 7.6m 183m

Duchy Wharf 8.1m 220m

County Wharf 9.1m 160m

Pendennis Point (Castle—Mast—Coast Guard Station)

Falmouth—Berth Information

Berth Depth Length
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 13

Pub. 191

1.14 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels, as follows:

1. All vessels over 180m in length when navigating N of

a line extending between Black Head and Dodman Point, 19

mile NE. This area is known as Zone A.

2. All vessels in commercial use over 30m in length

when navigating W of a line extending between Rosemullion

Head (50°07'N., 5°05'W.) and position 50°03'21.0''N,

5°01'36.0''W. This area is known as Zone B.

3. All vessels over 75m in length when navigating N of a

line extending between Rosemullion Head and Zone Point

(50°08'N., 5°01'W.) and when navigating S of a line extending between Messack Point (50°10.9'N., 5°01.5'W.) and Penarrow Point (50°10.5'N., 5°02.7'W.). This area is known as

Zone C. Also, elsewhere in the Pilotage Area when navigating within 1 mile of the shore.

4. All vessels over 60m in length when navigating N of a

line extending between Messack Point and Penarrow Point.

This area is known as Zone D. Also, in the Penryn River to

the W of a line extending between the Prince of Wales Pier

(50°09.4'N., 5°04.2'W.) and Flushing New Quay

(50°09.7'N., 5°04.2'W.).

5. All vessels navigating in the Pilotage Area carrying

dangerous or polluting substances.

6. All vessels in commercial use navigating in the Pilotage Area not equipped with corrected Admiralty charts numbers 154, 32, and 18 (or equivalent) as required to cover the

entire passage.

7. All vessels over 50m in length entering or leaving a

drydock. 

8. All manned vessels over 50m in length using the services of a harbor tug.

9. Vessels of any size when directed by the Harbormaster

or Dockmaster in the interests of safety.

1.14 The rules above apply to tugs and tows as if the aggregate

length of the tug and tow is the length overall of a single vessel.

1.14 The rules above apply to vessels underway. They do not apply to HM ships and foreign warships, vessels less than 20m in

length, or registered fishing vessels less than 47.5m in length.

1.14 Vessels should send their request for pilotage and an ETA at

least 24 hours in advance via telephone, facsimile, e-mail, or

telex. A confirmation message should be sent 1 hour prior to

arrival by VHF channel 16.

1.14 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 9 or 16 and board

vessels over 180m in length about 4.5 miles S of Saint Anthony

Head Light. Smaller vessels should send their ETA at the pilot

boarding station as above. However, they may be given instructions to embark the pilot closer to shore depending on weather

conditions.

1.14 Falmouth pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.14 Regulations.—All vessels should send an ETA to the Harbormaster 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours, and 12 hours in advance of arrival or on departure from their last port if nearer.

1.14 The port of Falmouth may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.14 All vessels of 75m and over loa and anchoring within the

port limits without a pilot embarked should contact Falmouth

Pilot Radio on VHF channel 9 and report their arrival and anchorage position.

1.14 All vessels navigating or at anchor within the port limits

must maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 16.

1.14 Vessels carrying dangerous or polluting substances are required to display the appropriate special signals by day and at

night.

1.14 Commercial vessels at anchor in the river or outside the harbor should not immobilize their main engines without permission of the Harbormaster. 

Falmouth—St. Mawes Castle

Falmouth—Black Rock Beacon

Falmouth Docks from NE

pilots@falmouthport.co.uk

info@falmouthport.co.uk
14 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

1.14 Anchorage.—There is good anchorage with offshore winds

outside the harbor, in depths of 13 to 20m, gravel and shell,

about 1 mile SW of Saint Anthony Head. However, vessels

must avoid the wrecks charted in the vicinity of the anchorage

area. Within the harbor the usual anchorage for deep-draft vessels is in Carrick Road, in depths of 26 to 27m, coral and

shells. However, winds from S may cause a considerable sea in

this roadstead. Vessels over 203m in length usually anchor outside the harbor.

1.14 Vessels of unlimited size may anchor in the outer part of Falmouth Bay, which lies within the port limits, for bunkering

purposes. Vessels up to 413,000 dwt, 366m in length, and 25m

draft have been handled.

1.14 Caution.—Transhipment of explosives is occasionally carried out at the anchorages.

1.14 Several dangerous wrecks lie in the approaches to the harbor

and may best be seen on the chart.

1.14 Ferries may be encountered within the port.

1.14 A small circular foul area lies centered 3.3 miles ESE of

Saint Anthony Head and may best be seen on the chart.

1.14 Spoil ground areas, the limits of which are shown on the

chart, lie centered 4.5 miles SE of Saint Anthony Head and 0.7

mile WSW of Pendennis Head. 

1.14 Numerous uncharted buoys used for yacht races may be

moored in the vicinity of the harbor from March to September.

Falmouth to Plymouth

1.15 Dodman Point (50°13'N., 4°48'W.), a precipitous

bluff, is 111m high. It has a steep E face and is surmounted by

a prominent stone cross near the S extremity.

The Bellows, with a depth of 6.1m, and The Field, with a

depth of 7m, are two rocky patches lying about 0.9 mile S and

0.8 mile SSE, respectively, of the point. The depths extending

up to about 1 mile S of the point are very irregular and heavy

overfalls are formed in bad weather in this area. It is advisable

to stay at least 2 miles S of Dodman Point.

1.15 Nare Head, 78m high, is a bold headland located 4.8 miles

WSW of Dodman Point. The Bizzies, a group of rocky patches, lies at the seaward extremity of a spit which extends about 1

mile offshore, 2.5 miles SW of the headland. Overfalls are

formed in the vicinity of these patches.

1.15 Gull Rock, 38m high, is located about 0.6 mile E of Nare

Head. The Whelps lies at the S end of a group of detached drying rocks extending 0.4 mile SSW from Gull Rock. Lath Rock,

with a least depth of 2.1m, lies about 1 mile off the shore of

Veryan Bay, 1.6 miles NE of Gull Rock.

1.15 The spire of the church standing in Gerrans, 2.5 miles SW of

Nare Head, is conspicuous from seaward. A beacon, prominent

from SW, is situated on a hill with an elevation of 102m standing about 1 mile N of Nare Head. It consists of a mound, 6m

high, surmounted by a hut.

1.15 Chapel Point, located about 2.5 miles NNE of Dodman

Point, is the S entrance point of Mevagissey Bay and is fronted

by shoals.

1.15 Gwineas Rock, 8m high, lies on a detached shoal bank about

0.8 mile SSE of Chapel Point and is marked close SE by a

lighted buoy.

Mevagissey (50°16'N., 4°47'W.), a small port, is situated in

the SW part of Mevagissey Bay. It consists of an outer harbor

and an inner harbor and is used by fishing vessels and pleasure

craft. The entrance to the outer harbor is 50m wide and has a

depth of 2.1m. The inner harbor dries. The harbors afford good

shelter except in strong E winds. A light is shown from a prominent structure, 8m high, standing on the S pier head. The port

can be contacted by VHF during the day. 

1.15 Anchorage is available within Mevagissey Bay in depths of

10 to 20m, sand.

Black Head (50°17'N., 4°46'W.), the N entrance point of

Mevagissey Bay, also forms the W entrance point of a large

bight in the coast, of which Gribbin Head, located about 3

miles ENE, forms the E entrance point. St. Austell Bay, located

in the W part of the above bight, affords good temporary anchorage. 

1.16 Charlestown Harbour (50°20'N., 4°45'W.) is located in the NW part of St. Austell Bay and is used by coasters

and yachts. The harbor consists of an outer tidal basin and an

inner wet basin. The entrance to the outer basin is 13.7m wide

and has depths of 4.3m at HWS and 3m at HWN. The outer basin dries at LWS. The entrance between the lock gates of the

wet basin is 10.7m wide and has depths similar to the entrance

of the outer basin. There are three berths. Vessels up to 1,050

dwt and 3.7m draft can be accommodated in the wet basin.

Such vessels are limited to a length of 56m with a beam of 10m

or a length of 58m with a beam of 9m.

1.16 A mooring buoy is located about 0.2 mile SSE of the harbor

entrance. A red light is shown from a flagstaff at the N side of

the entrance when the harbor is closed.

1.16 A conspicuous hotel stands at Crinnis, 0.8 mile ENE of the

harbor, and a prominent building is situated 0.3 mile E of it.

1.16 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 37.5m

in length except those exempt by law. The pilot normally

boards in an arranged position up to 1 mile from the harbor entrance. 

1.16 Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 14. They are provided by the station at Fowey and are available 2 hours before

to 1 hour after HW. See Fowey Harbour, in paragraph 1.18, for

further information.

1.16 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available off the harbor, in

depths of 2 to 6m, with good holding ground of firm sand. 

1.17 Par Sands (50°21'N., 4°42'W.), at the head of Tywardreath Bay in the E part of the bight with St. Austell Bay, is a

drying flat, the W part of which contains the small drying harbor of Par. 

1.17 Par (50°21'N., 4°42'W.) is a small port used mainly by

coasters. The harbor basin has three quays and is protected by a

breakwater. It is tidal and vessels lie aground at LW. The entrance is 38m wide. Generally, vessels up to 130m in length,

13.5m beam, and 3.4m draft can be accommodated. Vessels

with drafts up to 5.2m can be handled at HWS.

1.17 A lighted mooring buoy is located close ESE of the head of

the breakwater. Puckey’s Ground, an isolated shoal with a

depth of 4.9m, lies in the approach, about 1 mile SW of the

Port of Par Home Page

http://www.foweypilots.com
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 15

Pub. 191

entrance. Several conspicuous chimneys stand close W of the

harbor entrance.

1.17 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 37.5m in length

except those exempt by law. The pilot will usually board in a

position arranged with the vessel up to 1 mile from the harbor

entrance. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16.

They are provided by the station at Fowey and are available 2

hours before to 1 hour after HW. See Fowey Harbour, in

paragraph 1.18, for further information.

1.17 Anchorage is available off the harbor. A recommended berth

lies about 0.8 mile SSE of the entrance, in a depth of 6m. Tywardreath Bay only affords anchorage in N or E winds; vessels

should proceed to St. Austell Bay in the W part of the bight for

shelter at other times.

1.17 Gribbin Head (50°19'N., 4°40'W.), with a conspicuous

beacon tower, 26m high, standing on its E side, is bordered by

numerous rocks which break heavily in bad weather. Cannis

Rock, which dries, lies about 0.3 mile SE of the head and is

marked by a lighted buoy.

Fowey Harbour (50°19'N., 4°39'W.)

World Port Index No. 35340

1.18 Fowey is a small harbor situated just within the

entrance of the River Fowey, about 1.3 miles NE of Gribbin

Head. It is a commercial port and an extensive yachting center.

The entrance lies between St. Catherines Point, on the W side,

and Punch Cross Rocks, about 0.2 mile ESE. 

1.18 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise 5.5m at springs and 4.3m

at neaps. The tidal currents in the river attain rates up to 1 knot

on the flood and 1.5 knots on the ebb. 

1.18 Depths—Limitations.—The fairway as far as Wiseman’s

Point, 1.5 miles above the entrance, has a least depth of 6.4m

(1998). A swinging area, with a least depth of 4.3m, is situated

opposite the town and close SW of Penleath Point. However,

due to small craft moorings located in this vicinity, vessels

swinging are limited to a length of 35m. 

1.18 The main commercial loading facilities are situated on the W

side of the river in the vicinity of Upper Cairn Point, about 1

mile above the entrance. There are five berths, 110 to 170m

long, with depths of 6.7 to 8.5m alongside. Vessels up to

17,000 dwt, 164m in length, and 8.4m draft have been accommodated.

1.18 Several mooring buoys are located in the harbor. Cruise vessels up to 48,000 grt have been berthed at buoys in the lower

section of the river.

1.18 Aspect.—The entrance can be easily identified by the comparatively high land on either side and also by Fowey Hall, a

large mansion, and above it a large school, both standing just

W of the town. St. Fimbarrus Church, located in the town, and

the ruins of a church tower, standing 0.2 mile E of Punch Cross

Rocks, are also both conspicuous. A prominent white house is

situated in Polruan, about 0.3 mile ESE of Punch Cross Rocks. 

1.18 Fowey Light is shown from a prominent octagonal tower, 6m

high, standing close SW of St. Catherines Point. Whitehouse

Point Light, with sectors indicating the entrance channel, is

shown from a column, 4m high, standing 0.4 mile NE of St.

Catherines Point. It can only be seen when in line with the harbor entrance. A prominent hotel is situated close W of this

light.

1.18 Penleath Point is located on the E side of the river, 0.6 mile

NE of Punch Cross Rocks, and is surmounted by a conspicuous

monument.

1.18 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 37.5m in

length and is available from 2 hours before to 1 hour after HW

for Charlestown and Par. Pilots for Fowey are available from 2

hours before to 1 hour after the vessel’s ETA. 

1.18 The Fowey pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.18 Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilotage at least

24 hours in advance, with a confirmation or amendment at least

6 hours prior to arrival. Pilots will generally board in a position

arranged with the vessel up to 1 mile from the entrance of each

harbor. However, pilots may board anywhere inside a line joining Pencarrow Head (50°19.4'N., 4°36.0'W.) and Cannis Lighted Buoy (50°18.4'N., 4°39.9'W.).

1.18 The pilot vessels maintain a listening watch on VHF channel

Gribbin Head Beacon

Gribbin Head

Port of Fowey Home Page

http://www.foweyharbour.co.uk

office@foweypilots.com
16 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

9 when manned. Foreign warships and HM ships are exempt

from pilotage.

1.18 Regulations.—Port regulations prohibit vessels from operating above Penleath Point without a pilot unless granted permission by the harbormaster. 

1.18 Maximum speed over the ground within the harbor limits is

enforced at 6 knots, and because of this and the narrowness of

the channel, overtaking of vessels at night is prohibited.

1.18 Information concerning commercial vessel movements may

be obtained from the pilot station on VHF channel 9. Information in regard to entering the port may be obtained from Fowey

Harbor Radio on VHF channel 12.

1.18 The port may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.18 Anchorage.—There is good anchorage outside the harbor,

in depths of 14 to 16m, rock and gravel, about 0.5 mile SSE of

Fowey Light. Vessels coming into this anchorage are cautioned

not to close the W shore, where a rocky spit, with depths of less

than 5m, extends up to 0.2 mile seaward of the light.

1.18 There is room for several small vessels to anchor on the SE

side of the fairway between Polruan Point and Penleath Point,

but they must remain clear of the swinging ground SW of the

latter. 

1.18 Caution.—Vessels are warned not to pass E of vessels

layed-up on the E side of the fairway N of Penleath Point because they may be connected to the shore by breast ropes.

1.18 Salmon fishing takes place in the upper parts of the river.

1.18 A ferry transits the harbor between Polruan and Fowey. 

1.19 Pencarrow Head (50°19'N., 4°36'W.), a cliffy headland which rises close inland to a height of 134m, is 1.8 miles

E of Fowey Harbour and forms a good landmark from seaward.

1.19 Udder Rock, marked by a buoy close S, lies about 0.5 mile

offshore, 1.5 miles ESE of Pencarrow Head. It should be given

a wide berth. Shag Rock, marked with a white diamond, lies

close offshore, N of this rock. The alignment of Shag Rock and

a beacon, 5m high, standing on the mainland close NNE indicate the approximate position of Udder Rock.

1.19 Polperro, a small tidal harbor, lies at the head of a narrow inlet, 3.4 miles E of Pencarrow Head. It is used by fishing vessels

and yachts. The entrance is about 10m wide. The harbor dries

and has depths of 3.4m at HWS and 1.5m at HWN. This picturesque town is a tourist resort and filming site.

1.19 A light is shown from pillar, 3m high, standing on Spy

House Point, close E of the harbor. A prominent monument is

situated on Downend Point, 0.3 mile E of the light.

1.19 Caution.—A spoil ground area, which may best be seen on

the chart, fronts the shore in the vicinity of Pencarrow Head.

1.19 A measured distance (1,852.9m), indicated by pairs of beacons, is situated in the vicinity of Hore Stone Point, 1.5 miles E

of Polperro, and may best be seen on the chart.

1.20 St. Georges Island (Looe Island) (50°20'N.,

4°27'W.), nearly connected to Hannafore Point about 0.5 mile

N by low shelving rocks, is surrounded by dangers and shoals. 

1.20 Vessels proceeding to Looe Harbour should round the island

at a distance of at least 1.5 miles and then pass to the E, with

Looe Light bearing not more than 313°.

1.20 The Ranneys, which dry 4.6m, extends about 0.3 mile SE of

St. Georges Island. Sherbeterry Rocks, with a least depth of

5.4m, extend up to about 2 miles S of the shore, 2.8 miles NE

of St. Georges Island. 

1.20 Knight Errant Patch, at the SE end of the shoals, has a depth

of 6.2m and lies about 2.7 miles E of The Ranneys; a patch,

with a least depth of 5m, lies near the SW end of the shoals.

Looe Harbour (50°21'N., 4°27'W.) lies at the mouth of the

River Looe, about 0.5 mile N of Hannafore Point. This small

drying harbor is used by fishing vessels and pleasure craft. It

has depths of 4m at HWS and 3m at HWN. Vessels up to 16m

in length and 2.9m draft can enter. A stone bridge spans the river about 0.4 mile above the entrance.

1.20 The roadstead off Looe affords good shelter from W winds

and is exposed only to the S through E. The best anchorage is

in depths of 7 to 13m, sand, between 0.5 and 1 mile SE of the

river mouth.

1.20 Rame Head (50°19'N., 4°13'W.), located at the W side of

the entrance to Plymouth Sound, appears from seaward as a

conical hill. It rises to a height of 102m close within and an old

chapel stands on the summit. This headland is very prominent

and clearly defines the position of the sound. 

1.20 A prominent radio mast, 23m high, is situated 0.4 mile NE of

Rame Head. A beacon stands at an elevation of 128m about 1.5

miles N of the head and is prominent from seaward.

1.20 Whitsand Bay lies W of Rame Head and is bordered by cliffs

30 to 75m high. Portwinkle, a small drying harbor, is situated

4.3 miles NW of Rame Head and is used by fishing boats.

1.20 Caution.—A submarine exercise area lies in the approaches

to Looe Harbor and Whitsand Bay.

1.20 A spoil ground and disused explosive dumping area lies centered 1.5 miles W of Rame Head and may best be seen on the

chart.

1.20 A small arms firing range is situated on the shore of Whitsand Bay, about 1.5 mile E of Portwinkle. Red lights and red

flags are displayed from flagstaffs in its vicinity when firing is

in progress. 

1.21 Eddystone Rocks (50°11'N., 4°16'W.), lying 8 miles

S of Rame Head, do not completely cover. They are fairly

steep-to outside a radius of 0.3 mile, but vessels are

recommended to give them a wide berth. Eddystone Light is

shown from a prominent granite tower, 49m high and

fhc@foweyharbour.co.uk

Rame Head (chapel)
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 17

Pub. 191

surmounted by a helicopter platform, standing on the rocks.

This tower is radar conspicuous. A racon is situated at the light.

1.21 Hand Deeps, located about 3.5 miles NW of Eddystone

Rocks, consists of a group of rocky shoals with a least depth of

7m. In bad weather the position of this shoal area is indicated

by a short breaking sea in its vicinity, and in good weather

usually by tide rips.

Plymouth (50°20'N., 4°10'W.)

World Port Index No. 35370

1.22 The port of Plymouth is entered between Penlee Point

and the island of Great Mew Stone, 3.2 miles ESE. The commercial facilities, including a ro-ro ferry terminal, are situated

in the areas of Mill Bay Docks and Cattewater. HM Naval

Base, Devonport, a large naval dockyard, is situated in the W

part of the port. It stands on the E bank of an area known as

Hamoaze.

The Pilgrim Fathers set sail from Plymouth to New England

on board the Mayflower on 6 September 1620.

1.22 Winds—Weather.—During the summer and winter the sea

breeze is primarily from the SW during the day, the land breezes at night shifting mostly from NW or W. Gales obtain the

highest incidence during the months of December and January,

possibly reaching 3 to 4 days a month, but in summer they are

rare. 

1.22 Fog occurs on the average of 2 to 4 days a month in the

spring and fall, but haze with visibility reduced to 2 to 6 miles

may occur about four times in as many days.

1.22 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 5.5m at springs and

about 4.4m at neaps.

1.22 The tidal currents in the narrow channels can be irregular.

Strong S winds usually prolong the flood current and delay the

ebb by about 15 minutes. Strong N winds usually prolong the

ebb current and delay the flood by about 15 minutes. Freshets

after heavy rain have the same effect as a strong N wind and

long summer droughts can prolong the flood current up to 30

minutes.

1.22 The flood current sets through Western Channel toward Asia

Pass, and through Eastern Channel toward Smeaton Pass at a

velocity of 1.2 knots at springs. The ebb current sets outward

from the passes toward the respective channels at the same rate. 

1.22 The tidal currents in Drake Channel, the Narrows, and Hamoaze set generally in the direction of the channels, with a

spring velocity of 2.5 knots in the Narrows and about 1.5 knots

in Hamoaze.

1.22 Depths—Limitations.—Penlee Point, dark and rocky, is located 1.5 miles ENE of Rame Head. Draystone, a shallow reef,

fronts the SE side of this point and is marked by a lighted buoy.

1.22 Great Mew Stone (50°18'N., 4°06'W.) lies about 0.5 mile S

of Wembury Point to which it is connected by a drying rocky

reef. This island is 57m high, conical, and prominent. Both

Penlee Point and Great Mew Stone are reported to be conspicuous radar navigation aids. 

1.22 Plymouth Sound, entered between the above point and island, has general depths of 26 to 5.5m. However, several shoal

areas lie in the approach and may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Plymouth Breakwater, about 0.8 mile long, is detached. This

breakwater lies at the E side of the sound with its W end situated about 1.5 miles NE of Penlee Point.

1.22 The Knapp extends up to about 0.6 mile S from the W end of

the breakwater. This shoal area has depths of 5 to 8m and is

marked on the SW side by a lighted buoy.

1.22 Tinker, with a least depth of 3.3m, lies at the S end of a shoal

area extending up to about 0.8 mile S from the E end of the

breakwater. This shoal patch is marked by two lighted buoys.

1.22 Two approach channels, which may best be seen on the

chart, lead through the sound to the port. 

1.22 Eastern Channel lies between the E end of Plymouth Breakwater and Staddon Point, about 0.4 mile ENE. It is not recommended for use by small craft during strong W winds due to a

dangerous sea. The least depth in the approach is 6.2m over a

width of about 100m. However, vessels are recommended to

maintain an underkeel clearance of at least 2m due to scend

and inequalities of the rocky bottom.

1.22 Western Channel, the main approach channel, rounds the W

end of Plymouth Breakwater. It is maintained at a dredged

depth of 11m as far as a position about 0.5 mile NW of the E

end of Plymouth Breakwater.

1.22 An entrance fairway, dredged to a depth of 8.6m, then leads

NE and N from the inner end of Western Channel to the outer

ends of Smeaton Pass, Asia Pass, and Cobbler Channel.

1.22 A recommended deep-water track, which may best be seen

on the chart, leads through Western Channel, the entrance fairway, and Smeaton Pass. Its outer end lies about 0.8 mile SE of

Penlee Point. 

1.22 Cobbler Channel leads NE and E to the commercial berths of

Cattewater and Sutton Harbour.

1.22 Smeaton Pass, with a least depth of 25m, and Asia Pass, with

Eddystone Light

Plymouth Breakwater
18 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

a least depth of 7.6m, lead NW between the shoals lying ENE

of Drake’s Island to Mill Bay Docks and the outer end of

Drake’s Channel.

1.22 The naval facilities along Hamoaze are accessible via

Drake’s Channel and The Narrows. Hamoaze is formed by the

lower portion of the River Tamar.

1.22 The Royal Albert Bridge, a railroad bridge, spans the river at

the N end and has a vertical clearance of 30m. The Tamar

Bridge, a road bridge, stands close N of the railroad bridge and

has a vertical clearances of 35m.

1.22 Drake Channel is reported (1995) to have a least charted

depth of 10.7m. Recommended tracks, which may best be seen

on the chart, lead through the fairways to the Hamoaze.

1.22 Vessels intending to berth at the naval facilities are advised

to contact the local authorities for the latest information concerning depths, regulations, etc., prior to arrival.

1.22 The main berths at the E side of Hamoaze include Rubble

Jetty, 130m long, with a depth of 10m alongside; and No. 1 Jetty, 145m long, with a depth of 9.8m alongside. No. 5 Basin is

the largest and deepest. It is maintained at depths of 9 to 9.5m

and may best be seen on the chart. The seawall extending S of

the entrance to this basin provides the deepest berths. There is

508m of total quayage with a depth of 11.9m alongside.

Weston Mill Lake Jetty, close N of No. 5 Basin, provides 503m

of quayage with depths of 8.5 to 9.2m alongside.

Courtesy of M. J. Wilson, Brantag Inc, Wiltshire, UK

Plymouth

Plymouth Naval Base (Hamoaze)

The Royal Albert Bridge and theTamar Bridge
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 19

Pub. 191

1.22 The largest drydock at the naval base is 242m long with a

depth of 14.7m on the sill at HWS. Its length can be increased

by 12m by using a caisson. The dock is entered from No. 5 Basin, which has a maximum entrance width of 37.7m at HWS.

1.22 Yonderberry Point oil jetty is situated at the W side of Hamoaze. It has a berthing head, 61m long, with a depth of 11.6m

alongside.

1.22 Ernesettle Pier is situated at the NE end of Hamoaze, close N

of the bridges. It provides a berth, 100m long, with a depth of

6.1m alongside. 

1.22 An extensive marina fronts the NW entrance point of Stonehouse Pool, at the N side of the channel, at the N end of The

Narrows.

1.22 Millbay Docks has a ro-ro ferry and cruise ship terminal situated at the W side of the outer basin. The inner basin is only

used by small craft. A marina lies at the E side of the outer basin. There are two berths with depths up to 9m alongside. Vessels up to 200m in length and 8.5m draft can be

accommodated.

1.22 Cobbler Channel is maintained at a dredged depth of 5.5m as

far as the entrance to Sutton Harbour. The fairway in Cattewater has a dredged depth of 5m (1995). 

1.22 Sutton Harbor has a non-tidal basin, which is entered via a

small lock with a width of 12m. It provides two quays, with

depths of 3.5m alongside, for fishing vessels and facilities for

small craft and yachts.

1.22 Victoria Wharves, on the NW side of Cattewater, provide

two berths, 145m and 103m long, with depths of 6.5m alongside. Vessels up to 5,000 dwt, 130m in length, and 7m draft can

be handled at HW. Vessels are generally limited to a maximum

beam of 15m.

1.22 Cattledown, on the N side of Cattewater, provides facilities

for general cargo, bulk, and tanker vessels. The berth is 216m

long and has depths of 6.5 to 7.4m alongside (1995). 

1.22 Aspect.—Plymouth Breakwater West Light is shown from a

prominent granite tower, 23m high, standing on the W end of

Plymouth Breakwater. A lighted beacon is situated at the E

end.

1.22 The entrance channels are indicated by directional sector

lights and ranges which may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 An orange flashing light is shown from all principal directional lights when the main power supply at the port is interrupted. Special high intensity fog lights are shown on request

from several positions within the harbor and sound.

1.22 Two special lighted buoys (OSR North and OSR South) are

moored about 1.2 miles SSW of the W end of Plymouth Breakwater, at the E side of the recommended approach track.

1.22 Within the sound the coast extending N of Staddon Point, located 2 miles NNW of Great Mew Stone island, is formed by

high, steep cliffs. Two conspicuous radio towers stand at elevations of 175m and 173m on Staddon Heights, 0.7 mile NE of

Staddon Point.

1.22 Picklecombe Point is located 0.7 mile NW of the W end of

Plymouth Breakwater. An old fort, which has been converted

into a prominent block of apartments, stands on this point. 

1.22 Drakes Island, privately owned, lies 1 mile NE of Picklecombe Point and is fronted by drying rocky ledges. It is prominent and cliffy. The tower of a former signal station is situated

on this island. 

1.22 Within the harbor, Mountbatten Tower stands on a small

peninsula, 1.3 miles N of Staddon Point. A short breakwater

extends W from the W side of this peninsula.

1.22 A conspicuous silo, 61m high, stands at the W side of Mill

Bay Docks outer basin. It is surmounted by a tower and a flagstaff. A prominent hotel and the conspicuous Civic Center

building are situated 0.3 mile and 0.6 mile, respectively, NE of

the entrance to this dock basin.

1.22 Ocean Court is a long, white block of apartments standing on

the N side of the channel at the N end of The Narrows. It is

prominent and fronted by an extensive marina.

1.22 Smeaton Tower, 28m high, stands on The Hoe, a park area,

located about 0.5 mile E of the entrance to Mill Bay Docks

outer basin. This historic monument, a former lighthouse, is

conspicuous and easily identified by its white and red bands.

The tower was erected on Eddystone Rocks in 1759 and moved

to its present location in 1882 when the foundation was discovered to be unsafe.

Plymouth—Entance to Cattewater

Plymouth Breakwater West Light

Drakes Island
20 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

1.22 The Naval War Memorial consists of a stone column, 30m

high, surmounted by a copper sphere. It stands close N of

Smeaton Tower and is prominent.

1.22 The city of Plymouth is radar conspicuous.

1.22 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels:

1. All vessels over 50m in length proceeding to or from

an alongside berth or buoy berth within the port.

2. All vessels over 100m in length proceeding within the

areas lying N of lines extending from Maker Point Light

(50°20.5'N., 4°10.9'W.) to the West Breakwater Light and

from East Breakwater Lighted Beacon to Staddon Point

(50°20.2'N., 4°07.6'W.).

3. All vessels over 125m in length proceeding to anchorage in Cawsand Bay (50°20'N., 4°11'W.).

4. All vessels carrying hazardous, noxious, or polluting

cargo proceeding to or from an alongside berth or buoy in

the port, including vessels not gas-free from a previous cargo.

5. All vessels over 150m in length proceeding N of a

line extending from Penlee Point to Shag Stone. 

6. All vessels over 50m in length not having navigational charts showing all numbered anchorages of Plymouth

(1:12,500 or larger) on board.

1.22 Pilotage of the following vessels will be at the discretion of

the Queen’s Harbor Master (QHM), Plymouth, using an Admiralty Pilot when required:

1. HM ships.

2. Government owned ships/auxiliaries and foreign warships/auxiliaries navigating in port for the purpose of securing to or departing an anchorage or Ministry of Defence

owned berth, dock or mooring.

3. Any vessel enroute between the Sound and a Ministry

of Defence owned berth, dock or mooring.

1.22 Pilots board vessels of 150m in length and less within 0.75

mile of the W entrance to the Sound and vessels over 150m in

length in position 50°18.5'N, 4°10.5'W (about 0.9 mile SE of

Penlee Point). The pilot vessel is black with orange upperworks. 

1.22 The call signs for the pilots are, as follows:

1. Commercial pilots—Plymouth Pliots.

2. Ministry of Defence pilots—Longroom Port Control.

1.22 Plymouth pilots may also be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

1.22 Regulations.—All vessels over 25m in length must send an

ETA to the “Longroom Port Control” at least 24 hours in

advance of arrival or on leaving the last port, if later. The

message should include name; nationality; draft; and berthing,

anchorage, pilotage, or tug requirements.

1.22 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo must send

an ETA at least 48 hours prior to arrival. The message must include a description, quantity or weight, and classification of the

Plymouth—Entrance to Mill Bay Docks (silo)

Smeaton Tower (disused)

Plymouth—The Hoe

Plymouth—Naval War Memorial

pilot@plymouthport.org.uk
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 21

Pub. 191

cargo.

1.22 All arriving vessels must contact “Longroom Port Control”

when within VHF range to confirm pilotage requirements or

report any serious defects. 

1.22 Vessels are required to maintain a continuous VHF watch

while underway or at anchor. 

1.22 All vessels must report their position to “Longroom Port

Control” when passing a line joining Penlee Point and Shag

Stone (50°19.0N., 4°08.1W.) and obtain permission to enter

the sound. They must then report when passing Plymouth

Breakwater and when berthed.

1.22 Commercial vessels should use VHF channel 4 or 16. Ministry of Defense vessels should use VHF channel 8, 11, 12, or 13,

or 16.

1.22 The Devonport Dockyard and Hamoaze signal station (call

sign: Flagstaff Port Control) may be contacted on VHF channels 13 and 73. This station controls movements of vessels N

of The Narrows.

1.22 Reporting vessels will be advised of traffic movements in the

approaches. Tidal and wind speed information is available on

request. Information on fog conditions is available on VHF

channel 13, 14, or 16 from “Longroom Port Control” or “Flagstaff” stations.

1.22 Vessels may obtain information on the Traffic Signals displayed at Drake’s Island from “Longroom Port Control” or

“Flagstaff” stations.

1.22 When the Port Control Traffic Light System displays no

lights there are no restrictions in force unless notified on VHF

channel 13, 14, or 16.

1.22 Submarines frequently operate within the sound and the approaches with equipment extending up to 800m astern. Vessels

should not pass within 200m of any submarine or cross astern

within 800m. If in doubt, vessels should contact the submarine

directly on VHF channel 13 or 16 to seek advice. If contact

with the submarine cannot be established, vessels should call

“Longroom Port Control.”

1.22 The Dockyard Port of Plymouth is a naval port under the

control of the Queen’s Harbour Master (QHM). Special rules

and regulations concerning navigation within the port are in

force. Mariners are urged to consult the pilot for information

on such regulations, and to obtain a copy on arrival. 

1.22 A speed limit of 10 knots is in force N of latitude 50°20'N

(Plymouth Breakwater). A speed limit of 8 knots is in force E

of a line joining Fisher’s Nose and Mount Batten Breakwater.

A speed limit of 8 knots is also in force within the bathing areas of Crawsand Bay, Firestone Bay, Tinside East, and Bovisand Bay.

1.22 When two power-driven vessels proceeding in opposite directions are about to meet one another in any narrow channel

of the Dockyard Port, the power-driven vessel navigating

against the tidal current shall give priority of passage through

such narrow channel to the vessel navigating with the current. 

1.22 When, within the limits of the Dockyard Port, power-driven

vessels underway (including a tug with a tow) are about to turn

round at night or by day, such vessels shall signify their intention by sounding five short blasts of the whistle in rapid succession, followed after a short interval, if turning to starboard, by

one short blast, and if to port, by two short blasts. While turning, vessels shall repeat such signals for any approaching vessel. These sound signals are only to be used by vessels in sight

of one another. 

1.22 All vessels over 60m in length, shall, when leaving the Outer

basin of Millbay Docks and prior to entering the main channel,

sound one prolonged blast in order to warn other traffic of their

movement in accordance with Rule 34 of the Collision Regulations.

1.22 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be obtained in Cawsand Bay

to the W of the W end of Plymouth Breakwater. The roadstead

is sheltered from all but SE winds and has depths 5.6 to 10.5m.

The berths are numbered 11 to 17 and are best seen on the

chart.

1.22 An anchorage area for vessels with drafts of less than 7.5m

lies close S of Drake’s Island. The berths are numbered 3 to 5

and may best be seen on the chart. Another anchorage for these

vessels, which may best be seen on the chart, lies E of the entrance channel and 0.3 mile S of Mount Batten Tower.

1.22 The quarantine anchorage lies in the S portion of Jenny Cliff

Bay, about 0.7 mile S of Mount Batton Tower.

1.22 An anchorage area for vessels with drafts of 7.5m and over

lies N of Plymouth Breakwater and on the NW side of the

entrance channel. The berths are numbered 1, 2, 6, and 7 and

may best be seen on the chart.

Ship Movement Control Plymouth

http://www.qhmplymouth.org.uk Plymouth—Mount Batten Peninsula

Plymouth—Mount Batten Tower
22 Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 

Pub. 191

1.22 Anchorage berths, numbered 21 to 23, lie S of the W end of

Plymouth Breakwater and may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Four main mooring buoy berths are situated N of the breakwater and may best be seen on the chart. Buoy C, 0.4 mile ENE

of the W end of the breakwater, has a maintained depth of 12m;

Buoy D, 0.7 mile ENE of the W end of the breakwater, has a

maintained depth of 11.6m; Buoy E, 0.8 mile NE of the W end

of the breakwater, has a maintained depth of 9.7m; and Buoy F,

1.2 miles NE of the W end of the breakwater, has a maintained

depth of 8.6m.

1.22 Special anchorage rules apply to vessels carrying hydrocarbons, hazardous liquid chemicals, and liquefied gases. Also to

vessels in ballast but not gas-freed after carrying such cargo.

1.22 Directions.—If approaching from seaward, vessels should

pass about 3 miles E of Eddystone Light, and steer for the light

on the W end of Plymouth Breakwater bearing N. When Maker

Light (50°20.5'N., 4°10.9'W.) is in sight, steer for it on a bearing of 350°; this course will bring the vessel to the pilot boarding ground. 

1.22 Approaching from the W, vessels should pass about 1 mile S

of Rame Head, with the summit of Great Mew Stone ahead

bearing 080°. When Plymouth Breakwater Light bears about

020°, vessels should change course for the boarding ground,

with Maker Light ahead bearing 350°.

1.22 From the E, vessels should steer to pass not less than 1 mile

offshore, with Rame Head bearing 290°. When Maker Light

bears 350°, they should steer for it and the boarding ground.

1.22 From the boarding ground, vessels should follow the recommended track, which may best be seen on the chart. through

Western Channel.

1.22 In certain portions of Hamoaze, light-draft and deep-draft

recommended tracks have been established. Vessels should

consult the pilot before selecting one of these tracks.

1.22 Caution.—Strong tidal currents may be encountered within

the narrow channels.

1.22 Submarine cables extend across the channels at several places within the harbor limits and may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Diving training areas are situated within the port and may

best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Small boat training by naval craft is carried out within an area lying on the SW side of Hamoaze. The area is marked by

buoys and may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Several small craft mooring areas and groups of mooring

buoys are situated within the port and may best be seen on the

chart.

1.22 Local ferries cross the channel in a number of places within

the port and may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Degaussing ranges are situated within the port limits and

may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Several prohibited anchorage areas lie within the port and

may best be seen on the chart.

1.22 Submarines may be frequently encountered in the sound and

the approaches (see Signals).

1.22 High speed craft may be encountered in the approaches to

the sound.

1.22 A navy shore establishment, HMS Cambridge, situated in

the vicinity of Wembury Point (50°19'N., 4°06'W.), occasionally conducts gunnery training. The firing area extends up to 13

miles seaward between the bearings of 130° and 210°, and 12.5

miles between the bearing of 210° and 245°. When the range is

operational, information may be obtained on VHF channel 16

from “Wembury Range.”

1.22 Warships and auxiliary vessels, carrying out training exercises, may be encountered in the approaches and N of the breakwater. In addition, ships may carry out minelaying exercises in

an area lying 3 miles S of the entrance to the sound. Such vessels may not follow the regular traffic patterns.

1.22 Warships frequently enter the port via both channels to transfer personnel to and from support craft. These transfers are

usually carried out 0730 to 0830, Monday to Friday except in

August, in the vicinity of C, D, and E mooring buoy berths. Information regarding these operations may be requested from

“Longroom Port Control.” 

Plymouth to Start Point

1.23 Yealm Head (50°18'N., 4°04'W.), located 1.2 miles E

of Great Mew Stone, is the W extremity of a hilly peninsula. It

forms the E entrance point of Wembury Bay and the S side of

the mouth to the Yealm River. 

1.23 Wembury Bay, with irregular depth of less than 15m, is used

by small craft as an anchorage. The Yealm River, a yachting

center, has a bar which dries. 

1.23 The coast E of Yealm Head is craggy and reef strewn, with

numerous dangers lying within the 20m curve. Stoke Point, located 2 miles E of Yealm Head, is the SE extremity of the

above peninsula. Conspicuous cliffs stand about 0.5 mile NNE

of this point.

1.23 Bigbury Bay lies between Stoke Point and Bolt Tail, 6.5

miles ESE. The mouth of the Erme River, located near the head

of the bay, can be identified by clumps of trees just within the

W entrance point. The river dries and can only be entered by

small craft with local knowledge.

1.23 Wells Rock, with a depth of 1.2m, lies about 0.5 mile S of

the E entrance point of the river.

1.23 The River Avon, used only by small craft, enters the bay 2.3

miles NNW of Bolt Tail. Burgh Island, 47m high, lies close off

the N entrance point of the river. It is connected to the shore by

a drying sandy neck and a small ruined chapel stands on the

summit. A church, with a conspicuous spire, stands at Bigbury,

1.8 miles NE of the island. 

1.23 Thurlestone Rock, 10m high and resembling the hull of a

stranded vessel, lies close offshore, 1 mile N of Bolt Tail.

1.23 From a distance the coast in this vicinity appears as a line of

even topped hills backed by the irregular mountainous outline

of Dartmoor Hills, which rise to heights of over 500m, about

10 miles inland.

1.23 Bolt Tail (50°14'N., 3°52'W.) rises to a height of 87m about

0.3 mile within its extremity and is prominent from seaward. 

1.23 Anchorage, according to draft, can be taken by small vessels

in Hope Cove, on the N side of the point. It is only safe in offshore winds and local knowledge is required.

1.23 East Rutts (50°13'N., 3°59'W.), a steep-to isolated shoal,

lies about 4.5 miles WSW of Bolt Tail and has a least depth of

8.9m. Two special lighted buoys (NGS West and NGS East)

are moored about 2.3 miles S of the shoal. 

1.23 Caution.—A spoil ground area. the limits of which may best

be seen on the chart, lies 3.4 miles SSW of Stoke Point.

1.23 A continuous area of sand waves, about 9 miles wide, lies
Sector 1. England—South Coast—English Channel Approaches—The Scilly Isles to Start Point 23

Pub. 191

with its centerline extending between 4.5 and 16.5 miles S of

East Rutts.

1.23 The sand waves in this area attain an average height of 2 to

3m with isolated peaks of 5m. The distance between crests varies from 100m to 300m. The waves usually form in a N to S direction. 

1.24 Bolt Head (50°13'N., 3°47'W.), a prominent headland, is located 3.8 miles SE of Bolt Tail. The coast between

consists of a prominent succession of dark rugged cliffs rising

abruptly to a height of about 120m. Large vessels are recommended to keep at least 1.5 miles off this part of the coast.

1.24 Several prominent radio masts, each 50m high, stand at an

elevation of 180m near the coast, about 2.5 miles NW of Bolt

Head. A fairly conspicuous notch in the cliffs exists about 0.8

mile SE of the masts.

1.24 A coast guard station stands on Bolt Head and a conspicuous

radio tower is situated about 1 mile NNW of it. The headland is

fronted by two small islands, known as The Mewstones.

1.24 Salcombe Harbour (50°14'N., 3°46'W.), approached between Bolt Head and Prawle Point, 2.5 miles E, is a small wellsheltered inlet. The harbor is primarily an extensive yachting

center. Vessels up to 30m in length and 5.5m draft can enter at

HW. The entrance is obstructed by a bar with a least depth of

1m. A heavy sea breaks on this bar during S gales.

1.24 A range and a directional light indicate the channel across

the bar; however, local knowledge is recommended. The harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 14 by day. Anchorage is

available within the harbor, in depths of 5 to 8m. Anchorage is

also available outside the bar, in a depth of 11m.

1.24 The town of Salcombe stands along the W side of the harbor.

A ferry crosses the river between the town and Portlemouth, on

the E bank. Local pilots may be obtained from Plymouth. 

1.24 Start Point (50°13'N., 3°38'W.), located 3.3 miles ENE of

Prawle Point, is described in paragraph 2.2.
Pub. 191

2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill

2.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 2 — CHART INFORMATION
27

Pub. 191

SECTOR 2 

ENGLAND—SOUTH COAST—START POINT TO SELSEY BILL

2.0 Plan.—This sector describes the S coast of England from

Start Point to Selsey Bill, including the Isle of Wight and The

Solent. The descriptive sequence is W to E.

General Remarks

2.1 From Start Point to the Bill of Portland, 50 miles NE,

the coast curves inward in a broad sweep, the N portion of

which is Lyme Bay. Between the Bill of Portland and Saint

Catherine’s Point, at the S end of the Isle of Wight, the coast is

divided into two bays by the Isle of Purbeck. 

2.1 The Isle of Purbeck is a peninsula, the S extremity of which

is formed by Saint Alban’s Head. The Solent lies between the

Isle of Wight and the mainland. This stretch of water provides

access to the ports of Southampton and Portsmouth. Selsey Bill

is located 11 miles E of the E end of the Isle of Wight.

2.1 Winds—Weather.—From Start Point to the Bill of Portland,

the ports of Dartmouth, Torquay, and Brixham offer the only

shelter in S and SE gales. 

2.1 During such storms the sea breaks right across the entrances

of the small ports along this part of the coastal stretch.

2.1 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents are fairly strong off

Start Point, and very strong off Bill of Portland. In the W part

of the bay between the two points the current is weak, but becomes much stronger towards Portland Peninsula. 

2.1 Midway between the two points the current attains a maximum spring rate of 1.5 knots. The currents in the bays on either

side of the Bill of Portland form strong eddies. There is a N set

into either bay, and a S set, S of Bill of Portland. The current

maybe felt 8 to 10 miles W and E, and 5 to 6 miles S of the

peninsula. 

2.1 Vessels are advised to keep well S of the Bill of Portland to

avoid the currents.

2.1 Pilotage.—Deep-sea pilots may be embarked off Brixham

(see paragraph 2.4 and paragraph 2.5).

2.1 Regulations.—See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the

Mediterranean Sea for information pertaining to vessels sailing

within the waters of the United Kingdom.

2.1 Note.—For information concerning the offshore route along

this stretch of the English Channel, including Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS), Reporting Systems (VTS), and Regulations, see paragraph 4.1.

Start Point to Portland

2.2 Start Point (50°13'N., 3°38'W.), the W entrance

point of Start Bay, may be identified by its rugged and serrated

appearance. It is radar conspicuous. Start Point Light is shown

from a prominent round tower, 28m high, standing near the extremity of the point. Within 1 mile of the point the land rises

rapidly to a height of about 120m. Two conspicuous radio

masts stand on the heights, about 1 mile WNW of the point.

2.2 Tide rips occur up to 1 mile S and E of the point.

2.2 Skerries Bank (50°15'N., 3°36'W.), with a least depth of

2.1m, extends between 0.7 mile and 4 miles NE of Start Point.

Its NE and outer extremity is marked by a buoy. During heavy

weather the sea breaks on all parts of this bank, especially on

the SW end. A narrow passage leads between the S end of the

bank and Start Point. It should not be used during periods of

heavy weather.

2.2 Start Bay lies between Start Point and Combe Point, 7 miles

NNE. The shore consists of an almost continuous beach. A

church, with a conspicuous tower, stands at Stoke Fleming,

about 1 mile WSW of Combe Point. 

2.2 The bay, within Skerries Bank, provides good anchorage, in

depths of 12 to 14m, sand and gravel. Anchorage is not recommended in the bay during SE gales or within 0.5 mile N of

Start Point. In strong E winds there is no shelter between the

bank and the land, and broken water extends to the shoreline. 

2.3 Dartmouth Harbour (50°21'N., 3°35'W.) (World

Port Index No. 35390) lies at the mouth of the River Dart. It is

entered between Combe Point and Inner Froward Point, 1 mile

ENE. The town of Dartmouth is situated on the W bank, about

0.5 mile above the entrance. The smaller town of Kingswear

stands on the E side of the river. Britannia Royal Naval College

stands on high ground at the N side of Dartmouth.

2.3 Generally, the harbor does not function as a commercial port

and is used mainly by pleasure craft, fishing vessels, and

yachts. However, cruise ships, up to 3,000 dwt, occasionally

enter and berth at the mooring buoys. 

Start Point Light

Port of Dartmouth Home Page

http://www.dartharbour.org.uk
28 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

2.3 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 4.9m at MHWS and

3.8m at MHWN.

2.3 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is capable of accommodating vessels up to 10,000 tons, 183m in length, and 8.2m

draft. The controlling depth on the entrance range is 7.9m. It is

presently used mainly by yachts and pleasure craft.

2.3 Sandquay Jetty fronts the town. It has a depth of 7.5m alongside and can accommodate vessels up to 100m in length.

2.3 Several mooring buoys, which can be used by vessels up to

10,000 tons, are situated in the harbor.

2.3 A bar, with depths of less than 5m, crosses the river about

0.7 mile above Dartmouth. Totnes, situated about 10 miles

above Dartmouth, is accessible to small vessels up to 75m in

length with drafts up to 3.6m at springs and 2.5m at neaps.

2.3 The entrance fairway is about 185m wide between the dangers. Abreast the town it is about 140m wide between the 5m

depth contours, having depths of 6 to 8m.

2.3 Aspect.—Dartmouth Castle and Saint Petrox Church, joined

together, stand out in bold relief on Castle Point, on the W side

of the harbor entrance about 0.9 mile NNE of Combe Point. A

prominent row of white cottages stands on the hillside, 0.3 mile

S of the castle.

2.3 A directional sector light, located on the E bank about 0.3

mile N of the castle, indicates the entrance fairway. The dangers at the sides of the entrance are marked by lighted buoys.

2.3 Pilotage.—The area lying between the river entrance and

Totnes is divided into two pilotage zones. The Outer Zone extends from the entrance to Anchor Stone. The Inner Zone extends from Anchor Stone to Totnes.

2.3 Pilotage in the Outer Zone is compulsory for the following

vessels:

1. Vessels of 20m and over in length carrying any passengers or carrying dangerous goods in bulk (including nongas free tankers).

2. Towing vessels and tows, with a combined length of

50m and over, where the towing vessel or one or more of the

vessels in the tow is 20m or over in length.

3. All other vessels of 50m and over in length.

2.3 Pilotage in the Inner Zone is compulsory for the following

vessels:

1. Fishing vessels of 47.5m and over in length.

2. Towing vessels and tows, with a combined length of

20m and over, where the towing vessel or one or more of the

vessels in the tow is 20m or over in length.

3. All other vessels of 30m and over in length.

2.3 The harbor office (call sign DartNav) operating hours are

given in the accompanying table.

2.3 Vessels are required to notify the harbor office 1 working

day in advance if they require a pilot or will be arriving outside

office hours. Vessels must then send a confirmation 30 minutes

prior to arrival. Shorter notices can be accepted depending on

the availability of a pilot, boat crew, linesmen, and port control

staff. Information is required as soon as practicable if the ETA

changes by more than 1 hour.

2.3 Vessels are required to notify the harbor office as early as

possible, in any event prior to entering, if they do not require a

pilot and will be arriving within office hours.

2.3 Vessels should request a pilot through the harbor office or

their agent. They should also provide their draft, length, type

and quantity of cargo, type and quantity of bunkers, and number of passengers.

2.3 The harbor office (pilots) can be contacted on VHF channel

11 and board in the vicinity of Castle Ledge Lighted Buoy.

2.3 The harbor office can be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.3 Caution.—There is a speed limit of 6 knots in the harbor.

2.3 Submarine cables cross the river in the area between Kingswear and Sandquay Jetty.

2.3 Ferries run between Dartmouth and Kingswear.

2.3 Marker buoys for yacht races may be moored in the approaches during spring and summer. 

2.4 Berry Head (50°14'N., 3°29'W.) is the NE extremity

of the broad rocky peninsula formed between the River Dart

and Tor Bay. It consists of a steep-to limestone cliff, which rises from the sea nearly perpendicular to a height of 55m. Berry

Head Light is shown from a structure, 5m high, standing on the

flat top of this headland. A coast guard station is situated close

to the light structure.

2.4 Seen from the SE, the head forms an excellent landmark because of the whitish appearance of the cliffs in relation to the

surrounding land. Berry Head is reported to be very radar conspicuous.

2.4 Numerous steep-to dangers lie up to 0.5 mile offshore along

the coast between the River Dart and Berry Head. Vessels approaching Tor Bay from the S should give the shore a wide

Dartmouth—Castle Point

Dartmouth Harbor Office Hours

Day Summer hours Winter hours

Monday 0900 to 1700 0900 to 1700

Tuesday 0900 to 1700 0900 to 1700

Wednesday 0900 to 1700 0900 to 1700

Thursday 0900 to 1800 0900 to 1700

Friday 0900 to 1600 0900 to 1600

Saturday 0900 to 1200 Closed

dhna@dartharbour.org.uk
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 29

Pub. 191

berth. 

2.4 Tor Bay (50°26'N., 3°28'W.), entered between Berry Head

and Hope’s Nose, about 4 miles N, affords good shelter in W

winds, but E or SE gales send in a heavy dangerous sea.

2.4 The Ridge, a shoal area with depths of 6 to 7m, lies in the

SW part of the bay and should be avoided.

2.4 Hope’s Nose (50°27'N., 3°29'W.), the N entrance point of

Tor Bay, is a sloping headland rising to a knoll, 105m high,

about 0.5 mile inland.

2.4 Ore Stone, a conspicuous peaked rock lies about 0.5 mile SE

of the point. It is 32m high and forms a good mark especially

from the S. Thatcher Rock, 41m high, lies about 0.8 mile W of

Ore Stone. It is conspicuous and more rounded than Ore Stone.

On some bearings these two rocks could be mistaken for one

another.

2.4 A conspicuous white block of flats stands on the N side of

the bay, 0.7 mile WSW of Hope’s Nose. A prominent hotel is

situated about 0.5 mile W of this block.

2.4 Two prominent radio masts stand at the W side of the bay,

about 5 miles WSW of Hope’s Nose. 

2.4 Torbay Harbour is the local name used to include Tor Bay

and the harbors of Brixham, Paignton, and Torquay. 

2.4 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory within the Torbay Harbour limits for vessels 36m in length and over or 75 nrt and

over.

2.4 Pilots board vessels bound for Brixham, Paignton, Torquay,

and Tor Bay Anchorage (paragraph 2.6) about 2.5 miles ENE

of Berry Head Light. Vessels should send an ETA and a request

for pilotage 48 hours in advance to the pilot station (Dencade

Brixham). Vessels should then contact the pilot on VHF channel 9 at least 2 hours prior to arrival.

2.4 The station also provides deep-sea pilots for the English

Channel and North Sea. Deep-sea pilots board vessels with

drafts over 18m about 4 miles E of Berry Head Light. Other

vessels are boarded about 2.5 miles ENE of Berry Head Light.

Vessels should send an ETA and a request for deep-sea pilotage

48 hours in advance to the pilot station (Dencade Brixham).

Vessels should then contact the pilot on VHF channel 9 at least

2 hours prior to arrival.

2.4 The pilot station at Brixham may be contacted by e-mail, as

follows: 

2.5 Brixham Harbour (50°24'N., 3°31'W.) is situated on

the S side of Tor Bay and consists of an outer and an inner harbor, protected by a breakwater. It has depths of 3 to 6m and extensive facilities for fishing vessels and yachts. The jetty berth,

on the inner side of the seaward end of the breakwater, is no

longer in use. The harbor is no longer used for commercial

shipping.

2.5 Paignton (50°26'N., 3°33'W.), an extensive resort town, occupies a large area on the W side of Tor Bay and is fronted by

sandy beaches. The small harbor is formed by two jetties and is

used by pleasure craft. A conspicuous promenade pier stands

close N of the harbor. 

2.6 Torquay Harbour (50°28'N., 3°32'W.) (World Port

Index No. 35410) is situated on the NW shore of Tor Bay and

is protected by two breakwaters piers forming an entrance,

50m wide. The harbor consists of an outer basin, an inner basin, and an extensive yacht marina. The resort town is situated

at the meeting of two deep valleys and several prominent buildings stand in it. 

2.6 Princess Pier has berths on both sides, with a depth of 3.9m

alongside its head. Haldon Pier has a depth of 3.9m alongside

and is used for cargo operations. It can accommodate vessels

up to 90m in length and 3.6m draft.

2.6 There is a regular cargo ferry service between Torquay and

the Channel Islands. The port operates commercially throughout the year, but such operations are limited during the summer

months when the harbor becomes a yachting center.

2.6 Anchorage.—Almost all of Tor Bay, except in the vicinity

of The Ridge, affords good anchorage, in depths of about 11m,

mud and clay, sheltered from W winds.

2.6 Torquay Roads, S of the harbor entrance, has depths of 8 to

11m, sand and shells. Although the holding ground is good,

this anchorage is open to the SE and should not be used during

strong winds from that direction.

2.6 Paignton Roads, at the W side of the bay, affords anchorage,

in depths of 5 to 10m.

2.6 Brixham Roads affords anchorage N or E of the harbor

breakwater, in depths of 8 to 9m. However, areas lying up to

about 1 mile NE and 0.4 mile NNE of the breakwater were reported (1995/97) to be fouled by wires.

2.6 Several designated anchorage areas are situated within the

bay and may best be seen on the chart.

2.6 An anchorage area designated for deep-draft vessels, which

may best be seen on the chart, lies centered about 4 miles NE

of Berry Head.

2.6 Caution.—A number of off-port services are provided from

Brixham and Torquay. These services include compass adjustment, divers, repairs, crew changes, surveys, provisions, and

inspections. Vessels are serviced at the designated deep-draft

anchorage area or underway.

2.7 Teignmouth Harbour (50°33'N., 3°30'W.) (World

Port Index No. 35415) is situated at the mouth of the River

Berry Head Light (Coast Guard Station)

Port of Tor Bay Home Page

http://www.tor-bay-harbour.co.uk

ops@tbsa.co.uk
30 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

Teign, 4.5 miles N of Hope’s Nose. It can be identified by The

Ness, a bold headland of red sandstone, located on the S side of

the entrance. The town, situated on the N side of the entrance,

is a tourist resort. It is situated mainly on a small peninsula,

which is fronted by a sandy spit at its S end. St. Michaels

Church, with a tower and flagstaff, stands in the NE part of the

town and is conspicuous from the approaches. 

2.7 The coast between Teignmouth and Exmouth, about 5 miles

NE, is bordered by low sandstone cliffs and numerous rocks. 

2.7 The bar at the entrance of the river has a least depth of 0.3m,

but has a tendency to shift and requires local knowledge. Tides

rise about 5m at HWS and 3.7m at HWN.

2.7 Numerous drying banks lie in the vicinity of the entrance

channel including East Pole Sand, which dries up to 0.6m. Due

to the shifting nature of the fairway, local knowledge is required.

2.7 The harbor is used by coasters, pleasure craft, and yachts. It

has three main quays, 117 to 140m long, which provide five

berths, with depths of 1.6 to 2m alongside. There are facilities

for bulk and ro-ro vessels. Vessels up to 3,500 dwt, 119m in

length, and 5.2m draft can be accommodated at HW. Vessels

should contact the local authorities to ascertain the latest information concerning the maximum draft allowed.

2.7 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 30m

in length. Vessels should send a request for pilotage and an

ETA at least 12 hours in advance. The message should also

state the vessel’s length and exact draft. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 12 and board about 1 mile SE of The

Ness.

2.7 The port may be contacted by e-mail, as follows: 

2.7 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends about 1.2 miles ESE

from The Ness. Diffusers are situated at the seaward end and

are marked by a lighted buoy.

2.8 Exmouth Harbour (50°37'N., 3°25'W.) lies in a

coastal bight between Langstone Point and Straight Point,

about 3 miles NE. The town fronts the shore on the E side of

the entrance to the River Exe. It is approached through a narrow channel, which is fronted by a bar with a least depth of

0.3m. Numerous drying shoals and sand banks obstruct the entrance. The channel, which is subject to frequent change, is

buoyed and lies close to the N shore.

The harbor is only used by small craft and is closed to commercial shipping. Prior to closure, vessels up to 3,200 dwt,

88m in length, and 5.1m draft could be handled at HWS. Anchorage is available about 0.6 mile SE of Orcombe Point.

The river leads to the entrance of the Exeter Canal, 3 miles

above the town. The canal is 5 miles long and is entered

through a lock. It can be used by small craft up to 350 tons,

37m in length, 7.9m beam, 11m vertical clearance, and 3m

draft.

Holy Trinity Church, with a tower and flagstaff, and the

Catholic Church, with a green spire, stand in the W part of the

town and are prominent.

2.8 Caution.—Dawlish Rock, with a least depth of 2.1m, lies

about 0.5 mile E of the town of Dawlish, 0.8 mile SSW of

Langstone Point. An outfall pipeline extends from the shore in

the vicinity of this rock.

2.9 Lyme Bay (50°36'N., 3°18'W.) lies between Straight

Point and Bill of Portland, 35 miles E. The coastline of the bay

curves inward in a broad sweep.

2.9 Straight Point (50°36'N., 3°21'W.), the W entrance point, is

formed of earth cliffs and is radar prominent. A light is shown

from a mast, 7m high, standing on the point. It is reported that

this light structure is difficult to identify. 

2.9 The coast then trends 2 miles NE to Otterton Point. The River Otter empties into the sea close W of this point through a

mouth obstructed by a shingle bar. Budleigh Salterton, a resort,

is situated close W of the river mouth in a narrow valley. Sidmouth, another resort, is situated 4 miles NE of Otterton Point

in a valley between two hills. It is fronted by two offshore rock

breakwaters. 

2.9 Beer Head (50°41'N., 3°06'W.), a conspicuous and precipitous chalk cliff, is located about 9 miles ENE of Otterton Point.

This headland is 130m high and forms the W end of the white

chalk-colored cliffs that extend around the S and E coasts of

England. The cliffs extending to the W of the point consist of

red sandstone.

2.9 A conspicuous radio mast stands at an elevation of 445m on

Stockland Hill, 7 miles N of Beer Head. 

2.9 Beer Roads, a small anchorage, fronts the village of Beer,

0.7 mile NNE of Beer Head. A recommended berth, sheltered

from N winds, lies about 0.4 mile SE of the village, in a depth

of 8m, sand. A prominent water tower stands 1.2 miles NNE of

the village.

2.9 Caution.—A firing range area, marked by two lighted

buoys, extends up to 1.5 miles E of Straight Point and may best

be seen on the chart. Red flags are displayed when the rifle

range is in use.

2.9 Crab pots are often laid from 2 to 4 miles offshore close E of

Beer Head.

2.10 Lyme Regis Harbour (50°43'N., 2°56'W.) lies 6.5

miles ENE of Beer Head and is used by fishing boats and pleasure craft. The harbor is protected from SW by The Cobb, a

sizable stone pier. The harbor basin has depths of 2.7 to 4.3m at

HWS, but dries at LWS. A lighted range indicates the approach

to the harbor. During strong S winds, the sea breaks heavily

around the piers. Fishing boats up to 11m in length and 1.9m

draft can be accommodated.

The coast trends E from Lyme Regis and remains cliffy except near the mouth of the River Char, 1.8 miles ENE of the

harbor. Golden Cap, where the cliffs rise to a height of 187m,

is located 3.5 miles E of Lyme Regis. This cape is fringed by

several shoals which extend up to 0.5 mile seaward.

High Ground and Pollock, two shoal areas with depths of 3

to 4m, lie up to 1 mile offshore, 1.8 and 2.6 miles SE of Golden

Cape. These dangers should be given a wide berth.

Bridport Harbour (50°43'N., 2°46'W.) lies 3 miles ESE of

Golden Cap and is known locally as West Bay. The town is situated 1.4 miles N of the harbor. This harbor is used by fishng

Teignmouth Harbour Home Page

http://www.abports.co.uk/custinfo/ports/teign.htm

teignmouth@abports.co.uk
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 31

Pub. 191

boats and pleasure craft. It has a canal-type entrance, about

230m long and 22m wide, formed by two piers. A basin, 160m

long and 42m wide, lies at the N end of the entrance channel

and mostly dries. The entrance is fronted by a bar which dries.

There are two berths with depths of up to 2m alongside. Small

vessels up to 50m in length and 3.2m draft can be accommodated.

Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 50 tons and over. Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilotage through the

agent at least 24 hours in advance, confirming 6 hours prior to

arrival. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board about 1 mile

from the harbor entrance. During S gales, the sea breaks heavily at the entrance and renders the harbor unusable. 

2.10 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends about 0.7 mile SW

from close E of the harbor entrance. It is marked by a lighted

buoy at the seaward end.

From Bridport to the N end of the Portland Peninsula, 15

miles SE, the coast is almost straight. The SE part of this

stretch is formed by Chesil Beach. This beach consists of a

steep-to narrow isthmus of shingle, about 200m wide and 13m

high. Lagoons lie between the inner side of this isthmus and

the land. After continuous strong SW winds, the sea often

breaks over the SE portion of the beach and floods the land.

2.10 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends about 0.7 mile S

from the mouth of the River Char. It is marked by a lighted

buoy at the seaward end.

2.10 An outfall pipeline extends about 0.8 mile SSW from close E

of Bridport Harbour entrance. It is marked by a lighted buoy at

the seaward end.

2.10 Liquid cargo transfer takes place regularly in Lyme Bay,

about 5 miles offshore, E of Tor Bay, S of Beer Head, S of

Bridport, and off Chesil Beach. Tankers involved in the transfer

may be at anchor and unable to maneuver. 

2.10 It has been reported that vessels anchored in Lyme Bay

awaiting berthing instructions must anchor beyond the 3-mile

limit, and as far away from land as is possible. Tankers requiring urgent or necessary shore facilities can anchor NE of

Hope’s Nose on the 3-mile limit, but not off Tor Bay.

2.10 An area in which vessels are warned against anchoring,

sweeping, and trawling, due to the existence of cables and

buoys, extends 3 miles SSW from the shore 4 miles SE of Bridport. The seaward boundaries of the zone are marked by two

buoys and the shore boundaries are each marked by a beacon.

The area described above is best seen on the chart. 

2.10 A submarine exercise area is centered 5 miles SW of the

Portland Peninsula. Vessels should keep a good lookout when

passing through these waters.

2.11 Bill of Portland (50°31'N., 2°27'W.), the S extremity

of Portland Peninsula (Isle of Portland), is a low extended

point. Portland Bill Light is shown from a conspicuous tower,

41m high, standing on the SE side of the Bill.

A stone beacon stands at an elevation of 18m on the S extremity of the shore and is meant to warn small vessels of a

rock shelf with several loose boulders which fronts the point.

The prominent structure of a former light (Old Low Light) is

situated 0.4 mile NNE of Portland Bill Light. A conspicuous

coast guard station stands on The Grove at the E side of the

peninsula, 2.5 miles NE of Portland Bill Light.

The Verne, a hill, is situated close to the N end of the peninsula. It is 149m high and precipitous on its N side. A conspicuous radar dome (red light) is situated on this hill. A prominent

radio mast stands at an elevation of 158m about 0.3 mile SSE

of the hill. 

The land between this hill and the Bill, about 3 miles S,

forms a conspicuous wedge-shaped landmark and is one of the

best aids to navigation for vessels proceeding up and down the

English Channel. The Bill of Portland is radar conspicuous.

2.11 Anchorage.—West Bay, lying on the W side of Portland

Peninsula, is sheltered from nearly all E winds and affords anchorage nearly anywhere. The roadstead has depths of 25 to

30m, loose gravel and shells. However, the holding ground is

poor. If a sudden, but not uncommon, shift of wind to the W

takes place, the sea quickly rises and vessels should immediately vacate the anchorage.

2.11 Directions.—The offshore passage leads from S of the Bill

of Portland ENE for 45 miles to S of St. Catherine’s Point, the

S extremity of the Isle of Wight.

2.11 Vessels proceeding to Portland or Weymouth may pass between the Bill and The Shambles or E of The Shambles.

2.11 Caution.—A tidal race, caused by the very strong S currents

from both sides of Portland Peninsula meeting the E and W

currents off the Bill, is formed from 1 to 2 miles S of the point

with the strongest part of the race in the direction of the main

current. 

2.11 Though the currents run very fast in the immediate vicinity

of the race, they are not especially strong within the race itself,

but are subject to great and sudden changes in both direction

and rate. In heavy weather, especially when the wind is blowing against the current, strong overfalls and breaking seas are

formed and may be dangerous to boats and small vessels. 

2.11 At certain times, currents greater than those indicated on the

charts, possibly up to 10 knots, may be found in or near the

race and care is advised.

2.12 The Shambles (50°30'N., 2°22'W.), a bank of broken

shells with depths of 5 to 8m, lies centered about 3 miles ESE

of the Bill of Portland. It may best be seen on the chart and is

reported to be extending farther to the E. Except at slack water,

the position of this bank is clearly shown by ripples or overfalls

on the N or S side according to the direction of the tidal flow.

Lighted buoys are moored off the E and W ends of this bank.

However, these navigational aids should not be wholly relied

upon, especially after stormy weather when the sea breaks

Portland Bill Light
32 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

heavily over the bank.

2.12 Caution.—Although the channel lying between The Shambles and the Bill of Portland can be used at any time, it is only

recommended in good weather and with local knowledge. 

2.12 All vessels not familiar with the area should pass E of The

Shambles and W of Adamant Shoal when proceeding to Portland. Due regard should be allowed for the tidal current when

transiting this area.

Portland Harbour (50°35'N., 2°26'W.)

World Port Index No. 35450

2.13 Portland Harbour, a former naval base, is situated at

the N end of Portland Peninsula and affords shelter to deepdraft vessels in all weather. The harbor is protected by four

breakwaters that form three entrances. The S entrance is obstructed by a wreck and overhead cables.

2.13 Winds—Weather.—Although winds are variable in this area, the sea breeze effect results in a strong tendency for winds

from the N to veer toward E and those from the W to back toward the SW, especially in the morning. 

2.13 The fluctuation of land and sea breeze at Portland is sometimes NE to SW, usually blowing parallel to the coast. 

2.13 During strong winds or gales, the harbor area, although protected from swell, is subject to a choppy sea and dangerous for

boats.

2.13 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 2.1m at springs and

1.4m at neaps. The tidal currents in the harbor entrances attain

a velocity of 1 knot at spring tides and are irregular. Inside the

harbor the tidal currents are uncertain.

2.13 Depths—Limitations.—After clearing The Shambles, the

approaches are deep and only the testing facilities (Noise

Range) SE of the harbor must be avoided. The harbor may be

entered either by East Ship Channel, which has a least depth of

13.8m decreasing to 12.5m within the entrance, or by North

Ship Channel which has a depth of 12.4m. 

2.13 Within the breakwaters the mooring berths in the E part of

the harbor have a least depth of 11m.

2.13 The main berthing facilities and alongside depths are listed

below:

1. Queens Pier—600m long with a depth of 8.3m.

2. Inner Breakwater—230m long with a depth of 15m.

3. Inner Coaling Pier—250m long with a depth of 7.7m.

4. Outer Coaling Pier—250m long with a depth of 9.5m.

5. Deep Water Jetty—250m long with a depth of 11.6m.

6. Q Pier—250m long with a depth of 7.6m.

7. Loading Jetty—340m long with a depth of 7m.

2.13 There are facilities for general cargo, bulk, ro-ro, tankers,

and passenger vessels. Vessels up to 250m in length and 11m

draft can be accommodated.

2.13 Aspect.—The Inner Harbour is protected by breakwaters

which are 4m above HW. Inner Breakwater projects about 0.3

mile ENE from the NE side of Portland Peninsula. Outer

Breakwater is separated from the N end of Inner Breakwater by

South Ship Channel (closed). It curves in a N direction and is

about 1 mile long. Fort Head is situated at its N end. Its S end is

designated as “D” Head.

2.13 Northern Arm extends about 0.7 mile ESE from the shore.

Its SE end is designated as “C” Head. Northeastern Breakwater, 0.7 mile long, lies between Northern Arm and Outer Breakwater. Its N end is designated as “B” Head and its S end is

designated as “A” Head.

2.13 East Ship Channel leads between Fort Head and “A” Head.

North Ship Channel leads between “B” Head and “C” Head.

2.13 Several prominent buildings on Torpedo Pier and an aluminum chimney stand near the root of Northerm Arm. A conspicuous television mast stands about 1 mile W of the root of

Northern Arm. A prominent crane is situated on Inner Breakwater.

2.13 “A” Head Light is shown from a prominent metal tower, 22m

high, standing on “A” Head.

2.13 It is reported (2005) that East Ship Channel is indicated by a

lighted range. 

2.13 Pilotage.—A joint pilotage area for Portland and Weymouth

has been established W of a line joining Grove Point

(50°32.9'N., 2°24.6'W.) and White Norte (50°37.5'N.,

2°19.3'W.).

2.13 Within the Weymouth Pilotage Area (N of The Nothe) pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 50m and over, all vessels

over 36.6m in length carrying dangerous cargo, and any vessel

carrying 12 passengers or more.

2.13 Regular ferries and those passing only within the pilotage area, HM Ships, Foreign and Commonwealth Naval vessels, and

those vessels exempted by law are excluded. 

Port of Portland Home Page

http://www.portland-port.co.uk

Portland Harbour

Portland Harbour Breakwaters
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 33

Pub. 191

2.13 Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilotage 24

hours in advance to Weymouth, confirming 2 hours prior to arrival.

2.13 Pilots generally board vessels bound for Weymouth in position 50°36.7'N, 2°23.0'W, about 2 miles NE of “A” Head.

2.13 Within the Portland Pilotage Area (S of The Nothe) pilotage

is compulsory for all vessels of 50m and over, all vessels 20m

in length and over carrying dangerous cargo, and all vessels

20m in length and over carrying more than 12 passengers.

2.13 Ministry of Defence vessels in the Outer Harbour and in the

Inner Harbour N of a line between Lattice Tower and Beacon

E, and any vessels transiting the Outer Harbour Area to or from

Weymouth are exempt.

2.13 Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilotage 24

hours in advance to Portland, confirming 6 hours and 2 hours

prior to arrival.

2.13 Pilots generally board vessels bound for Portland, as follows:

1. In position 50°35.0'N, 2°22.3'W (about 1.6 miles E of

“A” Head) for vessels 180m in length and over.

2. In position 50°36.0'N, 2°24.0'W (about 1 mile NE of

“A” Head) for vessels less than 180m in length.

2.13 Regulations.—There is a compulsory reporting system for

all vessels over 50m in length (20m for vessels carrying dangerous cargo) proceeding to or from Portland and Weymouth.

2.13 All vessels are required to report to Portland on VHF channel 74, when passing the designated reporting points CF, CG,

and CH listed below. 

2.13 The report should include the vessel’s name, position (reporting point designator), destination, ETA (inbound vessels),

and intended route, E or W of The Shambles (outbound vessels, where appropriate).

2.13 In addition, vessels entering or leaving Portland Inner Harbour are required to report when passing the designated reporting points PE and PN as listed below.

2.13 Within 3 miles of “A” Head (50°35.1N., 2°24.9W.) all vessels are required to maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 74.

2.13 Vessels bound for Weymouth should establish contact with

Weymouth Harbour on VHF channel 12 before entering the area, and change to the Weymouth VHF working channel at the

pilot boarding position. 

2.13 The reporting points are, as follows:

1. CH—3 miles bearing 150° from “A” Head (inbound

for the Noise Range buoys or between these buoys and the

shore, also outbound either to the W or the E of The Shambles).

2. CG—3 miles bearing 125° from “A” Head (inbound

or outbound E of The Shambles).

3. CF—3 miles E of “A” Head (vessels approaching

Portland or Weymouth from the E, or proceeding E from either harbor).

4. PN—About 0.5 mile bearing 077° from “C” Head

(vessels inbound and outbound from Portland Inner Harbor).

5. PE—About 0.5 mile bearing 043° from “A” Head

(vessels inbound and outbound from Portland Inner Harbor).

6. WH—0.1 mile bearing 040° from Weymouth South

Pier Light (outbound only).

2.13 Naval vessels within 3 miles of “A” Head should maintain a

continuous listening watch on VHF channels 16 and 74; elsewhere, naval vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch

on VHF channels 16 and 71.

2.13 Vessels carrying or loading/unloading dangerous substances at

Weymouth should maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 12.

2.13 Several prohibited anchorage areas, which may best be seen

on the chart, lie in the approaches to Portland. Vessels must not

attempt to anchor without instructions from the authorities.

2.13 The port of Portland may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.13 Anchorage.—Anchorage outside the harbor is restricted by

submarine cable areas and testing areas, which may best be

seen on the chart. Vessels seeking shelter from W winds generally proceed to Weymouth Roads (see paragraph 2.14). Anchorage may be obtained at designated berths lying NE of

Northeastern Breakwater, in depths of 12 to 18m.

2.13 There are numerous designated anchorages inside the harbor

which are sheltered from the swell. The bottom of blue slimy

mud provides good holding ground. 

2.13 Caution.—Torpedo firing takes place periodically in a charted area E of Portland Harbour. When firing is underway, orange flags are displayed from the firing point on the NE

breakwater and from safety craft as necessary.

2.13 Due to the naval facilities being moved from the harbor

(1996), changes to buoyage, moorings, cable areas, etc., may

be still be in progress.

2.13 Vessels should allow ample room for turning W to approach

the entrances.

2.13 Eddies generally exist close to the breakwater heads and

should be guarded against.

2.13 A Noise Range, the limits of which may best be seen on the

chart, lies centered 0.7 mile ESE of “D” Head and is marked by

four buoys. Restricted Areas, which may best be seen on the

chart, lie N and S of this range. When the range is in use, anchoring and fishing are prohibited in these areas. Static fishing

gear may also be encountered within these areas.

Portland to the Isle of Wight

2.14 Weymouth Harbour (50°37'N., 2°27'W.) (World

Port Index No. 35460), a small commercial port, is situated at

the mouth of the River Wey in the SW part of Weymouth Bay.

2.14 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor, long and narrow, is entered between two stone piers. The entrance is 137m wide and

provides a channel fairway, 76m wide. The controlling depth in

the approach channel is 5.2m, shoaling to 3.2m within 60m of

the Town Bridge.

2.14 There is 360m of principal quayage providing three berths,

with depths of 5.2m alongside. There are facilities for bulk, roro, and vehicle ferry vessels. Vessels up to 135m in length, 28m

beam, and 5.2m draft can be accommodated at HW. 

2.14 The Town Bridge, a double bascule bridge, has an overhead

clearance of 2.5m. It spans the harbor, 0.5 mile within the entrance, and blocks the channel to large vessels. A passage,

eta@portland-port.co.uk

Port of Weymouth Home Page

http://www.weymouth.gov.uk
34 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

24.4m wide, leads through the bridge to an extensive marina.

There are also facilities for fishing vessels and small craft. 

2.14 Aspect.—Weymouth Bay lies between The Nothe, a bluff

headland situated on the S side of the harbor, and Redcliff

Point, 2 miles NE. A fort stands on the E end of The Nothe.

Weymouth, a resort, is situated along the W side of the bay.

2.14 A lighted range indicates the approach channel. St. John’s

Church, with a conspicuous spire, stands near the shore of the

bay. 0.6 mile NNW of the head of the N pier.

2.14 Pilotage.—See pilotage for Portland Harbour in paragraph

2.13. 

2.14 Anchorage.—Designated anchorages, which may best be

seen on the chart, lie in depths of 9 to 18m, fine sand and shell,

in the roadstead, NE and E of the harbor.

2.14 A refuge anchorage area, the limits of which may best be

seen on the chart, lies centered about 2.3 miles ENE of the harbor. It has depths of 13 to 19m and is for the use of vessels

seeking shelter during adverse weather. Vessels less than 150m

in length are exempt from compulsory pilotage when arriving

or leaving this anchorage area. 

2.14 Caution.—The tidal currents in the bay are weak, but the

rise and fall of the tide within the harbor is considerably affected by winds.

2.14 Two outfall pipelines extend up to 0.2 mile seaward from the

S side of the S pier.

2.14 A Degaussing Range, the limits of which may best be seen

on the chart, lies close E of The Nothe and is marked by buoys.

A Restricted Area, which may best be seen on the chart, extends E and SE from The Nothe. When the range is in use, anchoring and fishing are prohibited in this area. Static fishing

gear may also be encountered within this area.

2.14 A Mobile Degaussing Range, the limits of which may best

be seen on the chart, lies centered 1.2 miles of The Nothe.

2.15 Redcliff Point (50°38'N., 2°24'W.), on the N shore of

Weymouth Bay, is the W extremity of a line of cliffs which extends E for about 3 miles to White Nothe. A conspicuous hotel,

with a white tower, stands near the shore of the bay, 0.4 mile

WNW of the point. 

2.15 Two beacons, in line bearing 048°, stand on the high ground

about 0.6 mile E of the White Nothe.

2.15 Adamant Shoal, with depths of 15.3 to 18m, lies about 4.8

miles S of White Nothe.

2.15 The coast E of White Nothe is strewn with rocks and ledges.

It provides no shelter from S winds except at Lulworth Cove, 3

miles E. This small circular basin is encompassed by chalk

cliffs and provides anchorage to small craft. The entrance is reported to be difficult to identify. A prominent radar scanner is

reported (1999) to stand close NE of the cove. 

2.15 Worbarrow Bay (50°37'N., 2°12'W.), an open bight, lies

1.5 miles E of Lulworth Cove. It is entered between a group of

rocks on the W side and Worbarrow Tout, a point surmounted

by a conical hill, on the E side. The bay has high cliffy shores

divided in the center by Arish Mell Gap. This gap is fronted by

a conspicuous white sandy beach.

2.15 The bay affords anchorage in its E part during all but S

winds. The anchorage has a depth of 11m, fine sand.

2.15 A conspicuous tower stands near the shore, 2.2 miles ESE of

the E entrance point of the bay.

2.15 Caution.—An outfall pipeline, marked at its seaward end by

a lighted buoy, extends about 2 miles SSE from Arish Mell

Gap. 

2.16 Saint Albans Head (St. Aldhelms Head) (50°35'N.,

2°03'W.) is a bold headland, 107m high, bordered by cliffs on

all sides. It is radar conspicuous. A chapel and a coast guard

station stand on this headland.

2.16 Saint Albans Ledge, with depths of 8.5 to 16m, extends up to

2.5 miles SSW of the headland.

2.16 Because of the uneven bottom, strong eddies form off this

ledge and the overfalls within may be dangerous to small craft.

The current runs continuously SE along the W side of the headland and, during the flood tide, a race forms to the SW.

Anvil Point (50°36'N., 1°57'W.), located 3.5 miles ENE of

Saint Albans Head, is low and cliffy with higher land close

within. Anvil Point Light is shown from a conspicuous tower

with a dwelling, 12m high, standing on the point.

A conspicuous castellated building is situated on Durlston

Head, 0.3 mile NE of the light. Anvil Point is reported to be radar prominent.

Swange Bay, lying 1.5 miles N of Anvil Point, is entered between Peveril Point and Ballard Point, 1.5 miles NNE. Peveril

Ledge, with depths of less than 5m, extends up to about 0.5

mile E of Peveril Point and is marked by a buoy. Swanage, a resort, occupies the S part of the bay and is fronted by a pier.

Handfast Point, which is conspicuous, is located 0.8 mile

NNE of Ballard Point. The shore between is fronted by steep

Weymouth Harbour

Anvil Point Light
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 35

Pub. 191

chalk cliffs. Old Harry, a prominent column of chalk 18m high

with a flat grassy top, stands close off this point.

2.16 Anchorage, with good shelter from W winds, may be taken

about 0.7 mile N of Peveril Point. There are depths of about 8m

over good holding ground of mostly sand and clay.

2.16 Caution.—A firing range area extends up to 12 miles seaward between Saint Albans Head and Lulworth Cove. Lighted

buoys associated with this range are moored in the vicinity of

Saint Albans Ledge. When the range is in use, red flags and red

lights are displayed from a hill close NNE of the cove and from

above the coast guard station on the headland.

2.16 During summer, crab pots may be moored within 0.5 mile of

the shore in the vicinity of Saint Albans Head.

2.16 A measured mile (1,849m), marked by two sets of range beacons, is situated close W of Anvil Point and may best be seen

on the chart.

2.16 A spoil ground area lies centered 4 miles NE of Anvil Point

and may best be seen on the chart.

2.17 Poole Harbour (50°41'N., 1°57'W.) (World Port Index No. 35480), one of the most extensive natural harbors in

England, lies in the W part of Poole Bay. It is a ferry terminal

and an extensive yachting center. However, entry is limited by

a bar.

2.17 Tides—Currents.—The tide rises about 2.2m at springs and

1.7m at neaps.

2.17 Within the harbor the tidal cycle is abnormal and results in

the phenomenon of a double HW with the tide standing at or

near HW for 6 or 7 hours. The neap tides are very irregular and

may produce a second HW, which is higher than the first. Barometric pressure and strong winds can change the tidal cycles

significantly.

2.17 At the entrance the flood current attains a maximum rate of 3

knots at springs. The ebb current, which is weak for the first 3

hours, attains a maximum rate of 4.7 knots at springs. At neaps

both tidal currents are weak and uncertain.

2.17 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor, which resembles a lake

at HW, is spacious. At LW, large expanses of mudflats uncover

and are intersected by numerous creeks and small channels.

The bottom is mainly composed of sand over clay and gravel,

but, in places, there is soft mud, known locally as quags, which

is dangerous.

2.17 Swash Channel leads NW through Poole Bay and over the

coastal bar to the harbor entrance. A training bank, which covers at half tide, lies along its W side. The fairway, which is

buoyed, is about 130m wide and has a controlling depth of 6m.

Strong S winds raise a heavy sea on the bar and strong E winds

may change the depths.

2.17 The harbor entrance lies between South Haven Point

(50°40.8'N., 1°57.0'W.), on the S side, and Sandbanks, a peninsula, on the N side. The peninsula extends 1 mile SW from

Poole Head and is well built over. South Haven Point is low

and sandy. A chain ferry runs across the harbor entrance between Sandbanks and South Haven Point.

2.17 Five main islands are situated within the harbor. Brownsea

Island, the largest, lies close within the entrance and is thickly

wooded.

2.17 Middle Ship Channel, with a minimum width of 80m, is the

main fairway leading from the entrance, close E of Brownsea

Island, to the principal commercial facilities in the S part of the

port. It has a controlling depth of 6m and is marked by stakes

and lighted buoys.

2.17 Little Channel, with a controlling depth of 3.9m (1999),

leads from the inner end of Middle Ship Channel to the Town

Quays and the bascule bridge in the N part of the port.

2.17 North Channel, a secondary buoyed fairway, also leads into

the harbor from close E of Brownsea Island. It has a controlling

depth of 4m (1999) but is reported (2005) to be not maintained

by dredging.

2.17 A boat channel, used by pleasure craft and fishing boats with

drafts up to 3m, lies on the W side of Swash Channel. Another

similar channel, used by craft with drafts up to 1.5m, lies on

the S side of Middle Ship Channel. East Looe Channel, used by

light-draft small craft, extends parallel to the shore close S of

Sandbanks.

2.17 The Poole Bridge, a bascule bridge, is situated in the N part

of the port. It has an opening 18.3m wide and is located near

the SW part of the town.

2.17 The ro-ro freight and ferry terminal, situated in the S part of

the port, provides three main linkspan berths. The largest,

130m long, has a depth of 6m alongside and can handle vessels

up to 165m in length.

2.17 The other main commercial facilities include the Oil Jetty,

which is 82m long, with a depth of 4.9m alongside; New Quay,

158m long, which has a depth of 5m alongside and is used for

bulk, general, and container cargo; Bulwark Quay, 89m long,

which has a depth of 6m alongside and is used for bulk and

general cargo; and Ballast Quay, 77m long, which has a depth

of 6m alongside and is used for bulk and general cargo.

2.17 There is also a private timber wharf, which is 76m long and

has a depth of 4m alongside.

2.17 Poole Town Quay, 400m long, has depths of 3.6 to 4.5m

alongside and is normally used only by pleasure craft. There

are also several marinas and numerous yacht moorings.

2.17 Vessels up to 20,500 grt, 160m in length, and 5.5m draft can

be accommodated within the port.

2.17 Aspect.—The seaward entrance of Swash Channel is

marked by Bar Lighted Buoy No. 1 (50°39.3'N., 1°55.15'W.).

2.17 Several prominent buildings, including a large hotel, stand

on Sandbanks, the low peninsula situated at the N side of the

entrance.

2.17 Brownsea Castle, with a square tower and a flagstaff, stands

Port of Poole Home Page

http://www.phc.co.uk

Poole Harbor
36 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

on the SE side of Brownsea Island, close inside the harbor entrance, and is very prominent from the approaches. A number

of tall buildings are located in the vicinity of a marina on the

NE side of the harbor, about 1.5 miles N of the entrance.

2.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 50m

in length and vessels of 30m or more in length or 10m or more

in beam capable of carrying more than 12 passengers, except

those exempted by law.

2.17 Vessels should send an ETA 24 hours in advance to the agent

and to the VTS Harbor Control Center (see Regulations). Vessels requiring pilotage should then contact the VTS Harbor

Control Center on VHF channel 14 giving at least 1 hour 30

minutes notice of arrival at the boarding position. Pilots can be

contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 and generally board in the

vicinity of Bar Lighted Buoy No. 1.

2.17 The port of Poole may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.17 Regulations.—A local Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system

operates in the vicinity of the harbor. Vessels of 25m or more in

length should report to the VTS Harbor Control Center on

VHF channel 14 when passing Bar Lighted Buoy No. 1

(50°39'18.0'N., 1°55'09.0''W.), Channel Lighted Beacon No. 8

(50°40'27.0''N., 1°56'16.2''W.), Aunt Betty Lighted Buoy No.

22 (50°41'58.2''N., 1°57”23.4'W.), Stakes Lighted Buoy No. 29

(50°42'18.0''N., 1°59'00.0''W) and when arriving at the berth.

Incident, Damage, or Oil Pollution Reports should be sent as

necessary. 

2.17 Poole VTS may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.17 The chain ferry will give way to vessels subject to compulsory pilotage proceeding in and out of the harbor. The ferry, when

underway, will show a white strobe light; in addition, by day, a

black ball is displayed at the forward end to indicate the direction of travel. It is reported (2004) that the ferry, at times, also

displays an orange strobe light when heading S.

2.17 All yachts and small craft are required to keep clear of large

commercial vessels navigating in the main channels.

2.17 Signals.—A yellow flashing light is shown from a mast

standing on South Haven Point when a large vessel is about to

enter that part of the channel lying between No. 6 Lighted

Buoy and No. 22 Aunt Betty Lighted Buoy, 2 miles NNW. The

light is shown for both arriving and departing vessels.

2.17 Bridge traffic lights are visible by day and night and are exhibited from towers on the bridges. A fixed red light indicates

vessels are not to proceed, a flashing green light indicates vessels may proceed with caution, and a fixed green light indicates

vessels are to proceed, bridge is almost fully open. The bridge

will be opened at any time for commercial vessels. The bridge

control system permits one cycle of traffic in each direction at a

time.

2.17 Anchorage.—There are no anchorage berths within the harbor for commercial vessels. The best outer anchorage, sheltered from W winds, lies in a depth of 12m, sand and gravel,

about 0.5 mile NE of Handfast Point (50°38'N., 1°56'W.). Anchorage can also be obtained 0.5 mile E of Bar Lighted Buoy

No. 1, but this roadstead is exposed and it can become very uncomfortable during S or SE gales.

2.17 Caution.—Numerous pleasure craft and fishing boats may

be encountered in the approaches to the harbor.

2.17 A chain ferry runs across the entrance to the harbor between

South Haven Point and Sandbanks (see Regulations).

2.17 A historic wreck, marked by a buoy, lies 0.6 mile ESE of the

light shown at the SE end of the training bank.

2.17 High-speed craft (ferries) may be encountered in the approaches to the harbor.

2.18 The coast between the entrance to Poole Harbour and

Hurst Point, 15 miles E is indented by Poole Bay and

Christchurch Bay. The shores of the bays consist of a succession of earthy cliffs intersected by deep ravines. These ravines,

known as chines, are worn by the action of small streams. Frequent landslides occur along this stretch of shore.

The shore of Poole Bay is almost entirely occupied by the resort of Bournemouth with its many buildings. A prominent

coast guard station is situated on a hill near the shore, about 0.5

mile W of Hengistbury Head, the E extremity of Poole Bay. A

conspicuous water tower stands, at an elevation of 52m, about

1.7 miles WNW of the coast guard station.

Christchurch Priory, with a conspicuous tower, stands 1.3

miles NW of Hengistbury Head.

2.18 Anchorage can also be obtained in Poole Bay as convenient.

However, the roadstead is exposed and can become very uncomfortable in prolonged S or SE gales.

Hurst Point (50°42'N., 1°33'W.) is the E entrance point of

Christchurch Bay. It is located at the SE end of a low-lying narrow neck of land on the N side of Needles Channel.

Hurst Point Light, a directional sector light, is shown from a

prominent round tower, 26m high, standing on the point. A

conspicuous castle is situated in the vicinity of the point.

Shingles (50°41'N., 1°35'W.) is a bank of sand, gravel, and

shingles which extends about 4 miles SW of Hurst Point. This

shallow bank is marked by lighted buoys; its steep-to SE side

forms the NW side of Needles Channel. Due to the wash of the

sea and the scour of the currents, this bank is subject to

constant changes. With the least swell the sea breaks violently

on the shallower parts. North Channel leads in a NW direction

between Hurst Point and the NE end of Shingles. This narrow

Poole—Brownsea Castle

harbourmaster@phc.co.uk

harbourcontrol@phc.co.uk
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 37

Pub. 191

channel has a least depth of 4.8m and local knowledge is

required.

Stansore Point (50°47'N., 1°21'W.), marked by a beacon, is

located 9 miles ENE of Hurst Point. The coast between forms

the N side of the W part of The Solent. The shore is fronted by

marshes and mud flats which are intersected by several shallow

creeks.

Lymington (50°45'N., 1°32'W.), a small and shallow harbor,

is located on the W side of the Lymington River, 3 miles NE of

Hurst Point. It is used by local ferries and has extensive facilities for pleasure craft.

For information concerning Needles Channel, which leads

through the W part of The Solent, see paragraph 2.22.

For information concerning landmarks located in the approaches to Southampton Water, see paragraph 2.27.

2.18 Caution.—An area, within which submarine power cables

and gas pipelines exist, extends S between the mainland coast

in the vicinity of Stansore Point and the N coast of the Isle of

Wight. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within this area,

which may best be seen on the chart.

2.18 An area, within which obstructions exist, extends S between

the mainland coast and the N coast of the Isle of Wight, about

4.5 miles ENE of Hurst Point. Anchoring and fishing are

prohibited within this area, which may best be seen on the

chart. 

Isle of Wight

2.19 The Isle of Wight (50°40'N., 1°18'W.) is situated off

the Port of Southampton and Portsmouth, on the S coast of England. It is separated from the mainland by a stretch of water

known as The Solent. The Solent can be entered from W via

Needles Channel and from E via several channels lying in the

vicinity of the Nab Tower. 

2.19 Needles Point (50°40'N., 1°35'W.) is the W extremity of the

isle. Precipitous white chalk cliffs extend E from this point and

are conspicuous.

2.19 Needles Rocks (50°40'N., 1°35'W.), three in number, extend

up to 0.2 mile W of Needles Point. Needles Rocks Light is

shown from a conspicuous round granite tower, 31m high,

standing at the seaward side of the outermost rock.

2.19 The Bridge (50°38'N., 1°39'W.), a dangerous reef, extends

up to about 1.2 miles W of Needles Point. A lighted buoy,

equipped with a racon, is moored in the vicinity of the seaward

extremity of this reef. 

2.19 The Bridge is marked by ripples in calm weather and by distinctive overfalls in rough weather. During S gales it is marked

by a well-defined line of broken water.

Hurst Point Light

Hurst Point Castle

Needles Rocks Light

Needles Rocks from W
38 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

2.19 Alum Bay lies between Needles Point and Hatherwood

Point, 0.9 mile NE. This bay has high white cliffs on its S side

and cliffs of varying colors on its E side. The junction of these

two different types of cliffs forms a conspicuous feature.

2.19 Fort Albert, which is also conspicuous, is built into the side

of the isle about 2.1 miles NE of Hatherwood Point and 0.7

mile SE of Hurst Point.

2.19 Sconce Point, located 0.6 mile NE of Fort Albert, forms the

NW extremity of the isle. A ruined fort is situated on this point.

2.19 Yarmouth (50°42'N., 1°30'W.), a small harbor, lies 0.8 mile

E of Sconce Point and is used by pleasure craft and local ferries. A wooden pier extends about 200m seaward from the E

side of the harbor entrance. A church, with a conspicuous

square tower, stands in the town.

2.19 Egypt Point (50°46'N., 1°19'W.) is located 9 miles ENE of

Sconce Point. The coast between forms the S side of the W part

of The Solent. This stretch of coast is fronted by several rocky

ledges and banks which extend up to about 0.4 mile offshore.

A prominent beacon column, 7m high, stands on Egypt Point.

2.19 Cowes Harbour is located 0.8 mile E of Egypt Point and is

fully described in paragraph 2.26.

2.19 Caution.—A spoil ground area lies centered 2.5 miles SSE

of Needles Point Light and may best be seen on the chart.

2.19 Dredging areas lie centered 4.7 miles SSE, 4.4 miles S, and

6.5 miles SW of Needles Point Light and may best be seen on

the chart.

2.19 High speed craft and large ro-ro ferries may be encountered

in the vicinity of the Isle of Wight.

2.19 During the summer, numerous pleasure craft and yachts may

be encountered in the vicinity of the Isle of Wight.

2.20 Saint Catherines Point (50°35'N., 1°18'W.), low and

rounded, is located 12 miles SE of Needles Point Light and

forms the S extremity of the Isle of Wight. St. Catherines Point

Light is shown from a prominent castellated tower and dwelling, 26m high, standing on the point. This light structure is

very distinctive when viewed from E or W.

The land within the point rises gradually for 1 mile toward

Saint Catherines Hill, which is the highest on the isle. A former

Needles Rocks

Fort Albert

Saint Catherines Point Light

Saint Catherines Hill—Disused Lighthouse

Saint Catherines Hill—Hoy Monument
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 39

Pub. 191

disused light tower stands on this hill and is prominent. Hoy

Monument, situated about 1 mile N of the hill, is also

prominent from seaward. 

Conspicuous television towers stand on the heights at Chillerton Downs, about 4.8 miles NNW of the point, and at Rowridge, about 6.8 miles NNW of the point.

2.20 Freshwater Bay lies about 3 miles E of Needles Point and a

prominent hotel stands in its vicinity.

2.20 Tennyson’s Cross, a prominent monument, stands near the

top of the cliffs, 1.2 miles W of Freshwater Bay.

Hanover Point is located 4.7 miles ESE of Needles Point.

Precipitous white chalk cliffs extend E from the latter point to

within 1 mile of Hanover Point, where they merge into a shore

of clay and sand. These cliffs, up to about 120m high, are conspicuous in contrast to the dark ground behind them.

Between Saint Catherines Point and Dunnose, about 5 miles

ENE, the coast consists of a low cliff with large masses of rock,

known as The Undercliff, rising behind it. This formation is

backed by a precipitous rocky wall which rises to a height of

almost 150m.

The town of Ventnor, a resort, stands close W of Dunnose.

Its lights are conspicuous at night. Several conspicuous radio

masts and radar scanners are situated on the downs in the vicinity of the town and may best be seen on the chart.

Culver Cliff, located about 10 miles NE of Saint Catherines

Point, is very conspicuous. It can be easily identified by the

marked contrast between the white chalk bluff and the land in

the vicinity. 

2.20 Yarborough Monument stands close W of the cliff, at an elevation of about 100m, and is conspicuous from seaward.

2.20 Foreland (50°41'N., 1°04'W.), the E extremity of the isle, is

low and fronted by dangerous reefs and shoals. Numerous

prominent buildings stand in the vicinity of this point.

2.20 Nettlestone Point, on which the town of Seaview stands, is

located 2.5 miles NW of Foreland. The coast between is fronted by several shoals.

2.20 Saint Helen’s Fort (50°42.3'N., 1°05.0'W.), a round stone

structure marked by a light, stands 0.6 mile offshore, 1.2 miles

NW of Foreland.

2.20 Ryde (50°44'N., 1°09'W.), a small and shallow harbor, is located 2 miles WNW of Nettlestone Point. The coast between is

fronted by Ryde Sands, which dry and extend up to about 1

mile seaward. The harbor is used by local ferries, small hovercraft, and pleasure boats. It is fronted by a prominent pier, with

a railway on it, which extends 0.4 mile N from the shore. The

head of the pier is lighted.

2.20 Old Castle Point is situated 5 miles WNW of Ryde. The

coast between is fringed by a drying bank.

2.20 Quarr Abbey, with a prominent turret, stands 1.7 miles W of

Ryde. Osborne House, with a prominent tower and flagstaff,

stands 1 mile SSE of Castle Point and is conspicuous.

2.20 The approach to Cowes Harbour lies between Old Castle

Point and Eygpt Point, 1.4 miles W. Cowes Harbour is fully deIsle of Wight—Tennyson’s Cross

Culver Cliff

Yarborough Monument

Saint Helen’s Fort
40 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

scribed in paragraph 2.26. 

2.20 Caution.—Dangerous reefs extend up to 1.5 miles offshore

in the vicinity of Saint Catherines Point. 

2.20 A tidal race occurs off Saint Catherines Point and may be violent when the wind opposes the current. The race may be especially violent in an area lying SE of the point when a W

spring current is accompanied by a W gale.

2.20 A disused explosives dumping ground area, the limits of

which may best be seen on the chart, lies about 3.5 miles E of

Saint Catherines Point.

2.20 Submarines exercise in an area lying about 10 miles S of

Saint Catherines Point.

2.20 A submarine outfall pipeline extends 1.5 miles SE from a

point on the shore located 1.5 miles WSW of Culver Cliff.

2.20 A submarine outfall pipeline extends 1.7 miles NNW from a

point on the shore located 0.7 mile ESE of Ryde.

2.20 Numerous submarine cables exist within an area extending

between Nettlestone Point, on the Isle of Wight, and Southsea

Castle, on the mainland. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited

in this area, which may best be seen on the chart.

The Solent

2.21 The Solent separates the Isle of Wight from the mainland, and provides access to Portsmouth and the Port of

Southampton. Several small harbors lie along the shores of this

stretch of water and are used by pleasure craft, local ferries,

and yachts. Entry into The Solent may be made from the W,

through Needles Channel, or from the E, through the channels

lying in the vicinity of Nab Tower..

2.21 Pilotage.—Southampton.—The Port of Southampton Compulsory Pilotage Area covers the Port of Southampton,

Southampton Water, and The Solent. Its boundary is formed by

a line joining the following points:

1. Western Limit:

a. Stansore Point (50°47.2'N., 1°20.5'W.). 

b. Egypt Point, Isle of Wight (50°46.0'N., 1°18.7'W.).

2. Southern Limit:

a. Egypt Point, Isle of Wight (50°46.0'N., 1°18.7'W.).

b. Old Castle Point (50°45.9'N., 1°16.6'W.). 

3. Eastern Outer Limit:

a. Culver Cliff, Isle of Wight (50°40.0'N., 1°05.6'W.).

b. Nab Tower Light (50°40.0'N., 0°57.1'W.).

c. 1.1 miles S of Selsey Bill (50°43.3'N., 0°47.3W.). 

d. 0.1 mile S of Selsey Bill.

e. Chichester Bar Lighted Beacon (50°45.9'N.,

0°56.4'W.). 

f. Horse Sand Fort Light (50°45'00.0'N.,

1°04'21.0''W.). 

g. Outer Spit Lighted Buoy (50°45'34.8''N.,

1°05'30.0'W.). 

h. Gilkicker Point Light (50°46'25.8''N.,

1°08'27.6''W.). 

4. Eastern Inner Limit:

a. Gilkicker Point Light (50°46'25.8''N.,

1°08'28.4''W.). 

b. West end of Ryde Pier, Isle of Wight.

2.21 Pilotage is compulsory within the above area for the following vessels:

1. All vessels over 61m in length, including fishing vessels.

2. All vessels of 20m or over in length carrying more

than 12 passengers.

2.21 Ministry Of Defense (MOD) owned or operated vessels, HM

vessels, and naval vessels of foreign and Commonwealth countries are exempted. 

2.21 Inbound vessels requiring pilotage within the area should

send an ETA at least 12 hours in advance to Southampton Vessel Traffic Services (VTS). The message must state the maximum draft, the point of destination within the area, and the

required pilot boarding position.

2.21 Vessels should also contact Southampton VTS directly on

VHF channel 9 and report their ETA not later than 3 hours prior to arrival. Southampton VTS will confirm the pilot boarding

arrangements. Vessels should maintain VHF contact if it is

necessary to change the ETA.

2.21 Vessels requiring pilots for only Portsmouth, Cowes, or the

River Medina should contact the appropriate competent harbor

authority.

2.21 Pilots for the Port of Southampton board, as follows:

1. In the Eastern Approach:

a. Deep-draft oil tankers (VLCCs)—In position

50°36.06'N, 0°57.50'W (4 miles S of Nab Tower Light).

b. All other vessels of 150m and over in length:

i. In Nab West Pilot Boarding Area—an area between 0.5 mile and 1.5 miles from Nab Tower within a

sector bound by the bearings of 270° and 195° from the

tower, or

ii. In Nab East Pilot Boarding Area—an area between 1 mile and 2 miles from Nab Tower within a sector bound by the bearings of 090° and 145° from the

tower.

c. Vessels less than 150m in length when carrying

dangerous or polluting goods in bulk—In the Saint

Helen’s Pilot Boarding Area bound by the following positions:

i. 50°43.77'N, 1°02.24'W.

ii. 50°43.36'N, 1°03.10'W.

iii. 50°42.82'N, 1°01.22'W.

iv. 50°43.23'N, 1°00.37'W.

d. Vessels between 61m (20m if carrying more than

12 passengers) and 150m in length, other than those described in section c above—in position 50°45.83'N,

1°09.09'W (about 0.75 mile NW of North Sturbridge

Lighted Buoy).

e. In the event of the visibility falling below 0.5 mile

or traffic congestion occurring in the vicinity of North

Sturbridge Lighted Buoy, the pilot boarding position for

vessels described in section d above will be temporarily

relocated to the Saint Helen’s Pilot Boarding Area (see

Ryde Pier
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 41

Pub. 191

section c above).

2. In the Western Approach:

a. All vessels subject to compulsory pilotage—In position 50°45.43'N, 1°21.64'W.

2.21 Vessels having carried dangerous or polluting goods, which

are neither gas free nor inerted, will be subject to the same conditions as specified in section 1c above.

2.21 Pilotage on a voluntary/optional basis is available, by prior

arrangement, for vessels less than 150m in length to/from the

Eastern inner limit with boarding/disembarking at the Nab

Tower.

2.21 Pilotage.—Portsmouth.—The Portsmouth Compulsory Pilotage Area covers the harbor and approaches. Its boundary is

formed by a line joining the following points:

1. Gilkicker Point Light (50°46'25.8''N., 1°08'27.6''W.). 

2. W end of Ryde Pier, Isle of Wight, then along coast to:

3. Culver Cliff, Isle of Wight (50°40.0'N., 1°05.6'W.).

4. Nab Tower Light (50°40.0'N., 0°57.1'W.).

5. 1.1 miles S of Selsey Bill (50°43.3'N., 0°47.2'W.). 

6. 0.1 mile S of Selsey Bill.

7. Chichester Bar Lighted Beacon (50°45.9'N.,

0°56.4'W.). 

8. Cambrian Wreck Buoy (50°44.4'N., 1°03.4'W.), then

due N to the shore (50°46.9'N., 1°03.4'W.).

2.21 Pilotage is compulsory within the above area for the following vessels:

1. All vessels of 48m or over in length.

2. All vessels of 20m or over in length carrying more

than 12 passengers.

2.21 The categories of vessels that are exempted from compulsory

pilotage by the Portsmouth Competent Harbor Authority include the following:

1. Vessels in government service except when berthing

or unberthing at any non-MOD facility.

2. Vessels with an Admiralty Pilot (Federal Pilot) embarked while proceeding to or from any MOD facility. Such

vessels proceeding between a MOD facility and a commercial facility are not exempt for berthing and unberthing at the

latter facility.

3. Vessels in transit through The Solent on passage to or

from any position W of a line joining Gilkicker Point Light

and the W end of Ryde Pier. Such vessels should not cross N

of a line joining Gilkicker Point Light, Horse Sand Fort

Light (50°45'N., 1°04'W.), and Cambrian Wreck Buoy.

4. Vessels inbound to any position W of a line between

Gilkicker Point Light and Ryde Pier going to an anchorage

in South Helens Roads.

5. Vessels not more than 150m in length while to the SE

of a line joining Nettlestone Point (50°43.3'N., 1°06.6'W.),

Warner Lighted Buoy (50°43.8'N., 1°04.4'W.), Cambrian

Wreck Buoy, and the shore due N. 

2.21 Inbound vessels requiring pilotage within the area should

send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance to Portsmouth Pilots,

stating vessel’s length, beam, draft, last port of call, and intended berth in Portsmouth. 

2.21 Vessels should then confirm their ETA at the pilot boarding

positions 8 hours in advance. Confirmations are also required

on VHF channel 11 or by other means 2 hours in advance for

the Nab boarding area (see paragraph No. 1 below) and 1 hour

30 minutes in advance for the Saint Helens and North Sturbridge boarding areas (see paragraph No. 2 and paragraph No.

3 below).

2.21 Outbound vessels or vessels moving within the area should

send ETD 8 hours and 1 hour 30 minutes in advance, stating

draft destination and whether proceeding through East Solent

or West Solent.

2.21 Pilots for Portsmouth may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.21 Pilots for Portsmouth board from the Southampton Pilot

launch, as follows:

1. Vessels over 150m in length—in position 50°40.07'N,

0°58.70'W (1 mile W of Nab Tower Light). 

2. Vessels between 48m and 150m in length—within a

boarding area (Saint Helens) bound by the following:

a. 50°43.77'N, 1°02.24'W.

b. 50°43.36'N, 1°03.10'W.

c. 50°42.82'N, 1°01.22'W.

d. 50°43.23'N, 1°00.37'W.

3. Vessels 48m or more in length using the W approach—in position 50°45.8'N, 1°09.1'W (about 0.75 mile

NW of North Sturbridge Lighted Buoy).

2.21 Regulations.—Port Operations and Information Service.—A Port Operations and Information Service covers

Southampton Water, The Solent, the Port of Southampton, and

Portsmouth. The monitoring and coordination of shipping

movements is carried out by the following two stations:

1. Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Southampton, which

coordinates the movements of all vessels 20m or more in

length in The Solent and Southampton Water, excluding the

Port of Portsmouth N of a line between Gilkicker Point and

Horse Sand Fort Light.

2. Queen’s Harbour Master (QHM), Portsmouth, which

coordinates the movements of all vessels N of a line between

Gilkicker Point and Horse Sand Fort Light.

2.21 All vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods entering

the area should comply with the Merchant Shipping Regulations. Such vessels are required to complete a Check List, a

copy of which must be sent to the Harbor Master by fax or telex and another copy handed to the pilot upon boarding.

2.21 The following procedures are mandatory for all vessels over

20m in length:

1. Inbound vessels should establish contact with

Southampton VTS on VHF channel 12 when approaching

the Nab Tower or the Needles. Their report should include

the following:

a. Vessel’s name, call sign, and nationality.

b. Maximum draft, loa, and beam.

pilotseta@portsmouth-port.co.uk

Southampton VTS Home Page

http://www.southamptonvts.co.uk

Queen’s Harbour Master, Portsmouth Home 

Page

http://www.qhmportsmouth.com
42 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

c. Destination and last port of call.

d. ETA at various locations as requested.

e. Deficiencies of vessel, navigation equipment, machinery, and cargo.

f. Number of persons on board.

g. Tankers only are to notify of any changes to information previously given (see Tanker Regulations

above) and confirmation that the Tanker Check List has

been completed.

2. Unseaworthy, damaged vessels, or vessels from which

oil or dangerous substances are escaping or liable to escape

must obtain permission before entering the ports of

Southampton or Portsmouth.

3. Vessels requiring to anchor in the small ship anchorage or controlled anchorages 1, 2, or 3 are requested to seek

permission from Southampton VTS (VHF channel 12) before entering the W approach channel (Thorn Channel) or

North Channel (this also applies to outbound vessels). 

4. All vessels proceeding to and from the Town Quay

Marina should contact Southampton VTS and obtain permission before entering or leaving.

5. Within the area, vessels should maintain a continuous

listening watch on VHF channel 12 (vessels in Portsmouth

Harbour, N of the line from Gilkicker Point to Horse Sand

Fort Light, should monitor VHF channel 11 or 13 as appropriate). In addition, vessels should report, as follows:

a. When passing the designated reporting points. (See

Signals for list.)

b. Thirty minutes before getting underway from an

anchorage in The Solent to Southampton VTS (making an

inbound or outbound report, as appropriate); vessels

bound for Portsmouth should also report to QHM Portsmouth stating ETA at Outer Spit Buoy.

c. On berthing.

d. When anchored prior to berthing or seeking shelter.

e. When a pilot has boarded.

6. All gas tankers, loaded, partly loaded, or not gas free,

navigating between North Sturbridge Lighted Buoy and

Warner Lighted Buoy should contact QHM Portsmouth on

VHF channel 11 for movement information.

7. Outbound vessels and vessels shifting berth should report to Southampton VTS on VHF channel 12, as follows:

a. From the Port of Southampton, at least 30 minutes

before leaving the berth.

b. From the port of Portsmouth on passing Southsea

War Memorial. In addition, vessels in Portsmouth Harbour

should request permission from QHM Portsmouth before

leaving the berth.

2.21 The VTS Center at Southampton offers radar coverage assistance to vessels upon request.

2.21 Vessels involved in an incident or accident should report immediately to Southampton VTS stating whether assistance is

required.

2.21 All sightings of significant patches of oil pollution should be

reported to Southampton VTS or QHM Portsmouth as appropriate.

2.21 Portsmouth Harbour Fog Routine will be announced on VHF

channels 11, 13, and 73 when visibility is reduced so low that

normal shipping movements are considered dangerous. Vessels

of over 20m in length must obtain permission from QHM

Portsmouth on VHF channel 11 before moving in the harbor or

its approach channels.

2.21 The Solent and Southampton Water Marine Emergency Plan

(Solfire), incorporating the Oil Spill Contingency Plan (Solspill), has been developed to deal with any marine accidents,

including pollution, within The Solent, Portsmouth, the Port of

Southampton, and Southampton Water. Details of Emergency

Solfire will be broadcast by Southampton VTS or QHM Portsmouth on VHF as deemed appropriate.

2.21 Southampton VTS may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.21 Regulations.—General.—Special regulations are in effect

for vessels constrained by draft and vessels restricted in their

ability to maneuver. These regulations are in force within the

Port of Southampton and Portsmouth.

2.21 Vessels “constrained by draft” are defined, as follows:

1. Vessels having a draft of 10.5m or over.

2. Vessels having a length of 220m or over.

3. Vessels having a tonnage of 100,000 dwt or over.

2.21 Extracts from the local regulations are stated below.

2.21 Any vessel other than a “vessel not under command” or a

vessel “restricted in ability to maneuver” should, if the circumstances permit, avoid impeding the safe passage of a vessel

which is displaying the shape or lights for a vessel “constrained

by draft.”

2.21 A vessel “constrained by draft” and inbound from Nab Tower to Southampton is at particular risk from outbound vessels

when off the entrance to Portsmouth and when off North Sturbridge Buoy and shaping a course to pass S of Ryde Middle

Shoal.

2.21 Therefore, vessels proceeding seaward from Portsmouth, or

from Southampton N of Ryde Middle Shoal, should take every

precaution to avoid impeding a vessel “constrained by draft”

and avoid presenting such vessels with a crossing situation.

2.21 All vessels “constrained by draft” or “restricted in ability to

maneuver” must have permission from QHM Portsmouth or

Southampton VTS before navigating in Portsmouth Harbour or

the Port of Southampton.

2.21 A Precautionary Area has been established in Thorn Channel

and may best be seen on the chart.

2.21 All vessels over 220m in length navigating in the Port of

Southampton must be given “a clear channel” when within the

Precautionary Area between Hook Lighted Buoy (50°49.5'N.,

1°18.3'W.) and Prince Consort Lighted Buoy (50°46.4'N.,

1°17.6'W.).

2.21 No two vessels, each having a length of 180m or more, are to

pass or overtake each other while within the Precautionary Area between Hook Lighted Buoy and Prince Consort Lighted

Buoy.

2.21 Special regulations are also in force to ensure the safe navigation of gas tankers. Such vessels may not enter areas within

The Solent where the visibility is less than 0.5 mile.

2.21 Gas tankers navigating between Hook Lighted Buoy and

West Bramble Lighted Buoy or between East Bramble Buoy

and Calshot Lighted Buoy, in North Channel, shall be given

sole occupancy of these channels.

2.21 No gas tanker exceeding 8,000 cubic meters total capacity or

vtssouthampton@abports.co.uk
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 43

Pub. 191

6,000 grt is permitted to enter or leave via the West Solent and

Needles Channel.

2.21 A Boat Channel extends between No. 4 Buoy (50°47.0'N.,

1°06.4'W.) and Ballast Beacon (50°47.6'N., 1°06.8'W.), at the

W side of the entrance into Portsmouth. The use of this channel

is mandatory for all vessels less than 20m in length entering or

leaving the harbor. All sailing vessels fitted with engines must

proceed under power when in this channel. Vessels less than

20m in length proceeding to or from Gunwharf Quays or the

town cambers must cross the main navigation fairway at right

angles to the N of Ballast Beacon, after first obtaining permission from the Queen's Harbour Master (QHM).

2.21 Vessels are advised to consult the local authorities and the

pilot for the latest information concerning the regulations.

2.21 For additional regulations concerning the approach to the

Port of Southampton, see paragraph 2.27. 

2.21 Signals.—Vessels should report to Southampton VTS on

VHF channel 12 at the designated Reporting Points, with the

following exceptions:

1. Points marked * or ** are additional ones for vessels

entering Portsmouth; vessels passing these should report to

the QHM Portsmouth on VHF channel 11 or 13 as appropriate.

2. At points marked **, the report should include the

ETA at Outer Spit Lighted Buoy. After reporting, such vessels should resume a listening watch on VHF channel 12.

2.21 The designated Reporting Points are listed below.

1. Inbound—Solent—East approach:

a. On an arc, with a radius of 10 miles, from Nab

Tower Light (50°40.0'N., 0°57.1'W.).

b. 50°36.4'N, 0°58.1'W (vessels constrained by

draft).

c. Nab Tower (or when pilot boarded) specify distance East or West of tower.

d. Nab Tower (or when pilot boarded, include ETA

Outer Spit Buoy).**

e. Warner Lighted Buoy*

f. Approaching No Man’s Land Fort.

g. Saddle Lighted Buoy*

h. Before entering the Swashway Channels*

i. South Ryde Middle Lighted Buoy.

2. Inbound—Solent—West approach: 

a. Needles Channel Fairway Lighted Buoy .

b. Yarmouth, Isle of Wight.

c. Between West Lighted Buoy and East Lepe

Lighted Buoy.

d. Prince Consort Lighted Buoy, Cowes Roads**

e. North Sturbridge Lighted Buoy*

f. Before entering the Swashway Channels*

g. Saddle Lighted Buoy*

3. Inbound—Southampton Water—Calshot Castle/

Hook Lighted Buoy. 

4. Outbound—Southampton Water:

a. Royal Pier, Southampton. 

b. Crosshouse Beacon, River Itchen.

c. Hythe Pier.

d. Calshot Castle/Hook Lighted Buoy.

5. Outbound—From Portsmouth only: 

a. Naval War Memorial (Southsea).

b. Saddle Lighted Buoy.

6. Outbound—Solent—Eastward: 

a. No Man’s Land Fort. 

b. Nab Tower (specify distance E or W of tower).

7. Outbound—Solent—Westbound: Yarmouth, Isle of

White.

2.21 Outbound vessels are requested to display an “E” flag over

the Answering Pendant when proceeding E towards the Nab

Tower and the Answering Pendant over a “W” flag when proceeding W towards The Needles.

2.21 Caution.—Dredges may frequently be encountered within

the approach channels leading to The Solent.

2.21 High speed craft and large ro-ro ferries may be encountered

within the The Solent and its approaches.

2.21 During the summer, numerous pleasure craft and yachts may

be encountered within The Solent and its approaches. Buoys of

various shapes and colors, mostly yellow, are used for racing

marks on a seasonal basis.

2.21 Large and deeply laden tankers may be encountered turning

into Thorn Channel from the E. (See Southampton—Regulations in paragraph 2.27.)

2.21 Numerous oyster dredgers may be encountered at certain

times of the year working in the vicinity of Stanswood Bay, W

of the Western Approach Channel and the S part of Thorn

Channel.

2.21 Several submarine pipeline and cable areas are situated within The Solent and may best be seen on the chart.

2.21 The direction of buoyage changes in The Solent in the vicinity of Western Approach Channel and is indicated on the chart. 

Western Approach to The Solent

2.22 Needles Channel (50°38'N., 1°39'W.), lying between

the W extremity of the Isle of Wight and the mainland to the N,

forms the W approach to The Solent. It has a least depth of

10.5m and may be used at any time. Vessels with drafts over

9.5m should not attempt to use this channel, especially at LW

with any scend. 

2.22 Solent Bank (50°44'N., 1°26'W.), with a least depth of

11.2m, divides the W part of The Solent into two channels. The

S channel is usually favored because of its width and overall

deeper depths.

2.22 Tides—Currents.—At Hurst Point (50°42'N., 1°33'W.),

tides rise about 2.7m at MHWS and about 2.3m at MHWN.

2.22 The tidal currents run mainly in the direction of the channel

and attain their greatest rates between Hurst Point and Fort Albert, where in mid-channel they flow at up to 4.5 knots. On the

ebb, the current sets down on Shingles Bank. On the flood, the

current comes off the bank with numerous overfalls.

2.22 Needles Channel is subject to strong tidal currents and its

width is liable to change. The section in the vicinity of The

Bridge is subject to dangerous overfalls during heavy weather

at all stages of the tide.

2.22 The tidal currents in the vicinity of Solent Bank set generally

E and W across the shoals and reach a maximum rate of 2.8

knots at springs.

2.22 Aspect.—For information concerning landmarks in the approaches to the W part of The Solent, see paragraph 2.18, paragraph 2.19, and paragraph 2.20.

2.22 Outer Fairway Lighted Buoy (50°38'N., 1°39'W.) is moored

in the approach about 3 miles SW of Needles Point. The fair-
44 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

way is marked by lighted buoys and indicated by directional

light sectors which may best be seen on the chart. 

2.22 Pilotage.—For pilotage information and details of outer

boarding positions for Southampton and Portsmouth, see Pilotage under The Solent (paragraph 2.21).

2.22 Regulations.—The IMO has adopted a recommendation

that laden tankers over 10,000 grt should avoid this channel.

2.22 Caution.—The W approach to The Solent, via Needles

Channel, offers a savings of about 25 miles over the E approach. However, in poor weather, or with an unfavorable tidal

current, the savings in distance will be more than offset by the

loss in speed and the extra care required to navigate this channel. Local knowledge is advised when transiting this channel.

The Solent—Eastern Approach

2.23 Nab Tower (50°40'N., 0°57'W.) is situated 4.6 miles

ESE of Foreland, the E extremity of the Isle of Wight, and

marks the E approach to The Solent. It is constructed of steel

and concrete, 28m high, and is equipped with a racon. Nab

Tower Light is shown from the tower.

The E approach lies between Foreland and Selsey Bill, 11

miles ENE. The shore extending NW of Selsey Bill is mostly

low-lying.

The main dangers on the SW side of the outer part of the approach are Princessa Shoal and New Grounds which extend up

to about 2 miles SE and 3 miles E, respectively of Foreland.

The main dangers on the E side of the outer approach are Bullock Patch and Pullar Bank, which lie about 5 miles WSW and

3 miles SSW, respectively, of Selsey BIll.

2.23 Nab Channel (50°42'N., 0°57'W.), 396m wide, is entered

about 1 mile NNE of Nab Tower. It leads 2 miles NNW and

NW into The Solent. The channel, which is marked by buoys,

is dredged to a depth of 13.3m and can be used by tankers, with

drafts up to 14.9m at HW.

2.23 Nab Channel is intended for use by inbound deep-draft vessels. Such vessels include deeply-laden tankers, large container

vessels, and vessels constrained by draft.

2.23 A Deep-Draft Vessel Approach Area, the limits of which

may best be seen on the chart, extends up to 3.2 miles SSE and

up to 1.2 miles N of Nab Tower. Deep-draft vessels maneuver

within this area to enter Nab Channel.

2.23 Other vessels should keep clear of Nab Channel and not impede the safety of deep-draft vessels navigating in the DeepDraft Vessel Approach Area.

2.23 Deep-draft vessels should note that a ridge, with depths of

less than 13m in places, extends across the Deep-Draft Vessel

Approach Area, about 2 miles seaward of Nab Tower. Depths

of less than 13m also lie in an area about 0.7 mile ENE of Nab

Tower and may best be seen on the chart. 

2.23 Deep-draft vessels, with drafts of 13m or more, should exercise extreme care when approaching the pilot boarding positions, and should not proceed N of 50°37.3'N at LWS.

2.23 Deep-draft vessels, as described above, should approach

from the S and pass between Outer Nab No. 1 Lighted Buoy

(50°38.2'N., 0°56.9'W.), moored 2 miles SSE of Nab Tower,

and Outer Nab No. 2 Lighted Buoy (50°38.4'N., 0°57.7'W.),

moored 1.8 miles SSW of Nab Tower. They should then pass

close E of Nab Tower and enter Nab Channel. The track leads

NNW and WNW through this buoyed channel.

2.23 Deep-draft vessels should continue in a WNW direction and

pass between Dean Tail Lighted Buoy (50°43.0'N., 0°59.2'W.)

and Nab End Lighted Buoy (50°42.6'N., 0°59.5'W.). These two

lighted buoys mark the outer entrance of a fairway, which leads

WNW and NW through the E part of The Solent.

2.23 The fairway, which is marked by buoys, extends for about 5

miles to Spithead (50°45'N., 1°06'W.), an area lying S of Portsmouth.

2.23 Vessels, other than the deep-draft vessels described above,

may pass either side of Nab Tower, but must remain clear of

Nab Channel. Such vessels should pass between New Grounds

Lighted Buoy (50°42.0'N., 0°58.6'W.) and the W side of Nab

Channel. Vessels should then enter the buoyed fairway leading

through The Solent by passing between Nab End Lighted Buoy

(50°42.6'N., 0°59.5'W.) and Dean Tail S Lighted Buoy

(50°43.0'N., 0°59.6'W.).

2.23 Light-draft vessels may pass over the NE end of New

Grounds, in a least depth of 8.3m. They may then proceed in a

NW direction and join the buoyed fairway by passing SW of

Nab East Lighted Buoy (50°42.8'N., 1°00.8'W.).

2.23 It should be noted that a wreck, with a depth of 5.2m, lies on

the N side of the buoyed fairway, about 0.3 mile WNW of

Dean Tail Lighted Buoy (50°43.0'N., 0°59.2'W.). This wreck is

marked by two lighted buoys; a prohibited area, with a radius

of 50m, is situated over it. Diving, anchoring, fishing, or passage by any vessel through the area is prohibited. Another

wreck, with a swept depth of 13.1m, lies in the middle of the

fairway, about 0.3 mile S of the prohibited area.

2.23 For information concerning the fairway channel leading

from Spithead into Portsmouth, see paragraph 2.24.

2.23 For information concerning the fairway channel leading

from Spithead into Southampton Water, see paragraph 2.27.

Tides—Currents.—At Nab Tower, tides rise about 4.5m at

MHWS and 3.7m at MHWN. 

2.23 There is a stand at HW which lasts for 2 or 3 hours twice

during every 24-hour period. This allows large vessels to proceed directly from the sea to the area of Southampton. 

2.23 In the vicinity of Nab Tower, the currents rotate counterclockwise from the E on the flood, through N to W on the ebb,

and then through S to the flood again. The maximum rate of

Nab Tower
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 45

Pub. 191

the current to be expected is about 2 to 3 knots at springs and 1

knot at neaps.

2.23 Aspect.—In addition to the landmarks described in paragraph 2.19 and paragraph 2.20, and the Nab Tower, the landmarks described below are prominent from seaward.

2.23 No Man’s Land Fort (50°44.4'N., 1°05.7'W.), a round stone

structure marked by a light, stands on the S side of The Solent,

1.2 miles NNE of Nettlestone Point. A submerged barrier extends about 0.4 mile SW from this fort.

2.23 Horse Sand Fort (50°45.0'N., 1°04.3'W.), a round stone

structure marked by a light, stands on the N side of The Solent,

about 1 mile NE of No Man’s Land Fort. A submerged barrier

extends 1.7 miles N from this fort to the mainland shore.

2.23 Pilotage.—For pilotage information and details of outer

boarding positions for Southampton and Portsmouth, see Pilotage under The Solent (paragraph 2.21).

2.23 Anchorage.—A Deep-Draft Vessel Anchorage Area, used

by VLCCs, lies centered about 5.5 miles SSW of the Nab Tower and may best be seen on the chart. Vessels using this anchorage area are required to report by VHF to Southampton VTS

Center and the QHM Portsmouth.

2.23 Anchorage may be obtained, clear of a foul area, within

Saint Helen’s Road. The recommended berth lies in depths of

10 to 12m, about 1.6 miles NNE of Foreland. This anchorage is

sheltered from all but SE winds and has good holding ground

of mud and stiff blue clay. 

2.23 In the event of strong winds from the S or E, Southampton

VTS will advise masters to take precautions against dragging

or, if necessary, to proceed to sea.

2.23 Vessels should not anchor in the Deep-Draft Vessel Approach Area extending SSE of Nab Tower.

2.23 Caution.—In the S approaches, about 7 miles SSE of Nab

Tower, there are depths of less than 20m. Heavy overfalls have

been observed in this area. Numerous wrecks lie in this vicinity

and may best be seen on the chart.

2.23 A spoil ground area lies about 4 miles S of Nab Tower and

may best be seen on the chart.

2.23 Dredges may be frequently encountered within an area, the

limits of which are shown on the chart, lying centered about

2.5 miles SSE of Nab Tower.

2.23 Several wrecks, with depths less than 10m, lie close adjacent

to the fairway channel leading through the E part of The Solent

and may best be seen on the chart.

2.23 Numerous pleasure craft and high-speed ferries may be encountered in the approaches to The Solent.

2.23 Regular cross-channel ferries frequently use an inshore route

which leads in a NW direction and passes about 1.5 miles off

Foreland, the E extremity of the Isle of Wight. 

Portsmouth (50°48'N., 1°06'W.)

World Port Index No. 35600

2.24 Portsmouth, situated on the N side of the E part of

The Solent, is a major naval base, the dockyard of which fronts

a large area at the E side of the harbor. There are also extensive

facilities for commercial ro-ro ferries and pleasure craft.

2.24 Winds—Weather.—Winds often blow along The Solent and

Spithead, with the main breeze blowing in either from the SW

or SE. 

2.24 The sea breeze, which reaches force 3 or 4 on the coast and

more over the water, increases with the day. The land breeze,

more prevalent on clear winter nights, is usually from the NW

but is light. Fog occurs from 3 to 4 days a month in winter but

is rare in summer. Most heavy fogs are radiation in nature and

generally lift by mid-morning.

2.24 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 4.6m at MHWS

and 3.8m at MHWN.

2.24 Vessels usually enter or leave the harbor during the first 3 or

4 hours of the flood current, during the first, second, and fifth

hours of the ebb current, and at slack low water. 

2.24 The best time for large vessels to enter the harbor is as soon

after LW as there is sufficient depth in the channel. They may

also enter after HW, arranging to pass Outer Spit Lighted Buoy

between 30 minutes and 1 hour after HW, depending upon the

distance to the berth which is to be occupied. The maximum

currents are usually experienced on the ebb when spring rates

may reach 5.5 knots in the entrance, about 3 hours and 30 minutes after HW. 

2.24 During maximum tidal flow, countercurrents in the harbor

are common.

The Solent—No Man’s Land Fort

The Solent—Horse Sand Fort

Port of Portsmouth Home Page

http://www.portsmouth-port.co.uk/pmsc
46 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

2.24 Depths—Limitations.—Spithead, an area within the E part

of The Solent, is bound by Spit Sand, on the N side, Horse and

Dean Sand, on the NE side, and Ryde Sand and No Man’s

Land, on the S side.

2.24 The main entrance channel leads N and NW, between the

dangers, from the N side of Spithead to the harbor. The entrance fairway is maintained at a dredged depth of 9.5m as far

as the N end of the main naval base. Vessels up to 9.5m draft

can enter the harbor.

2.24 A small craft channel, for vessels under 20m in length, lies to

the W of the main entrance fairway. It is 50m wide and may

best be seen on the chart.

2.24 The Cambers, a tidal basin, is entered close N of Round

Tower, at the E side of the a harbor. It has an entrance, 45m

wide, and provides berths for small ferries and fishing vessels.

2.24 The naval base occupies a large portion of the harbor frontage on the E side of the harbour. In addition, several mooring

buoys, for use by naval vessels, are situated within the harbor

and may best be seen on the chart.

2.24 The naval installations, which may best be seen on the chart,

include three basins. The largest basin, No. 3, is maintained at

a depth of 5.7m. It may be entered through a series of locks situated between South Wall and North West Wall. The two largest locks, which are used as drydocks, are 259m long and

33.5m wide. 

2.24 The naval base, which can accommodate the largest war

ships, provides berths as given in the accompanying table.

2.24 Whale Island, occupied by a naval installation, lies 0.3 mile

N of No.3 Basin and is connected to the shore at the E side by a

causeway. A training vessel is moored alongside a jetty at the

SW end of the island.

2.24 Haslar Lake, at the W side of the harbor, is entered close N

of Fort Blockhouse. No. 1 Jetty, on the NE side of the lake, is

fronted by a reserved area and has a maintained depth of 6m

alongside. No. 2 Jetty, on the S side of the lake, has a maintained depth of 5m alongside. The W side of the lake has facilities for pleasure craft and yachts.

2.24 An oil fuel jetty, curving ESE and SSE, extends from the W

side of the harbor, 0.6 mile N of Fort Blockhouse. The inner

berth on the N side of the jetty has a depth of 9m alongside and

the outer berth has a depth of 12m alongside. A marina fronts

the shore close S of this jetty.

2.24 Fountain Lake, lying between the naval base and Whale Island, is the main commercial area of the port.

2.24 Flathouse Quay, at the SE end of the area, provides a berth,

190m long, with a depth of 7m alongside. It can accommodate

vessels up to 156m in length and is used for reefer cargo.

2.24 Albert Johnson Quay, at the E end of the area, is 285m long

and has a depth of 7m alongside. Generally, it can accommodate vessels up to 175m in length and is used for container,

reefer, and general cargo. It is reported (2005) that a cruise

ship, 28,430 grt and 198m in length, has been handled at this

quay.

2.24 Continental Ferry Port, a passenger and vehicular ro-ro terminal, is situated on the N side of the area. It provides five

berths, 130 to 180m long, with depths of 5 to 7m alongside.

Vessels up to 180m in length can be accommodated.

2.24 Aspect.—The city of Portsmouth, along with its suburbs,

and the town of Southsea occupy the whole of the area known

as Portsea Island at the E side of the harbor. The town of

Gosport occupies most of the frontage at the W side of the

harbor.

2.24 Southsea Castle (50°47.6'N., 1°05.3'W.), with its stone

tower painted in prominent black and white bands, is situated

at the S extremity of the land at the E side of the approach. A

Portsmouth—Main Harbor Channel

Portsmouth Berth Information

Berth Length Depth

South Railway Jetty 219m 10m

Boat House Jetty 40m 10m

Pitch House Jetty 70m 10m

Sheery Jetty 64m 5m

North Railway Jetty 37m 10m

Middle Slip Jetty 396m 12m

North Corner Jetty 183m 10m

South West Wall 152m 8m

South Wall 101m 8m

North Wall 126m 8m

North West Wall 259m 10m

Fountain Lake Jetty 650m 6-8m

Portsmouth—Old Town Docks
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 47

Pub. 191

directional sector light is shown from the tower. The tower

light is reported to be an excellent navigation mark in the

approach.

2.24 A number of prominent buildings stand within 0.4 mile of

Southsea Castle and may best be seen on the chart. South Parade Pier fronts the shore 0.5 mile E of the castle.

2.24 Outer Spit Lighted Buoy (50°45.6'N., 1°05.5'W.) is moored

about 1.1 miles S of Southsea Castle, at the entrance to the

channel. 

2.24 Fort Gilkicker (50°46.4'N., 1°08.5'W.) stands at the W side

of the approach, 2 miles W of Southsea Castle. It is

surmounted by a signal mast and marked by a light.

2.24 Spit Sand Fort (50°46.2'N., 1°05.9'W.), a prominent round

stone structure, is also known as Spit Bank Fort. It stands 0.6

2.24 A conspicuous water tower, with an illuminated clock, is situated near the shore, 1.2 miles ENE of Southsea Castle.

2.24 Saint Jude’s Church, with a conspicuous spire 45m high,

stands 0.5 mile N of Southsea Castle.

2.24 Round Tower, marked by a light, stands at the E side of the

harbor entrance, about 1 mile NW of Southsea Castle.

2.24 Saint Thomas Cathedral, with a prominent white cupola,

stands about 0.2 mile E of Round Tower.

2.24 The Naval War Memorial is situated near the shore, 0.7 mile

SE of Round Tower. It is 33m high, prominent, and stands on

Southsea common overlooking the promenade. The memorial,

which consists of a stone tower supported by four corner buttresses, commemorates the 24,589 names of the naval dead

from both World Wars.

2.24 Clarence Pier, with a prominent amusement park, fronts the

shore, 0.3 mile NW of the Naval War Memorial.

2.24 Spinnaker Tower, 141m high, stands 0.3 mile N of Round

Tower and is reported to be visible for several miles, day and

night. 

2.24 Several large buildings stand on the E side of the harbor. The

Paul Europe Building, 63m high and the tallest, is situated 0.2

mile NNE of Spinnaker Tower.

Portsmouth—Fountain Lake and the Naval Base

Southsea Castle Light

Fort Gilkicker

Spit Sand Fort

Portsmouth Naval War Memorial
48 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

2.24 HMS Warrior, Britain’s first iron-hulled armored battleship,

is berthed about 0.2 mile N of Spinnaker Tower. This vessel,

powered by steam and sail, was launched in 1860.

2.24 HMS Victory, the former flagship of Vice Admiral Lord

Nelson, is berthed at the naval base in the SE corner of No.2

Basin, about 0.2 mile N of HMS Warrier. This 18th Century

warship is the oldest serving Royal Navy vessel still in

commission.

2.24 Fort Blockhouse, marked by a directional sector light, stands

at the W side of the harbor entrance, about 0.1 mile W of

Round Tower.

2.24 Holy Trinity Church, with a prominent tower 37m high, is

situated in Gosport, 0.4 mile NW of Fort Blockhouse. Two

conspicuous apartment buildings, 51m and 48m high, stand on

the W side of the harbor, close E of the church. Extensive marinas front the NE and SE shores of Gosport.

2.24 A prominent white tower, 43m high, stands near the shore,

about 0.2 mile SW of Fort Blockhouse. HMS Alliance and the

prominent buildings of the submarine museum are situated

close WNW of the white tower. 

2.24 Pilotage.—For pilotage information and details of the outer

approaches, see Pilotage under The Solent (paragraph 2.21)

and The Solent—Eastern Approach (paragraph 2.23).

2.24 Regulations.—For regulations concerning the approach to

the harbor, see Regulations under The Solent (paragraph 2.21).

2.24 Fog routine will be declared by the Harbormaster when visibility is so low that shipping movements would be dangerous.

When in effect, no vessels over 20m in length are permitted to

move within the harbor or in the approach without the prior

permission.

Clarence Pier (Amusement Park)

Portsmouth Naval Base (HMS Warrior)

Portsmouth (Spinnaker Tower)

Portsmouth Naval Base (HMS Victory)

Portsmouth—Gosport South from N
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 49

Pub. 191

2.24 A speed limit of 10 knots is in effect for most of the port.

2.24 Large vessels operating in the port are to be given the precedence accorded to vessels constrained by their draft.

2.24 Merchant vessels, or other private vessels, must not navigate

within 50m of any HM vessels, foreign warships, or auxiliary

vessels which are alongside or at anchor. Such vessels must also not navigate within 50m of any government facility/base or

within 100m of any submarine which is alongside or at anchor.

2.24 Exclusion zones for warships underway may be activated by

the Queen’s Harbour Master (QHM). When in force, they will

extend for 500m around the subject vessel or to the limits of

navigable water if less. During activation, all vessels underway,

except those involved in the escort or specifically authorized by

the escort commander, are to remain clear of the zone.

2.24 An exclusion zone will be activated by direction from the

QHM on VHF channel 11. It will be terminated on the subject

vessel crossing the Dockyard Port boundary or when notified

by the QHM on VHF channel 11 or by Southampton VTS on

VHF channel 12.

2.24 During activation, Southampton VTS, on behalf of the

QHM, will direct traffic within the Dockyard Port of Portsmouth to remain at least 500m clear of the subject vessel. If

this is not possible, commercial traffic will be held until the

warship is clear. During the harbor entry or exit phase, all small

craft traffic will cease in the harbor entrance.

2.24 The warship, for which the exclusion zone is activated, will

display two vertically-disposed diamond shapes by day or two

horizontally-disposed flashing red lights at the masthead at

night. All escorting vessels will show a blue flashing light by

day and at night.

2.24 Mariners are cautioned that vessels in contravention of an

exclusion zone, after being warned by at least two methods (radio, flashing light, or voice), will be deemed to have the intention of committing a hostile act against the warship being

escorted.

2.24 Anchorage.—Man of War Anchorage Area, with depths of

5 to 24m, lies off the S end of Spit Sand, 1.3 miles SW of

Southsea Castle. The limits of the area and the designated

numbered berths may best be seen on the chart. Merchant vessels are prohibited from using this anchorage area without prior

permission from the Harbormaster.

2.24 Caution.—A submarine cable area, which may best be seen

on the chart, lies in the approach to the port and is centered

about 2 miles S of Southsea Castle.

2.24 A ferry runs across the fairway about 0.3 mile N of Round

Tower.

2.24 Care must be exercised in the vicinity of Fort Blockhouse at

the harbor entrance due to traffic congestion, especially during

the summer.

2.24 High-speed craft, including hovercraft, may be encountered

in the vicinity of the port. 

2.24 It is reported (1998) that some of the areas in the harbor

maintained by dredging have depths less than charted. The

Harbormaster should be contacted for the latest information.

2.24 A minelaying practice area, the limits of which may best be

seen on the chart, lies centered 2.3 miles SW of Southsea Castle. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within this area.

2.24 A restricted area, with a 300m radius, lies centered about 1

mile SW of Southsea Castle. The area, marked by a buoy, is the

former position of the wreck of the Mary Rose which sunk in

1545 and was raised 1982. Several unlit buoys may be moored

within the area and the depths may be less than charted.

The Solent—Central Portion

2.25 The central portion of The Solent is considered to lie

between a line extending from Stansore Point (50°47'N.,

1°21'W.) to Egypt Point (50°46'N., 1°19'W.) and a line extending from Ryde (50°44'N., 1°09'W.) to Fort Gilkicker (50°46'N.,

1°08'W.).

Stokes Bay, a slight indentation in the mainland coast, lies

between Fort Gilkicker (see paragraph 2.24) and Browndown

Point, 1.7 miles WNW, which is marked by a beacon.

Lee-on-Solent, a prominent resort, fronts the coast 1 mile

NW of Browndown Point.

Hillhead, a resort town, stands in the vicinity of the mouth of

the River Meon, 3 miles NW of Lee-on-Solent. A small boat

harbor, which dries, lies at the mouth of the river and is marked

by a beacon on its W side. 

Ryde Middle (50°46'N., 1°14'W.) divides the E branch of

The Solent into two channels, both equally used and easily

navigated. This shoal bank is formed of mud, shells, gravel,

and sand. It has a least depth of 3.4m and is marked by lighted

buoys. The tidal currents in the vicinity of this shoal bank generally follow the direction of the channel, attaining maximum

rates of about 2 knots.

For information concerning landmarks located on the S side,

along the NE coast of the Isle of Wight, see paragraph 2.20.

For information concerning landmarks located in the approaches to Southampton Water, see paragraph 2.27.

Caution.—A submarine outfall pipeline extends 0.6 mile

SSW from a point on the shore located about 0.3 mile ESE of

Browndown Point. Its seaward extremity is marked by a lighted buoy.

2.26 Cowes Harbour (50°46'N., 1°18'W.) (World Port Index No. 35550), the principal port of the Isle of Wight, lies at

the mouth of the River Medina and is entered from N. The river

divides the harbor into East Cowes and West Cowes. Newport,

the administration center of the isle, is situated 3.5 miles above

the river mouth. The port, used by small commercial vessels,

provides extensive facilities for pleasure craft and yachts. 

2.26 Tides—Currents.— The tides rise about 3.6m at MHWS

and about 1.8m at MHWN.

Currents between the Prince Consort/Gurnard buoys and on

the approach to Cowes Fairway can reach 3.5 knots on spring

ebb and 2.5 knots on spring flood.

2.26 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor has depths of 2 to 5m.

The entrance fairway, marked by a lighted range and lighted

buoys, lies at the W side of the mouth.

2.26 Medina Wharf, the longest commercial quay, lies at the W

side of the river. It is 152m long and has a depth of 2m alongside. Generally, vessels up to 95m in length and 13.5m beam

can be accommodated with drafts up to 5.3m at MHWS and

4.7m at MHWN. Vessels of greater length or beam will be conPort of Cowes Home Page

http://www.cowes.co.uk
50 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

sidered on a individual basis after consultation with the Harbormaster. Vessels up to 60m in length with drafts up to 2.9m

at MHWS and 2.1m at MHWN can reach Newport.

2.26 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory in the approaches to the

River Medina (Cowes Pilotage Area) for the following vessels,

unless in possession of a Pilotage Exemption Certificate

(PEC):

1. All vessels of 48m or more in length.

2. All passenger ferries and passenger vessels of 20m or

more in length when carrying more than 12 passengers.

3. Defective vessels as initially determined by the pilot’s

or master’s report or Department of Transport survey.

4. Sub-standard vessels and those which lack the proper

amended charts and equipment.

5. All vessels engaged in towing with an overall length

of 48m or more.

6. All vessels with a beam or aggregate beam over 15m.

2.26 The Cowes Pilotage Authority, after taking into account the

nature and quantity of a dangerous substance, may also direct a

vessel to employ the service of an authorized pilot.

2.26 The Cowes Pilotage Area is bound by a line joining the following points:

1. Egypt Point (50°46.0'N., 1°18.7'W.).

2. Position 50°46.3'N, 1°18.1'W.

3. Prince Consort Lighted Buoy (50°46.4'N., 1°17.5'W.).

4. Position 50°46.1'N, 1°16.5'W.

5. Old Castle Point (50°46.0'N., 1°16.6'W.).

2.26 Vessels requiring pilotage should send an ETA to the harbor

office and Cowes Pilotage Authority 12 hours prior to arrival

and 3 hours prior to departure. The message must include the

vessel’s name, length, draft, berth destination, and ETA.

2.26 The following arrangements have been made with the

Southampton Harbour Authority: 

1. Vessels of 61m or more in length on passage to or

from Cowes or Cowes Anchorage are subject to compulsory

pilotage within the inner limits of the Southampton Pilotage

Area.

2. On request, Cowes Pilotage Authority will provide pilots to conduct vessels to and from the E or W inner limits of

the Southampton Pilotage Area or the E outer limit (Nab

Tower Light) providing that a vessel is not enroute to other

locations within the Southampton Pilotage Area (N of the

line 50°47.0'N passing through South Bramble Lighted

Buoy).

Vessels bound for Cowes from the Western Solent and being navigated by a valid PEC holder must notify Southampton VTS of their intention to enter Cowes harbor and

approaches when approximately 0.7 mile W of Gurnard

Ledge Lighted Buoy.

All vessels, regardless of size and length, are strongly advised to maintain a watch on VHF channel 69 and listen to

traffic reports and associated radio broadcasts concerning the

movement of vessels within the harbor.

All vessels requiring a pilot and bound for the Cowes or

Newport pilotage area from the Western Solent are advised

not to proceed E of the pilot boarding position (0.7 mile W

of Gurnard Ledge Lighted Buoy) until the pilot boards. 

2.26 Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 69 and board, as

follows: 

1. Vessels less than 61m—In the vicinity of the Prince

Consort Lighted Buoy (50°46'25.2''N., 1°17'33.0''W.). 

2. Vessels between 61m and 150m in length:

a. Eastern Approach—in 50°45.83'N, 1°09.09'W

(about 0.75 mile NW of North Sturbridge Lighted Buoy).

b. Western Approach—in 50°45.43'N, 1°21.64'W

(about 0.7 mile W of Gurnard Ledge Lighted Buoy).

c. Vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods as a

bulk cargo and using the Eastern Approach—In the Saint

Helen’s Pilot Boarding Area bound by the following positions:

i. 50°43.77'N, 1°02.24'W.

ii. 50°43.36'N, 1°03.10'W.

iii. 50°42.82'N, 1°01.22'W.

iv. 50°43.23'N, 1°00.37'W.

d. Vessels may also embark a Cowes pilot, on a voluntary basis, in the vicinity of the New Grounds Lighted

Buoy (50°41'50.4''N., 0°58'29.4''W.). .

2.26 When the visibility falls below 0.5 mile, the pilot boarding

position will be relocated to the Saint Helen’s Pilot Boarding

Area as specified by Southampton VTS.

2.26 Cowes pilots can be contacted through the appropriate local

agents of Southampton VTS.

2.26 Regulations.—All commercial vessels and private recreational vessels of 30m or more in length are required to give

notification of entry into, movement within, or departure from

the harbor on VHF channel 69. The notification, which should

include the vessel name, position, and intention, must be made

in the form of an “All Ships Call” prior to departure from any

berth within the harbor and when passing the following positions:

1. Inbound vessels—Fairway approaches, passing Shepards Wharf Marina (50°45'36.0''N., 1°17'33.0''W.), and Folly

Inn.

2. Outbound vessels—Folly Inn, Kingston Wharf

(50°44.80'N., 1°17.35'W.), and position 50°45.33'N,

1°17.35'W.

2.26 All vessels underway in the harbor that are required to give

notification must, on hearing an “All Ships Call,” respond by

stating their name, position, and whether inbound or outbound.

The purpose of this procedure is to assist vessels in determining the necessary actions for safe navigation.

2.26 The chain ferry gives way to all traffic. Vessels of over 20m

loa, vessels constrained by draft, vessels towing, and vessels

with limited maneuverability are required to advise the ferry of

their intention to pass through the ferry area on VHF channel

69. The ferry will acknowledge the call. The “All Ships Call”

described above is supplementary to that required for the chain

ferry.

2.26 Any incidents including damage to vessels, damage to navigational aids, damage to shore facilities, or pollution should be

reported immediately to Cowes Harbor Master on VHF channel 69.

2.26 The Port of Cowes may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

2.26 Anchorage.—Cowes Roads, lying off the entrance to the

river, provides anchorage, in depths of 9 to 15m. This roadstead is bound on the NW side by Prince Consort Shoal.

chc@cowes.co.uk
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 51

Pub. 191

2.26 Caution.—All vessels entering or leaving the harbor must

keep a good lookout for high speed craft including hydrofoils

and catamarans on regular service. Such vessels, which may

enter and leave the fairway at speeds in excess of 6 knots, will

exhibit a quick flashing yellow light.

2.26 Local knowledge is advised for entry.

Southampton (50°54'N., 1°24'W.)

World Port Index No. 35580

2.27 The Port of Southampton is situated at the head of a 5-

mile long inlet known as Southampton Water. It is located at

the junction of the River Test and the River Itchen and is one of

the principal ports in England. 

2.27 Winds—Weather.—During the day the sea breeze either

blows from the SW up the W branch of The Solent or from the

SE up Spithead and Southampton Water. The land breeze,

which blows on clear nights throughout the year, generally is

from the NW and comes down Southampton Water fairly

steadily, but here it usually is light. 

2.27 Gales from the SW occur on occasion in winter and close down

Needles Channel, but the Nab approach is usually always open. 

2.27 Fog occurs on the average of 4 or 5 days a month in winter,

but is rare during the summer season. Morning radiation type

fog is more common on calm winter nights and usually clears

fairly early in the day.

2.27 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 4.5m at MHWS

and 3.7m at MHWN.

2.27 In Southampton Water the unusual phenomenon of double

HW occurs. The flood current and HW period have a duration

of about 9 hours. The ebb current has a duration of only about

3 hours 30 minutes.

2.27 There is also a local phenomena called “Young Flood

Stand.” This stand of the tide starts about 2 hours after LW at

Southampton with a rise of about 1.9m. It is of considerable

benefit for handling large vessels at other than HW. 

2.27 Tidal currents generally follow the channels in Southampton

Water except at the S end, where they become confused over

Bramble Bank. The currents, at springs, attain rates of 2.5

knots near the entrance of Southampton Water and 1.7 knots

close below the port facilities. 

2.27 Depths—Limitations.—Vessels should continue in a WNW

direction for about 7 miles from Spithead (see paragraph 2.23)

through the central portion of The Solent to the entrance to

Southampton Water. It is reported (2005) that the main fairway

passes S of Ryde Middle (see paragraph 2.25).

2.27 Thorn Channel (50°48'N., 1°18'W.) and Calshot Reach,

which may best be seen on the chart, lead in a N direction into

Southampton Water from The Solent. These channels are

enclosed within a Precautionary Area (see Regulations).

2.27 Southampton Water is considered to extend about 5 miles

NW from the vicinity of Calshot Castle to the S end of

Southampton Docks, at the junction of the River Test and the

River Itchen. The River Itchen flows in a N direction; the River

Test, which is a continuation of Southamton Water, leads NW. 

2.27 The fairway is dredged to a depth of 12.6m through Thorn

Channel, Calshot Reach, and the River Test, as far as the main

container terminal. The area leading through the River Itchen

to Eastern Docks and Empress Docks is dredged to a depth of

9.1m.

2.27 The River Hamble, with extensive yachting facilities, flows

into the NE side of Southampton Water, 1 mile N of Calshot

Castle.

2.27 A shipyard, with a large covered berth, is situated at

Woolston, at the E side of the River Itchen, 0.8 mile above the

mouth. A bridge spans the river close above this shipyard. The

upper part of the river, above the bridge, provides facilities for

yachts and pleasure craft.

Southampton—Queen Elizabeth II Terminal
52 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

2.27 A prominent marina, with residences, is situated on the S

side of Southampton Water about 0.6 mile SW of the entrance

to the River Itchen. It is entered via a small lock.

2.27 A base, leased to the U.S. Department of Defense, is situated

0.5 mile SE of the marina and is fronted by Admiralty Jetty. A

ro-ro dolphin berth and several mooring buoys are situated near

the head of this jetty.

2.27 Marchwood Military Port is situated on the S side of the River Test, 2 miles NW of Admiralty Jetty, and is fronted by three

piers. These piers provide six berths, including a ro-ro facility.

The area leading from the main fairway to the piers is dredged

to a depth of 8m.

2.27 King George V drydock is situated at the W end of Western

Docks. It is 365m long, 40.4m wide, and has a depth of 11m

over the sill. This drydock can accommodate vessels up to

90,000 dwt, 350m in length, 39.5m beam, and 11m draft.

2.27 Town Quay, fronting the River Test, is situated close W of

Eastern Docks. Berths for small automobile, passenger, and

high speed ferries are situated in the vicinity of this quay.

Berths.—Fawley Marine Terminal (Esso Marine Terminal)

is situated 1.5 miles NW of Calshot Castle. The terminal quay,

0.7 mile long, is connected to the shore by two piers. It

provides five ocean berths on the outer face and four coastal

berths on the inner face. The ocean berths are 213 to 366m

long with depths of 10.2 to 14.9m alongside.

There are facilities for oil, liquefied gas, and chemical tankers. Partly-loaded VLCCs can be handled. Vessels up to

421,680 dwt, 378m in length, and 14.9m draft have been accommodated at the terminal.

BP Hamble Oil Terminal is situated on the N side of the

channel, 0.5 mile NW of the entrance to the River Hamble. It

consists of a jetty head, with one berth, connected to the shore

by a ramp, 450m long. The berth has a depth of 13.6m alongside. Vessels up to 110,000 dwt, 260m in length, and 13.1m

draft can be handled.

Eastern Docks, which lie at the junction of the River Itchen

and River Test, consist of Ocean Dock, Empress Dock, Itchen

Quay, and Test Quay. Empress Dock and Itchen Quay face E

toward the River Itchen. Ocean Dock and Test Quay face S toward the River Test. An area dredged to a depth of 10.2m leads

from the main fairway to Eastern Docks. The entrance to

Ocean Dock basin is 121.9m wide. The entrance to Empress

Dock basin is 48.5m wide.

Western Docks front the N side of the River Test to the W of

Eastern Docks. There are facilities for ro-ro, reefer, cruise,

bulk, and general cargo vessels.

Southampton Container Terminal is situated W of Western

Docks. Vessels up to 15m draft can be accommodated alongside this terminal at HW.

2.27 The main cargo facilities are listed in the accompanying

table titled Southampton—Berth Information.

2.27 Aspect.—Southampton Water is considered to extend N

from the vicinity of Calshot Castle, which stands 2.5 miles NE

of Stansore Point (50°47'N., 1°21'W.). The castle and a radar

tower, 34m high, are situated at the end of a low spit and are

both prominent.

Southampton Docks

Southampton Container Terminal

BP Hamble Marine Terminal

Southampton—Berth Information

Dock Berth Depth Length

Southampton (Prince Charles) Container Terminal

207 15.0m 420m

206 13.6m 310m

204-205 12.8m 620m
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 53

Pub. 191

2.27 A house, with a conspicuous red roof, stands near the E

shore of Southampton Water, 1 mile NW of Hillhead (see paragraph 2.25).

2.27 Luttrell Tower, with a flagstaff, stands 1.1 miles SW of

Calshot Castle and is conspicuous.

West Bramble Lighted Buoy (50°47.2'N., 1°18.6'W.),

equipped with a racon, is moored at the SW extremity of

Bramble Bank, 2 miles S of Calshot Castle.

2.27 A very conspicuous chimney, with an elevation of 198m,

stands in the vicinity of Fawley Power Station, 0.8 mile W of

Calshot Castle. Numerous tanks, flares, and chimneys are situated near Fawley Marine Terminal, 1.2 miles NW of the power

station.

2.27 Netley Great Dome stands at the E side of Southampton Water, 3 miles NNW of Calshot Castle, and is conspicuous.

Western Docks

Cable Ship Berth 203 9.1m 274m

Vehicle Berth 

202 12.1m 274m

201 10.2m 280m

107-109 11.7m 620m

Cruise Ship Terminal 105-106 11.7m 525m

Fruit Terminal 101-104 10.2m 1,118m

Eastern Docks

Ocean Dock Basin

43-44-47 11.7m 692m

45-46 10.2m 431m

Test Quays

48-49 7.1m 226m

41 8.7m 172m

40 9.3m 148m

Test Quays (passenger) 38-39 10.5m 360m

Dock Head 37 7.8m 143m

Empress Dock Basin

20-21 7.5m 258m

22-23 6.8m 234m

24-27 7.2m 502m

Itchen Quays

29 5.6m 106m

34-36 9.9m 484m

30-33 9.1m 263m

34-36 9.9m 484m

Calshot Castle

Southampton—Berth Information

Dock Berth Depth Length

Calshot Radar Tower

Fawley Power Station

Netley Great Dome
54 Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

2.27 A conspicuous silo, 53m high, stands on the S extremity of

Eastern Docks at the W entrance point of the River Itchen. The

VTS Center, with a prominent framework mast, is situated

close W of the silo.

2.27 A conspicuous building, 70m high, stands about 1.1 miles E

of the silo. Five prominent blocks of apartments, 43m high, are

situated in line close NW of this building.

2.27 A prominent radar scanner, 34m high, stands on the seaward

extremity of Admiralty Jetty, about 0.9 mile SSE of the silo.

2.27 Pilotage.—For pilotage information and details of outer

boarding positions for Southampton and Portsmouth, see Pilotage under The Solent (paragraph 2.21).

2.27 Regulations.—A Precautionary Area, which may best be

seen on the chart, encloses Thorn Channel and Calshot Reach.

2.27 All vessels over 150m in length while navigating within this

Precautionary Area will be given a Moving Prohibited Zone

around the vessel of 1,000m ahead and 100m either side of the

vessel. Small vessels under 20m in length are prohibited from

entering the Moving Prohibited Zone.

2.27 All vessels of over 150m in length when navigating in the area are required to display, where it can best be seen, a black

cylinder by day and three all round red lights in a vertical line

at night to indicate visually the presence of the Moving Prohibited Zone ahead and either side of the vessel. 

2.27 When operationally possible, such vessels will be preceded

by the Southampton harbor patrol launch showing, in addition

to normal steaming lights, a blue flashing light.

2.27 The Southampton VTS Center makes hourly broadcasts on

VHF channel 12 giving information on Moving Prohibited

Zones in operation in the Precautionary Area.

2.27 Vessels under 20m in length are prohibited from entering the

channel between West Bramble Lighted Buoy (50°47.2'N.,

1°18.7'W.) and Hook Lighted Buoy (50°49.5'N., 1°18.3'W.),

when vessels over 100m in length are navigating in the main

channel.

2.27 Speed restrictions are in effect for various portions of the

harbor. The pilot should be consulted for details. 

2.27 All tankers over 60,000 dwt, bound to or from Fawley Marine Terminal, are required to take the services of an escort tug

from S of the Nab Tower to the berth.

2.27 It is reported that VLCCs are not permitted to enter Thorn

Channel on the flood tide when the wind is between W and SW

and in excess of 30 knots.

2.27 Special regulations apply to gas tankers entering the port.

2.27 Gas tankers in transit within The Solent may not enter any

areas where the visibility is less than 0.5 mile.

2.27 Gas tankers navigating between West Bramble Lighted Buoy

and Hook Lighted Buoy shall be given sole occupancy of the

channel.

2.27 No vessel may anchor closer to a gas tanker than twice their

combined lengths and at no time will more than three gas tankers be permitted to anchor within the designated Controlled

Anchorage Area (See Anchorage).

2.27 No gas tankers exceeding 8,000 cubic meters or 6,000 grt are

permitted to enter or leave the port via the W solent. 

2.27 For regulations concerning the approach to the port, see Regulations under The Solent (paragraph 2.21) and The Solent—

Eastern Approach (paragraph 2.23).

2.27 Signals.—Traffic signals are shown from a mast at the VTS

Center at the S extremity of Eastern Docks. The signals displayed on the E side of the mast apply to the docks fronting the

River Itchen, while the signals on the W side apply to those

fronting the River Test. The day signals consist of colored

semaphore-type boards. The night signals consist of lights. 

2.27 The signals are, as follows:

1. A green board indicates a vessel may enter or leave

the dock with great caution.

2. A red board indicates entry or departure is forbidden. 

3. A red board over a green board indicates entry or any

movement in the docks is forbidden in order to facilitate the

departure of a vessel.

4. A green board over a red board indicates departure or

any movement in the docks is forbidden in order to facilitate

the entry of a vessel.

2.27 Anchorage.—A Controlled Anchorage Area, the limits of

which may best be seen on the chart, extends for 2 miles above

Calshot Castle. No vessel may anchor in the area without previous permission from the VTS Center.

2.27 Vessels over 91.4m in length must anchor in the berths designated No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3, which are indicated on the

chart.

2.27 Smaller vessels may, with prior permission, anchor in an area on the E side of Calshot Reach. This area lies centered 0.5

mile NNE of Calshot Castle and has depths of 5 to 6m.

2.27 A submarine pipeline crosses the channel close N of the oil

Eastern Docks Silo

Admiralty Jetty Radar Tower
Sector 2. England—South Coast—Start Point to Selsey Bill 55

Pub. 191

terminal. An area within which anchoring and fishing are prohibited lies in the vicinity of the pipeline and may best be seen

on the chart.

2.27 Directions.—For details of directions in the outer approaches, see The Solent—Eastern Approach (paragraph 2.23).

2.27 Caution.—Large commercial vessels from E making the

turn into Thorn Channel, after passing N of Prince Consort

Lighted Buoy, may pass close N of Gurnard Lighted Buoy

(50°46.2'N., 1°18.8'W.) before altering course to starboard to

enter the channel WNW of West Bramble Lighted Buoy. Such

vessels may be encountered anywhere in the Precautionary Area.

2.27 Radar Reference Lines, shown on the chart, are used to indicate the position of a vessel by the Harbour Radar Control.

Dots are shown along the line at intervals of 0.1 mile with circles where the line changes direction. A vessel underway in the

radar coverage area will at any time, on request by VHF to the

VTS Center, be given its position relative to the line, or, where

the line is not shown, relative to navigational landmarks.

2.27 The shoal area fronting the shore to the S of Marchwood

Military Port (50°53.7'N., 1°25.2'W.) is fouled by several sinkers with wire attachments.

The Solent to Selsey Bill

2.28 The mainland shore between The E part of Portsmouth and Selsey Bill, 10 miles ESE, is low-lying. It is backed

by a range of chalk hills about 10 miles inland. The coast,

which is fronted by an area of shallow sands, consists of an extensive inlet occupied by Portsea Island, Hayling Island, and

Thorney Island. These islands are intersected by Langstone

Harbour and Chichester Harbour. 

Langstone Harbour (50°47'N., 1°02'W.) is entered between

two drying flats known as East Winner, formed of sand, and

West Winner, formed of gravel. The bar at the entrance has a

least depth of 1.8m and local knowledge is required. This inlet

is used only by pleasure craft, yachts, and small coasters. The

harbor may be contacted by VHF and pilots are available from

the Southampton Pilotage Service. There are two jetties, 73m

and 105m long. Vessels up to 80m in length and 4.4m draft can

be handled at MHWS.

2.28 Chichester Harbour (50°47'N., 0°56'W.) is low, marshy,

and encumbered with shoals. The bar at the entrance lies between West Pole and Middle Pole, two drying sandbanks. It is

normally dredged to a depth of 1.5m. However, shoaling often

occurs after strong winds and depths over the bar may vary by

up to 0.8m. Local knowledge is essential. The inlet, used only

by pleasure craft, is an important yachting center and conservation area. Formal pilotage services are not available, although

masters of large craft may obtain advice by VHF from the Harbormaster’s office. A prominent brick tower, in ruins, stands

near the shore, about 1.4 miles ESE of the entrance to this inlet.

During summer months, up to 5,000 yachts may be moored in

the vicinity of the harbor.

2.29 Selsey Bill (50°43'N., 0°47'W.), fronted by dangerous

shoals, appears from E and W as a low, sharp point. The tower

of the coast guard station, situated 0.7 mile NW of the point, is

conspicuous from seaward. 

2.29 Several buildings stand on the point and are reported to be

radar prominent, but difficult to identify. The spire of Chichester Cathedral, standing about 7 miles N of the point, is reported

to be conspicuous from seaward.

2.29 For a description of the coast extending E of Selsey Bill, see

Sector 7.

2.29 The Owers (50°42'N., 0°44'W.) is the collective name for

the areas of foul ground and rocky shoal patches fronting Selsey Bill. These dangers, which may best be seen on the chart,

extend up to about 3 miles S, 6 miles SE, and 4 miles E of the

point.

2.29 The Looe, a channel with depths of 6 to 7m, leads between

the dangers fronting Selsey Bill. It is used only by small vessels. Passage should be only attempted during daylight and in

clear weather. Local knowledge is advised. Buoys indicating

the channel cannot be relied on and the leading marks are difficult to identify. 

2.29 Owers Lighted Buoy (50°39'N., 0°41'W.), moored about 6

miles SE of Selsey Bill, marks the SE extremity of these dangers. It is equipped with a racon.

2.29 Vessels are recommended to pass clear to the S of this lighted buoy before changing course toward the E entrance of The

Solent.
Pub. 191

3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg, including Plateau des Minquiers and the Iles Chausey

3.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 3 — CHART INFORMATION
59

Pub. 191

SECTOR 3 

FRANCE—SOUTH COAST—ILE D’OUESSANT TO NEZ DE JOBOURG, INCLUDING PLATEAU DES MINQUIERS AND THE ILES CHAUSEY

3.0 Plan.—The coast described in this sector comprises the S

shore of the English Channel from Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg. The sector does not include the Channel Islands, but

does include Plateau des Minquiers and the Iles Chausey. 

3.0 The descriptive sequence is from W to E, then N along the W

coast of the Cotentin Peninsula.

General Remarks

3.1 The NW coast of Brittany, which comprises the NW

part of France, is encumbered with dangers. Ile d’Ouessant

(48°28'N., 5°05'W.), in the N part, lies 10 miles offshore with

numerous islands and dangers extending SE between it and the

mainland. Chaussee de Sein, in the S part, is a dangerous reef

that extends up to about 14 miles seaward.

3.1 L’Iroise, a wide expanse of sea, lies between these two dangers and fronts the W approaches to the Port of Brest and Baie

de Douarnenez, both of which deeply indent the coast. Safe anchorage, sheltered from all weather, can be obtained in Rade de

Brest by all classes of vessels. 

3.1 However, along this stretch of coast between Ile d’Ouessant

and Les Heaux de Brehat there are no harbors or anchorages

suitable for large vessels.

3.1 For additional information in regard to approaching and transiting the English Channel and Dover Strait, including details

of navigation and routes, see paragraph 1.1, paragraph 6.4, and

paragraph 6.5. 

3.1 Tides—Currents.—As the English Channel is entered, and

the fairway narrows, the rotatory currents of the approach become gradually more and more rectilinear. The rates of the currents in the fairway vary with the width, and are greatest in the

narrowest parts. 

3.1 In the middle of the fairway, between Bill of Portland and

Saint Catherine’s Point, on the English coast, and Cap de la

Hague and Pointe de Barfleur, on the French coast, currents attain rates up to about 3.5 knots at springs. In the widest parts,

currents seldom attain rates exceeding 2.5 knots at springs.

3.1 Although the surface current has a dominant NE and E directional set, it is influenced significantly by the wind, which is

variable in direction during all seasons, although W winds predominate. 

3.1 The prevailing direction of the North Atlantic current is

therefore likely to be most in evidence after strong and long

continued SW or W winds.

3.1 The time of HW changes rapidly along the French coast, and

is about 6 hours later at Le Havre than at lle d’Ouessant. The

time at which the tide turns usually differs considerably from

the time of local HW. The flows, therefore, cannot be described

as “flood” and “ebb”, and are usually termed E and W. However, it must be understood that the E current is that which runs

up the Channel, from the Atlantic towards Dover Strait, and the

W current that which runs down the Channel, from Dover

Strait towards the Atlantic.

3.1 The actual directions of the currents are reported to differ

considerably from E or W, and, where this occurs, the directions are stated. 

3.1 In the estuaries and rivers, currents are usually called the “incoming” and “outgoing” but may be referred to as flood and

ebb.

3.1 Among the Channel Islands, the times and directions of the

flow differ greatly from those in the fairway of the English

Channel. Therefore, care is required when approaching the

above localities. The tidal flows at locations to the W and NW

of Ile d’Ouessant are significantly affected by current due to

the prevailing wind.

3.1 Tidal currents in general run NE on the flood and SW on the

ebb to the N Ile d’Ouessant; NNE on the flood and SSW on the

ebb to the W of 5°10'W; and ENE on the flood and S on the

ebb to the S of Ile d’Ouessant.

3.1 The currents near the N coast of France differ from those in

the main fairway of the English Channel, especially off the W

part of the coast between Ile d’Ouessant and lle de Brehat. 

3.1 In this locality, the time at which the current turns, at about 5

miles outside the islands and rocks that fringe the coast, may

be as much as 3 hours later than inside them. 

3.1 During inclement weather, when S of Ile d’Ouessant, it is essential to guard against being set towards the dangers SE of the

island on the flood current, or towards Chaussee de Sein on the

ebb current.

3.1 Regulations—Traffic Control.—An IMO-adopted Traffic

Separation Scheme (TSS) lies NW of Ile d’Ouessant and may

best be seen on the chart.

3.1 From NE of this TSS, the main traffic flow leads in a general

ENE direction for about 110 miles to the vicinity of the TSS

off Casquets. 

3.1 Ouessant NE Lighted Bouy (48°59'N., 5°24'W.), equipped

with a racon, is moored about 34 miles NNW of Creac’h Point

Light (48°28'N., 5°08'W.), at the NE side of the TSS.

3.1 Ouessant SW Lanby (48°30'N., 5°45'W.), equipped with a

racon, is moored about 25 miles WNW of Creac’h Point Light,

at the SW side of the TSS.

3.1 The TSS consists of the following:

1. An inshore traffic zone.

2. A two-way traffic route, 2 miles wide, centered 10.5

miles NW of Creac’h Point Light (48°28'N., 5°08'W.).

3. A northeastbound traffic lane, 5 miles wide, centered

26 miles NW of Creac’h Point Light.

4. A southwestbound traffic lane, 5 miles wide, centered

37 miles NW of Creac’h Point Light.

3.1 The above routes and traffic lanes are bordered by separation

zones which may best be seen on the chart.

3.1 The two-way route may be used only by the following vessels:

1. Passenger ships operating on regular schedules to or

from a Channel port situated W of the meridian 1°W.

2. Vessels sailing between ports situated between Cape
60 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

de la Hague (49°44'N., 1°56'W.) and Cape Finisterre

(42°53'N., 9°16'W.), except for the following:

a. Vessels transporting oils as listed in Annex I, Appendix I, of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL 73/78).

b. Vessels carrying substances in bulk classed in categories A and B listed in Annex II, Appendices I and II, of

the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL 73/78).

3.1 The IMO states that navigation in the Inshore Traffic Zone at

the SE side of this TSS is subject to French national regulations. These regulations state that traffic movements are to be

in accordance with Rule 10 (72 COLREGS).

3.1 The following regulations, promulgated by the French authorities, affect the Inshore Traffic Zone (ITZ) and certain inner channels lying off NW Bretagne:

1. Navigation is prohibited in Chenal du Four, Chenal de

la Helle, Passage du Fromveur, and in Raz de Sein except to

the following categories of vessels:

a. French government vessels.

b. Rescue craft and those giving assistance to others.

c. Passenger vessels employed on local services.

d. Fishing vessels with lengths less than 35m.

e. Pleasure craft.

Exceptions are possible under certain circumstances for

other types of vessels, notably vessels under 1,600 grt not

carrying passengers or dangerous goods.

2. Vessels transiting the ITZ or the above channels must

report to the CORSEN-OUESSANT Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) 2 hours before commencement of their passage.

3.1 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to tankers transporting hydrocarbons and to vessels transporting dangerous substances navigating in the approaches to the French

coasts of the North Sea, the English Channel, and the Atlantic

Ocean between the Belgian border and the Spanish border.

Such vessels preparing to pass through or stop within French

territorial waters are required to send a message to the appropriate CROSS station 6 hours in advance giving their intended

movements. In addition, such vessels must maintain a listening

watch on VHF channel 16 and use the designated Mandatory

Access Routes and Channels when approaching a port or roadstead.

3.1 Navigation at less than 7 miles from the French coast is forbidden for vessels over 1,600 grt carrying dangerous cargo in

bulk, except in Dover Strait.

3.1 For further details of these special procedures, see Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

3.1 Regulations—Vessel Traffic Reporting Systems.—The

CORSEN-OUESSANT Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system,

with full radar surveillance, is in operation in the vicinity of the

TSS lying off Ile d’Ouessant. This VTS is mandatory under

SOLAS regulations and covers a circular area, with a radius of

40 miles, centered on Ile d’Ouessant.

3.1 The VTS Traffic Center broadcasts bulletins in French and

English on VHF channel 79, following an announcement on

VHF channel 16, concerning marine traffic, urgent warnings,

and weather information. These broadcasts are made at 10 and

40 minutes past every hour.

3.1 Regular weather bulletins are given every 3 hours from 0150

GMT (UT).

3.1 If required, the VTS Traffic Center is capable of providing

individual information to vessels with regard to positioning and

navigational assistance.

3.1 All vessels over 300 grt entering the area must report to

Ouessant Traffic (Ushant Traffic) on VHF channel 13 or 79 and

give the following information: 

3.1 The CORSEN-OUESSANT VTS operates the following

shore stations:

1. Ouessant Traffic Control Center at CROSS Corsen

(48°24.9'N., 4°47.2'W.)—VHF channels 13, 16 and 79.

2. Le Stiff at Ile d’Ouessant radar tower (48°28.6'N.,

5°03.1'W.)—VHF channel 16.

3. Saint-Mathieu Stiff at Vigie de Saint-Matheiu

(48°19.8'N., 4°46.2'W.)—VHF channel 16.

4. La Chevre at Cap de la Chevre (48°10.2'N.,

4°33.0'W.)—VHF channel 16.

5. La Raz at Vigie du Raz (48°02.3'N., 4°43.8'W.)—VHF

channel 16.

3.1 Station 2, Station 3, Station 4, and Station 5 can be used to

relay radio communications to the Traffic Control Center.

3.1 Ouessant Traffic Control Center may be contacted by e-mail,

Designator Information Required

A Name, call sign, and IMO number or 

MMSI number

B Date and time

C Position (latitude/longitude) or

D Position (range and bearing from a clearly 

identified landmark)

E True course

F Speed

G Port of departure

I Port of destination and ETA

O Draft

P Cargo and, if dangerous cargo on board, 

IMO quantity and class

Q or R

Defects, damage, and/or deficiencies affecting the structure, cargo, or ship’s equipment or any other circumstances affecting 

normal navigation in accordance with the 

SOLAS and MARPOL conventions

T Address for provision of information concerning a cargo of dangerous goods

W Number of persons onboard

X

Miscellaneous:

1. Estimated quantity of bunker fuel

and characteristics for vessels carrying

more than 5,000 tons of bunker fuel

2. Navigation conditions
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 61

Pub. 191

as follows:

3.1 The Ship Movement Reporting System (MAREP) is a voluntary reporting system operating in the English Channel and Dover Strait.

3.1 All merchant vessels over 300 grt are requested to report to

the appropriate shore station when approaching the following:

1. The TSS off Ile d’Ouessant.

2. The TSS off Casquets.

3. The TSS within the Dover Strait.

3.1 For further details of MAREP, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North

Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

3.1 Note.—Due to the CORSEN-OUESSANT Vessel Traffic

Service (VTS) being mandatory in this area, vessels are advised that this system takes preference over the Ship Movement Report System (MAREP), which is only voluntary. 

3.1 The WETREP (Western Europe Tanker Reporting System) is

a VTS system, under SOLAS regulations, which operates in

the W approaches to Spain, Portugal, France, Belgium, the

United Kingdom (including the Shetland Islands), and Ireland.

This system is mandatory for all oil tankers over 600 dwt carrying heavy crude oil, heavy fuel oil, or bitumen and tar and

their emulsions. It does not apply to warships, naval auxiliary

or other vessels owned or operated by a contracting government and used, for the time being, only on government noncommercial service. For further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea,

North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea (United Kingdom).

3.1 The WETREP (Western Europe Tanker Reporting System)

operating areas have also been designated by the IMO as Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA). For further details of

PSSA, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide)

North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea (United Kingdom).

3.1 Caution.—Fish havens, which may best be seen on the

chart, lie within the inshore waters of the coasts described in

this sector and are usually marked by buoys.

3.1 There is an obstruction located in position 49°01.4'N,

5°21.0'W.

Ile d’Ouessant

3.2 Ile d’Ouessant (48°28'N., 5°05'W.), also known as

Ushant Island, lies about 10 miles W of the WNW extremity of

France. Viewed from N or NW, the E and NE coasts appear as

high steep cliffs declining in a gentle slope towards the W and

SW coasts. 

3.2 Ile d’Ouessant is radar conspicuous and can easily be identified from SW by two headlands, which extend SW from the

SW end of the island and portray the appearance of an open

lobster claw when viewed on the screen.

3.2 Creac’h Light (48°28'N., 5°08'W.) is shown from a conspicuous tower, 55m high, standing on Pointe de Creac’h, near the

W end of the island. A racon is situated at this light, but it can

only be used by vessels passing NW of the island.

3.2 Le Stiff Light (48°29'N., 5°03'W.) is shown from a conspicuous structure formed by two adjoining towers, 32m high,

standing near Pointe du Stiff, the NE extremity of the island. A

prominent radar tower, 72m high, is situated 0.3 mile NE of

this light.

3.2 Nividic Light (48°27'N., 5°09'W.) is shown from a tower,

36m high, standing on the reef, about 1mile WSW of Creac’h

Light.

ouessant-trafic@developpement-durable.gouv.fr

Creac’h Light

Le Stiff Light

Nividic Light
62 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

3.2 La Jument Light (48°25'N., 5°08'W.) is shown from a conspicuous tower, 48m high, standing near the SW edge of the

reefs, 2.3 miles S of Creac’h Light.

3.2 Kereon Light (48°26'N., 5°01'W.) is shown from a conspicuous tower, 41m high, standing near the NE edge of the reefs

fronting the mainland, about 2.6 miles SSE of Le Stiff Light.

3.2 Vessels proceeding to the English Channel from the South

Atlantic Ocean and Gibraltar generally head for Ile d’Ouessant. A vessel will pass well clear of the dangers surrounding

the island by keeping in depths exceeding 100m; see paragraph

3.1 for details of the TSS.

3.2 La Fosse d’Ouessant, a remarkable deep about 1 mile wide

and with depths ranging from 118 to 192m, lies about 5 miles

NW of Ile d’Ouessant. 

3.2 The bottom of the W approaches to the English Channel appears mainly to consist of fine or coarse sand, a great deal of

broken shell, occasional patches of pebbles, gravel, small

stones, and now and then, mud. The sand is mostly white,

though in many places it is yellow, with black specks. 

3.2 The greater proportion of yellow sand lies S of the parallel of

49°30'N, and that of black specks, N of that line. This distribution is very marked, especially between the meridians of

9°40'W and 7°30'W.

3.2 For details of the waters E and S of Ile d’Ouessant, see Pub.

143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe and

Northwest Africa.

3.2 Caution.—The area lying between Ile d’Ouessant and the

mainland to the SE is heavily encumbered with numerous

small islands, reefs, and rocks. Passage du Fromveur leads between Ile d’Ouessant and the dangers lying SE. Chenal du Four

and Chenal de la Helle lead between the dangers and the mainland. Vessels without local knowledge are advised not to approach this area.

Presqu’ile de Saint-Laurent to Ile de Batz

3.3 The coast between Presqu’ile de Saint-Laurent and Ile

de Batz, about 32 miles ENE, is irregular, moderately high, and

fringed with numerous dangerous reefs and shoals that extend

up to 3 miles offshore. 

3.3 Vessels should, in general, should give a berth of 5 or 6 miles

to this section of the coast; at night this coast should not be approached within depths of 85m.

3.3 Several areas, within which fishing is restricted, front this

section of the coast and may best be seen on the chart.

3.3 Presqu’ile de Saint-Laurent (48°31'N., 4°46'W.), the NW

extremity of France, is backed by moderately high cliffs and is

bordered by numerous islets, rocks, and shoals. 

3.3 Le Four Light (48°31'N., 4°48'W.) is shown from a prominent round tower, 28m high, standing 1 mile W of Presqu’ile

de Saint-Laurent. This tower is reported to be radar conspicuous.

3.3 Corn-Carhai Light is shown from a tower, 20m high, standing about 1.5 miles offshore, 5 miles NE of Le Four Light. It

can be distinguished from Le Four Light in thick weather due

to the fact that no rocks can be identified to the W of Le Four.

Portsall Cove lies about 2.5 miles SSE of Corn-Carhai Light. A

conspicuous water tower stands in the village of Tremazan at

the SW side of this cove. The wreck of the “Amoco Cadiz

(1978)” lies about 0.7 mile ENE of Corn-Carhai Light.

3.3 Grande Basse de Portsall, with a depth of 12m, lies about 1.5

miles NW of Corn-Carhai Light. It is marked by a lighted buoy

and forms the outermost danger in this area.

3.3 Ile Vierge Light (48°38'N., 4°34'W.), radar conspicuous, is

shown from a prominent tower, 83m high, standing 1 mile

offshore, 12 miles NE of Le Four Light. The shorter tower of a

disused light is situated close NNW of the light.

La Jument Light

Kereon Light

Le Four Light
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 63

Pub. 191

3.4 Pointe de Beg-Pol (48°41'N., 4°21'W.) is located 9.5

miles ENE of Ile Vierge Light. Pontusval Light is shown from

a prominent tower on a white dwelling, 15m high, standing on

the point. A church with a prominent belfry is situated at

Plouescat, 6.7 miles E of the light. Conspicuous water towers

stand 1 mile SE, 1.7 miles SW, and about 5.3 miles SE of the

light.

3.4 Plateau de Lizenn Wenn, a rocky shoal area, fronts the coast

8.5 miles W of Pointe de Beg-Pol. It extends up to 2.5 miles N

from the shore and is marked by a lighted buoy.

3.4 Plateau d’Aman ar Rouz, a rocky shoal area, fronts the coast

4.2 miles W of Pointe de Beg-Pol. It extends up to 2 miles N

from the shore and is marked by a lighted buoy.

3.4 Qeyn-Cos, a detached rocky bank, lies 4 miles E of Pointe de

Beg-Pol and about 3.5 miles offshore.

3.4 A number of small drying harbors lie along this stretch of the

coast. They are used by local fishing vessels and pleasure craft.

Mogueriec, a small dying harbor, lies 10.5 miles E of Pointe de

Beg-Pol. Ile de Sec lies in the approach to the harbor and is

connected to the mainland at its SE end by a causeway that

covers. This island is 15m high and a ruined house stands near

its center. A conspicuous water tower stands at Sibiril, about

1.4 miles S of the harbor.

3.4 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents off this coast are

strong, attaining velocities of 2.5 to 3 knots, generally flowing

parallel to the coast. The flood current sets E and the ebb current sets W; the velocity of the current increases closer inshore.

3.4 Caution.—A Prohibited Area surrounds the wreck of the

“Amoco Cadiz” and may best be seen on the chart.

3.4 A former Mine Danger Area lies E of Ile Vierge Light. It extends up to about 3 miles from the coast and may best be seen

on the chart.

3.5 Ile de Batz (Bas) (48°45'N., 4°01'W.), a low island, is

separated from the mainland by a foul channel. The island is

radar conspicuous and a conspicuous signal station stands on

an old fort at its center. 

3.5 Ile de Batz Light (48°45'N., 4°02'W.) is shown from a

prominent grey tower, 43m high, situated on the island.

Canal de Ile de Batz is the channel separating the island from

the mainland. It provides access to Port de Roscoff-Bloscon, a

ro-ro ferry harbor, and Porz Kernok, a small drying fishing

boat harbor. This channel is encumbered by numerous rocks

and shoals. The fairway is marked by beacons.

Ile de Batz is surrounded by dangerous rocks. Grande Basse,

with a least depth of 0.3m, lies about 0.8 mile offshore, 1 mile

N of Ile de Batz. This rock forms the outermost danger to the

N.

Porz Kernok (48°45'N., 4°01'W.), a small sheltered harbor,

is located near the middle of the S side of Ile de Batz. It dries

completely and is mainly used by local fishing vessels.

3.6 Roscoff (48°44'N., 03°59'W.), a small harbor, lies in

the bight close W of Pointe de Bloscon and is used by small

coasters, fishing vessels, and pleasure craft. The channel leading between Ile de Batz and the coast affords access to the port

from the W. The main approach is from the NE through the

controlled mandatory access channel. There are two quayed

basins. The harbor dries up to 3 to 5m at LW. Local knowledge

is required (see Baie de Morlaix in paragraph 3.8). Tides rise

about 9.3m at springs and 7.6m at neaps.

3.6 Port de Roscoff-Bloscon (48°43'N., 3°58'W.) is situated 0.3

mile S of Pointe de Bloscon and used by ferries, fishing vessels, and coasters. The main approach is from the NE through

the controlled mandatory access channel. The harbor is entered

between the head of a breakwater and a lighted buoy moored

0.2 mile S. There are three quays and facilities for ro-ro vesIle Vierge Light

Pontusval Light (Pointe de Beg-Pol)

Ile de Batz Light
64 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

sels. The breakwater quay is 240m long and has a depth of 7m

alongside. The other quays are 120m and 90m long, with

alongside depths of 5m and 3.5m, respectively. Ro-ro ferries

run to Plymouth and Cork. Vessels up to 5,000 dwt and 6m

draft can be accommodated. Cargo vessels are limited to a

length of 120m and ferries to a length of 150m. Pilots are available and board about 1.2 miles NE of the harbor. (See Baie de

Morlaix in paragraph 3.8.)

3.6 A mandatory access channel for tankers transporting hydrocarbons and vessels carrying dangerous substances over 1,600

grt has been established in the approaches to Roscoff. 

3.6 This channel may best be seen on the chart. See Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea for further

information regarding French navigation regulations, as well as

guidelines concerning hydrocarbons or dangerous substances.

3.6 Caution.—A wreck, in a depth of 42m, lies in position

48°47.0'N, 3°54.2'W.

3.7 The coast between Ile de Batz and Ile Grande, about

16.5 miles ENE, is indented by a wide bay. Plateau de Meloine

extends across the center of the bay, and Baie de Morlaix and

Baie de Lannion lie, respectively, in the W and E parts of the

bay. The currents off this coast attain rates of 3 knots in either

direction, and closer inshore the rates increase.

3.7 Plateau de Meloine (48°47'N., 3°47'W.), consisting of drying and sunken rocks, extends about 5 miles ENE from its drying SW extremity, which is located 2 miles N of Pointe de

Primel. The center of the plateau consists of large rocks.

Grande Roche, the tallest, is 23m high.

3.7 A prominent cathedral with twin spires, 86m high, stands on

the W side of the bay at Saint Pol de Leon, 2.5 miles S of

Pointe de Bloscon. 

3.7 Caution.—A narrow restricted area, which may best be seen

on the chart, extends NW for about 18 miles from the vicinity

of the N end of Plateau de Meloine. Anchoring, dredging, and

trawling are prohibited within this area.

Baie de Morlaix

3.8 Baie de Morlaix (48°44'N., 3°54'W.) is entered between Point de Bloscon (48°44'N., 3°58'W.) and Pointe de

Primel (48°43'N., 3°49'W.), 6 miles E. It is encumbered by numerous islets, rocks, and dangers. 

3.8 Plateau des Duons (Roches Duon) (48°44'N., 3°55'W.), on

the W side of the bay, is marked by a gray tower standing on

the highest rock of the group.

3.8 La Lande Light is shown from a prominent square tower,

19m high, standing 6.2 miles SE of Pointe de Bloscon.

3.8 Riviere de Morlaix (48°40'N., 3°53'W.) is navigable by

small vessels as far as Morlaix, about 6 miles within its entrance. Two approach channels, which should not be attempted

without local knowledge, lead to the roadstead. Grand Chenal,

with a least depth of 2m, is approached with La Lande Light

and Ile Louet Light in range bearing 176°. Chenal de Treguier,

with a patch drying 0.9m, is approached with La Lande Light

and Ile Noire Light in range bearing 190°. 

3.8 This channel can only be used at night if the weather is sufficiently clear for all landmarks to be identified.

3.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 50m

in length entering Port de Roscoff and Port de RoscoffBloscon, and for all vessels over 45m in length entering Morlaix. All vessels should send an ETA and a request for pilotage

to Roscoff-Morlaix pilot station at least 24 hours in advance

with any amendments of more than 3 hours.

3.8 Vessels bound for Port de Roscoff-Bloscon should contact

the pilot vessel 1 hour prior to arrival on VHF on channel 12 or

16. Vessels using the mandatory controlled access channel

should contact the signal station on Ile de Batz upon entering

and maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 16.

3.8 Pilots for Port de Roscoff-Bloscon generally board about 1.2

miles NE of the harbor. Pilots for Morlaix board in the vicinity

of Pot-de Fer Buoy (48°44.3'N., 3°53.9'W.).

3.8 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in depths of 15 to

20m, sand and shells, with good holding ground, between Plateau des Duons, Le Pot de Fer, and Le Rater, to NW and N, and

La Vielle and Pierre Noire, to the S. This anchorage is sheltered from the SE, through S, to W winds.

3.9 Morlaix (48°35'N., 3°50'W.) (World Port Index No.

36360), comprising of an avant-port and a wet basin, formed

by the damming of the river, can accommodate vessels up to

63m in length with drafts up to 4m at springs and 3m at neaps.

It is used by coasters and pleasure craft. 

3.9 The entrance channel is difficult to navigate for vessels more

than 50m in length due to the bends. The river fairway, which

dries up to 3.5m, is marked by beacons, buoys, and range

marks.

3.9 The avant-port is 53m wide with drying quays on both sides

of the river. The wet basin has depths of 3 to 4m alongside the

quays. The lock has a usable length of 63m and is 16m wide. A

marina is situated at the S end of the wet basin. The lock is operated from 1 hour 30 minutes before to 1 hour after HW.

3.9 Anchoring is prohibited in the river channel, and entry is

prohibited at night unless the vessel is equipped with a searchlight capable of lighting a radius of about 200m.

3.9 A bridge with a vertical clearance of 30m spans the channel

close seaward of the lock.

3.9 La Penze River (48°39'N., 3°57'W.) flows into the SW side

of Baie de Morlaix. It is narrow, shallow, and the approach is

encumbered by numerous dangers. A bridge with a vertical

clearance of 10m spans the river close above the mouth. The

drying river channel is marked by beacons and used by pleasure craft.

Baie de Lannion

3.10 Baie de Lannion (48°44'N., 3°40'W.), entered between Point de Primel, and Ile Grande (48°48'N., 3°35'W.),

about 10.5 miles ENE, is encumbered with numerous islands,

rocks, and shoals. Chaises-de-Primel, a chain of above-water,

drying, and submerged rocks, extends about 2 miles NE of

Pointe de Primel. 

3.10 Haut-Fond-du-Chenal (48°46'N., 3°44'W.), with a depth of

9.3m, lies centered about 4.5 miles NE of Pointe de Primel.

Port of Morlaix Home Page

http://www.morlaix.cci.fr
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 65

Pub. 191

Toul Tan Bras, the deep channel leading between Chaises de

Primel and Plateau de la Meloine, can be used by vessels coming from Canal des Sept-Iles in order to proceed directly into

Baie de Morlaix. This channel should only be used when the

visibility is satisfactory.

3.10 Ile Grande, an island with a conspicuous hummock, has foul

ground extending up to about 2 miles N of it. Ile Milliau lies

close W of the mainland shore, 2 miles SSW of Ile Grande.

This island has two summits. A conspicuous white house with

a flat roof surmounts the northernmost summit. Port Trebeurden, an extensive marina, fronts the mainland E of Ile Milliau

and is protected by a breakwater. Small craft can anchor, in a

depth of 5m, mud, close N of Ile Milliau. The holding ground

is good and the tidal currents are not felt here. 

3.10 A conspicuous church belfry is situated at Trebeurden, 1.2

miles E of Ile Milliau. A prominent water tower stands at Penvern, 1 mile NNE of the belfry.

3.10 A very conspicuous aluminum radar dome stands about 2.1

miles SE of Ile Grande. When approaching the coast, this dome

will probably be the first object sighted because the shore in

this area is relatively low.

3.10 Locquirec (48°42'N., 3°39'W.), a small drying harbor, lies

close S of Ponte de Locquirec and is used by small craft.

3.10 Plateau du Crapaud (48°47'N., 3°44'W.), an area of foul

ground extending about 3 miles W of Ile Milliau (48°46'N.,

3°36'W.) is marked on its W extremity by a buoy. 

3.10 Bar ar Gall (48°50'N., 3°35'W.), a shoal lying 1.5 miles

NNW of Ile Grande, is marked by a lighted buoy, moored

about 0.2 mile W. 

3.10 Caution.—A restricted area, which may best be seen on the

chart, lies in the approach to Baie de Lannion. Anchoring,

dredging, and trawling are prohibited within this area.

3.11 Leguer (Riviere de Lannion) (48°44'N., 3°33'W.), a

drying river, leads to the port of Lannion, about 4.5 miles within the river entrance. Navigation in the river is difficult and

should not be attempted without local knowledge. A bar fronts

the mouth of the river. With NW winds the sea breaks on this

bar and prevents entry. The river dries up to 2.5m as far as Le

Yaudet, a village standing on the S bank about 1 mile above the

entrance. It then dries up to 5m as far as Lannion. Overhead cables with a vertical clearance of 35m span the river 2 miles

above Le Yaudet.

 Pilots are stationed at Le Yaudet and board about 0.8 mile

NW of the river mouth. The pilot vessel is a motor fishing boat.

Vessels should send advanced notice of their ETA to the port

authority at Lannion.

3.11 Lannion (48°44'N., 3°28'W.) (World Port Index No. 36320)

has quays, which dry up to 5m, on both sides of the river. Vessels up to 50m in length with drafts up to 4m at springs and

2.2m at neaps can be handled. 

3.11 Anchorage can be taken in depths of 5 to 13m, sand and

shells, about 0.5 mile S of Pointe de Bihit (48°45'N., 3°35'W.).

The anchorage has good holding ground and is sheltered from

E winds.

Ile Grande to Les Heaux

3.12 Generally, the tidal currents off this stretch of coast alternate parallel to the shore and attain, in both directions, rates

of 3 to 4 knots. The tidal range is large with rises of about 7.6m

at springs and 3.6m at neaps.

Plateau des Triagoz (48°53'N., 3°40'W.), extending for

about 4 miles, has a group of tall rocks in its E part and numerous isolated below-water rocks in its E part.

3.12 Les Triagoz Light (48°52'N., 3°39'W.) is shown from a

prominent stone tower, 30m high, standing on Rocher GuenBras, an above-water rock lying at the SE end of the plateau. 

3.12 Vessels should give this plateau a wide berth as the sea

breaks heavily on the dangers W of Rocher Guen-Bras.

3.12 Les Sept-Iles (48°53'N., 3°29'W.) consists of four main islands and numerous islets and rocks. The four principal islands

are Ile aux Moines, Ile de Bono, Ile de Malban, and Ile Rouzic.

They are reported to be radar conspicuous. 

3.12 Les Sept-Iles Light is shown from prominent grey tower and

dwelling, 20m high, standing on Ile aux Moines, the S island of

the group. 

3.12 The main islands are reported to be radar conspicuous. Numerous drying and submerged rocks and shoals surround the

islands. Les Cochons, which dry, and Baro Prignou, with a

depth of 2.1m, lie 2 miles NNE, and 3 miles NE, respectively,

Les Triagoz Light

Les Sept-Iles Light
66 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

of Les Sept-Iles Light. Le Bonnet, with a depth of 0.9m, lies

about 1 mile ESE of Ile Rouzic.

3.12 Les Dervinis (48°52'N., 3°27'W.), which dries to 3m and is

marked on the S side by a buoy, lies about 1 mile ESE of Les

Sept-Ile Light; Basse Melen, with a least depth of 3m, lies

about 0.7 mile SW of the same light. 

3.12 Canal des Sept-Iles (48°52'N., 3°27'W.) is the passage lying

between Les Sept-Iles and the mainland. In bad weather, with

the wind against the tidal currents, the sea in this passage becomes very rough. 

3.12 The flood tidal currents flow SE near the W end of the islands, ENE in the middle of the canal, and E along the coast.

The ebb currents flow in the opposite directions. The maximum velocity of the currents in the canal, in both directions, at

springs is about 4.6 knots at the W end, 3.7 knots in the center,

and 2.7 knots at the E end.

3.13 The coast from Ile Grande to Les Heaux (48°55'N.,

3°05'W.), about 20 miles ENE, is bordered by many small islands, rocks, and shoals extending up to 3.5 miles offshore. 

3.13 Mean Ruz Light (48°50'N., 3°29'W.), shown from a square

tower, 15m high, stands on Pointe de Mean Ruz. A prominent

signal station is situated on top of a cliff, 1 mile SSE of the

light. A conspicuous television mast stands on a headland, 2

miles SE of the light.

3.13 Ploumanac’h, a small drying harbor, is situated on the E side

of the bay lying close W of Pointe de Mean Ruz. It is used by

local fishing vessels and yachts.

3.13 Ile Tome (48°50'N., 3°24'W.), 64m high, lies 3 miles E of

the light. Foul ground and shallow rocks surround this rocky island and extend up to about 2.3 miles NE and 1 mile NW of it.

Anchorage is available, sheltered from W winds, in depths of 6

to 16m, sand and shells with good holding ground, E of the N

end of the island.

3.13 Anse de Perros, a drying bight, lies 3 miles SE of Pointe de

Mean Ruz. Two channels, passing either E or W of Ile Tome,

lead into the bight. The fairways are marked by range and directional lights. The S part of the bight provides good drying

berths on a bottom of mud and weed. Local knowledge is advised. 

Perros-Guirec (48°48'N., 3°27'W.), a small harbor, lies in

the SW part of Anse de Perros. An extensive marina, enclosed

by a sea wall, is situated in the N part of the harbor. The sea

wall is 7m high and covers at HW. A jetty, which dries up to

4m, extends S from the N side of the harbor. It can be used by

vessels up to 40m in length with drafts up to 4m at HWS and

3m at HWN. The harbor can be contacted by VHF.

Port Blank (48°50'N., 3°18'W.), a small harbor, lies 3 miles

E of Ile Tome and is used by fishing vessels and pleasure craft.

A directional sector light indicates the approach channel leading between the dangers fronting the shore in this vicinity.

3.14 Pointe du Chateau (48°52'N., 3°13'W.), located 4

miles NE of Port Blank, is fronted by foul ground, islets, and

rocks extending up to about 2.3 miles N.

The Riviere de Treguier (Le Jaudy) flows into the sea between this point and another point, 2.3 miles ESE. The approach to the river entrance is encumbered by numerous

dangers. Basse Crublent, a shoal area, lies in the outer approaches, about 3 miles NE of Pointe du Chateau and is

marked by a lighted buoy.

3.14 The slim spire of the church at Plougrescant, 1.5 miles S of

Pointe du Chateau, and the spire of the cathedral at Treguier,

are conspicuous.

3.14 La Corne Light is shown from a prominent tower, 23m high,

standing on the E side of the river, 2 miles ESE of Pointe du

Chateau. 

3.15 Treguier (48°47'N., 3°14'W.) (World Port Index No.

36300), a port which dries, lies about 4.5 miles within the river

entrance, at the confluence of the Jaudy River and the Guindy

River.

3.15 There are three approach channels to the riviere de Treguier,

which should not be used without local knowledge due to the

foul ground and islands in the approach. 

3.15 Grande-Passe, with a least depth of 4.4m, is the deepest and

easiest to navigate by day or night; however, at night, passage

should only be made when the beacons and buoys are clearly

visible. 

3.15 Passe du Nord-Est, with a depth of 1.4m, is approached from

N, but is practicable only in good weather. 

3.15 Passe de la Gaine, a foul channel, leads between Les Heaux

and the rocks bordering the coast. 

3.15 The fairways are marked by beacons, buoys, and ranges.

Fishing structures, in certain places, may reduce the width of

the channels. Vessels up to 110m in length can enter the port

with drafts up to 6.7m at HWS and 3.7m at HWN.

3.15 A quay, with 400m of berthage, fronts the W bank of the river. There is a main berth, 75m long, with a dredged depth of

3m alongside. The remaining berths dry 0.5 to 4.2m. Tides in

the river rise about 8.5m at springs and 4.2m at neaps. An extensive marina lies above the quay and close below a bridge,

which spans the river. 

3.15 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 45m in length. Pilots

can be contacted on VHF channel 12 and board in the vicinity

of Basse Crublent Lighted Buoy (48°54.4'N., 3°11.1'W). Pilotage is provided by the station at Le Legue (Saint Brieuc) and

vessels must send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance through

the agent and confirm the ETA 12 hours and 4 hours before arMean Ruz Light
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 67

Pub. 191

rival. Vessels 100m in length and over may enter only during

daylight.

3.15 Anchorage is available about 0.8 mile SW of La Corne

Light, in depths of 8 to 10m, mud, good holding ground, sheltered from all winds except those from the N when the offshore

banks are covered. 

3.16 Les Heaux (48°55'N., 3°05'W.), a reef of above-water

and sunken rocks, lies 6 miles NE of Pointe du Chateau. Les

Heaux de Brehat Light, a sector light, is shown from a prominent granite tower, 57m high, standing on the E part of the reef.

3.16 Sillon de Talber, a narrow shingle spit, extends about 1.5

miles NE from the mainland, 2 miles S of Les Heaux de Brehat

Light. This spit is surrounded by reefs, which extend about 1.5

miles NE from its outer end. Ile Mondez, an islet, lies on the

edge of the reef, about 2 miles SE of the outer end of the spit.

3.16 Queyn Enes Terch, with a depth of 5.8m, lies about 3.5 miles

W of the light; La Jument, marked N by a lighted buoy, lies

about 2 miles WNW of the same light.

3.17 Plateau des Roches-Douvres (49°06'N., 2°49'W.),

the outermost of the off-lying dangers NE of Les Heaux, consists of above-water and sunken rocks and reefs. 

3.17 Roches-Douvres Light (49°06'N., 2°49'W.) is shown from a

prominent tower on a dwelling, 65m high, standing on the largest rock. Dangers extend about 1 mile N and S, and about 2

miles W and SE, of the light structure. Local magnetic anomalies have been reported in this area.

3.17 Banc des Langoustiers (49°15'N., 3°21'W.), an off-lying

bank, lies 23 miles WNW of Roches-Douvres Light and has a

least depth of 26m. In fog, the soundings of less than 50m on

this bank can be useful in ascertaining the position of a vessel.

3.17 Plateau de Barnouic (49°02'N., 2°48'W.), consisting of drying and submerged rocks, is separated from Plateau des Roches-Douvres by a channel with a navigable width of about 2

miles. 

3.17 In this passage, the sea is very rough when the wind is

against the tidal current. Roche Barnouic Light is shown from

an octagonal tower beacon, 19m high, standing on a drying

rock, about 5 miles S of Roches-Douvres Light.

3.17 Basse du Moulec (49°03'N., 2°15'W.), a detached rocky

patch with a least depth of 3.9m, lies about 1.8 miles NW of

Roche Barnouic Light. Shoal patches extend about 3 miles W

and 1 mile S of the same light structure. A lighted buoy is

moored about 3.3 miles WSW of the light.

3.17 Plateau des Roches-Douvres and Plateau de Barnouic rise

abruptly from depths of 37 to 44m, and soundings give no accurate indication of approach to these dangers. 

3.17 Basse Maurice (48°58'N., 2°56'W.), a detached rocky patch

with a depth of 13m, lies about 6.5 miles SW of Roche Barnouic Light and should be avoided in bad weather.

Approaches to le Trieux and Anse de Paimpol

3.18 The approaches to Le Trieux (Riviere de Pontrieux)

(48°50'N., 3°04'W.) and Anse de Paimpol (48°49'N.,

2°56'W.), are encumbered with numerous islands, rocks, and

shoals. 

3.18 Carrec-Mingui (48°55'N., 3°00'W.), with a depth of 3.5m,

and Roch-ar-Bel, with a least depth of 6.2m, lie about 3 and 4

miles, respectively, ENE of Les Heaux de Brehat Light, and are

the outermost N dangers. 

3.18 Vessels should give these dangers a wide berth as the tidal

currents attain a velocity of 5 knots over them at springs, and

the sea breaks heavily when the wind is against the current.

Plateau de la Horaine (48°54'N., 2°54'W.), the outermost

NE danger, is marked on its SW side by La Horaine Lighted

Beacon, which is formed by an octagonal tower, 20m high,

standing on a black hut.

Basses du Nord, lying about 1 mile N of the lighted beacon,

is the northernmost danger of this ledge and is marked by a

buoy. 

3.18 Basses du Sud-Est, with a depth of 2.6m, lies about 1.5 miles

E of the lighted beacon. Plateau de Men Marc’h, a dangerous

rocky area, lies close S of Basses du Sud-Est and is marked at

its NE end by a buoy. Bancs de Sable, with depths of 4 to 16m,

extends about 5 miles SE from the NE end of Plateau de Men

Marc’h. 

3.18 Caution.—A wreck, in a depth of 25m, is reported to lie E

of Bancs de Sable in position 48°52.1'N, 2°45.9'W. Another

wreck, in a depth of 21m, is reported to lie in position

48°51.2'N, 2°43.7'W.

Les Heaux de Brehat Light

Roches-Douvres Light
68 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

3.18 In fog, Plateau de la Horaine is dangerous as the flood current flows toward the reefs with great force.

3.18 Ile de Brehat (48°51'N., 3°00'W.) is the center of a group of

islands and rocks to which it is connected by drying mudflats at

LW. It appears at HW as two islands joined by a short bridge.

The island is low and the sea breaks heavily around it during

bad weather.

3.18 Le Paon Light (48°52'N., 2°59'W.) is shown from a prominent tower, 12m high, standing close off the NE extremity of

the island. The seaward side of the tower is painted white.

3.18 Rosedo Light (48°52'N., 3°00'W.) is shown from a prominent white tower with a green gallery, 13m high, standing adjacent to a building in the NW part of the island.

3.18 A conspicuous signal station, formed by a white dwelling

with a square tower, and a conspicuous chapel, with a red roof

and belfry, stand near the center of the island.

3.18 Men Joliguet Lighted Beacon, 8m high, stands on the edge

of the shoals fronting the S part of the island.

3.19 Le Trieux (Riviere de Pontrieux) (48°50'N., 3°04'W.)

provides access to the drying ports of Lezardrieux and Pontrieux. 

3.19 Grand-Chenal, NW of Ile de Brehat, is the principal approach and is available for vessels with local knowledge, day

or night. The secondary channels can be taken only with the

aid of local knowledge. 

3.19 Grand-Chenal has a least depth of 6m as far as Pointe Coatmer, 1 mile below Lezardrieux. It then has a least depth of

3.2m as far as Lezardrieux. Pontrieux is situated 6 miles above

Lezardrieux. The river dries about 1 mile above the latter port.

A suspension bridge, with a least vertical clearance of 17m,

spans the river 0.5 mile above Lezardrieux.

3.19 Tides in the river in the vicinity of Lezardrieux rise about

9.1m at springs and 4.1m at neaps.

3.19 La Croix Light (48°50'N., 3°03'W.) is shown from two connected towers, 18m high, standing 2.2 miles SW of Rosedo

Light.

3.19 Bodic Light (48°49'N., 3°05'W.) is shown from a house,

23m high, standing on the N shore of the river, about 1.8 miles

SW of La Croix Light. These two lights, which are intensified

on their alignments, form the initial entrance range, bearing

224°45', of Grand Chenal.

3.19 Pilotage.—The pilot station of Paimpol-Pontrieux has no

regular pilots but relies on part-time pilots who are fishermen.

Vessels should send an ETA off Paimpol or Ile de Brehat 48

hours in advance to the agent (l’Agence Maritime de l’Ouest a

Paimpol-AMO) through Brest-le-Conquet (FFU). The ports of

Lezardrieux and Paimpol can be contacted by VHF.

3.19 The pilot for Paimpol boards in the anchorage during good

weather or midway between L’ost Pic (48°46.8'N., 2°56.3'W.)

and Grand Lejon Light (48°45.0'N., 2°39.7'W.).

3.19 The pilot for Le Trieux river boards between Ile de Brehat

and La Croix Light.

Ile de Brehat Signal Station

Ile de Brehat Chapel

Le Paon Light

Rosedo Light
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 69

Pub. 191

3.19 Caution.—Winds from the NE create strong overfalls during

the ebb current in the approaches.

3.19 Numerous fishing structures and oyster beds may, in certain

places, reduce the width of the channel.

3.20 Lezardrieux (48°47'N., 3°06'W.) (World Port Index

No. 36280), used by coasters, is accessible to vessels up to 80m

in length and 20m beam with drafts up to 8m at HWS and 6m

at HWN. There is a quay, 80m long, which dries 0.8 to 2m, and

an extensive marina.

3.20 The tidal currents above the port flow in the direction of the

channel and attain rates of 2.5 knots.

3.20 Pontrieux (48°42'N., 3°09'W.) (World Port Index No.

36290), which consists of a wet dock about 1 mile long, is accessible to vessels up to 60m in length and 11m beam with

drafts up to 4.5m at HWS and 3m at HWN.

3.20 The water level in the wet dock, formed by the river, is maintained at 3.9m by a weir. The dock is used by small coasters

and pleasure craft. It is entered via a lock, 65m long and 12m

wide, when the height of the tide is less than 10m. When the

height of the tide exceeds 10m, entry is made directly through

the lock. An overhead cable, with a vertical clearance of 25m,

spans the port.

3.20 Anchorage.—The main anchorage in the approach is Mouillage de la Traverse (48°51.0'N., 3°02.5'W.), which lies W of

the Grand-Chenal entrance range. It has depths of 11 to 15m,

sand, shells, and rocks. The anchorage has moderately good

holding ground and is located out of the main tidal currents.

3.21 Anse de Paimpol (48°49'N., 3°00'W.), between

Pointe de l’Arcouest (48°49'N., 3°00'W.) and Point de Plouezec, 3.8 miles SE, dries throughout nearly its whole extent.

The small port of Paimpol lies at the head of the bay.

3.21 This wide bay is encumbered by numerous rocks and shoals.

Chenal du Denou, leading from N, and Chenal da la Jument,

leading from E, are the main approach channels. The other minor channels should not be attempted without local knowledge.

3.21 A white tower stands on Pointe de l’Arcouest and forms an

excellent landmark, as are the belfries of Ploubazlanec and

Plouezec on the surrounding heights, about 1.5 miles SW and 4

miles SSE, respectively, of the point. Pointe de la Trinite, S of

the latter point, is bordered about 0.8 mile ESE by Ile Saint-Rion, which has two summits, and is the most conspicuous of numerous islands in the vicinity. A conspicuous mast stands 0.7

mile W of Ploubazlance Church. 

3.21 Ile Mez de Goelo, located 0.5 mile N of Pointe de Plouzec, is

covered with green vegetation. It is the largest and most prominent island lying off the S entrance point of the bay.

3.21 L’Ost-Pic Light is shown from two connected towers, 15m

high, standing close E of Ile Mez de Goelo. Pointe de PorzDon Light (48°48'N., 3°01'W.) is shown from a house, 8m

high, standing on the mainland, 1.8 miles SSW of Pointe de

l’Arcouest. A sector of this light, which may best be seen on

the chart, indicates the approach from E.

3.22 Paimpol (48°47'N., 3°03'W.) (World Port Index No.

36260) comprises avant-port and two wet basins. The channel

leading to the harbor is 30m wide and dries up to 4.9m. Tides

rise about 9.5m at springs and 4.4m at neaps.

When both lock gates are open, the wet basins are accessible

to vessels up to 1,000 dwt, 80m in length, and 11m beam with

drafts up to 4.6m at HWS and 3m at HWN. When the lock is

used, vessels are limited to a length of 58m. The harbor is used

by coasters, fishing vessels, and pleasure craft. There are extensive facilities for yachts.

3.22 The lock gates are open for 2 hours either side of HW, when

the height of tide at Les Heaux does not exceed 10m. If the tide

exceeds this height, the gates remain open for 2 hours 30 minutes.

3.22 The water level in the wet basins is maintained at 3.4 to

4.6m, depending on the tides. The avant-port dries 5m. The wet

basins are entered from avant-port through a lock, 60m long

and 12m wide. The two wet basins are connected by a passage,

45m long and 11.9m wide. When both gates are open, a current, with a rate of up to 2 knots, sometimes runs through the

lock during the flood.

3.22 See Le Trieux (paragraph 3.19) for pilotage information.

Vessels can anchor in Mouillage de la Rade de Paimpol

(48°47.5'N., 2°58.0'W.). This anchorage has depths of 6 to 8m,

sand and gravel, and is sheltered from most winds. 

La Croix Light

Bodic Light
70 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

Baie de Saint-Brieuc

3.23 Baie de Saint-Brieuc (48°40'N., 2°50'W.) is entered

between Pointe de Minard (48°45'N., 2°56'W.) and Cap Frehel,

about 25 miles ESE. The shores of the bay consist of cliffs broken by sandy beaches. 

3.23 The bay is obstructed by large rocky flats, through the middle of which a channel, about 3 miles wide in a N to S direction, lies between Roches de Saint-Quay and Plateau du

Rohein (48°39'N., 2°37'W.).

3.23 Caution.—A wreck is reported to lie in position 48°50.8'N,

2°43.4'W.

3.23 Le Rohein (Rocher Rohein) (48°39'N., 2°38'W.), about 9m

high, is the largest rock lying at the SW end of a group of dangers, which extend up to about 2.5 miles E. A lighted beacon

tower, 15m high, stands on this rock. Les Comtesses (48°39'N.,

2°34'W.), consisting of several rocks, lies at the E end of this

group.

3.23 Grand-Lejon (48°45'N., 2°40'W.), the outermost danger in

this area, is a rocky ledge surrounded by rocks. It lies about

10.5 miles E of Pointe de Minard and in the middle of the entrance to Baie de Saint-Brieuc. Grand-Lejon Light is shown

from a prominent tower, 24m high, standing on the ledge.

3.23 Basses du Sud-Est, with a least depth of 4.8m, is a rocky

shoal lying about 0.8 mile SSE of the light. Petit-Lejon, a drying shoal surrounded by dangers, lies about 3.7 miles SSE of

the light and is marked close W by a buoy.

3.23 On the high land backing of the coast, the belfry (spire) of

the church at Plouha and the helmet-shaped belfry of the

church at Etables-sur-Mer are conspicuous standing 5 miles S

and 8.5 miles SSE, respectively, of Pointe de Minard. Prominent church spires are also situated at Pordic, 12 miles SSE of

Pointe de Minard, and Pleneuf-Val-Andre, 5.3 miles SSE of Le

Rohein Lighted Beacon.

3.24 Bois de Bien-Assis (48°35'N., 2°30'W.), a conspicuous wooded hill, stands about 1 mile inland, 9 miles SW of Cap

Frehel. It is sheer on the SW side.

3.24 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 45m in

length. Vessels should send an ETA at least 24 hours in advance, stating their draft and overall dimensions, through

Brest-le-Conquet (FFU) or Boulogne (FFB). The ETA should

be confirmed 12 hours and 4 hours prior toarrival.

3.24 Vessels obliged to use the mandatory access route should establish contact with “Legue Port” on VHF channel 16 and report their entry into the access channel.

3.24 All inbound vessels must maintain a continuous listening

watch on VHF channel 16. All vessels anchoring in or transiting the bay should establish VHF contact with the signal station (Brehat).

3.24 Pilots usually board vessels in the vicinity of Le Legue

Lighted Buoy (48°34.3'N., 2°41.2'W.). When certain conditions prevent this position from being used, vessels will be requested to proceed toward the entrance of the buoyed channel

until the pilot is able to board.

3.24 Regulations.—A mandatory access channel, indicated on

the chart, for tankers transporting hydrocarbons and vessels

carrying dangerous substances over 1,600 grt has been established in the approaches to Baie de Saint Brieuc. 

3.24 Anchorage.—Vessels waiting to enter Dahouet and Erquy

should anchor about 2 miles S of Le Rohein. Vessels waiting to

enter Saint Quay-Portrieux and Binic should anchor in the

roads off these ports. Vessels waiting to enter Le Legue (Saint

Brieuc) should anchor about 1.5 miles ENE of Pointe du Roselier, in a depth of 4m, sand, with good holding ground.

3.24 With strong NE winds, vessels should anchor S of Le Rohein. With strong NW winds, vessels should anchor in Mouillage de Binic, 4 miles NW of Pointe du Roselier.

3.24 Caution.—A temporary explosive dumping ground area,

which may best be seen on the chart, lies 1.5 miles SSE of

Grand-Lejon Light.

3.24 Magnetic anomalies were reported to exist in the area between Le Rohein and Grand-Lejon Light.

3.24 Numerous fishing structures and shell fish beds lie in the

bay.

3.25 Anse de Brehac (48°44'N., 2°56'W.), a drying bay

about 1.5 miles S of Pointe de Minard, is the best anchorage

during W winds in Baie de Saint-Brieve. 

3.25 Pointe de Roselier (48°33'N., 2°43'W.), a bluff headland, is

located 15 miles SE of Pointe de Minard. The coast between is

cliffy and fronted by sandy beaches which dry up to about 0.8

mile offshore in places.

3.25 Roches de Saint-Quay (48°39'N., 2°46'W.), a rocky plateau, extends about 5 miles parallel to the coast, from which it

is separated by a narrow channel. This channel, for which local

knowledge is essential, provides access to the ports of SaintQuay-Portrieux and Binic. 

3.25 Ile Harbour (48°40'N., 2°48'W.), in the NW part of the plateau, is the largest rock. A light is shown from a prominent

tower with a dwelling, 13m high, standing on this rock. 

3.25 Plateau des Hors (48°39'N., 2°45'W.), a large rocky flat, extends E from Roches de Saint-Quay and is marked on its NE

side by a buoy. Caffa, a rocky shoal, lies about 4 miles SE of Ile

Harbour Light and is marked by a lighted buoy.

3.25 Anse d’Yffiniac (48°32'N., 2°42'W.), which completely

dries, lies at the head of Baie de Saint-Brieuc and is entered SE

of Pointe du Roselier.

3.25 The Riviere du Gouet flows into the W side of this inlet, 1

mile S of Pointe du Roselier, between Pointe de l’Aigle,

Grand-Lejon Light
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 71

Pub. 191

marked by a light, and Pointe de Cesson, 0.3 mile S.

3.26 Saint-Quay-Portrieux (Portrieux) (48°39'N.,

2°50'W.) (World Port Index No. 36240) and Binic (48°36'N.,

2°49'W.) (World Port Index No. 36230), about 2.5 miles S, are

small drying harbors.

 Binic has an avant-port, protected by moles, and a wet dock.

It is used by fishing vessels and pleasure craft. The avant-port

dries 4 to 6m and has a quay, 105m long, used by fishing vessels. The wet dock is entered through a gate, 10m wide, and

has facilities for pleasure craft in depths of 1.5 to 3m. A light is

shown from a prominent structure, 12m high, standing on the

head of the N mole.

3.26 Saint-Quay-Portieux consists of a new harbor and marina,

which are accessible at all stages of the tide, and an old drying

harbor. It is used by small coasters, fishing vessels, and pleasure craft. The new harbor and marina, lying close NE of the

old harbor, are protected by moles. A directional light shown

from a tower, 12m high, standing on the elbow of the N mole

indicates the entrance fairway. A quay, 120m long, and three

pontoons with depths of 3m alongside are situated in the N part

of the new harbor for the use of fishing vessels. There are extensive facilities for pleasure craft up to 18m in length in the S

part.

3.26 There are depths of less than 2m lying in the S approaches to

the harbor. Tides rise about 10m at HWS and 4.5m at HWN. 

3.26 The old harbor is used by small craft and is accessible to vessels up to 700 grt and 47m in length with drafts up to 3.5m at

springs and 2.5m at neaps. 

3.27 Le Legue (48°32'N., 2°45'W.) (World Port Index No.

36220), the port for Saint-Brieuc, is situated on the riviere du

Gouet, about 1.3 miles within the entrance. It is used by fishing

vessels, coasters, and pleasure craft. The port includes an outer

harbor and two wet basins.

3.27 Depths—Limitations.—The approach channel is buoyed

and dries about 5m. It has depths of 5.8m at MHWS and 3m at

MHWN. 

3.27 The outer basin dries. The two wet basins are entered via a

lock and connected by a passage. The lock has a usable length

of 85m and a width of 14m. The first basin has 605m of berthing space and depths of 5.5 to 6m. The second basin has

1,330m of berthing space and depths of 2.1 to 4.6m. The passage is 80m long and is spanned by a swing bridge, which,

when open, provides an access 11m wide. The level of the water in the wet basins is constantly maintained, except during

periods of drought, by a weir on the N side.

3.27 Vessels up to 83m in length and 13m beam can be accommodated with drafts up to 5m at springs and 3.5m at neaps. For

safety reasons, it is reported that coastal tankers are restricted

to a maximum length of 80m and a maximum beam of 12.3m.

Such vessels must be equipped with either twin screws or a

bow thruster.

3.27 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 45m in

length. Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 12. See Baie

de Bien-Assis, paragraph 3.24, for further information.

3.27 Caution.—The height of the tide in the harbor is influenced

by the wind and may vary by up to 0.7m. 

3.28 Pointe de Pleneuf (48°36'N., 2°33'W.), 60m high, is

bordered about 1.5 miles NW by drying Plateau des Jaunes.

Ilot le Verdelet, a conical islet, fronts the point. The resort of

Val-Andre extends along a beach to the S of the point and is

dominated by two water towers. 

3.28 Dahouet (48°35'N., 2°34'W.), a small drying harbor, is located 1 mile SW of the point. It is used by fishing vessels and

pleasure craft. The harbor is accessible to vessels up to 70m in

length with drafts up to 4.5m at springs. Local knowledge is required. Petite Muette Lighted Beacon marks a cut in the cliff

which is the entrance to the harbor.

3.28 Planeuf-Val-Andre, an extensive yachting marine, is located

close S of Pointe de Pleneuf.

3.28 Cap d’Erquy is located 4 miles NE of Pointe de Pleneuf. The

coast between is fronted by a prominent stretch of sand and

bordered by rocky ledges which extend up to 1 mile offshore in

places. 

3.28 Erquy (48°38'N., 2°28'W.), a small harbor, is located 0.7

mile SE of Cap d’Erquy. It is accessible to small craft with

drafts up to 2.5m.

3.28 Rade d’Erquy (48°38'N., 2°28'W.), the best anchorage on

this coast in E winds, should be used only in good weather or

with offshore winds.

3.28 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 5 to 10m, mud and

sand, good holding ground, S and SW of the N entrance point

of Erquy.

3.28 Dangers extend up to about 3 miles offshore between Pointe

de Pleneuf and Cap Frehel (48°41'N., 2°19'W.). Rohinet, 11m

high, lies about 2 miles N of Cap d’Erquy and is the highest of

the rocky ledges located N of Cap d’Erquy. 

3.28 Pierre du Banc, a shoal patch with rocks awash, lies 8.7

miles W of Cap Frehel and is marked by a lighted buoy.

Grande Liviere, a shoal with a depth of 4.6m, lie about 3 miles

WNW and of Cap Frehel. These shoals form the outermost

dangers in this vicinity.

Cap Frehel to Pointe du Decolle

3.29 Cap Frehel (48°41'N., 2°19'W.), the N extremity of a

high promontory, is bordered by nearly perpendicular cliffs.

Cap Frehal Light is shown from a conspicuous brown square

tower with a green lantern, 33m high, standing 0.3 mile S of

the cape. An old disused lighthouse is situated near the light

and a fog signal hut stands on the extremity of the cape. 

3.29 Amas du Cap, a large wedge-shaped rock, lies 0.5 mile W of

the cape and is prominent.

3.29 Bank de l’Etendree, drying at its W end, extends about 1

mile ESE from the cape.

3.29 A dangerous wreck, position doubtful, lies about 1 mile

NNE of Cap Frehel.

Cap Frehel
72 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

3.29 Tides—Currents.—Currents attain a velocity of 3.7 knots

at springs about 1.5 miles N of Cap Frehel.

3.29 Pointe de la Latte (48°40'N., 2°17'W.), about 1.8 miles SE

of Cap Frehel, has a conspicuous fort at its extremity. Pointe de

Saint-Cast, located 2 miles SE of Pointe de la Latte, is surmounted by a signal station. Les Bourdinots, a small group of

rocks which dries up to 2m, lies about 0.8 mile ENE of this

point and is marked at the N end by a buoy.

3.29 Pointe du Decolle (48°38'N., 2°08'W.), located 8.5 miles

ESE of Cap Frehel, is surmounted by a disused signal station

and fronted by rocks.

3.29 Ile Argot (48°38'N., 2°10'W.), a grass-covered island, lies

about 0.5 mile offshore, 1.3 miles W of Pointe du Decolle. It is

36m high, sheer on the SW side, and easily identified from seaward.

3.29 Between Cap Frehel and Pointe du Decolle the coast is deeply indented by several drying bays. The small harbors within

these bays are only used by small craft and yachts. Many places within the bays are obstructed by shellfish beds. Local

knowledge is required for entry into this area.

3.29 Le Vieux Banc (48°42'N., 2°10'W.) is a ledge lying about 4

miles NNW of Pointe du Decolle. It has a least depth of 1.2m

and is marked by a lighted buoy at the SW extremity. Basse

Nord-est du Vieux Banc, the NE part of the ledge, has a least

depth of 5.6m and is marked close N by a lighted buoy.

3.29 Banchenou (48°40'N., 2°11'W.), with a least depth of 3.5m,

lies about 3.5 miles WNW of Pointe du Decolle and is marked

close N by a lighted buoy.

3.29 La Catis (48°43'N., 2°15'W.), a rock with a depth of 6.9m,

lies about 3 miles ENE of Cap Frehel. 

3.29 Basse des Sauvages (48°45'N., 2°12'W.), an isolated rock

with a depth of 8.2m, lies about 6 miles NE of Cap Frehel. 

3.29 Basse Trouvee (48°49'N., 2°05'W.), with a depth of 4.2m,

lies about 5.5 miles NE of Basse des Sauvages.

Approaches to Saint-Malo

3.30 Between Pointe du Decolle and Dinard, about 2.5

miles E, the coast consists of several resorts fringed by sandy

beaches separated by rocky points. A plateau formed by numerous rocks and dangers fronts the shore and extends up to

about 1.5 miles seaward.

3.30 Baie de Saint-Malo (48°40'N., 2°02'W.) lies between Pointe

du Decolle and Pointe de Meinga (48°42'N., 1°56'W.), 8 miles

NE. The bay is encumbered with numerous islands, islets,

rocks, and shoals through which several passages provide access to Saint-Malo. 

3.30 Grand-Jardin (48°40'N., 2°05'W.), a reef which dries 11m,

lies 1.9 miles NE of Pointe du Decolle. Grand-Jardin Light is

shown from a prominent tower, 38m high, standing on the SW

extremity of this reef.

3.30 Ile de Cezembre (48°41'N., 2°04'W.), a conspicuous island,

lies about 0.5 mile NE of Grand-Jardin Light and has two summits.

3.30 Grande-Conchee (48°41'N., 2°03'W.), a rock surmounted

by the conspicuous ruins of a fort, lies about 1 mile ENE of Ile

de Cezembre. 

3.30 Grande-Hupee (48°41'N., 2°06'W.), a rock with a depth of

1.3m, lies on a shoal about 1 mile NW of Grand-Jardin Light.

It is one of the outermost dangers in this area. Le Bunel, a drying rock, lies about 0.5 mile E of Grande-Hupee and is marked

close W by a lighted buoy.

3.31 Les Bucharats (48°40'N., 2°07'W.), a shoal with a

least depth of 3.5m, lies about 1.5 miles W of Grand-Jardin

Light and is one of the outermost dangers in this area.

3.31 Basse NE des Portes, a shoal with a least depth of 2.2m, lies

about 0.5 mile WNW of Grande-Jardin Light. Les Courtis

Lighted Beacon, 21m high, stands close WSW of this shoal.

3.31 La Nouvelle Decouverte, a shoal with a least depth of 3.6m,

lies about 0.3 mile WNW of this lighted beacon.

Les Cheminees (48°40'N., 2°07'W.), lying about 1 mile

NNE of Pointe du Decolle, is the tallest and most conspicuous

of the numerous above-water and drying rocks extending offshore in this vicinity.

3.31 Regulations.—A mandatory access channel for tankers

transporting hydrocarbons and vessels transporting dangerous

substances over 1,600 grt has been established in the approaches to Saint Malo. This access channel, which may best be seen

on the chart, leads SE and may be entered about 7.8 miles

WNW of Cap Frehel.

3.31 See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea

Cap Frehel Light

Grande-Jardin Light
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 73

Pub. 191

for rules pertaining to vessels in French waters.

3.31 Directions.—Vessels approaching from the E should pass at

least 4 miles N of the coast before steering in a S direction for

the pilot boarding place. Vessels approaching from the W

should pass at least 2 miles N of Cap Frehel and N of La Catis.

They should then steer in a SE direction and pass between Le

Vieux Banc and Banchenou, about 2 miles SSW.

3.31 Chenal de la Grande-Porte and Chenal de la Petite-Porte, the

main approach channels, can be used day or night; the three

other approach channels, E of the main channels, are only practicable by day and with a rising tide.

3.31 Vessels using the mandatory access channel must then transit

Chenal de la Petite-Porte.

3.31 Chenal de la Petite-Porte (48°41'N., 2°06'W.) leads close

NE of the N part of Le Vieux Banc (Basse Nord-est du Vieux

Banc) and then between Grande-Hupee and La Nouvelle Decouverte. The fairway is indicated by a lighted range formed by

Grand-Jardin Light and La Balue Light, 4 miles SE. The tidal

currents set obliquely across the fairway and attain rates up to 3

knots at springs.

3.31 Chenal de la Grande-Porte (48°40'N., 2°08'W.) leads close

S of Les Bucharats. The fairway is indicated by a lighted range

formed by Grand-Jardin Light and Rochebonne Light, 4.2

miles E. The tidal currents in the outer part of the fairway, as

far as Le Grand Jardin (48°40'N., 2°05'W.), set in the direction

of the channel. In the inner part the currents set across the

channel. The currents attain rates up to 3.2 knots at springs.

Saint-Malo (48°39'N., 2°01'W.)

World Port Index No. 36130

3.32 The port of Saint-Malo, located on the E side of the

mouth of La Rance, lies near the center of Baie de Saint-Malo

and adjoins the town of the same name. The port consists of an

avant-port and a wet dock comprising four interconnected basins. The harbor has extensive facilities for pleasure craft, fishing vessels, and ferries, which operate to the Channel Islands

and the United Kingdom.

3.32 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 12.2m at springs and

9.3m at neaps.

3.32 The flood tidal current sets toward Fort de la Cite (48°38'N.,

2°02'W.) and then N toward the entrance channel and SW

along Mole des Noires. The ebb tidal current sets WSW from

the lock along the approach channel to join the outgoing current from La Rance. The currents attain rates of 2 to 2.5 knots. 

3.32 Depths—Limitations.—Chenal de la Grande-Porte has a

least depth of 6.4m in the fairway. Chenal de la Petite-Porte has

a least depth of 10.5m in the fairway. 

3.32 The avant-port, the N portion of which dries in places, provides an extensive yacht harbor in its S part. A hydrofoil ferry

terminal is situated close N of the lock entrance. A ro-ro ferry

terminal is situated close S of the lock entrance. It has a

dredged depth of 7m and can handle vessels up to 22m beam.

The entrance channel leading to this terminal has a dredged

depth of 4m. 

3.32 The entrance channel leading to the wet dock lock has a

dredged depth of 2m. The lock is 154m long, 24m wide, and

has a depth of 1.7m over the sill.

3.32 Vauban Basin, at the inner end of the lock, provides facilities

for passenger and tanker vessels. It has 840m of berthage and

depths of 5 to 9.5m. A marina is situated at the N end of this

basin. 

3.32 Duguay-Trovin Basin is entered through a passage, 17.5m

wide. Vessels are limited to a length of 120m and a beam of

16.5m. It has 1,868m of berthage and depths of 4.6 to 7.2m.

This basin provides facilities for fishing vessels.

3.32 Bouvet Basin is entered through a passage, 16.5m wide. It

has 1,180m of berthage and depths of 4.4 to 7.7m.

3.32 Jacques Cartier Basin is entered through a passage, 30m

wide. It has 560m of berthage and depths of 8 to 9.5m.

3.32 The lock is worked normally for 2 hours either side of HW.

However, the times of lock operation will vary according to the

range of tide and the volume of expected traffic. The water level in the wet dock can be maintained at the desired level by a

pumping station.

3.32 Vessels up to 16,000 dwt, 150m in length (147m in length

for tankers), 22m beam, and 9m draft can be accommodated in

the port.

3.32 Aspect.—An outer fairway lighted buoy is moored about 2

miles NW of Grande-Jardin Light.

3.32 La Balue Rear Range Light is shown from a prominent tower, 37m high, standing 1.3 miles SE of the entrance lock.

Port of Saint-Malo Home Page

http://www.saint-malo.cci.fr

Saint-Malo (walled town)

Saint-Malo (harbor)
74 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

3.32 Rochebonne Rear Range Light is shown from a prominent

tower, 20m high, standing near the coast, 2.5miles NE of the

entrance lock. A conspicuous radio mast is situated 0.7 mile SE

of this light.

3.32 The avant-port is protected by Mole des Noires, a

breakwater, which extends about 0.3 mile SW from the SW

corner of the town. The town is surrounded by ramparts and

dominated by a cathedral with a conspicuous spire.

3.32 The estuary of La Rance is crossed by a barrage dam about

1.5 miles S of Mole des Noires. A hydroelectric power station

stands at the center of the dam and is operated by the tides. The

sluices from which the station derives its power are situated between it and the E end of the dam. A lock, situated on the W

side of the dam, provides access for small craft to the river and

the inland canal system. It is 65m long, 13m wide, and has a

depth of 2m on the sill. 

3.32 See Approaches to Saint-Malo in paragraph 3.30 for additional information. 

3.32 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 45m

in length and all vessels carrying dangerous cargo.

3.32 Vessels should send a request for pilotage, with their ETA

and draft, through Brest-le Conquet or Boulonge at least 6

hours in advance. Vessels should then confirm the ETA 2 hours

prior to arrival, reporting immediately any change over 1 hour.

3.32 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and board

from a vessel, with a black hull and white upperworks, about 1

mile N of the outer fairway lighted buoy.

3.32 During bad weather, particularly in N gales, boarding may

be impractical and the pilot will lead the vessel into port, communicating by VHF.

3.32 Saint Malo pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.32 Regulations.—All vessels required to use the mandatory access channel should establish contact with the port captain on

entering the channel and maintain a listening watch on VHF

channel 12. All other vessels desiring to use this fairway

should establish a listening watch on VHF channel 12.

3.32 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo are required to be assisted by tugs after passing Le Buron Lighted

Beacon (48°39'N., 2°04'W.). Tugs are required for all other

vessels over 100m in length. Vessels equipped with bow thrusters are exempt.

3.32 Signals.—International port traffic signals regulating the entry and departure of vessels from the lock are displayed by day

and night from a signal mast near the lock entrance.

3.32 Whistle signals are used by vessels proceeding from one basin to another. The signals request that the bridges spanning the

passages between the basins be opened. One long blast for Pertuis de Saint-Servan, the passage leading to Bouvet Basin; two

long blasts for Pertuis de Saint Malo, the passage leading to

Duguay-Trouin Basin; and three long blasts for Pertuis de Corsaires, the passage leading to Jacques Cartier Basin.

3.32 Anchorage.—Vessels awaiting the pilot should anchor in the

vicinity of the outer fairway lighted buoy (48°41'N., 2°07'W.).

The area has depths of 13 to 20m, of mud and gravel, bottom

quality unknown.

3.32 Rade de Saint-Malo, in the mouth of La Rance, is used only

by vessels waiting to enter port. The roadstead is open NW, and

the tidal currents are strong. The anchorage has about 250m of

swinging room and can be used by large vessels at neap tides

only. There are depths of 7 to 8m and the holding ground is reported to be mediocre.

3.32 Caution.—The approach to Baie de Saint-Malo is encumbered by numerous islets, rocks, and shoals. The main channels

are well marked; however, entry is still dangerous in low visibility. Shoaler depths than charted occasionally exist in Chenal

de la Grande-Porte, Chenal de la Petite-Porte, and Rade de

Saint-Malo. Therefore local knowledge is required.

3.32 A Prohibited Area extends up to 100m around Ile de Cezembre due to the existence of underwater explosives.

Baie de Saint-Malo to Pointe du Roc

3.33 Pointe du Nid (48°42'N., 1°53'W.), about 2 miles E

of Pointe du Meinga, is bordered about 0.3 mile WSW by old

Fort Duguesclin on an islet close offshore. 

3.33 Between Pointe du Meinga and Pointe du Grouin, about 3.8

miles E, the coast is high, with beautiful beaches lying between

rocky points. 

3.33 Pointe du Grouin (48°43'N., 1°51'W.), high, rocky, steep,

La Balue Rear Range Light

Rochebonne Rear Range Light

pilotes.sm@wanadoo.fr
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 75

Pub. 191

and sloping NE, is conspicuous. The white house of the signal

station (disused) standing 0.2 mile S of the extremity of the

point is prominent.

3.33 The Iles des Landes, a narrow and rocky islet, lies close E of

the point. It is 38m high but does not stand out from the land.

3.33 Pierre de Herpin (48°44'N., 1°49'W.), a rock, lies 1.5 miles

NE of the extremity of Pointe du Grouin. A light is shown from

a prominent tower, 28m high, standing on this rock.

3.33 La Fille, a drying rock, lies about 0.5 mile NE of Pierre de

Herpin Light and is marked close N by a buoy. This rock is the

outermost of the dangers extending up to about 2 miles NE of

Pointe du Grouin.

3.33 Grand-Ruet, a passage about 0.3 mile wide, leads between

the dangers extending NE from Pointe du Grouin, 0.5 mile SW

of Pierre de Herpin Light. The passage has a least depth of 11m

in the fairway, but strong tidal currents often cause overfalls in

its vicinity.

3.33 Currents in the vicinity of the buoy marking La Fille run SE

and NW, attaining velocities of up to 5 knots.

3.33 Basse Rault (48°44'N., 1°56'W.), an isolated rock with a

depth of 4.4m, lies about 1.5 miles N of Pointe de Meinga.

3.33 Basse du Nid (48°44'N., 1°54'W.), an isolated rock with a

depth of 2.4m, lies about 2 miles NE of Pointe de Meinga.

3.33 Basse Grune (48°45'N., 1°54'W.), an isolated rock with a

depth of 2m, lies about 3 miles NW of Pointe du Grouin. 

3.34 Baie du Mont Saint-Michel (48°40'N., 1°40'W.), entered between Pointe du Grouin and Pointe de Champeaux,

about 11 miles ENE, is encumbered with numerous sandbanks,

which extend about 7 miles from its head. 

3.34 Pointe de Champeaux is rocky when viewed from N or W,

and terminates in a regular 45° slope.

3.34 Le Mont Saint-Michel (48°38'N., 1°31'W.), a precipitous

rock, lies in the SE part of the bay, 7 miles SSE of Pointe de

Champeaux. It is 128m high, surmounted by the spire of a conspicuous monastery, and connected to the shore by a causeway.

3.34 Tombelaine, a large isolated rock, lies 1.5 miles N of Le

Mont Saint-Michel and is about 40m high.

3.34 Pointe de la Chaine (48°40'N., 1°50'W.) is located 2 miles S

of Pointe du Grouin. A prominent water tower stands about 1

mile WSW of this point. 

3.34 Ile des Rimains (48°41'N., 1°50'W.), surmounted by an old

fort, lies about 0.4 mile E of Pointe de la Chaine. 

3.34 Cancale (48°41'N., 1°36'W.), a small drying harbor, fronts a

town about 1 mile SW of Pointe de la Chaine and is used by

fishing vessels.

3.34 Banc de Chatry, with depths of 0.4 to 3m, extends about 1.3

miles N from Pointe de la Chaine and lies almost parallel to the

coast.

3.34 Banc des Corbieres lies with its S end located about 1 mile E

of Pointe de la Chaine. It has depths of 2.6 to 4m and extends

about 1.2 miles N. Les Banchets, a group of gravel shoals with

depths of 2 to 3.4m, lies centered about 1.2 miles E of Pointe

du Grouin and about 0.5 mile N of the N end of Banc des Corbieres.

3.34 Grande Rade de Cancale (Rade de Cancale) (48°42'N.,

1°49'W.) lies in the NW part of the bay with Banc de Chatry on

its W side and Banc des Corbieres and Les Banchets on its E

side.

3.34 Tidal currents in Grande Rade de Cancale attain velocities of

2 knots and flow in N and S directions.

3.34 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken in Grande Rade de

Cancale between Banc de Chatry and Banc des Corbieres.

There are depths of 11 to 13m, rock with a layer of clay mud

less than 1m thick. The anchorage is sheltered from SW to NW

winds, but the currents are strong. 

3.34 Anchorage can also be taken between Banc de Chatry and

the coast. There are depths of 7 to 9m, rock covered by a thin

layer of mud with poor holding ground. This anchorage should

be used only in neap tides, as the currents are strong.

3.34 Caution.—An area used for oyster-breeding lies in the

entrance of Baie du Saint-Michel, with its NW corner about 2.3

miles ESE of Pierre de Herpin Light. This area is marked by

buoys and all seabed activities are prohibited within it.

3.34 Shellfish beds (mussels), marked by beacons, extend over a

wide area in the S part of the bay. Vessels are prohibited from

taking the ground or anchoring in the vicinity of these beds. 

3.35 Pointe du Roc (48°50'N., 1°37'W.) terminates W in a

steep cliff, 5.7 miles NNW of Pointe de Champeaux. It forms

the W extremity of a small peninsula. A conspicuous signal

station (wooden structure surmounting a blockhouse) is

situated on the point. Point du Roc Light is shown from a

prominent tower, 16m high, standing on the point.

Pierre de Herpin Light

Le Mont Saint-Michel
76 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

3.35 The coast between Pointe de Champeaux and Pointe du Roc

is fronted by a bank which extends up to 4.5 miles seaward in

places. Several drying patches lie on this bank.

3.35 Le Videcoq (48°50'N., 1°42'W.), a rock which dries 0.8m,

lies about 3 miles W of Pointe du Roc. It is the outermost danger at the edge of the coastal bank and is marked close SW by a

lighted buoy. 

3.35 Basse Parisienne, an isolated rock with a depth of 4.2m, and

Banc Rondehaie, with a least depth of 3.5m over sand and

shells, lie about 2.8 miles SW, and 2 miles S, respectively, of

Le Videcoq.

3.36 Granville (48°50'N., 1°36'W.) (World Port Index No.

36110) is located about 1 mile E of Pointe du Roc and characterized by extreme ranges of tide. The commercial harbor consists of an avant-port, protected by two jetties, and a wet basin.

There are facilities for cargo vessels, fishing boats, ferries, and

pleasure craft.

3.36 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 11.7m at springs

and 5.3m at neaps. At equinoctial springs the tide rises about

13m. The height of tide is affected by the prevailing winds.

Fresh W winds cause higher tides, and E winds lower the level

of the water; differences may exceed 0.6m. The flood tidal current enters the avant-port with a rate of about 2 knots at the

center of the channel and along the E jetty from about mid-tide

until 30 minutes before HW; during this time a countercurrent

flows out along the W jetty.

3.36 Depths—Limitations.—The avant-port dries 4.9 to 7m. It

has a mud bottom, 1m thick, over rock. There are three ferry

terminals in the SE part which can be used by vessels up to

50m in length and 6m beam. These ferries run to the Iles Chausey and, seasonally, to Jersey.

3.36 A channel, dredged to a drying height of 3.8m, leads from

the port entrance to the wet basin gate. The passage is 19.8m

wide and the sill of the gate has depths of 4.8 to 10.3m over it,

depending on the tide. There are five berths, 94 to 255m long,

in the wet basin, with depths alongside of 3.8 to 4.5m at HWN

and 7.1 to 7.7m at HWS. Generally, vessels up to 120m in

length and 19m beam can be accommodated, with drafts of 4 to

7m depending on the height of the tide.

3.36 The port can only be approached near HW and vessels with

drafts over 4.6m should contact the local authorities prior to arrival.

3.36 An extensive marina, known as Port de Herel, is situated

close E of the commercial harbor and is protected by breakwaters. 

3.36 Aspect.—Le Loup Lighted Beacon (48°50'N., 1°36'W.),

24m high, stands 0.6 mile SE of Pointe du Roc and marks the

approach channel giving access to the port. Banc de Tombelaine, parts of which dry, lies about 1 mile SW of this beacon.

3.36 A water tower, with a domed top, stands about 1.2 miles E of

Pointe du Roc. It is the highest and only prominent landmark

standing near the built up area of the town when viewed from

seaward.

3.36 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 45m in

length and for all vessels carrying dangerous cargo. 

3.36 Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilotage 18

hours in advance or on departure from a previous port if the

time is less. The message should state the draft, vessel dimensions, and type and tonnage of dangerous substances carried.

3.36 The port may be contacted on VHF channel 12, or through a

coastal radio station, for 1 hour 30 minutes before and after

HW. The marina may be contacted on VHF channel 9.

3.36 Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and usually board in the vicinity of Le Videcoq Lighted Buoy

(48°49'39.0''N., 1°42'19.2''W.). In bad weather pilots will board

within 0.5 mile of Le Loup Lighted Beacon.

3.36 Granville pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

3.36 Regulations.—See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning

Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the

Mediterranean Sea for rules pertaining to vessels in French waters. 

3.36 When the passage gate is open, commercial traffic has the

right-of-way over other vessels between the wet basin entrance

Pointe du Roc (Granville) Light

Port of Granville Home Page

http://www.granville.cci.fr/port

Granville Harbor

pilotage.grandville@wanadoo.fr
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 77

Pub. 191

and Le Loup Lighted Beacon. 

3.36 Anchorage.—Vessels waiting to enter the port can anchor S

of Le Videcoq Lighted Buoy in a depth of 7m. During W gales,

vessels should anchor in Grande Rade de Cancale. During N

gales, vessels should anchor in the lee of Ile Chausey

(48°53'N., 1°49'W.). 

3.36 Directions.—The best time for entering the port is 30 minutes before HW. After passing Le Loup Lighted Beacon, vessels should steer N and pass as close as possible to the E jetty.

The countercurrent always runs out along the W jetty.

3.36 Once the bow is sheltered by the E jetty, the flood current,

acting on the stern, assists the vessel in turning to starboard toward the entrance of the wet basin.

3.36 Caution.—A small explosives dumping area lies off the N

side of Banc de Tombelain, 1.3 miles S of Pointe du Roc.

3.36 Entry to the port is difficult and local knowledge is required.

3.36 During strong W and NW winds, a choppy sea is formed in

the entrance to the port. Vessels entering at this time should

have a draft of at least 0.8m less than the depth in the channel.

Pointe du Roc to Nez de Jobourg

3.37 The W coast of the Cotentin Peninsula is one of the

most inhospitable coasts of France. There are few prominent

objects, and it is bordered by dangers which join with those of

Jersey, the Iles Chausey, and Plateau des Minquiers. Fog is frequent and the tidal currents are strong. 

3.37 This coast is exposed to W and N winds; there is no secure

anchorage.

3.37 Passage de la Deroute and Deroute de Terre are the two main

passages which lead from the Race of Alderney, and to the S of

Plateau des Minquiers and the Iles Chausay. These channels

are little used due to the currents, and the inadequacy of the

navigation aids marking them. At night, Deroute de Terre is the

only practical channel. 

3.37 Vessels bound for Saint-Malo or Granville, from the Race of

Alderney, normally proceed W of Jersey and Plateau des Minquiers. In clear weather, the reefs E of Jersey are not too difficult to negotiate.

3.37 Regulations.—The IMO has issued recommendations for

navigation within the Race of Alderney. For further information, see paragraph 4.1.

3.37 An area encompassing most of the Channel Islands has been

designated an Inshore Traffic Zone, and may best be seen on

the chart. For further information, see paragraph 4.1.

3.37 See Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea

for rules pertaining to vessels in French waters.

3.37 Caution.—Due to the very large range of tide in this area, islands, islets, and rocks have a marked difference in appearance

at high and low water.

3.37 Local magnetic anomalies and abnormal variation can be expected within an area bounded by lines joining Cap de Carteret, Sark, and Cap de Flamanville.

Plateau des Minquiers

3.38 Plateau des Minquiers is a large mass of rocks and

reef, some of which are always above water. The reefs are generally connected by extensive banks of shingle, gravel, and

sand. 

3.38 Near the center of the group parts of the banks dry, and the

reefs are higher and closer together. The plateau encompasses

about 130 square miles and its center lies about 12 miles S of

Jersey. The principal dangers lying in the vicinity of the plateau

are marked by lighted beacons and lighted buoys.

3.38 Maitresse Ile (48°58'N., 2°04'W.), 15m high, is the tallest

rock of the group. Several stone cottages stand on this rock and

a flagstaff is situated near the N end next to an emergency helicopter landing site. A beacon tower stands on a group of drying

rocks close NE of this rock.

3.38 Les Maisons (48°59'N., 2°10'W.), lying about 4.5 miles W

of Maitresse Ile, are three remarkable steep above-water rocks.

A beacon tower stands on one of the rocks.

3.38 Brisants du Sud, with depths of less than 2m, lie about 6

miles SW of Les Maisons. Brisants du Nord-Ouest, with a least

depth of 0.2m, lies 5 miles W of Les Maisons.

3.38 A wide berth should be given to the W side of the plateau as

the sea breaks along the line between the lighted buoys marking this edge. 

3.38 Le Four, a rock which dries 5.5m, lies about 5.5 miles SW of

Maitresse Ile. 

3.38 Les Sauvages (48°54'N., 2°01'W.), a detached rocky shoal,

has a least depth of 1.8m. It lies close off the S side of the plateau and is marked by a lighted buoy moored close SE.

3.38 Basse Nord du Plomb (48°52'N., 2°02'W.), an isolated

shoal with a depth of 9.7m, lies about 1.8 miles SSW of Les

Sauvages and is the outermost danger in this vicinity.

3.38 Les Ardentes (48°58'N., 1°52'W.), forming the E extremity

of Plateau des Minquiers, is a group of rocks, the highest of

which dry 2.1m. A lighted buoy is moored close ESE of the

easternmost rocks, about 7.5 miles E of Maitresse Ile.

3.38 Caux des Minquiers (49°00'N., 2°00'W.), a large group of

drying and below-water rocks, forms the NE part of the plateau. Basse Nord-Est des Caux, with a depth of 1.2m, is the

northeasternmost danger of this group. It is marked close NNE

by NE Minquiers lighted buoy, moored about 6 miles ENE of

Maitresse Ile. A shoal, with a depth of 5.9m, lies about 0.4 mile

NE of the lighted buoy.

3.38 A rock, with a depth of 3m, the NW danger of Caux des

Minquiers, lies about 3.5 miles NE of Maitresse Ile.

The Iles Chausey

3.39 The Iles Chausey, consisting of an extensive group of

islets, rocks, and shoals, lies between Plateau des Minquiers

and Pointe du Roc. The group extends about 7 miles E from

Les Rondes de l’Ouest, its W extremity. The islets and rocks

rise from a bank, much of which dries, that is steep-to on the N

and W sides. 

3.39 At LW, the E side is inaccessible to deep-draft vessels, as

sand banks close the channel between the Iles Chausey and the

coast N of Pointe du Roc. Vessels should not approach closer

than 0.5 mile to the islets and rocks on the S side of the Iles

Chausey.

3.39 Vessels arriving from foreign ports are prohibited from visiting the Iles Chausey without first obtaining clearance at

Granville, or some other French port. 

3.39 The individual rocks and islets of the Iles Chausey should

not be used to fix the vessel’s position. Because of the great
78 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

range of tide, the appearance of these islets and rocks is continually changing. Only those in possession of local knowledge

can positively identify the individual features at all states of the

tide.

3.39 Grande Ile Chausey (48°52'N., 1°49'W.), on the S side of

the group, is the principal and largest islet. Numerous pleasure

craft may be encountered in the vicinity of the islet during the

summer. Iles Chausey Light is shown from a square tower, 19m

high, standing on the SE end of this islet.

3.39 A conspicuous former signal station (white building with a

black flagstaff) is situated on an elevation near the NW end of

the islet.

3.39 Le Pignon Lighted Beacon, 20m high, stands on a drying

rock, about 4 miles ENE of Iles Chausey Light.

3.39 Two channels, marked by beacons, lead through the archipelago and are available to small vessels having pilots with local

knowledge.

3.39 Anchorage, sheltered from NW to N winds, can be taken off

the SE side of the Iles Chausey, between Grande Ile Chausey

and Le Founet, about 5 miles ENE. The bottom is sand and

shells, good holding ground.

3.40 La Catheue (49°07'N., 1°47'W.), a drying rock, lies

near the middle of Banc de le Catheue and is marked on the SE

side by a lighted buoy. The bank consists of a chain of sand

banks extending about 5 miles NNW with its S end located

about 5.7 miles NNW of Pointe du Roc.

3.40 Roche d’Agon, an extensive group of above-water and drying rocks, extends up to about 3 miles seaward from the coast.

3.40 Le Ronquet (49°00'N., 1°37'W.), the highest rock in the

group, is surmounted by a lighted beacon tower. 

3.40 Basse Le Marie (49°02'N., 1°48'W.), about 9.5 miles N of

Grand Ile Chausey, is a rocky ledge which dries 1.5m. A lighted buoy is moored close SW of the ledge and a buoy (special)

is moored about 0.6 mile ENE of it.

3.40 Chaussee des Boeufs (49°07'N., 1°47'W.) is a group of

rocky ledges, some drying, lying 4.5 miles N of Basse Le

Marie. Le Boeuf, the highest rock, is marked by a beacon tower. Dangerous wrecks (positions doubtful) have been reported

to lie about 2.5 miles SW and 0.8 mile S of this beacon.

3.40 Basse Jourdan, a rock with a least depth of 0.2m, lies about

1.6 miles ENE of Le Boeuf at the E end of Chaussee des

Boeufs. A lighted buoy is moored about 0.5 mile E of this

shoal. 

3.40 Le Senequet (49°05'N., 1°40'W.), a drying rock, lies near

the W edge of a rocky ledge which extends up to about 3.5

miles from the coast. Le Senequet Light is shown from a prominent tower, 26m high, standing on this rock.

3.40 Dangerous shoals extend up to about 1 mile W and NW of

the light and are marked by a buoy.

3.40 Les Nattes, a group of drying rocks, lies 2.5 mile SW of Le

Senequet Light and is marked by a buoy. The entire area between this group and the light is encumbered with rocks on

which the sea breaks during strong W winds.

3.41 Les Dirouilles (49°18'N., 2°02'W.) lies 4 miles N of

the NE end of Jersey. This area of foul ground consists of numerous detached rocks and, with the exception of four small

rocks in the SW part, covers at HW. Les Burons, two conical

rocks about 3m high, are the tallest rocks in the group.

Les Ecrehou (49°17'N., 1°56'W.), lying close E of Les

Dirouilles, is an area of reefs with its central part composed of

many islets and numerous rocks connected by drying sand

banks. 

3.41 Maitre Ile (49°17'N., 1°56'W.), 7m high, is the largest islet

of the group and a beacon stands on its summit. Marmotier, a

craggy islet, lies 0.4 mile N of Maitre Ile and is surmounted by

a group of buildings. L’Ecreviere, a rock which dries 9m, lies

about 0.8 mile E of Maitre Ile. 

Iles Chausey Light

Iles Chausey Light

Le Senequet Light
Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 79

Pub. 191

3.41 Ecreviere Bank extends about 2 miles SE from l’Ecreviere;

the seas are very rough over this bank when the tidal current is

against the wind. A lighted buoy is moored close SE of the SE

end of the bank. Vessels can anchor, in a depth of 14m, gravel,

about 1.5 miles SSE of Maitre Ile and W of the S end of the

bank.

3.41 Basses de Taillepied and Bancs Feles lie about midway between Les Ecrehou and the French coast. Basses de Taillepied

lies with its N end located 2.8 miles NE of Maitre Ile. This reef

extends about 2.7 miles SE and in its N part has one rocky head

which dries 0.7m.

3.41 Bancs Feles extends E from Basses de Taillepied and consists of ridges of sand and broken shells on which lie several

rocks, one of which dries 0.9m. 

3.41 Plateau des Trois-Grunes (49°22'N., 1°54'W.), a group of

drying and below-water rocks, lies about 5 miles NNE of Maitre Ile and 3.5 miles W of Cap de Carteret. The group is

marked on the W side by a lighted buoy. A small area lying

close E of this lighted buoy is prohibited to navigation due to

the deployment of measuring devices.

3.42 The coast between Pointe du Roc and Le Senequet, 15

miles N, is fringed by a bank, which dries up to 3.5 miles offshore in places, and is fronted by dangers extending up to about

6 miles seaward.

3.42 Pointe d’Agon (49°00'N., 1°35'W.) is located 10 miles N of

Pointe du Roc. A light is shown from a tower on a dwelling,

12m high, standing on this point.

3.42 Havre de Regneville, a drying harbor, is entered close E of

Pointe d’Argon and is used by small craft. Local knowledge is

required for entry.

3.42 The spire of the belfry at Blainville, standing inland 4 miles

N of Pointe d’Agon, is conspicuous.

3.42 Cap de Carteret (49°22'N., 1°48'W.) is a dark headland

which terminates in a rocky cliff. Cap de Carteret Light is

shown from a prominent tower, 18m high, standing on this

cape.

3.42 A signal station is situated near the light and a conspicuous

house stands 0.7 mile E of it. A large conspicuous white building with a gray roof stands near the beach, 1.4 miles ESE of the

light.

3.42 Havre de Carteret, a small harbor, lies 1 mile E of Cap de

Carteret. It is used by local fishing vessels and pleasure craft.

3.42 Portbail, a small drying harbor, lies 4.7 miles SE of Cap de

Carteret. It is used by small craft and yachts. A conspicuous

water tower stands close N of the entrance.

3.43 Passage de la Deroute (49°15'N., 1°50'W.) and Deroute de Terre (48°54'N., 1°38'W.), two channels, lead from the

Race of Alderney (Raz Blanchard) to S of Plateau des Minquiers and the Iles Chausey. At night, only Deroute de Terre is

practicable. Passage de la Deroute is used, except for local traffic, only by vessels bound for or coming from, Saint-Malo and

Granville. 

3.43 Passage de la Deroute is frequently used by ferries. Other

such vessels save little time by using these routes, and it is simpler to pass W of Plateau des Minquiers and Jersey, and E of

Sark (49°26'N., 2°21'W.). 

3.43 These channels are little used because they are situated outside the principal commercial routes, the tidal currents are

strong, and landmarks are difficult to identify. 

3.43 Because of the great range of tide, the passages between the

reefs are not difficult to negotiate at HW. Local knowledge is

essential for these channels. 

3.43 Passage de la Deroute passes W of Plateau des Trois-Grunes,

between Les Ecrehou and Basses de Taillepied, between Plateau de l’Arconie and Les Boeufs, and between Plateau des

Minquiers and Les Ardentes to the NW and the Iles Chausey to

the SE. There are depths of 4 to 10m between Les Ecrehou and

Basses de Taillipied.

3.43 Deroute de Terre passes E of Plateau des Trois-Grunes, between Bancs Feles and Cap de Carteret, between Les Boeufs

and Le Senequet, and between the Iles Chausey and Pointe du

Roc. Deroute de Terre passes through depths of 2.5m between

Plateau des Trois-Grunes and Basse le Marie, and 1m between

Basse le Marie and Pointe du Roc.

3.43 Entree de la Deroute (48°54'N., 1°55'W.) separates the Iles

Chausey from Plateau des Minquiers. The channel is 3.5 to 5

miles wide, but is not generally used due to the strong and erratic tidal currents. It leads into Passage de la Deroute.

3.43 Caution.—Several dangerous wrecks, which may best be

seen on the chart, lie in the approaches to Entree de la Deroute,

Passage de la Deroute, and Deroute de Terre.

3.44 The coast between Cap de Carteret and Cap de Flamanville, 9.5 miles NNW, consists of dunes and sandy beaches, separated by rocky points. Pointe du Rozel, located 6 miles

NNW of Cap de Carteret, is the most notable.

Cap de Flamanville (49°31'N., 1°53'W.), surmounted by the

ruins of a disused signal station, consists of a high, steep cliff.

Cap de Carteret Light

Flamanville Nuclear Power Station
80 Sector 3. France—South Coast—Ile d’Ouessant to Nez de Jobourg 

Pub. 191

The two towers of Flamanville Nuclear Power Station stand

1 mile N of the cape and are very conspicuous from seaward. A

small basin lies close W of these towers. The narrow entrance,

which faces NW, is located at the S end. 

3.44 Bancs de Surtainville, with a least depth of 3.5m, and Le

Caillou, a reef with a least depth of 3.9m, extend about 2 miles

offshore between Cap de Carteret and Cap de Flamanville. 

3.44 Basse Bihard, with a least depth of 2m, lies about 2.6 miles

offshore, 4.8 miles S of Cap de Flamanville.

3.44 Anse de Vauville (49°37'N., 1°55'W.), lying between Cap de

Flamanville and Nez de Jobourg, about 9 miles NNW, is bordered E by a drying bank extending about 0.3 to 0.5 mile offshore. The E shore of the bay consists of a sandy beach backed

by rounded hills covered with vegetation, except near the center, where the sand dunes of Biville can be seen.

3.44 The bay provides shelter during winds from the N through E,

to S. Anchorage can be taken in the SE part about 2.5 miles

NNW of Dielette. The area has depths of 8 to 15m, sand and

gravel, poor holding ground.

3.44 Dielette (49°33'N., 1°52'W.), a small drying harbor, lies in

the S part of the bay, 2 miles NNE of Cap Flamanville. It is

used by small craft and fishing vessels. 

3.44 Caution.—A firing danger area lies within Anse de Vauville

and extends up to 4 miles from the coast. The N limit lies 1.7

miles S of Nez de Jobourg and the S limit lies 3.4 miles N of

Cap de Flamanville.

3.44 A prohibited anchorage area, in which navigation is restricted, lies adjacent to the entrance of the basin fronting the nuclear power station, N of Cap de Flamanville. This area extends

up to 0.6 mile offshore and is marked by buoys.

3.44 Local magnetic anomalies may occur in the vicinity of Dielette.

3.45 Nez de Jobourg (49°41'N., 1°56'W.), a promontory

127m high, is located 3.2 miles S of Cap de la Hague (see paragraph 4.31). fronted by a steep cliff and surmounted by the ruins of an old signal station. 

A prominent radar surveillance station is situated 1.5 miles

NE of this promontory.

A conspicuous chimney, 100m high, and several buildings of

a nuclear reprocessing plant stand on the summit of the high

land, 2.5 miles E of Nez de Jobourg. It is reported that this

chimney can be easily identified on radar when approaching

from the W before the surrounding land appears above the horizon.

3.45 Basses de la Dossiere, a group of below-water and drying

rocks, fronts Nez de Jobourg and extends up to about 1.2 miles

NW. Basse du Rhin, the NW rock, has a depth of 2.2m. 

3.45 Les Huquets de Jobour (49°39'N., 1°57'W.), a reef with below-water and drying rocks, lies centered 1.5 miles S of Nez de

Jobourg and is about 1 mile long. The highest rock of the group

dries 5m and lies on the S side.

3.45 Basses Saint-Gilles, with a least depth of 2.3m, lies about 1.5

miles SSW of Nez de Jobourg and is separated from the W end

of Les Huquets de Jobourg by a passage about 0.5 mile wide.

3.45 Huquets de Vauville, a small group of drying rocks, lies 2

miles SSE of Nez de Jobourg and about 0.3 mile E of the E end

of Les Huquets de Jobourg. The highest rock dries 5.4m.

3.45 Caution.—An area within which diving, anchoring, or fishing are prohibited lies in the N part of Anse de Vauville and extends up to 2 miles S of Nez de Jobourg. 

Nez de Jobourg
Pub. 191

4. The Channel Islands and France—North Coast—The Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur

4.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 4 — CHART INFORMATION
83

Pub. 191

SECTOR 4 

THE CHANNEL ISLANDS AND FRANCE—NORTH COAST—COTENTIN PENINSULA TO 

POINTE DE BARFLEUR

4.0 Plan.—This sector describes the Channel Islands, then the N

coast of the Cotentin Peninsula, including the port of Cherbourg. The descriptive sequence is the island of Jersey; then

the islands of Guernsey, Herm, Sark, Casquets, and Aldernay;

followed by the coast of France N from Nez de Jobourg to Cap

de la Hague; and then E to Pointe de Barfleur.

General Remarks

4.1 The Channel Islands lie to the S of the English Channel in the bight formed by the N coast of Brittany and the W

coast of Normandy. They consist of the four main islands of

Jersey, Guernsey, Alderney, and Sark, with innumerable islets

and rocks, a few of which are sparsely populated. The Channel

Islands are Dependencies of the Crown of the United Kingdom.

4.1 Tides—Currents.—The range of the tide in the bight

formed by the N coast of Brittany and the W coast of Normandy is large, and as the water flows in and out of Baie du

Mont Saint Michel, the tidal currents attain great rates around

the islands and in the wider channels; the currents run particularly strong in the Race of Alderney. 

4.1 Meteorological effects on sea level are probably greater in

the Channel lslands than in localities on the N coast of France. 

4.1 For example, at Saint Helier (49°17'N., 2°07'W.), the height

of the sea level appears to be increased by as much as 0.6m

during strong and long continued W winds, and to be correspondingly decreased during similar NE winds.

4.1 Regulations.—The IMO has issued the following recommendations concerning navigation in the immediate vicinity of

the TSS off Casquets:

1. Subject to factors that may affect safe navigation, vessels proceeding from the W part of the English Channel to

the Dover Strait or vice versa should use the TSS off

Casquets.

2. The Race of Alderney should not be used by vessels

other than those proceeding to and from ports in the Channel

Islands, to and from ports situated on the French coast between Cherbourg and Ouessant, or to and from the inshore

routes in the vicinity of Ouessant.

3. Vessels crossing the E or W traffic flow between the

TSS off Casquets and the Dover Strait TSS should do so as

nearly as practical at right angles. Vessels joining or leaving

these traffic flows should do so at as small an angle as practicable.

4.1 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to tankers transporting hydrocarbons and to vessels transporting dangerous substances navigating in the approaches to the French

coasts of the North Sea, the English Channel, and the Atlantic

Ocean between the Belgian border and Spanish border. Such

vessels preparing to pass through or stop within French territorial waters are required to send a message to the appropriate

CROSS station giving their intended movements. In addition,

such vessels must use the designated Mandatory Access

Routes and Channels when approaching a port or roadstead.

4.1 For further details of these special procedures, see Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

4.1 Regulations—Reporting Systems.—The Jobourg Vessel

Traffic Service (VTS), known as MANCHEREP, is a mandatory reporting system under SOLAS which operates in an area

covering the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) lying off Les

Casquets.

4.1 The operational area is bound by the meridians of 2°58'W

and 2°00'W, and the latitudes of 50°10'N and 49°20'N.

4.1 The following vessels are required to participate in the system:

1. All vessels over 300 grt.

2. All vessels 300 grt and under when either:

a. not under command or at anchor in the TSS or its

Inshore Traffic Zone.

b. restricted in ability to maneuver.

c. having defective navigational aids.

4.1 Vessels should report 2 miles before entering the area to Jobourg Traffic on VHF channel 13.

4.1 Special reporting arrangements can be made on a ship-toship basis subject to approval by Jobourg VTS. If vessels cannot communicate by VHF, they should use any other means of

communication available.

4.1 Reports for MANCHEREP must include the following:

Designator Information Required

A Name, call sign, and IMO number or 

MMSI number

B Date and time

C Position (latitude/longitude) or

D Position (range and bearing from a clearly 

identified landmark)

E True course

F Speed

G Port of departure

I Port of destination and ETA

O Draft

P Cargo and, if dangerous cargo on board, 

IMO quantity and class

Q or R

Defects, damage, and/or deficiencies affecting the structure, cargo, or ship’s equipment or any other circumstances affecting 

normal navigation in accordance with the 

SOLAS and MARPOL conventions
84 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

4.1 Jobourg Traffic broadcasts regular information bulletins at

20 minutes and 50 minutes past every hour. These bulletins

contain details of marine traffic, warnings, and weather.

4.1 The information is broadcast in French and English on VHF

channel 80, preceded by an announcement on VHF channel 16.

4.1 The VTS broadcasts regular weather reports in French at

0700, 1500, and 1900 (French local time). Special reports in

French and English are broadcast at 3 minutes past every hour.

4.1 If required, the VTS can provide personalized information

on a vessel, especially as a aid to positioning.

4.1 Jobourg Traffic Control Center may be contacted by e-mail,

as follows:

4.1 The Ship Movement Reporting System (MAREP) is a voluntary reporting system and its objectives are to assist the mariner, to improve safety of navigation in the English Channel and

Dover Strait, and to reduce the risk of pollution off the coasts

of the United Kingdom and France in this area.

4.1 All merchant vessels of 300 grt and over are requested to report to the appropriate shore station when approaching the following:

1. The TSS off Ile d’Ouessant.

2. The TSS off Casquets.

3. The TSS within the Dover Strait.

4.1 For further details of MAREP, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North

Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

4.1 Vessels in this area are also advised to listen to the appropriate VHF broadcasts by the Channel Navigation and Information Service (CNIS). This service, which is operated from

Dover Strait Coast Guard and CROSSMA Griz Nez, provides

information concerning traffic, navigation, and visibility.

4.1 Note.—Due to the MANCHEREP Vessel Traffic Service

(VTS) being mandatory in this area, vessels are advised that

this system takes preference over the Ship Movement Report

System (MAREP), which is only voluntary.

4.1 Directions—Inshore routes.—A Traffic Separation Scheme

(TSS) lies NW of Casquets. The Inshore Traffic Zone (ITZ) is

designated as the area located between the S boundary of the

TSS and the Channel Islands. It is bounded by lines drawn

from the SW corner of the scheme to Les Hanois Light (SW

Guernsey), from Saint Martin’s Point Light (SE Guernsey) to

the S extremity of Sark, from the E extremity of Sark to Quenard Point (NE extremity of Alderney), and from Quenard

Point to the SE corner of the scheme.

4.1 The general route for vessels making for Guernsey, Jersey,

and the N Brittany coast from the N is either to the W of

Casquets or through the Race of Alderney, which lies between

Cap de la Hague and Alderney.

4.1 The Swinge, between Alderney and the island of Burhou,

can also be used in clear weather and favorable conditions. Ortac Channel, lying W of Burhou (49°44'N., 2°16'W.), is used

less frequently.

4.1 Due to the unevenness of the sea bed and the varying rate of

the tidal currents, heavy overfalls, which can be dangerous, occur in both the Race of Alderney and The Swinge.

4.1 Directions—Offshore routes.—An IMO-adopted Traffic

Separation Scheme (TSS) lies NW of Les Casquets and may

best be seen on the chart. Rule 10 of The International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS) applies

in this scheme. 

4.1 Channel Lightfloat (49°54'N., 2°54'W.), equipped with a

racon, is moored 23 miles WNW of Casquets at the W end of

the TSS.

4.1 East Channel Lighted Buoy (49°52'N., 2°29'W.), equipped

with a racon, is moored about 3 miles WSW of the E end of the

TSS (see Regulations above).

4.1 Caution.—Considerable variations in refraction caused by

atmospheric conditions have been observed in the vicinity of

the Channel Islands.

4.1 The practice of taking regular and careful soundings is very

important when approaching the Channel Islands, or navigating among them in thick weather or at night. Soundings may

give little or no warning on approach to the islands and reefs

which, in general, are steep-to and due to the severe velocity of

the tidal currents, it is possible for a vessel to be set inside of

their boundaries.

4.1 Mariners having a thorough knowledge of the depths should

be able to anchor in sufficient time to avoid endangering their

vessels. They are also cautioned against relying on distant

marks for off-lying dangers, as many of these marks can not be

distinguished in clear weather only. 

4.1 Due to the great range of tide, there is a great difference in

the appearance of the islands and rocks at high and low water. 

4.1 Between the islands there are extensive banks of sand and

gravel, as well as other irregularities in the bottom, which may

be useful in estimating the vessel’s position.

4.1 The Channel Islands lie mainly across the direction of the

strongest currents and both direction and rate are affected by

their presence. 

4.1 The currents are generally rotatory in a counterclockwise rotation, the E current being of shorter duration and greater

strength than the W current; this is particularly noticeable in

the S part of the area. 

4.1 Overfalls and ripples form over submerged rocks and off-lying banks when the tidal current is running strongly; and during periods of poor visibility such indications can be used to an

advantage.

4.1 Fishing activities in the vicinity of Jersey, Les Ecrehou, and

Plateau des Minquiers consist mainly of lobster potting; approximately 40 pots, spread about 18m apart and marked by

unlit spar buoys, are laid near the rocks. 

4.1 Potting boats occasionally work on the edge of Hurd Deep,

N of Alderney, and caution should be used while navigating in

the vicinity.

T Address for provision of information concerning a cargo of dangerous goods

W Number of persons onboard

X

Miscellaneous:

1. Estimated quantity of bunker fuel

and characteristics for vessels carrying

more than 5,000 tons of bunker fuel

2. Navigation conditions

jobourg.mrcc@equipement.gouv.fr

Designator Information Required
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 85

Pub. 191

4.1 A dumping ground area for explosives lies centered about 8

miles NW of Alderney with a disused dumping ground area situated close S of it. The limits of these areas may best be seen

on the chart.

4.1 Another disused dumping ground area, the limits of which

may best be seen on the chart, lies about 8 miles SW of Guernsey.

The Channel Islands

4.2 The Channel Islands, with off-lying islands and rocks,

occupy a large portion of the bight between Ile de Brehat

(48°51'N., 3°00'W.) and Cap de la Hague (49°44'N., 1°56'W.),

about 70 miles NE.

4.2 The Casquets, Burhou, and Alderney lie to the N and form a

chain of islands separated from the coast of France by the Race

of Alderney. Guernsey, with the off-lying islands of Herm and

Sark, lies to the NW; Jersey and Plateau des Minquiers an extensive reef, are located in the middle of the bight.

4.2 The S side of the island of Guernsey is higher than its N side;

whereas, the N side of Jersey is higher than its S side. However, these distinguishing features are not noticeable when first

sighting these islands from a distance from the W. As they are

approached, the low N part of the land on Guernsey, as contrasted with the S slope of the land on Jersey, should prevent

the possibility of either island being mistaken for the other.

4.2 The approaches to the Channel Islands present peculiar difficulties to vessels without local knowledge. Vessels approaching from the W in thick weather should stay in depths of 64m

or more to keep outside of, or W of, Plateau des Roches-Douvres and Guernsey.

4.2 Depths of over 56m lie close W of Guernsey and Casquet

Southwest Bank and, occasionally, small gravel knolls, with

depths of about 38m, may be heaped up on Hurd Deep by the

combined action of gales and tidal currents. In such cases,

these knolls may be distinguished from the larger banks by

their smaller size and the greater depths surrounding them.

4.2 Hurd Deep (49°40'N., 3°00'W.), with depths of over 92m,

extends about 87 miles SW from a position located 12 miles N

of Cap de la Hague. It indicates the approach to the Casquets

from the N or NW. The S edge of this deep lies 4 miles N of the

outermost dangers in the vicinity of the Casquets. 

4.2 An increase in depth from 74m to a depth of 92m, or up to

119m, indicates a position lying NW of Guernsey and somewhere in the W part of Hurd Deep; depths of 128m to over

165m are found only N of the Casquets and in the E part of

Hurd Deep. 

4.2 The bottom of Hurd Deep is unusual for the large patches of

black mud on it, although there is also considerable rocky

ground and other substances. Between this deep and the islands

the bottom has no distinctive character, but consists of rock,

gravel, hard sand, and other coarse materials. 

4.2 To the E of the Channel Islands the depths are a safe guide in

approaching to within a reasonable distance of the French

coast. A line drawn from the E end of Alderney to the E end of

Jersey is nearly parallel to the mainland and about 9 miles distant from it. To the E of this line, the depths decrease gradually

toward the French coast; S of Jersey the numerous reefs make

approach to that coast very dangerous. 

Directions.—When approaching from the SW and passing

W of Guernsey and Casquets, the NW coast of Guernsey

should not be approached within a distance of 3.5 miles, due to

the numerous off-lying shoals. To ensure being clear of the

heavy swell prevalent off this coast, vessels should keep at

least 5 miles to seaward.

4.2 When approaching from S, vessels should pass well to the W

of the buoys marking the W edge of Plateau des Minquiers

(48°58'N., 2°08'W.), as the sea breaks on the edge of this plateau (see paragraph 3.38).

4.2 Passage de la Deroute and Deroute de Terre are two routes

which lead from the Race of Alderney to the S of Plateau des

Minquiers and the Iles Chausey (48°52'N., 1°52'W.), passing E

of Les Ecrehou (49°18'N., 1°56'W.) and Jersey. These channels

are little used because they do not serve any main commercial

route (see paragraph 3.43).

4.2 When approaching from the N through the Race of Alderney

(49°44'N., 2°05'W.) and bound for Saint Helier, Jersey, vessels

should pass 5 miles E of Sark and close W of Banc Desormes

(49°19'N., 2°17'W.). They should then pass W of Banc Desormes and proceed to a position located about 3.5 miles W of

Grosnez Point (49°16'N., 2°12'W.), steering with La Corbiere

Light bearing between 140° and 145°. 

4.2 At night, vessels should remain within the white sector of the

light, which leads between West Rock and Rigdon Bank. They

should then alter course to pass W of Green Rock. 

4.2 The E coast of Jersey can be approached by way of Le Ruau

(49°16'N., 2°03'W.), but due to the strength and erratic direction of the tidal currents, vessels usually prefer to proceed via

the W coast of the island.

4.2 When approaching from the N through the Race of Alderney

and bound for Saint Peter Port, Guernsey, vessels should head

for either Little Russel, the channel leading between Guernsey

and Herm, or Big Russel, the channel leading between Herm

and Sark. Care should be taken to avoid Banc du Milieu

(49°39'N., 2°09'W.) and Banc de la Schole (49°35'N., 2°13'W.)

when using Big Russel.

4.2 When approaching from the N or NW, vessels passing W of

Casquets and bound for Saint Peter Port should shape a course

for either Little Russel or Big Russel, taking care to avoid

Casquet SW Bank.

4.2 The approach to Little Russel in poor visibility can be dangerous and vessels are advised in such a case to pass around the

SW end of Guernsey and approach Saint Peter Port from the S.

4.2 Caution.—The Channel Islands, surrounded by dangers

consisting of numerous rocks and shoals, become more formidable because of the great rise and fall of the tides and the tremendous rates attained by the tidal currents. Gales from the

SW and NW send in the heaviest seas among the islands.

4.2 This is accentuated by the strength of the tidal currents, particularly between 3 hours before and 3 hours after HW by the

shore.

4.2 The off-lying rocks fronting their coasts, the strength and

varying direction of the tidal currents, and the rough seas

caused by the wind and tidal currents during bad weather are

all elements of danger. In the vicinity of and between the Channel Islands there are no special characteristics in the depths or

in the nature of the bottom to assist the mariner when uncertain

of his position. 

4.2 Heavy gales cause considerable temporary changes in the

off-lying sand banks and exposed beaches of the islands; how-
86 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

ever, SW gales pile up large quantities of sand and shingle, and

NE gales wash them away.

Jersey

4.3 Jersey (49°14'N., 2°08'W.), the S and largest island of

the Channel Islands, rises to a height of 125m in its N part. The

land slopes gradually from this height to the S coast. The interior of the island is cultivated in small fields. Trees are mostly

sparsely scattered except in some valleys. The main town is

Saint Helier, situated on the S coast. The best anchorages lie in

Gorey Roads, on the E coast, and Saint Aubin Bay, on the S

coast. 

4.3 Regulations.—All vessels, including small craft, arriving at

Jersey must first call and report at the ports of Saint Helier or

Gorey prior to proceeding to any other harbors, marinas, or anchorages where it is intended to land. 

4.4 Jersey—West coast.—Grosnez Point (49°16'N.,

2°15'W.), the NW extremity of Jersey, is a precipitous bluff,

77m high. The ruins of a castle stand on its summit. Grosnez

Point Light is shown from a white structure standing on the

point. This light structure is difficult to identify, but a conspicuous lookout tower is situated 0.4 mile SW of it.

4.4 Banc Desormes (49°19'N., 2°17'W.), which is rocky, lies off

the NW extremity of Jersey, about 3.8 miles NNW of Grosnez

Point. Northwest Head, the NW extremity of this bank, has a

least depth of 6.7m and is marked by a lighted buoy moored

about 0.7 mile WNW of it.

4.4 Rigdon Bank, with a least depth of 3m near its center, lies

about 2 miles SW of Grosnez Point. West Rock, with a depth

of 10.7m, about 3.8 miles WSW of Grosnez Point, is the outermost danger off the W coast of Jersey.

4.4 Approaching from the W, the spire of Saint Ouen Church at

an elevation of 72m, and the tall spire of Saint Peters Church at

an elevation of 81m, about 2.5 and 3.5 miles, respectively, SE

of Grosnez Point, will be the first landmarks to be sighted. 

4.4 The Quennevais (Quenvais), also known as Blanches

Banques, about 1.5 miles SW of Saint Peters Church, is a considerable area of sand hills, and may easily be identified.

4.4 La Corbiere Light (49°11'N., 2°15'W.) is shown from a

prominent stone tower, 19m high, standing on La Corbiere, a

conspicuous rock located at the SW extremity of Jersey. This

rock lies about 0.3 mile WSW of Corbiere Point, to which it is

connected by a causeway over partly drying ledges. A red aircraft warning light is shown from a concrete structure standing

on the high ground above the cliffs, about 0.5 mile ENE of La

Corbiere. 

4.4 On nearing La Corbiere, a safe distance off the off-lying

dangers can be maintained by keeping the lantern of the

lighthouse in line or below the top of the high land behind it. 

4.4 At night, the red light situated 0.45 mile ENE of La Corbiere, and level with the top of the high land, can be used instead. During the NW gales, especially between HW and threequarter ebb by the shore, vessels should keep at least 1.5 miles

off La Corbiere to avoid breaking seas.

4.4 Great Bank, with a least depth of 7m, lies about 1.8 miles

NW of La Corbiere Light, forming the S part of Saint Ouen

Bay. 

4.4 Green Rock, with a least depth of 3m, lies about 0.7 mile

WNW of La Corbiere, and is the outermost danger located W

of La Corbiere.

4.4 Saint Ouen Bay (49°13'N., 2°15'W.) lies between Corbiere

Point and Petit Etaquerel, 3.5 miles N. It is low, sandy, and

backed by a seawall from which the land rises to a plateau. The

shore of the bay is fronted by drying rocky ledges and belowwater rocks extending up to about 1 mile seaward. The bay

provides good shelter in offshore winds but should not be used

during strong W winds.

4.4 A prominent white hotel and a lookout tower, with a radio

station, stand on Corbiere Point, at the S end of the bay. La

Rocco Tower, 15m high, is situated on a rocky reef lying 0.4

mile offshore, 1.1 miles NNE of Corbiere Point.

La Corbiere

La Corbiere Light

Corbiere Point Lookout Tower
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 87

Pub. 191

4.5 Jersey—South coast.—Point la Moye (49°11'N.,

2°15'W.), about 1 mile ESE of La Corbiere, is a high, cliffy

bluff. Grosse Tete, a prominent square rock, about 24m high,

lies about 0.5 mile farther E.

4.5 Saint Brelade Bay (49°11'N., 2°12'W.), is entered between

Grosse Tete and Point le Fret, about 1 mile ESE. 

4.5 Large vessels may anchor outside the bay, in depths of about

15m, gravel, with La Corbiere Light just open S of Point la

Moye bearing 290°, and the summit of Grosse Tete bearing

336°.

4.5 At night, the colored lights of the airport runways, located

1.2 miles N of the head of Saint Brelade Bay, may be seen.

4.5 Jument Rock, 8m high with a conspicuous white patch, lies

about 0.6 mile WNW of Pointe la Moye and 0.4 mile ESE of

La Corbiere Light.

4.5 A conspicuous weather radar station stands 0.2 mile N of

Pointe la More. The tower, 22m high, is surmounted by a large

white spherical cover.

4.5 Noirmont Point (49°10'N., 2°10'W.) is located 0.8 mile ESE

of Point le Fret. Noirmont Point Light is shown from a tower,

10m high, standing at the foot of the point. A prominent lookout tower stands on the higher ground above the light.

4.5 Caution.—During strong W gales, the entire area between

the off-lying rocks located S of Noirmont Point is a confused

mass of breakers and landmarks at sea level may be obscured

by driving spray. 

4.6 Saint Aubin Bay (49°11'N., 2°08'W.) is entered between Noirmont Point (49°10'N., 2°10'W.) and Point de Pas,

about 2.5 miles ENE. A conspicuous chimney, 95m high and

floodlit at night, stands at a power station, which is situated on

Point de Pas, about 0.3 mile SE of the entrance to Saint Helier.

Four prominent tanks are located close N of the power station.

4.6 Point Le Croc, a low, sandy point, lies about 1.5 miles farther

SE. La Motte, a rocky islet 8m high, lies close S of this point. It

is reported that four conspicuous apartment buildings stand on

Pointe Le Croc.

4.6 Saint Aubin Castle (Fort), located on a large rock lying about

1 mile NNE of Noirmont Point, is conspicuous.

4.6 Saint Aubin (49°11'N., 2°10'W.) (World Port Index No.

36050) lies on the W side of the bay. This small drying harbor

is formed by two piers and its entrance, which faces NE, is

25m wide. It is used by small craft and yachts. Local knowledge is advised.

The W, S, and E approaches to the bay are encumbered by

numerous steep-to dangers, making access to the bay through

the various channels difficult without local knowledge. 

4.6 The bay itself dries at the head and is encumbered with numerous drying and below-water dangers. 

Passage Rock (49°10'N., 2°12'W.), with a least depth of 4m,

lies about 1.5 miles WSW of Noirmont Point and is marked

close W by a lighted buoy.

4.6 Frouquie des Vracheres, with a depth of 2.1m, lies about 1

mile S of Passage Rock. It is the shallowest of a group of rocky

shoals which forms the SW dangers in the approach to the bay.

4.6 Les Grunes Vaudin is an extensive group of rocks, many of

which dry. SW Rock, which dries 2.1m, lies in the middle of

the S edge of the group, about 1 mile S of Noirmont Point.

Danger Rock, with a least depth of 1.2m, lies about 1 mile SE

of Noirmont Point.

4.7 Demie de Pas (49°09'N., 2°06'W.), which dries 6m,

lies about 1.3 miles SW of Point Le Croc at the edge of a group

of rocks fronting the coast. A lighted beacon, 13m high, stands

on this rock. A racon is situated at the beacon.

4.7 Les Tetards is a group of rocks, some awash, lying about 0.8

mile W of Demie de Pas.

4.7 Icho Bank, with a least depth of 5.8m, is a detached rocky

shoal lying about 2.3 miles SSE of Demie de Pas. This shoal

forms the outermost SE danger in the approach. 

4.7 Tides—Currents.—The tides in the bay rise about 9.7m at

springs and 7m at neaps. The range of the tide may be increased by W winds and decreased by NE winds. The E tidal

current along the S coast of Jersey forms a countercurrent in

Saint Aubin Bay and the W current sets NW into the bay.

4.7 Tide rips, which may be very violent and dangerous, are

formed off Noirmont Point with the current setting in either direction. The N tidal current sets across the entrance and into

Saint Helier at a rate of about 3 knots during spring tides and

the S current has a rate 1 knot less.

4.7 Anchorage.—Saint Aubin Bay offers good shelter from offshore winds. The best berths lie NW and W of Diamond Rock,

a 2.1m patch located about 1 mile E of Noirmont Point. This

anchorage area shows general depths of 5m and lies out of the

strength of the tidal current.

4.7 Anchorage berths closer to Saint Helier are available near

Ruaudiere Rock, a drying rock located 1 mile ESE of Noirmont Point. These berths are situated 0.3 mile N, 0.3 mile S,

and 0.4 mile E of the rock, in general depths of 4 to 10m.

4.7 Care should be exercised if anchoring close to, or E of, the

range marking Red and Green Passage, as several submarine

cables are situated in this vicinity.

4.7 Directions.—There are several channels available to vessels

approaching Saint Aubin Bay, all of which require local knowledge. The channels may best be seen on the chart.

4.7 Northwest Passage is the most frequently used channel and

usual sea route for commercial vessels. It is the safest by both

day and night and has a least controlling depth of 4.3m. The

channel leads from the W and passes S of La Corbiere Light,

SSW of Pointe le Fret, and S of Noirmont Pointe Light. The inner part of the fairway is indicated by range lights. The channel

is 0.25 mile wide at its narrowest part, off Point le Fret.

4.7 Western Passage leads from WSW. It passes S of La Corbiere Light, close N of Passage Rock, and joins the inner part

of Northwest Passage, S of Noirmont Pointe Light. This channel is narrow and the aids are difficult to identify in poor visibility. 

4.7 Danger Rock Passage leads from SW and passes close SE of

Les Grunes Vaudin. It is indicated by range marks.

4.7 Sillette Passage leads from S into the W part of the bay and

passes E of Les Grunes Vaudin. It is indicated by range marks

and joins Northwest Passage.

4.7 Red and Green Passage, a shallow channel, leads NNE into

the E part of the bay. Middle Passage leads NNW into the W

part of the bay. These channels are marked by range marks.

4.7 South Passage leads from SSE and passes close E of Les Tetards. It joins Red and Green Passage.

4.7 Eastern Passage leads from SE and passes close SW of Demie de Pas Lighted Beacon. It joins South Passage.

4.7 It is reported that there are depths of over 6m in all the channels at half tide.
88 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

4.7 Caution.—When approaching Saint Helier and Saint Aubin

Bay on the rising tide, between half-flood and HW, vessels

should proceed, according to the their draft, as most rocks have

a least depth of 4m. Exceptions include rocks lying about 0.8

mile S, 1.8 miles SE, and 0.3 mile E of Noirmont Point.

4.7 When navigating the passages mentioned above, particular

attention should be paid to the height of the tide, the strong currents setting across the reefs, and the difficulty in identifying

some of the range marks in poor visibility.

Saint Helier (49°11'N., 2°07'W.)

World Port Index No. 36040

4.8 Saint Helier, located at the E side of Saint Aubin Bay,

is the capital and main port of the island. There are facilities for

general cargo, petroleum products, and passengers.

4.8 The port consists of Saint Helier Harbour, which encloses

Old Harbour, Elizabeth Harbour, and La Collette Harbour.

4.8 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 9.8m at springs and

4m at neaps.

4.8 Depths—Limitations.—Saint Helier Harbour is entered between Albert Pier and Victoria Pier. An extensive marina is situated in its NW part. Old Harbour, which is enclosed by Saint

Helier Harbor, is situated in the NE part and used by fishing

vessels and pleasure craft. North Quay, in the center, provides

153m of berthage with a depth of 5.2m alongside. It can accommodate vessels up to 80m in length and 5m draft.

4.8 Victoria Pier provides 347m of quayage, with depths of 2.2

to 3m alongside. Albert Pier provides 392m of quayage, with

depths of 2.3 to 3.9m alongside. It is used by catamaran and

other passenger vessels.

4.8 La Collette Harbour, with two basins, is located S of Victoria Pier. The N basin is used by yachts. The S basin provides an

oil and LPG terminal. Tankers up to 95m in length and 6.1m

draft can be accommodated.

4.8 Elizabeth Harbour is situated W of Saint Helier Harbour. A

marina lies in the N part. The main commercial basin is entered

between Albert Pier and West Breakwater. There is a ro-ro terminal with two linkspan berths, each 130m long with depths of

6m alongside. Ro-ro ferries up to 130m in length and 5.2m

draft use these facilities on a regular basis.

4.8 The least and controlling depth in the entrance fairway is reported (1999) to be 2.4m.

4.8 Aspect.—Elizabeth Castle stands on the rocks fronting the

harbor and is conspicuous. A causeway, which dries at half

tide, extends 1.2 miles NNE from the castle to the shore of the

bay. Hermitage Rock, 28m high, lies about 0.2mile SSE of the

castle. Hermitage Breakwater extends between the castle and

this rock. It then extends about 0.2 mile SSE from the rock and

provides shelter on the N side of the harbor entrance.

4.8 The harbor entrance channel is indicated by lighted ranges.

The chimney standing on Point de Pas has been previously described in paragraph 4.6. Fort Regent, with a white dome and a

signal mast, is situated 0.4 mile N of the chimney and is prominent. A swimming pool stands in the vicinity of the fort. Its

concave roof is conspicuous on the skyline. 

4.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 50 grt and

over. Vessels should send an ETA and request for pilotage

through Jersey coastal radio station. Pilots can be contacted by

VHF and are available 24 hours. Pilots board vessels approaching from W about 1 mile W of Noirmont Point Light

(49°10'N., 2°10'W.) and vessels approaching from E about 0.4

mile S of Demie de Pas Lighted Beacon (49°09'00.0''N.,

2°06'08.4''W.).

4.8 Regulations.—Vessels over 25m in length should obtain

permission from Port Control before entering, leaving, or berthing.

4.8 Inbound vessels must report to the Port Control on VHF

channel 14 when passing the following reporting points:

1. Abeam of Corbiere Light (49°11'N., 2°15'W.) (Inbound or transiting the area state position and confirm ETA

at berth or that vessel is leaving the area).

2. Abeam of Noirmont Point Light (49°10'N., 2°10'W.)

(Inbound request clearance and berthing instructions).

3. Abeam Demie de Pas Lighted Beacon (49°09'N.,

2°06'W.) (Inbound from S or E request clearance and berthing instructions).

4. Abeam Violet Lighted Buoy (49°08'N., 1°57'W.) (Inbound or transiting the area via Eastern Passage state position and confirm ETA at berth or that vessel is leaving the

area).

4.8 The port of Saint Helier may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

4.8 A speed limit of 5 knots is in effect within the port

4.8 Signals.—Traffic signals are displayed from port control,

situated at the head of Victoria Pier, as follows:

1. A green occulting or flashing light indicates vessels

may enter but not leave the harbor.

2. A red occulting or flashing light indicates vessels may

leave but not enter the harbor.

3. Green and red occulting or flashing lights indicate no

vessels may enter or leave the harbor unless instructed by radio to do so. 

4. An amber quick flashing light indicates vessels under

power and 25m or less in length may enter or leave the harPort of Saint Helier Home Page

http://www.jersey-harbours.com

Saint Helier

harbourmaster@jersey-harbours.com
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 89

Pub. 191

bor contrary to the light signal shown at the time. Such vessels must keep to the starboard side while passing between

the pier heads.

4.8 Anchorage.—Vessels are prohibited from anchoring in any

place other than that indicated by the harbormaster. 

4.8 Caution.—The most dangerous period for a vessel to enter

the harbor is from 2 hours 30 minutes before HW until the time

of HW, due to the N tidal current, which, at or near spring

tides, runs strongly. 

4.8 In strong winds large vessels are advised to wait until after

HW before entering. Reclamation years ago caused a reverse to

the normal direction of the tidal current across the entrance to

the harbor.

4.8 It is reported that the port control (VHF channel 14) has a

limited range of only about 8 miles.

4.9 Jersey—South coast (continued).—Violet Bank is

the general name of the reefs lying SE of the low coast between

Point de Pas, close S of Saint Helier, and La Rocque Point

(49°10'N., 2°02'W.), the SE extremity of Jersey. 

4.9 The bank dries as far as La Conchiere, a rock, 1.8m high and

marked by a beacon, about 2 miles SE of La Rocque Point.

Depths of less than 5.5m over foul ground extend nearly 1.8

miles E of La Conchiere.

4.9 Icho Tower, 16m high, stands 1.3 miles SW of La Rocque

Point and is conspicuous. The upper half of this tower is whitewashed and it is situated on a rock surrounded by other high

rocks. 

4.9 Seymour Tower, located about 1 mile ESE of La Rocque

Point, is a stone tower, 16m high, with its E, S, and W sides

painted white. At HW, this tower is completely isolated, differing in this respect from Icho Tower.

4.9 Plateau de la Frouquie consists of numerous submerged and

drying rocks. Canger Rock, which dies 3.4m, and La Goubiniere, which dries 5.3m, lie near the W end of the plateau, 3.2

miles SSE of La Rocque Point, and are marked on their NW

side by a lighted buoy. Froquier Aubert lies on the SW side of

the plateau. It dries 8.2m and is marked by a lighted buoy.

4.9 Monte Ube Light (49°00'N., 2°04'W.) (rear range) is shown

from a framework tower, 14m high, standing 1.2 miles W of La

Rocque Point. 

Petite Anquette (49°09'N., 1°56'W.), a rock drying 6.4m,

lies about 2.5 miles E of La Conchiere, and about 1 mile E of

the E extremity of Violet Bank. A rocky patch, with a depth of

4.3m, lies about 0.3 mile W of Petite Anquette. 

4.9 Seal Rocks, some drying up to 1.5m, extend to about 0.3

mile NW of Petite Anquette.

4.9 Grande Anquette, a rock drying 8.5m and marked by a beacon, lies about 0.8 mile E of Petite Anquette, and N of Plateau

de l’Arconie.

4.9 Violet Channel, with general depths of 6.7 to 11.6m, passes

S and E of Violet Bank, N of Plateau de la Frouquie, and W of

Petite Anquette and Seal Rocks. 

4.9 A buoy is moored about 1.5 miles WSW of Grande Anquette. 

4.9 Caution.—When navigating in Violet Channel, vessels

should pay close attention to the set of the tidal currents which

change direction hour by hour.

4.10 North coast of Jersey.—The coast between Grosnez

Point (49°16'N., 2°15'W.) and La Coupe Point, 9 miles ESE, is

high and cliffy. Below-water and drying rocks extend up to 0.6

mile from the shore in places.

4.10 Grosnez Point and Banc Desorme were previously described

with the W coast of Jersey in paragraph 4.4. Les Dirrouilles, 4

miles N of La Coupe Point, is described in paragraph 3.41.

4.10 Pierres de Lecq ou Paternosters (49°17'N., 2°12'W.), an

extensive group of rocks, lies centered about 2.5 miles NE of

Grosnez Point. Great Rock, 10m high, is located near the center of the group. It is the tallest and most prominent rock.

4.10 Flat Rock, which dries 10.4m, and Southwest Grune, with a

depth of 0.3m, lie about 0.5 mile, respectively, WSW and SSW,

of Great Rock. La Grun de Lecq, which dries 0.9m, lies about

0.5 mile SSE of Great Rock. 

4.10 On the N side of the group, North Rock, which dries 9m, and

East Reef, which dries 2.4m, lie about 0.5 mile, respectively,

NNW and NNE of Great Rock. Northwest Reef, awash, lies

about 0.9 mile WNW of Great Rock.

4.10 Plemont Deep separates Pierres de Lecq ou Paternosters

from the N coast of the island.

4.10 Plemont Point (49°16'N., 2°14'W.) is located 0.8 mile E of

Grosnez Point. It is surmounted by a conspicuous hotel. Another conspicuous hotel and a martello tower stand 1.3 miles SE of

the point, at the head of a small bay.

4.10 Sorel Point (49°16'N., 2°09'W.) is located 2.7 miles E of

Plemont Point. A light is shown from a round tower, 3m high,

standing on this point.

4.10 A prominent television tower, the top of which has an elevation of 232m, stands 1.2 miles ESE of the light.

4.10 Belle Houge Point (49°15'N., 2°06'W.), fringed by rocks, is

the highest headland on the N coast. A conspicuous hotel

stands near the head of Bouley Bay, 1.3 miles SE of the point.

4.10 Tour de Rozel lies 2 miles ESE of Belle Houge Point and is

detached from the shore at HW. This conical whitewashed rock

is 37m high and prominent.

4.10 A conspicuous house, with a red roof, stands 0.5 mile SW of

Tour de Rozel, at the E side of Bouley Bay. A conspicuous

building, with a turret surmounted by a green conical roof, is

situated at the extremity of Nez du Guet, a bluff, 0.4 mile SE of

Tour de Rozel. 

4.10 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken, in a depth of about

15m, gravel, about 1 mile NW of Tour de Rozel. 

4.10 Anchorage can also be taken closer inshore, in depths of 7 to

9m about 0.8 mile W of Tour de Rozel, in Bouley Bay. 

4.10 Anchorage, sheltered from S and W winds, can be taken, in

depths of 10 to 12m, sand and gravel, about 0. 4 mile offshore,

0.6 mile W of Belle Houge Point.

4.10 Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 15m, about 0.4 mile

offshore, 1.2 miles WSW of Sorel Point Light.

4.10 Caution.—Dangerous wrecks, positions doubtful, are reported to lie about 1 mile NW of Tour de Rozel and at the E

side of Pierres de Lecq ou Paternosters, about 1.7 miles N of

Sorel Point Light. 

4.11 East coast of Jersey.—La Coupe Point (49°14'N.,

2°01'W.), the NE extremity of Jersey, is a 33m high knoll connected to the mainland by a lower neck of land; a white stone

turret stands on its summit.
90 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

4.11 It is reported (1995) that the turret is difficult to identify, but

the hill on which it stands can be easily distinguished.

4.11 Coupe Rock, with a depth of 2.7m, lies about 0.5 mile E of

La Coupe Point.

4.11 Saint Catherine Bay (49°13'N., 2°01'W.) lies between

Verclut Point, located 0.6 mile SSE of La Coupe Point, and La

Crete Point, 0.9 mile S. A breakwater extends about 0.4 mile

ESE from Verclut Point. A light is shown from a framework

structure, 9m high, standing on the head of this breakwater.

4.11 Saint Catherine Bank, consisting of mud and drying rocks,

extends up to about 0.9 mile seaward from the middle part of

the bay.

4.11 Archirondel Tower stands on the shore of the bay, 0.3 mile

NNW of La Crete Point, and is prominent.

4.11 Mont Orgueil Castle stands 0.6 mile S of La Crete Point and

is conspicuous. It is situated on a rocky promontory at an elevation of 64m. 

4.11 Equerriere Rock, about 0.3 mile SE of the castle, dries

11.6m and is marked by a beacon.

4.11 Gorey (49°12'N., 2°01'W.), a small harbor, lies at the N end

of Grouville Bay. It is formed by a pier extending SW from the

foot of Mont Orgueil Castle. The harbor dries and is used by

pleasure craft and, in summer, small ferries. The approach

channel is indicated by a lighted range. Local knowledge is required. 

4.11 Grouville Bay extends between Mont Orgueil Castle and La

Rocque Point. Its shore consists of white sand backed by a seawall. A sandy bank, the S part of which has numerous rocks,

encumbers the bay and extends up to about 1.3 miles seaward.

The outer dangers are marked by beacons and buoys. 

4.11 Banc du Chateau extends for about 2 miles in a NNW to SSE

direction, seaward of Grouville Bay, and is awash in its middle

part. The bank is formed of sand, gravel, and shells, and is

much affected by the weather and tidal currents; the shallower

part, within a limited space, is continually shifting and during

W winds, the ridges of the sand banks are about 1.2m higher

than with E winds.

4.11 Anchorage.—Outer Road, the roadstead for Gorey, lies between Banc du Chateau and the coastal bank W. The roadstead

provides safe anchorage for vessels, in depths of 9 to 15m,

gravel and shells, about 1 mile ESE of Mont Orgueile Castle.

4.11 Large vessels can anchor E of Banc du Chateau, in depths of

18m, about 2.5 miles E of Mont Orgueil Castle. Another berth,

in a depth of 21m, lies about 0.9 mile ENE of the head of the

breakwater extending from Verclut Point, but clear of the disused cables.

4.11 Caution.—A submarine power cable extends seaward from

the S part of Saint Catherine Bay and several disused submarine cables extend seaward from the shore, 0.3 mile NE of Verclut Point.

Guernsey, Herm, and Sark

4.12 The islands of Guernsey, Herm, and Sark, with their

adjacent dangers, form the W of the three groups that comprise

the Channel Islands. Little Russel, a narrow channel, separates

the NE part of Guernsey from Herm, and is restricted by the

reefs and dangers extending from, and lying off, both islands.

4.12 Guernsey and Herm, with their adjacent dangers, lie on a

common bank; they are separated from Sark, which lies on a

similar bank, by Big Russel, a deep passage. 

4.12 All the islands in this group are fringed by extensive dangers,

and numerous detached dangers are interspersed within the

30m curve. It has been reported that the island of Guernsey is

radar conspicuous.

4.12 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory except for those vessels

exempted by law. The pilotage zone consists of an area bound

by a line joining the following:

1. Saint Martin’s Point (49°25'N., 2°32'W.).

2. Lower Heads Lighted Buoy (49°26'N., 2°28'W.).

3. Southeast coast of Herm.

4. Grande Amfroque (49°31'N., 2°25'W.).

5. Grandes Brayes (49°31'N., 2°30'W.).

6. Fort le Plomb (49°30'N., 2°31'W.).

4.12 Vessels should inform Saint Peter Port coast radio station on

VHF channel 20 of their confirmed ETA at least 3 hours before

arrival. Vessels should report to Port Control or Pilots on VHF

channel 12 when approaching the pilotage zone. 

4.12 Pilot boats are stationed at Saint Peter Port and Saint Sampson. Pilot boarding positions are dependent on the weather and

are made by arrangement with the pilots. Pilots normally board

in position 49°25.0'N, 2°29.2'W or in position 49°30.8'N,

2°27.7'W. If the pilot is unable to board due to rough weather,

the pilot boat will lead the vessel to the destination.

4.12 Vessels over 15m in length should contact Port Control prior

to entering or leaving the harbor.

4.12 The output power of VHF channel 12 is restricted to only

cover the pilotage zone. If difficulty is experienced in contacting Port Control, vessels may send messages through Saint Peter Port coast radio station on VHF or MF.

4.12 Caution.—In thick weather, vessels coming from the W

should not approach Guernsey within a depth of 70m unless

certain of their position. Allowance should be made for the

strong tidal currents setting toward the island.

4.12 The dangers lying off the N coast of Guernsey are located

close to the coastal shelf and soundings may give little warning

of their locations.

Guernsey

4.13 Guernsey is highest along its S coast, with a ridge rising steeply to a height of nearly 75m at its W end above Pleinmont Point, then declining in the form of a wedge toward the

N. The W coast of Guernsey has more verdure and appears of a

deeper shade than Jersey. 

4.13 Saint Peter Port, the only town and principal harbor, and

Saint Sampson, which dries, lie on the E side of the island. The

only anchorage for large vessels is E of Saint Peter Port.

Mont Orgueil Castle
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 91

Pub. 191

4.14 Guernsey—West coast.—The W coast of the island

extends between L’Eree Point (49°28'N., 2°39'W.), the NW extremity, and Pleinmont Point, 2 miles SSW. It is fronted by numerous detached rocks and dangers, which lie up to 2 miles

offshore.

4.14 Lihou Island, fringed by reefs, is 23m high and lies 0.4 mile

WNW of L’Eree Point. This island is conspicuous and its summit rises at the W end. A prominent rock stands near the middle of the island. Fort Saumarez, a prominent disused lookout

tower, surmounts a hillock standing on L’Eree Point.

4.14 Les Hanois (49°26'N., 2°42'W.), a group of above and below-water rocks, extends up to about 1.8 miles W of Pleinmont

Point, the SW extremity of the island. Les Hanois Light is

shown from a conspicuous tower, 33m high with a helicopter

platform, standing on a rock 1.2 miles W of Pleinmont Point.

The light structure is reported to be radar conspicuous.

4.14 A prominent radio mast stands on the high ground, close

within Pleinmont Point. Torteval church, with a prominent

round tower and high spire, stands 1.2 miles E of the point. 

4.14 Fort Grey, with a white prominent tower, stands close offshore, 0.9 mile NE of Pleinmont Point. It is 20m high and connected to the shore by a causeway. 

4.15 Guernsey—North coast.—The N coast of the island

extends between Pleinmont Point and Fort Doyle (49°30'N.,

2°30'W.), the NE extremity. It is low and consists of numerous

bays bordered by rocky points, which are marked by old forts

or towers. These small bays afford shelter from offshore winds

to small vessels with local knowledge.

4.15 The belfry of Saint Matthew (49°28'N., 2°36'W.) and the

spire of Vale Church, about 2.5 miles NE, are conspicuous.

4.15 Fort Le Plomb stands on a headland, 0.5 mile WNW of Fort

Doyle. L’Ancresse Bay is entered close W of this point and

provides shelter to small craft during winds between SE and

WSW.

4.15 Caution.—The N side of the island should not be approached within a distance of 5 miles as the entire coast is encumbered by extensive foul ground and numerous off-lying

dangers, which may best be seen on the chart. 

4.15 The outermost dangers consist of several detached steep-to

shoal patches and rocks, with depths of 9 to 20m, on which the

sea breaks heavily.

4.15 A firing range extends about 1.3 miles N and 1.5 miles NE of

Fort le Plomb. Vessels should keep clear of the danger area

when red flags are displayed from the fort.

4.16 Guernsey—South coast.—The S coast of the island

extends between Pleinmont Point and Saint Martin’s Point, 6

miles E. It is high and cliffy. Hautnez, 103m high, the highest

part of the island, lies about 4 miles E of Pleinmont Point. Conspicuous disused lookout towers stand near the S shore, 0.4

mile and 2.1 miles E of Pleinmont Point.

4.16 Several dangers front this stretch of coast and lie up to 0.8

mile offshore.

4.16 Saint Martins Point (49°25'N., 2°32'W.), the SE extremity

of Guernsey, is backed by high land on which there are conspicuous barracks. Doyle’s Column, a conspicuous square

graite tower, stands at an elevation of 118m, about 0.5 mile

NNW of the point.

4.16 Saint Martin’s Point Light is shown from a concrete building, 5m high with a flat roof, standing on a rocky spur below

Saint Martin’s Point.

4.16 Caution.—An explosives dumping area, which may best be

seen on the chart, lies centered 8 miles SSW of Pleinmont

Point. 

4.17 Guernsey—East coast.—The E side of the island includes Herm and the adjacent dangers. The E coast of Guernsey has a gradual downward slope from Saint Martins Point to

close N of Saint Peter Port, 2.4 miles N. The land then continues low with a few small hills toward Fort Doyle. The entire

stretch of coast is fringed by numerous dangers. 

4.17 The Great Bank (49°26'N., 2°31'W.) lies with its S end located about 0.5 mile ENE of Saint Martin’s Point. It has a least

depth of 4m and consists of sand and shells. This bank extends

about 2 miles NNE and lies nearly parallel to the S part of the

E coast. A passage, with general depths of 34 to 47m, separates

The Great Bank from the dangers fronting the coast and has a

minimum width of about 0.3 mile.

4.17 Little Russel, the N approach channel to Saint Peter Port,

leads between the coastal dangers and those adjacent to Herm.

This channel has depths of 2.1 to 13.4m. The recommended

courses leading through the passage have a least depth of 5.2m

but pass close to lesser depths.

Beaucette Yacht Marina, formed from a disused quarry, is

situated 0.2 mile S of Fort Doyle. The entrance fairway is indicated by a lighted range.

 Vale Mill, a conspicuous tower, stands 0.9 mile SSW of Fort

Doyle and is the tallest object on NE part of the island. Belvedere House, a large conspicuous building, is situated 1.6 miles N

of Saint Martin’s Point.

Platte Fougere (49°31'N., 2°29'W.), a reef which dries 4m,

lies 0.9 mile NE of Fort Doyle. It is located at the W side of

Little Russel and is the outermost danger fronting the NE extremity of the island. Platte Fougere Light is shown from a

prominent tower, 25m high, standing on this reef. A racon is

situated at the light. 

4.17 Petite Canupe, which dries 3.4m, is one of the principal

rocks of a group of dangers fronting the E side of Fort Doyle. It

lies about 0.6 mile S of Platte Fougere and is marked by a lighted beacon. 

4.17 Platte, a drying rock, lies 0.6 mile offshore, about 1.3 miles

SSE of Fort Doyle. A light is shown from a stone tower, 9m

high, standing on this rock.

4.17 Roustel, a reef which dries, lies 0.5 mile ENE of Platte and is

marked by a lighted beacon.

Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents off the E side of

Guernsey are very strong. In the vicinity of Saint Martin’s

Les Hanois Light
92 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

Point they set in the same direction at a rate of 3 knots during

spring tides. Close E of Saint Martins Point the currents divide;

one part sets N over The Great Bank through Little Russel, and

the other part sets NE, past and between the rocks lying S of

Jethou, and through Big Russel.

4.17 The S and SW currents passing through Little Russel and

Big Russel also meet E of Saint Martins Point. In the narrowest

part of Little Russel these currents attain a rate of 5 knots during spring tides.

4.18 Herm (49°28'N., 2°27'W.) lies 2 miles E of Guernsey.

This island, along with the surrounding rocks, divides Little

Russel from Big Russel. A conspicuous stone obelisk stands at

the N end of the island. The smaller island of Jethou lies 0.5

mile SW of the S end of Herm.

4.18 Several small but high islets, numerous above and below-water rocks, and a number of areas of extensive foul ground surround both these islands. 

4.18 The southernmost dangers are Lower Heads, which dry

1.2m, and Sardriere, a rock with a depth of 1.5m, lying 0.3 mile

ESE. These dangers lie about 1.5 miles SSW of Jethou and are

marked close S by a lighted buoy.

4.18 Fourquies of Big Russel, a drying rock, lies about 0.6 mile

SE of the SW extremity of Herm. This rock forms the southeasternmost danger and is marked close N by a lighted buoy.

4.18 Noire Pute, 2m high, lies about 1 mile E of the E extremity

of Herm. It forms the easternmost danger and is marked by a

light.

4.18 Grande Amfroque (49°31'N., 2°25'W.), lying about 2 miles

NE of the N extremity of Herm, is the outermost above-water

rock in this vicinity. It has two peaks; the tallest is 17m high

and is marked by two beacons.

4.18 Bonne Grune, a rock with a depth of 3.4m, lies 1 mile ENE

of Grande Amfroque and is the NE danger off Herm. Platte

Boue, a small group of shallow rocks, forms the northernmost

danger off Herm and lie about 0.8 mile NNW of Grande Amfroque.

4.18 Tautenay, a drying reef, is located 1.1 miles N of the N extremity of Herm. It lies at the E side of Little Russel and is

marked by a lighted beacon.

4.18 Brehon Tower (49°28'N., 2°29'W.), round and 17m high,

stands in the middle of a partly drying reef, 1.3 miles WSW of

the NE extremity of Herm. It is conspicuous and marked by a

light.

Directions.—Saint Peter Port and Saint Sampson can be approached from the N through Little Russel, the entrance of

which lies E of Platte Fougere. Vessels can pass either E or W

of Roustel. This channel, however, can be very dangerous due

to strong tidal currents and the numerous above and below-water rocks in its vicinity. During poor visibility, vessels are recommended to pass W of Guernsey and approach from the S. 

4.18 From S of Saint Martin’s Point, the route leads generally N,

passing between The Great Bank and the E coast of the island.

Alternatively, vessels may pass between The Great Bank and

the dangers fronting the SW side of Jethou.

4.19 Saint Sampson (49°29'N., 2°31'W.) (World Port Index No. 35990), a small harbor protected by a breakwater, is

used by coasters.

4.19 Depths—Limitation.—The harbor and the approach channel dry. The entrance channel, which has a width of 36m, has

depths of 7.3m at MHWS and 4.9 to 5.2m at MHWN. There is

about 500m of total quayage. There are facilities for general

cargo, tanker, and LPG vessels. Generally, coasters up to 76m

in length and 4.6m draft can be accommodated. It is reported

(1999) that a vessel 76m in length with a draft of 6.1m entered

at HW.

4.19 Aspect.—A lighted range indicates the entrance fairway.

Vale Castle stands near the shore, 0.2 mile N of the harbor entrance.

4.19 Three conspicuous chimneys stand close N of the harbor and

a group of prominent storage tanks are situated along the shore

on the S side of the harbor. 

4.19 Pilotage.—See paragraph 4.12 for further information. The

harbor can be contacted on VHF channel 12; however, all marine communications should be routed via Saint Peter Port

(Port Control).

4.19 Signals.—A red light is shown from the pier when vessels

are prohibited from entering or leaving the harbor. A flashing

orange light is shown when the commercial berths will be occupied during the next tide.

4.19 Caution.—Tidal currents set across the harbor entrance

making the approach difficult.

4.19 An area being reclaimed lies close S of the harbor entrance. 

Saint Peter Port (49°27'N., 2°32'W.)

World Port Index No. 36000

4.20 Saint Peter Port, an artificial harbor, is the only deepwater harbor on the island. The S side is formed by Castle Pier,

which extends 0.3 mile ENE to Castle Cornet. Castle Breakwater then extends 0.1 mile NE from Castle Cornet. The N side is

formed by Saint Julian’s Pier, extending E from the shore, and

White Rock Pier continuing SSE.

4.20 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 9.3 m at HWS and 7m

at HWN. The tidal currents in Great Road reach a rate of less

than 1 knot. Tidal eddies may form at times, close inshore off

the port.

4.20 Depths—Limitations.—Two small marinas lie in the SW

part of the harbor. A large marina, protected by breakwaters, is

situated on the N side of Saint Julian’s Pier. Facilities for fishing craft are situated in the inner part of the harbor.

4.20 New Jetty extends from the N side of the harbor and provides the main commercial berths. There are facilities for general cargo, container, and ro-ro vessels; automobile ferries;

wave-piercing catamarans; and hydrofoils. There is about

600m of total quayage, with berths up to 140m long. Depths

alongside range from drying to 7m. The harbor entrance has a

controlling depth of 4.2m. Vessels up to 130m in length may

enter the port, with up to 8.9m draft at HWS and 6.7m at

HWN.

4.20 Aspect.—Castle Cornet, a conspicuous castle with a flagstaff and its SE bastion painted white, stands on the S side of

the harbor, about 0.3 mile offshore.

 Saint Peter Port Home Page

http://www.guernseyharbours.gov.gg
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 93

Pub. 191

4.20 Victoria Tower stands on the high ground overlooking the

town. It is conspicuous and is situated about 0.7 mile W of the

harbor entrance. A television mast stands close SSW of the

tower. Elizabeth College, a large building with four spires,

stands close SSE of the tower and is prominent.

4.20 Saint Joseph’s Church, with a conspicuous green copper

spire, stands 0.2 mile SSW of Victoria Tower. Of the numerous

churches in the town, this church has the highest elevation and

is situated W of the range marking the harbor entrance fairway.

4.20 Castle Breakwater Light is shown from a prominent tower,

12m high, standing on the head of Castle Breakwater. Belvedere Light is shown from a structure, 4m high, standing close to

the shore, about 0.5 mile SW of the head of Castle Breakwater.

4.20 Pilotage.—See paragraph 4.12 for further information.

4.20 Signals.—Traffic signals are displayed from a signal station

situated on the head of White Rock Pier. 

4.20 When a red light is displayed, vessels are prohibited from

entering or leaving the harbor. A supplementary red light is exhibited towards the land from the SW corner of the building on

New Jetty, for the benefit of vessels berthed W of this jetty.

This light is exhibited when vessels may not leave their berths

or moorings.

4.20 The local authorities may permit a particular vessel to enter

the harbor or leave a berth or mooring while the above signal

lights are exhibited. Vessels may not enter or leave the harbor

or shift berth without obtaining permission from Port Control

through Saint Peter Port radio station. Vessels under 13m in

length, except those under sail, are exempt.

4.20 Anchorage.—Great Road fronts the harbor entrance.

4.20 Anchorage is prohibited in a circular area, with about a 0.25

mile radius, centered about 0.3 mile E of the head of White

Rock Pier; this area is kept clear for vessels entering or leaving

the port. The best anchorage for large vessels is about 0.55

mile ENE and 0.55 mile ESE of the harbor entrance. Small

vessels may anchor about 0.4 mile or 0.65 mile NE of the head

of Castle Breakwater. 

4.20 The holding ground is good, and Great Road affords shelter

from SSW, through W, to N winds, but strong winds from NNE

to SE cause much sea, and at such times vessels should seek

shelter under the lee of Herm, anchoring with Brehon Tower in

line bearing 018° with Roustel Light, distant 0.4 to 0.7 mile.

Winds between SE and SSW send in considerable swell and

sea, especially with a falling tide, and smoother and better conditions will be found NE of Herm.

4.20 Caution.—A range indicating the channel in Little Russel is

formed by the structures of Belvedere Light and Castle Breakwater Light. It is reported that this range is difficult to distinguish in the afternoon light or in hazy conditions.

4.20 High speed craft (catamarans and hydrofoils) may be encountered in the approaches to the port.

Sark

4.21 Sark (49°26'N., 2°22'W.) has a rocky coast line rising

steeply to a plateau. The small island of Brecqhou lies close off

the W extremity. Little Sark, the S part of the island, is almost

separated from the main part by a narrow and high isthmus.

The shores of the island are indented by numerous small bays

and coves. Numerous rocks and small islets front the island and

close approach is only possible on the NW side.

4.21 Bec du Nez (49°27'N., 2°22'W.) is the northernmost of a

group of rocky islets lying on a reef, which extends about 0.2

mile NNW from the N extremity of Sark. A light is shown

from a structure, 1m high, standing on Corbee du Nez, a rock

lying close S of it.

4.21 A conspicuous tower stands on the N extremity of the island.

4.21 Point Robert (49°26'N., 2°21'W.), a rugged point, is located

on the E coast of Sark, about 1.3 miles SE of Bec du Nez, and

is fronted by rocks. Point Robert Light is shown from a prominent tower, 17m high, standing on this point.

4.21 L’Etac, a prominent islet, lies 0.4 mile SE of the S extremity

of Little Sark. A conspicuous barracks block stands in the SE

part of Little Sark. La Givaude, a prominent rock 11m high,

lies about 0.2 mile W of the W extremity of Brecqhou.

4.21 Sark Mill, a disused mill, stands near the middle of the island, about 0.7 mile WSW of Point Robert. It surmounts the

summit of Sark and is conspicuous. A prominent radio mast,

30m high, stands about 0.3 mile ENE of Sark Mill.

4.21 Pilcher Monument is situated on the W side of the island,

about 0.5 mile WSW of Sark Mill. It stands on the N side of

Longue Point and is conspicuous.

4.21 La Maseline Harbour, the main landing place of the island,

lies 0.2 mile S of Point Robert. It is separated from Creux Harbour by a steep and rugged bluff. A jetty extends 45m from the

shore at the S end of the harbor and has depths of 0.2 to 5.1m

alongside its W side. Local knowledge is required.

4.21 Creux Harbour, which dries at MLWS, is located 0.4 mile S

of Point Robert. It is protected by stone piers and used by local

ferries and small craft. Local knowledge is required.

4.22 Blanchard (49°26'N., 2°18'W.), with a least depth of

1.4m, lies about 1.9 miles ESE of Point Robert. This rock

forms the outermost danger in this vicinity is marked by a

lighted buoy moored about 0.5 mile ESE of it.

4.22 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in the immediate vicinity of the Sark group are irregular and strong. Their set is

largely governed by the configuration of the land. In the passages on either side of the group, the currents in general, are

regular and set in the direction of the passage. 

4.22 There is an eddy off the NE coast of Sark during the whole

period of the NE current in Big Russel. 

4.22 This eddy extends about 2 miles offshore but not right up to

it, and decreases in width as the distance from the coast increases.

4.22 Information regarding the rates of the currents and eddies

around Sark is limited, but they are probably strong and erratic

Point Robert Light
94 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

in places, particularly off salient points and where the coast

changes direction.

4.22 There are numerous overfalls off the S and E coasts of Sark,

some of which can be dangerous to small craft, especially near

spring tides.

4.22 Anchorage.—Sark affords good shelter from almost all

winds, but a close approach to the island on all but the NW

coast is difficult due to the many detached dangers and rocks,

and also from the rapidity and irregularities of the tidal currents

in its vicinity.

4.22 Anchorages, in depths of about 25m, fine sand and gravel,

are found between Pavlaison and La Grande Boue, which dries

0.8m and is the outermost of the group of rocks lying to the E

of Bec du Nez. These anchorages lie about 0.6 mile E of the N

extremity of Sark and can only be used in good weather, with

winds from between WSW and S.

4.22 The best deep-water anchorage, with a depth of 15m, is

found about 0.7 mile SW of Bec du Nez and 0.4 mile N of the

E end of Brecqhou. 

Big Russel

4.23 Big Russel (49°27'N., 2°25'W.) leads between the

outermost dangers lying E of Herm and Jethou and the outermost dangers lying NW of the Sark group. This channel is

about 2 miles wide and easy to access. It has general depths of

37 to 44m, but several detached rocky patches, with depths of

10 to 16m, lie near the S entrance. Grode Bank, with a least

depth of 15m, lies near mid-channel, about 1.2 miles W of the

W extremity of Brecqhou.

4.23 Banc de la Schole (49°35'N., 2°14'W.) lies about 9 miles

NE of Sark. This shoal has a least depth of 2.7m at its W side

and general depths of 4.9 to 19m, fine gravel, sand, and shells.

The bank lies nearly in the direct line between Big Russel and

the Race of Alderney. In bad weather, the sea breaks dangerously on all parts of the shoal. 

4.23 Caution.—An area of sand waves, with a least depth of

9.4m, lies centered about 2 miles NW of Bec du Nez. The uneven bottom in this area and the tidal currents cause heavy ripples and dangerous seas in bad weather.

Casquets and Alderney

4.24 Casquets and Alderney, with the island of Burhou,

and their adjacent islets and dangers, comprise the N group of

the Channel Islands. The Race of Alderney separates Alderney,

the easternmost island, from Cap de la Hague. Ortac Channel

and The Swinge, two deep passages rendered somewhat hazardous by the strong tidal currents, lead through this group. 

4.24 Ortac Channel, the W channel, leads between the detached

dangers lying E of Casquets and the dangers lying W of

Burhou, the middle island of the group. The Swinge leads between Alderney and Burhou. 

4.24 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents in the vicinity of the

Casquets and Alderney, and in the Race of Alderney, are particularly strong. About 3 miles N of the Casquets the E and W

currents attain a rate of about 4 knots during spring tides. 

4.24 Alderney and the Casquets lie partly across the direction of

the tidal currents when they set at their greatest rate. 

4.24 At such times, countercurrents are formed on the opposite

side of the islands. Within The Swinge the tidal currents are reported to attain a rate of 7 to 8 knots during spring tides. In Ortac Channel, a rate of 7 knots was observed during spring tides.

Casquets

4.25 Casquets (49°43'N., 2°23'W.), a prominent and extensive group of islets and rocks, lies 5.5 miles W of Alderney.

Three towers are situated on the largest islet, which is 27m

high. Casquets Light is shown from the NW and tallest of the

three towers, which is 23m high. A racon is situated at the

light.

4.25 L’Auquiere, 13m high, and Noire Roque, 4m high and craggy, are two rocks lying about 0.2 mile W and 0.3 mile WSW,

respectively, of the light.

4.25 Point Colotte, 10m high, lies about 0.3 mile E of the light. It

is the easternmost of six detached rocks. The tidal currents run

very strongly through the narrow gullies that separate these

rocks. The S side of the group is steep-to.

Eight Fathom Ledge (49°43'N., 2°24'W.), a steep-to rocky

ledge, lies about 0.9 mile WNW of Casquets Light and has a

depth of 14.6m. This ledge causes violent eddies and during

strong winds the sea breaks on it.

4.25 Pommier Banks consist of two groups of submerged rocks.

The westernmost group has a least depth of 4m and lies about

1.5 miles NE of Casquets Light. The easternmost group has a

least depth of 9m and lies about 0.7 mile farther NE.

4.25 Danger Rocks, formed by two rocky pinnacles, has a least

depth of 6.4m. These rocks lie close together about 2.3 miles

ENE of Casquets Light. They should be approached with care

as depths less than charted may exist in this vicinity.

4.25 Casquet SW Bank is composed of fine gravel, sand, and

shells. It has a least depth of 7.3m and lies centered about 4.5

miles SSW of Casquet Light. Casquet SSW Bank has a least

depth of 20m and lies about 2 miles S of Casquet Light. There

are strong overfalls on the former bank and in the middle of the

latter bank.

4.25 Casquet SSE Bank has a least depth of 7.3m and lies centered about 3.6 miles SSE of Casquet Light.

4.25 Caution.—Approaching Casquets is hazardous during poor

visibility due to the strong tidal currents in their vicinity. Vessels should never approach with the tidal current.

Burhou

4.26 Burhou (49°44'N., 2°15'W.), a grassy islet with rocky

shores, has its summit, 21m high, located near the W end. This

islet is the home of numerous seabirds during the breeding season. A refuge hut, with a prominent rock close W of it, stands

Casquets Light
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 95

Pub. 191

on the S coast.

 North Rock, with a depth of 3.4m, lies about 0.3 mile S of

the E extremity of the island. 

4.26 Little Burhou, an islet 13m high, lies close WSW of Burhou,

to which it is connected at LW.

4.26 Ortac, a conspicuous rounded rock, 22m high, lies about 1.3

miles WSW of Burhou; a ledge, with a least depth of about

3.7m, lies about 0.2 mile W of Ortac.

4.26 Renonquet, an islet 8.8m high, with White Rock, 4.9m high

and close ENE, lies about 0.8 mile WNW of Burhou.

4.26 Verte-Tete, a two-headed rock, is 8m high and lies about 0.3

mile WNW of Renonquet. 

Great Nanne, 15m high, lies about 0.3 mile N of the E extremity of Burhou. It is the largest of several above-water rocks

standing on Nannels Reef. L’Emprove, a reef, awash, lies about

0.3 mile N of this rock.

4.26 Directions.—The main route for vessels transiting from Jersey or Guernsey leads either W of Casquets or through the

Race of Alderney. The Swinge leads between Alderney and

Burhou. Ortac Channel, passing W of Burhou, is less frequently used. Local knowledge is advised for these two passages.

4.27 Ortac Channel (49°44'N., 2°18'W.) is bound on the

W side by L’Equet, Danger Rocks, and Pommier Banks. It is

bound on the E side by the Verte-Tete, Renonquet, Ortac, and

the other reefs extending W from Burhou.

Dasher Rock, with a depth of 12.2m, lies in the middle of the

channel, about 0.6 mile E of Danger Rocks. This rock may be

passed on either side, although the fairway to the E is preferred.

Speedy Rock, with a depth of 10.4m, lies in the N part of the

channel, about 0.5 mile NNW of Verte-Tete.

4.27 The Swinge (49°43'N., 2°15'W.) is the passage leading between the dangers fronting the E side of Burhou and those

fronting the W side of Alderney. It should only be used in clear

weather and in favorable conditions. 

4.27 The swift tidal currents cause much broken water even in the

calmest weather. When strong winds oppose the tidal currents,

overfalls extend nearly across the passage. 

4.27 South Rock, with a depth of 4.9m, lies on the SE side of The

Swinge, and nearly 1 mile S of the E extremity of Burhou. A

9.4m rocky head, and Hope Rock, with a depth of 8.5m, lie

about 0.3 mile SW and 0.2 mile S, respectively, of South Rock.

4.27 Pierre au Vraic, a drying rock, lies in the fairway of The

Swinge, about 2 miles WSW of the SW extremity of Alderney. 

4.27 Richards Rock, with a depth of 8.5m, lies about 0.8 mile

ESE of Pierre au Vraic.

Alderney

4.28 Alderney (49°43'N., 2°12'W.) is about 3.2 miles long

and 1.2 miles wide. Le Rond But, the highest part of the island,

is located on a plateau near the S coast. The W and S shores of

the island consist of high precipitous cliffs, broken by narrow

valleys, and are fronted by rocks. Low hills on the N and E

coasts slope down to bays of sand and gravel, separated by

rocky points. The majority of these bays are inaccessible due to

the off-lying dangers. There are few trees and these only grow

in the valleys N of Saint Anne, the main town, which is situated

near the middle of the island.

Alderney Harbour, with the village of Braye at its head, lies

on the N side and is the only port.

Quenard Point (49°44'N., 2°10'W.), the NE extremity of

the island, is surmounted by a fort. Alderney Light is shown

from prominent round tower, 32m high, standing about 0.2

mile W of this point.

Chateau a L’Etoc Point, marked by a light and surmounted

by a fort, is located miles 0.7 mile WNW of Quenard Point. A

prominent concrete blockhouse stands on a hill about 0.2 mile

SW of Alderney Light.

Houmet Herbe lies close offshore, about 0.2 mile SSE of

Quenard Point. This rocky islet is surmounted by a fort and

joined to the shore by a group of drying rocks. A group of

rocks, some of which dry, extend 0.4 mile SE from the fort.

4.28 Essex Castle stands at an elevation of 62m about 1 mile SW

of Quenard Point. The castle is situated on the SW side of

Longy Bay and its seaward wall is painted white. A prominent

television tower stands at an elevation of 90m about 0.5 mile W

of this castle. 

4.28 A church, with a conspicuous spire, stands in the town of

Saint Anne, about 1 mile W of Essex Castle. A water tower and

a framework tower, both prominent, stand about 0.2 mile W

and 0.2 mile SE, respectively, of the church spire.

4.28 Longy Bay, which dries, lies 0.7 mile SW of Quenard Point.

Raz Island lies in the entrance of the bay and is connected to

the shore by drying rocks and a causeway, which is covered at

HW. A fort stands on this island. 

4.28 Old Telegraph Tower, 6m high, stands at an elevation of 84m

near the SW end of the island.

4.28 Roque Tourgis Fort surmounts a point located 1 mile NW of

the W extremity of the island. Between this fort and the W extremity the coast is cliffy and fringed by a ledge. Fort Clonque

stands on this rocky ledge and is connected to the shore by a

causeway, which covers at HW. Clonque Rock, 10m high, lies

close NW of the fort and is conspicuous.

4.28 Les Etacs, a group of rocks, lies about 0.5 mile WNW of the

SW extremity of Alderney. The westernmost and tallest rock is

37m high.

4.28 Orbouee Rock, 0.3m high, lies about 0.6 mile SW of the SW

extremity of the island. The Noires Putes, a group of rocks, lies

centered about 0.8 mile S of the SW extremity. The S rock is

14m high and the easternmost is 19m high.

Alderney Light
96 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

4.28 Bonit, a rock which dries 0.6m, lies about 1.2 miles WSW of

Essex Castle and about 0.5 mile offshore.

4.28 The Ledge, a shoal with a depth of 4m, lies about 0.5 mile N

of Quenard Point.

4.28 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor about 0.2 mile SE of La

Tchue, a small rocky bay, lying about 1.2 miles SW of Quenard

Point. This anchorage has depths of 14 to 18m and is sheltered

from W to NNE winds. 

4.28 Vessels can also anchor off Longy Bay, about 0.3 mile S of

Raz Island. This anchorage has a depth of 21m, gravel, and is

sheltered from N and NW winds. However, it is more exposed

to the tidal currents than the anchorage off La Tchue.

4.28 Caution.—Surveys of the SE coast of Alderney are reported

to be incomplete and uncharted shoals may exist. 

Inner Race Rock and Race Rock, both with depths of 5.5m,

lie about 1.5 and 2 miles SE, respectively, of Alderney Light.

4.28 Blanchard Rock, with a least depth of 3.7m, lies at E end of a

small bank, about 1mile E of Alderney Light.

4.28 Alderney South Banks, with a least depth of 11m, is a group

of several small sandbanks lying centered about 1.8 miles SE

of the SW extremity of the island. Heavy overfalls occur in the

vicinity of these banks during both E and W tidal currents. 

4.29 Alderney Harbour (Braye) (49°43'N., 2°12'W.)

(World Port Index No. 35980), a small commercial port, is situated about midway along the N coast of the island. There are

extensive facilities in the harbor for local small craft and

yachts. The village of Braye stands at the head of the harbor.

4.29 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 6.3m at MHWS and

4.7m at MHWN with an average current of 11 knots.

4.29 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is formed by a breakwater, which extends 0.5 mile NE from the shore. The submerged ruins of the outer part of this breakwater extend about

0.3 mile farther NE.

4.29 The value of the harbor as a refuge is reduced by the partial

destruction of the breakwater, and the harbor cannot be considered as affording a safe anchorage to vessels of even moderate

size in all weather.

4.29 The present visible head of the breakwater ends so abruptly

that it appears to be the actual end of the breakwater. Vessels

rounding it without paying strict attention to the ranges and directions run the risk of grounding on the submerged extension.

The W current, especially during spring tides, sets strongly

across the harbor entrance and directly onto the submerged

portion of the breakwater for about 9 hours. Great care, particularly at night, is required.

4.29 The harbor is approached from NE. A fairway leads from

close inside the breakwater head to the two commercial berths

at Brave Jetty, in the SW corner of the harbor. It is 55m wide

and has a least depth of 4.3m.

4.29 No. 1 Berth is 61m long and has depths alongside of 1.7 to

3.1m. No. 2 Berth is 56m long and has a depths alongside of

3.1 to 5.6m. Vessels up to 85m in length and 5m draft can be

accommodated. 

4.29 Vessels should note that the jetty wall is not vertical, and that

some vessels should maintain separation from the wall, especially during periods of high winds, and accompanying seas.

4.29 Aspect.—The approach channel leading between the off-lying dangers is indicated by a lighted range.

4.29 Fort Albert stands on the summit of a hill at the E side of the

harbor and is prominent.

4.29 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all commercial vessels over 60 grt. The pilot boards small vessels about 1 mile NE

of the breakwater; large vessels are boarded about 3 miles NE

of the breakwater.

4.29 Vessels should send an ETA message at least 24 hours prior

to arrival including their length and draft. The harbormaster

may be contacted at Alderney Radio on VHF channels 16 and

74 as follows: 

(a) Monday through Friday from 0800 to 1700 (October

to March).

(b) Seven days a week from 0800 to 1700 (April and

September).

(c) Seven days a week from 0800 to 2000 (May to

August).

4.29 Saint Peter Port Radio can relay message traffic outside of

these hours.

4.29 Caution.—Vessels should not attempt to enter the harbor at

night without local knowledge due to the strong tidal currents.

The Race of Alderney

4.30 The Race of Alderney (Raz Blanchard), the strait between Alderney and the coast of France in the vicinity of Cap

de la Hague, derives its name from the great rates attained by

the tidal currents through it. The bottom is rocky throughout

the race. 

4.30 A bank, with a depth of 16.5m, lies about 3 miles WSW of

Cap de la Hague. This bank should be avoided because it causes strong overfalls and the sea occasionally breaks on it. Several shoal patches, with depths of less than 20m, lie within 2

miles W of the bank.

4.30 The fairway of the race is about 4 miles wide between Race

Rock and the above-mentioned bank.

4.30 Basse du Milieu (49°39'N., 2°09'W.), a detached rock with a

least depth of 14m, lies about 4.5 miles S of the E extremity of

Alderney. During strong tidal currents, this rock is marked by

overfalls or breakers and there is always a ripple over it.

4.30 Tides—Currents.—In the Race of Alderney, the tidal currents attain rates of up to 5.5 knots during spring tides in midchannel; the rates in other parts are subject to considerable

variation. 

4.30 For instance, about 1 mile W of La Foraine Beacon

(49°42.9'N., 1°58.7'W.), the maximum currents occur during

spring tides when the flood and ebb attain velocities of 10 and

7 knots, respectively. 

4.30 In heavy weather, when the wind is blowing against the current, the sea breaks in all parts of the race, and there are heavy

overfalls above the submerged rocks and banks.

4.30 Directions.—Approaching from the N through the Race of

Alderney and bound for Guernsey, proceed through the fairway

and shape course for either Big Russel or Little Russel. 

4.30 After passing through the Race, due allowance should be

made for the tidal current which will then be running mainly

across the course to be steered; care should be taken to avoid

Basse du Milieu and Banc de la Schole.

4.30 The IMO has issued a recommendation stating that the Race

of Alderney should not be used by vessels other than those proceeding to and from ports in the Channel Islands, to and from

ports situated on the French coast between Cherbourg and
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 97

Pub. 191

Ouessant, or to and from the inshore routes in the vicinity of

Ouessant. For further information, see General Remarks in

paragraph 4.1.

North Coast of France—Nez de Jobourg to Cherbourg

4.31 Cap de la Hague (49°44'N., 1°56'W.), a low point

fronted by drying rocks, is located 3.2 miles N of Nez de Jobourg (see paragraph 3.45). Dangers extend up to about 0.8

mile seaward on the N side and about 1.5 miles on the W side

of the cape. A signal station, consisting of a white tower and a

dwelling, stands on the N extremity.

Cap de la Hague Light is shown from a tower, 51m high,

standing on Gros du Raz, a large rock lying about 0.5 mile

WSW of Cap de la Hague.

4.31 La Plate Lighted Beacon, 19m high, is formed by a prominent tower situated on a drying rock, about 0.5 mile NE of Cap

de la Hague.

4.31 La Foraine, a drying rock, lies about 0.8 mile WSW of Cap

de la Hague Light and is the outermost danger in this vicinity.

This rock is marked close SW by a buoy, which may be occasionally submerged.

4.31 Anse Calgrain (Baie d’Ecalgrain), lying 2 miles S of the

cape, provides temporary anchorage with offshore winds to

vessels waiting for favorable conditions to cross the Race of

Alderney. Anchorage can be taken, in depths of 5 to 9m, sand

and gravel. Local knowledge is advised.

4.31 Goury, a small harbor, lies 0.8 mile SSW of the cape and is

protected by a breakwater. This harbor dries and is only used

by local small craft. Rocks front the entrance channel, which is

indicated by a lighted range. 

Aspect.—The approach to Cap de la Hague is very dangerous, especially at certain hours when the tidal currents flow towards the many dangers bordering the cape.

When approaching Cap de la Hague from the W, after having

identified Casquets and Alderney, vessels will first sight the

high land terminating SW in the promontory of Nez de Jobourg. A radar surveillance station is situated 1.5 miles NE of

this promontory.

4.31 About 2.5 miles E of Nez de Jobourg, the hills are dominated

by a conspicuous chimney, 100m high, standing at a nuclear reprocessing plant. It is reported that this chimney can be easily

identified on radar, when approaching from the W, before the

surrounding land appears above the horizon. 

4.31 The structure of Cap de la Hague Light is prominent but not

conspicuous against the background of the land.

4.31 For details of landmarks situated S of Nez de Jobourg, see

paragraph 3.45. 

4.31 In fog, Fosse de la Hague, with depths of 70 to 105m, gives

an indication of the approach to the cape. This deep area lies

centered about 2.5 miles N of Cap de la Hague and its S edge is

located only about 1 mile N of the outermost dangers.

4.32 The coast between Cap de la Hague and Pointe de

Querqueville 10.5 miles ESE, is high, sloping gradually to the

shore. The tidal currents are very strong, and when the wind is

against the current a high steep sea occurs.

4.32 Basse du Houffet, with depths of 10m, lies about 1 mile E of

La Plate Lighted Beacon. This shoal is dangerous because of

the high seas caused by the tidal currents over it.

4.32 Pointe de Jardeheu is located 3.4 miles E of Cap de la

Hague. A conspicuous disused signal station stands close within the point. Dangerous rocks extend up to 1 mile offshore between the cape and this point. Basse Brefort, with a depth of

0.9m, lies about 0.5 mile N of the point. This shoal, marked

close N by a lighted buoy, is the northernmost danger in this vicinity. 

Anse de Saint-Martin is entered close W of Pointe de Jardeheu. This bay affords anchorage, in depths of 6 to 9m, sand and

mud, good holding ground, sheltered from SE to WSW winds,

but is dangerous with strong winds from NW through E. A

rock, awash, lies in the middle of the entrance to the bay. Local

knowledge is advised.

4.32 Omonville-la-Rogue, a small harbor, is situated about 1 mile

SE of Pointe de Jardeheu and protected by a breakwater. It

partly dries and is used by local small craft awaiting favorable

conditions for passing through the Race of Alderney.

4.32 Raz de Bannes, a group of drying and below-water rocks, extends up to about 0.7 mile offshore, 4.5 miles ESE of Pointe de

Jardeheu. A beacon tower, 8m high, stands on the largest rock.

4.32 Pointe de Querqueville (49°40'N., 1°41'W.) is located close

W of the port of Cherbourg. Fort de Querqueville stands 0.2

mile SE of the point. Plateau de Nacqueville, a sandy bank

with a least depth of 9.4m, lies about 0.8 mile NNW of the

point.

4.32 Tides—Currents.—Offshore tidal currents run with great

strength, particularly off Cap de la Hague, where they attain a

rate of about 7 knots, and off Pointe de Barfleur they attain a

Cap de la Hague

Cap de la Hague Light
98 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

rate of about 5 knots in each direction. Midway between these

points they attain a rate of about 3 knots. In general, the currents off the coast of the peninsula are rectilinear, and with the

wind against the current, a heavy sea is raised.

4.32 About 1.5 miles N of Pointe de Jardeheu, the E current attains a velocity of 4 knots at springs, while the W current attains a velocity of 5 knots. Between Cap de la Hague and

Cherbourg, an eddy runs W close inshore during the latter part

of the E offshore current.

Cherbourg (49°39'N., 1°38'W.)

World Port Index No. 35950

4.33 The port of Cherbourg is both a naval and a commercial port. It is an important port of call for passenger vessels in

the transatlantic service. The outer roadstead provides a deep

and well-sheltered anchorage. There are also extensive facilities for fishing vessels and pleasure craft.

4.33 The port consists of Grande Rade, an outer roadstead, and

Petite Rade, an inner anchorage area. Grande Rade is protected

by three breakwaters. The W breakwater, Dique de Querqueville, extends 0.7 mile ENE from a point on the shore located close SE of Fort Querqueville. The N breakwater, Dique

Centrale, is about 2 miles long and detached. The E breakwater, Dique de l’Est, is about 1 mile long and extends N and NW

from the shore. Its S end covers at HW.

4.33 Petite Rade, enclosed by Grande Rade, is protected on the W

side by a breakwater, Digue du Homet, and on the E side by a

jetty, Jetee des Flamands. Port Militaire lies on the W side and

Port de Commerce lies on the E side. Basins used by small

craft, yachts, and fishing vessels lie on the SW side.

4.33 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 6.4m at springs and 5m

at neaps.

4.33 About 3 miles N of Digue Centrale, the E current begins 3

hours 30 minutes before HW and the W current begins 2 hours

15 minutes after HW. Both currents attain a maximum velocity

of about 3 knots at springs. Closer to the breakwater the currents start earlier and their rates decrease. 

4.33 Slack water in the entrances generally coincides with HW. In

Passe de l’Ouest, the flood tide current attains a velocity of

about 2 knots at springs. It enters and tends to flow toward

Digue Centrale. The ebb tide current flows out toward Digue

de Querqueville. 

4.33 In Passe de l’Est, the flood tide current attains a velocity of

about 1 knot at springs. It enters and flows toward Ile Pelee.

The ebb tide current flows more or less on the axis of the pass,

with a tendency to run toward Digue Centrale.

4.33 In Grande Rade, when the current is running against the

wind, a heavy chop may be formed, which effects the transit of

small craft.

4.33 Depths—Limitations.—Passe de l’Ouest, the deepest and

most frequently used entrance to Grande Rade, lies between

the head of Digue de Querqueville and Fort de l’Ouest. It has

depths of 9.1 to 12m. A fairway channel, dredged to a controlling depth of 11m, leads though the E side of the pass.

4.33 An obstruction, with a least depth of 10.1m, lies about 0.4

mile ENE of the head of Digue de Querqueville near the W

limit of the entrance fairway. Below-water rocks front the W

end of Digue Centrale, near the E limit of the entrance fairway,

and are marked by a lighted buoy.

4.33 It should be noted that Passe de l’Ouest is a Mandatory Access Route for hydrocarbon carriers over 1,600 grt. (See Regulations.)

4.33 Passe de l’Est, the secondary entrance, lies between Fort de

l’Est and Fort de l’Ile Pelee. It has a least depth of 4.3m and is

not recommended for use at night. 

4.33 La Truiye, a shoal with a least depth of 0.7m, and Roches du

NW, a shoal with a least depth of 3.4m, lie about 0.2 mile NW

and 0.4 mile NNW, respectively, of Fort de l’Ile Pelee. These

two dangers lie on the E side of Passe de l’Est and are marked

by lighted buoys.

4.33 Vessels up to 350,000 dwt, 350m in length, 50m beam, and

12m draft can enter the port at HW.

4.33 Berths.—Darse Transatlantique, a basin, lies on the S side of

Petite Rade and can be entered by a channel dredged to a depth

of 11m.

4.33 Quai de France, on the W side of the basin, is 620m long and

has a depth of 13m alongside. It has an ocean cruise terminal. 

4.33 Quai de Normandie, on the E side of the basin, is 500m long

and has a depth of 11m alongside.

4.33 Darse des Mielles, another basin, is situated E of Darse

Transatlantique. Quai de Mielles, at the E side of the basin, is

400m long and has a depth of 4m alongside.

4.33 Quai des Flamands, a container terminal, is situated N of

Quai de Mielles. It is 360m long and has a depth of 13m alongside.

Fort de Querqueville

 Port of Cherbourg Home Page

http://www.port-cherbourg.com

Cherbourg from SE
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 99

Pub. 191

4.33 There are five ro-ro ferry berths, with depths of 6 to 11m

alongside, situated in the vicinity of Darse des Mielles and

Darse Transatlantique. Daily ro-ro ferry services run between

the ports of Poole, Portsmouth, Dublin, Rossiare, and Cork.

4.33 A turning basin, dredged to a depth of 11m, lies close within

Petite Rade. It is marked by two sets of lighted ranges, which

may best be seen on the chart. 

4.33 Port de Chantereyne, a yacht basin, lies in the SW corner of

Petite Rade. Avant-Port du Commerce, a narrow basin lying S

of Port de Chantereyne, has depths up to 2.5m. It is used by

fishing vessels and small craft. Bassin du Commerce, a wet

dock, is entered from Avant-Port du Commerce via a dock gate

and provides 1,000m of berthage. Vessels up to 110m length,

15m beam, and 3.8m draft can enter.

4.33 A tanker berth is situated on the S side of Diego de Querqueville. It can be used by vessels up to 180m in length and

9.1m draft. Vessels are moored, heading W, with an anchor out

and the stern made fast to a mooring buoy.

4.33 The naval port and dockyard, Port Militaire, is situated along

the W side of Petite Rade. Five berths located along the S side

of Digue de Homet are available to commercial vessels. Requests should be sent to the naval authorities at least 48 hours

in advance.

4.33 Three main drydocks, for commercial vessels, are situated

within the port. The largest is 206.4m long and 25.7m wide.

4.33 Aspect.—Cherbourg is dominated to the S by a high cliff,

which is steep on its W side. A number of white quarries lie on

its E side. Fort du Roule stands on the summit of this cliff,

about 1.5 miles S of the entrance to Petite Rade.

4.33 Prominent water towers stand about 0.5 mile SW and 1 mile

SE of Fort du Roule. A conspicuous television mast is situated

about 2.5 miles ESE of Fort du Roule. This mast is reported to

be usually the first landmark sighted on the skyline when approaching from N.

4.33 Cherbourg Approach CH1 Lighted Buoy is moored about

3.3 miles NNW of the head of Digue de Querqueville.

4.33 Fort de Querqueville (see paragraph 4.32) stands near the

root of Digue de Querqueville; Fort de Chavagnac stands close

within the head of this breakwater, on the W side of the harbor.

A light is shown from a column, 7m high, standing on the head

of Digue de Querqueville.

4.33 Fort de l’Ouest stands at the W end of Digue Centrale. A

light is shown from a structure, 9m high, standing on this fort.

Fort Central, marked by a light, stands at the center of this

breakwater; Fort de l’Est is situated at the E end. A light is

shown from a pylon, 9m high, standing on Fort de l’Est.

Fort du Roule

Fort de Chavagnac

Fort de l’Ouest

Fort Central

Fort de l’Est
100 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

4.33 Fort de l’Ile Pelee stands at the NW end of Digue de l’Est.

Ile Pelee, a drying flat of bare rock, extends about 0.5 mile NE

from this breakwater. It is marked by two beacon towers and is

bordered by a shallow bank. A light is shown from a pedestal,

8m high, standing on Fort de l’Ile Pelee.

4.33 Fort du Homet stands near the root of Digue du Homet and

Fort des Flamands stands near the root of Jetee des Flamands.

4.33 The town and harbor are reported to be radar prominent.

4.33 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 50m

in length and for vessels engaged in towing where the overall

length of the tow is greater than 50m. The compulsory pilotage

area extends within a radius of 7 miles seaward of Fort de

l’Ouest.

4.33 Vessels should send an ETA and a request for pilotage 12

hours in advance. The message must include their name, type,

characteristics, ETA, draft, and the number of tugs required.

4.33 Vessels should then contact Vigie de Homet (Homet Coast

Guard) 2 hours before arrival on VHF channel 16 or 12 and

then confirm their ETA 1 hour prior to arrival.

4.33 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 12 or 16 and generally board 0.4 mile NW of Lighted Buoy CH1 in position

49°43.6'N, 1°42.5'W. In bad weather, the pilot will assist using

VHF until it is safe to board in the shelter of Dique Centrale. 

4.33 Cherbourg pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

4.33 Deep-sea pilots.—Vessels should send a request for deepsea pilotage 48 hours in advance to Cherbourg (Pilotage Hauturier Cherbourg) through a French coastal radio station. The

message should include name, draft, destination, pilot boarding

position, and ETA.

4.33 Vessels should then confirm their ETA, as follows:

1. By telex to Pilotage Hauturier Cherbourg 24 hours

prior to arrival.

2. On VHF channel 13 to Jobourg Traffic (VTS

Casquets TSS) 4 hours prior to arrival.

3. On VHF channel 16 to Vigie de Homet (Homet Coast

Guard) 2 hours prior to arrival.

4.33 Vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 16 after giving the last confirmation. All amendments to ETA of more than 2 hours should be reported at least

6 hours before arrival.

4.33 Pilots may be provided by launch or helicopter.

4.33 Vessels must embark deep-sea pilots from launches in the

North Waiting Area, about 3 miles N of Fort de l’Ouest.

4.33 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo must embark deep-sea pilots from launches in a position 7 miles N of

Fort de l’Ouest, and, in all cases, not less than 7 miles off the

coast.

4.33 Vessels embarking pilots by helicopter must send a request

for pilotage 48 hours in advance to Cherbourg (Pilotage Hauturier Cherbourg) through a French coastal radio station. The

message should include vessel name, type, and characteristics;

nature of service (deep-sea pilot to board by helicopter); ETA

at pilot boarding position; confirmation that VHF equipment is

in working order; and confirmation that full landing, restricted,

or winching area is available.

4.33 Vessels should confirm their ETA to Pilot Hauturier Cherbourg 24 hours prior to arrival and to Jobourg Traffic 4 hours

prior to arrival on VHF channel 13. .

4.33 Jobourg Traffic (VTS Casquets TSS) will confirm the pilot

transfer authorization for embarkation or disembarkation.

4.33 When Jobourg Traffic announces the take-off of the helicopter, vessels should transmit a locked key homing signal on 410

kHz. The helicopter pilot will establish contact on VHF channel 16 or 11 in order to receive relative wind details.

4.33 Pilots board by helicopter in the following positions:

1. Point A—13 miles N of Cap de la Hague (pilots

boarding eastbound vessels). 

2. Point B—10 miles N of Cap Levi (pilots boarding

eastbound vessels).

3. Point C—5 miles N of Cap Levi (pilots boarding eastbound vessels except those carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo).

4. Point D—32 miles N of Cap Levi (pilots disembarking from westbound vessels). 

4.33 Regulations.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) reporting

system has been established in the approaches to Cherbourg

and is compulsory for vessels over 1,600 grt carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo.

4.33 Such vessels must report to the Centre Operations de Marine

(COM), Cherbourg giving an ETA at least 24 hours prior to arrival at CH1 Lighted Buoy and sending a confirmation 6 hours

before arrival. They must also maintain VHF contact with the

VTS Center until berthed.

4.33 Before entering French territorial waters, such vessels must

report any damage to their propulsion equipment to Vigie du

Homet (Homet Coast Guard) at Cherbourg.

4.33 Vigie du Homet (Homet Coast Guard) broadcasts priority

vessels movements and traffic restrictions on VHF channel 16.

4.33 The North Waiting Area, centered 3 miles N of Fort de

l’Ouest, is reserved for vessels with a draft of 10m or greater,

or vessels of 1,600 gross tons or more, and for vessels not

bound to or from Cherbourg.

4.33 The South Waiting Area, centered 1.75 miles NNE of Fort de

l’Ouest, is reserved for vessels with a draft of less than 10m or

a gross tonnage of less than 3,000 (600 for oil tankers), bound

to or from the port of Cherbourg.

4.33 The following regulations apply to vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo bound for Cherbourg:

1. Vessels must approach and leave the port within the

sector 325° and 037° from Fort de l’Ouest to reach the South

Waiting Area. 

2. Vessels must have a pilot embarked when S of the

South Waiting Area. 

Fort de l’Ile Pelee

cherbourg.pilot@wanadoo.fr
Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 101

Pub. 191

3. Vessels must use Passe de l’Ouest (Mandatory Access

Channel).

4. Vessels reporting any defects in their propulsion

equipment, steering machinery, anchoring gear, or radar

must remain outside 7 miles from the French coast unless expressly exempted by the Administrator of Marine Affairs,

Cherbourg. 

4.33 Speed limits of 14 knots within Grande Rade and 8 knots

within Petite Rade are in force.

4.33 Naval vessels have priority in selecting anchorage berths. 

4.33 Entry into Port Militaire, without authorization, is prohibited

by all vessels and boats. 

4.33 Vessels and boats, other than French government craft, are

prohibited from stopping or anchoring within 100m of naval

vessels moored in the roadstead. 

4.33 Signals.—When international signals are shown from the

Homet Coast Guard station prohibiting entry or departure by

Passe de l’Ouest, vessels should keep a listening watch on

VHF channel 12. 

4.33 Anchorage.—The only areas outside the breakwater in

which vessels are permitted to anchor are the two Waiting Areas. The North Waiting Area lies centered about 3.5 miles N of

Fort de l’Ouest. It has depths of 47 to 51m and may best be

seen on the chart. The South Waiting Area lies centered about

2.5 miles N of Fort de l’Ouest. It has depths of 25 to 45m and

may best be seen on the chart. (See Pilotage and Regulations.)

4.33 The principal anchorage in Grande Rade for large vessels

has depths of 10 to 12m. The berth lies about 0.5 mile SE of

Fort de l’Ouest and is indicated by ranges, which may best be

seen on the chart. Small vessels may anchor farther E in depths

of 5 to 8m, sand and mud.

4.33 Anchorage is prohibited within areas, which may best be

seen on the chart, lying close S of the breakwaters, in the approaches to the entrances, in both Passe de l’Ouest and Passe

de l’Est, and in the turning area of Petite Rade.

4.33 Directions.—Large vessels approaching from E should stay

N of a line extending 060° from the CH1 Lighted Buoy

(49°43'N., 1°42'W.) until E of the meridian of Cape Levi

(49°42'N., 1°28'W.).

4.33 The general approach route leads in a SE direction to the

Waiting Areas from NW of Cherbourg Approach CH1 Lighted

Buoy.

4.33 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo must use

the Cherbourg Approach Channel, which leads within the sector between 325° and 037° from Fort de l’Ouest (49°41'N.,

1°39'W.) (See Regulations.).

4.33 A recommended route, formed by a 1,000m wide zone, leads

in a S direction from the W side of the Waiting Areas. Its central axis, course 177°, is indicated on the chart.

4.33 An entrance channel leads in a SE direction from the S end

of the recommended route, about 1 mile NW of Fort de

l’Ouest, through the E part of Passe de l’Ouest. The fairway,

which is marked by lighted ranges and a directional light, may

best be seen on the chart.

4.33 A channel, marked by a lighted range, leads in a S direction

through Passe de l’Est and may best be seen on the chart. Passe

de l’Est, between Fort de l’Est and Fort de l’Ile Pelee, is not

recommended at night. 

4.33 Caution.—High speed craft may be encountered in the approaches to the port.

4.33 An area, within which diving is prohibited, lies centered 2.3

miles N of CH1 Lighted Buoy. It has a radius of 0.5 mile and

may best be seen on the chart.

4.33 Diving without prior permission is prohibited within an area,

with a radius of 0.5 mile, centered on a wreck, with a depth of

31m, lying about 4.9 miles NNE of the W end of Digue Centrale, the N breakwater.

4.33 Explosives dumping grounds, with a radius of 0.1 mile, lie

centered 1.2 miles NNE of Fort de l’Ouest and 0.4 mile S of

Fort Central on Digue Centrale. They may best be seen on the

chart.

4.33 Prohibited Areas, which may best be seen on the chart, lie

along the N side of Digue de Homet, along the S side of Digue

de Querqueville, along the S side of Digue de l’Est, along the

SE part of Digue Centrale, and in the vicinity of Fort de

Querueville.

Cherbourg to Pointe de Barfleur

4.34 Le Becquet (49°39'N., 1°33'W.), situated 1 mile E of

Cherbourg, is a small drying harbor. It is used by local fishing

vessels and pleasure craft. A lighted range indicates the approach. Buoys (special) are moored about 0.4 mile and 2.3

miles N of this harbor.

4.34 Le Grunes de Bretteville, a group of rocky shoals with

depths of less than 5m, extend up to about 0.8 mile N from the

coast, 1.3 miles E of the harbor.

4.34 Cap Levi (Cap Levy) (49°42'N., 1°28'W.), fronted by

shoals, is low. Cap Levi Light is shown from a prominent tower, 28m high, standing on the cape. A conspicuous signal station, with a white mast, is situated on a hill about 0.2 mile SSE

of the light.

4.34 Port du Cap Levi, a small drying harbor, lies 0.5 mile S of

the light. It is used by local fishing boats and yachts.

4.34 An area of rocky shoals extends up to about 2 miles N of Cap

Levi and is marked by a lighted buoy. This area is steep-to and

the sea breaks on it in rough weather. Tete Septentrionale, with

a depth of 9.2m, and another shoal patch, with a depth of 9.3m

lying 0.3 mile ENE, form the outermost dangers of this area.

La Pierre Noire, with a least depth of 2.2m, lies about 0.3 mile

S of Tete Septentrionale.

4.34 A prominent square belfry stands at Maupertus-sur-Mer, 2.5

miles S of Cap Levi, and may be seen on the skyline. An airCap Levi Light
102 Sector 4. Channel Islands and France— Cotentin Peninsula to Pointe de Barfleur 

Pub. 191

port is situated close S of the belfry.

4.34 The coast between Cap Levi and Pointe de Barfleur, 8 miles

E, is bordered by rocks and shoals, the outermost lying nearly

2.5 miles from the shore. The shore is rocky and interspersed

with sandy beaches.

4.34 Basses du Renier, with a least depth of 4.5m, lies about 2

miles N of the coast, 4.5 miles ENE of Cap Levi, and is marked

by a lighted buoy.

4.34 Haut-Fond des Equets, with a depth of 7m, lies about 2.5

mile ESE of Basses du Renier and about 2.3 miles NW of

Pointe de Barfleur. It is located about 2 miles offshore and

marked by a lighted buoy.

4.34 Banc de Saint Pierre, extending SE of Haut-Fond des Equets,

consists of shifting sand and broken shells. The sea breaks

heavily in bad weather on this bank, especially with the wind

against the tidal currents.

4.34 Tides—Currents.—Tidal currents close N of La Pierre

Noire attain velocities (E and W) of about 4.8 knots at springs.

Close N of Basses du Renier, the ESE tidal current attains velocities of about 4.8 knots while the W tidal current attains velocities of about 3.8 knots at springs.

4.34 Directions.—The offshore Traffic Separation Scheme, leading from Casquets to the Greenwich Lanby, passes about 20

miles N of Cap Levi.

4.34 Chenal des Trois Pierres and Chenal Hedouin, which are

marked by ranges, lead inside the dangers fronting the coast

between Cap Levi and Pointe de Barfleur. Due to the strength

and uncertainty of the tidal currents, these channels should

only be used by small vessels with local knowledge.

4.34 Caution.—Raz du Cap Levi, a dangerous race, occurs in the

area of shoals extending up to 2.5 miles N of Cap Levi, especially when the wind is against the tidal current.

4.34 Anchoring, trawling, and dredging are prohibited within an

area, which may best be seen on the chart, lying centered 2

miles W of Cap Levi.

4.34 An Explosives Dumping Area, the limits of which are shown

on the chart, lies centered 7 miles NE of Cap Levi. A circular

Prohibited Area, with a radius of 1.5 miles, lies in the vicinity

of this Explosives Dumping Area and may best be seen on the

chart.
Pub. 191

5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer

5.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 5 — CHART INFORMATION
105

Pub. 191

SECTOR 5 

 FRANCE—NORTH COAST—BAIE DE LA SEINE—POINTE DE BARFLEUR TO CAP D’ANTIFER

5.0 Plan.—This sector describes the Baie de la Seine, including

the major port of Le Havre. The descriptive sequence is from

W to E.

General Remarks

5.1 Baie de la Seine, a wide bay, is entered between

Pointe de Barfleur, on the W side, and Cap d’Antifer, 55 miles

E. The W side of the bay is formed by the E side of the Cotentin Peninsula and includes only a few small harbors. Caen is

situated in the S part of the bay. This port is connected to the

sea at Ouistreham by a canal running parallel to the Riviere

Orne. The port of Le Havre is situated at the E side of the bay.

The estuary of the River Seine lies close S of this port and provides access to Rouen. The small ports of Trouville-Deauville

and Honfleur lie on the S side of La Seine close to the mouth.

Port du Havre-Antifer, used by deep-draft tankers, is situated

10 miles N of Le Havre.

5.1 Tides—Currents.—The tides in Baie de la Seine, especially

those at Le Havre and in La Seine Maritime, are remarkable for

their stand at HW. From outside a line joining Pointe de Barfleur and Cap d’Antifer, the E and W currents of the English

Channel bend slightly inwards towards Baie de la Seine. 

5.1 Off the W side of the bay the E current runs more S, and off

the E side of the bay more N than in mid-channel, and similarly

the W current tends to run in the opposite direction.

5.1 In the bay and near the coast along the S shore the currents

are more or less rectilinear; within 2 or 3 miles of the S shore

they do not exceed 1.5 knots in each direction. Notably in the

middle of the bay, they can attain or even exceed 2 knots.

5.1 Off the E side of the Cotentin Peninsula, the S current is

weaker and of shorter duration than the current in the opposite

direction.

5.1 Pilotage.—Pilotage for Port du Havre-Antifer and Le Havre

is provided by the Le Havre-Fecamp Pilotage Service. For further information, see Pilotage under Le Havre (paragraph

5.13).

5.1 Pilotage for ports situated along the Seine (La Seine Maritime) is provided by the Rouen Pilotage Service. This service

also provides pilots for Honfleur and Trouville-Deauville. For

further information, see Pilotage under La Seine Maritime

(paragraph 5.14).

5.1 Regulations.—Two separate Vessel Traffic Service (VTS)

systems operate in the vicinity of La Seine.

5.1 The Baie de Seine VTS Identification Zone system operates

in the approaches to the Estuary of the Seine and facilitates recognition of vessels bound to or from the ports of Port du

Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and Caen-Ouistreham. The

Identification Zone is bounded by an arc with a radius of 22

miles centered on Cap de Le Heve Light. This VTS system is

managed by the Baie de Seine Traffic Control Center, which is

located at Le Havre. For further information, see Regulations

under the Estuary of the Seine (paragraph 5.11).

5.1 Rouen Port (La Seine) VTS system operates in the river area

extending between the Estuary of the Seine and Rouen. This

system is mandatory for all commercial vessels. For further information, see Regulations under La Seine Maritime (paragraph 5.14).

5.1 For regulations concerning tankers laden with hydrocarbons

and vessels carrying dangerous cargo bound to or sailing from

Port du Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and other La Seine

ports, see Regulations under the Estuary of the Seine (paragraph 5.11).

5.1 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to tankers transporting hydrocarbons and to vessels transporting dangerous substances navigating in the approaches to the French

coasts of the North Sea, English Channel, and the Atlantic between the Belgian border and Spanish border. Such vessels

preparing to pass through or stop within French Territorial Waters are required to send a message to the appropriate CROSS

station giving their intended movements. In addition, such vessels must use the designated Mandatory Access Routes and

Channels when approaching a port or roadstead.

5.1 For further details of these special procedures, see Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

5.1 Cargo transfer operations take place within a Transhipment

Area (Val de Saire) lying in the W part of Baie de la Seine.

This area, which is under the control of the French Maritime

Authority, is centered 10 miles ESE of Pointe de Barfleur and

may best be seen on the chart.

5.1 The following is a summary of the relevant regulations:

1. The approach to the area should be made from the E

on a course between 200° and 270°.

2. Should circumstances require, the authority may prohibit or, if in progress, terminate the operation.

3. At least 12 hours notice of transshipment must be given by the owner or master of the vessel to the Regional Operational Centre for Surveillance and Rescue (CROSSMA) at

Jobourg (see paragraph 4.1), giving:

a. Name, flag, last port of call, and destination of vessel to be lightened.

b. Name, flag, and destination of vessel to be loaded.

c. Day, hour, and position of transshipment and quantity to be transshipped.

4. Throughout the operation, and while in the area, vessels concerned should maintain a listening watch on VHF

channel 16. They should also advise CROSS JOBURG of

the following times: 

a. Arrival in the area.

b. Commencement of operations.

c. Completion of operation.

d. Getting underway.

e. Any accident or incident.

5. During the transhipment, vessels must display the

shapes or exhibit the lights prescribed in the International

Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS)
106 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

and by the International Code of Signals for vessels engaged

in special operations but not underway.

5.1 Caution.—A firing danger area lies in the S part of Baie de

la Seine and is situated within the parallels of 49°45'N and

49°25'N, and the meridians of 0°30'W and 1°00'W.

5.1 Numerous wrecks, some marked by buoys, lie within 10

miles of the shores of the bay. Small undetected wrecks and

obstructions may also lie close offshore.

Pointe de Barfleur to Pointe de la Percee

5.2 Pointe de Barfleur (49°42'N., 1°16'W.), the W entrance point of Baie de la Seine, is a low point fronted by foul

ground which extends up to about 1.5 miles seaward.

Barfleur-Gatteville Light is shown from a conspicuous tower, 75m high, standing on an islet close off the point. A signal

station stands close N of the light. When first sighting the light

tower, it appears to be rising from the sea.

Val de Saire Lighted Buoy is moored about 7.5 miles ENE of

the light.

La Pernelle, a prominent wooded hill, stands about 5 miles

SSW of Pointe de Barfleur. Vessels approaching the point from

E will first sight the high summit of this hill, which slopes gently N. The square belfry of the church standing on the E slope

of this hill is conspicuous from seaward.

The high land of La Butte de Montaigu, with a prominent

summit rising about 6 miles SW of La Pernelle, can also be

identified from seaward.

5.2 Caution.—Raz de Barfleur is a race caused by the tidal currents rushing over the rocks in the vicinity of the point, and

during spring tides the sea breaks as far as 3 to 4 miles E and

NE of the charted light structure, especially when the wind is

against the tidal current. 

5.2 Vessels approaching the point from the E or SE should keep

well offshore until clear of the race, remaining seaward of the

30m curve.

5.3 Barfleur (49°40'N., 1°16'W.) is a small drying harbor

lying 1.5 miles S of Pointe de Barfleur. It is used by fishing

vessels, small coasters, and pleasure craft. Tides rise about

6.5m at springs and 5.3m at neaps. The harbor, enclosed by a

jetty and a breakwater, can accommodate small vessels with

drafts up to 4m. The N and W sides are quayed and dry 2 to

4m. Vessels lie alongside on a bottom of muddy sand and gravel. The approach channel is indicated by a lighted range and

marked by buoys and beacons. The square belfry tower of the

church situated in the town can be easily identified from the

approaches. Another prominent church belfry stands at Montfarville, about 1 mile SW of the harbor. Local knowledge is required and local fishermen act as pilots. 

5.3 Small vessels can anchor, in depths of 8 to 10m, sand and

mud, indifferent holding ground, in the approach channel.

5.3 Pointe de Saire (49°36'N., 1°14'W.), marked by a light, is located 5.5 miles SSE of Pointe de Barfleur. The coast between is

fronted by rocks and shoals extending up to 1.3 miles seaward.

5.3 Saint-Vaast-la-Hougue (49°35'N., 1°15'W.) is a small harbor lying 1.8 miles SW of Pointe de Saire. Ile de Tatihou, lying

1 mile E, fronts the harbor. A conspicuous tower, with a turret

on one side, stands on the S extremity of the island. Fort de l’Ilet, a low fort, is situated close S of this tower.

5.3 Fort de la Hougue, high and surmounted by a turret, stands 1

mile SSW of the harbor and is conspicuous. It is joined on the

N side to the mainland by a breakwater. This fort, which is

marked by a light, is situated at the end of a drying rocky bank

extending from the coast. The harbor is used by fishing vessels

and pleasure craft. The approach is indicated by a lighted

range. Local knowledge is required. The harbor consists of a

drying outer basin and an inner wet basin. A gate, 16m wide,

provides entry to the wet basin, which has a least depth of

2.3m.

5.3 A conspicuous water tower stands about 2 miles inland, 5.5

miles SSW of Sainte-Vaast-la-Hongue. A church, with a prominent pointed belfry, is situated at Quinville, 1.7 miles E of the

water tower. Another church, with a prominent pointed belfry

stands at Les Gougins near the shore, 5.2 miles S of SainteVaast-la-Hongue.

5.3 Anchorage.—Rade de Saint-Vaast consists of two anchorages and provides shelter from W winds. The bottom is formed

by sand, mud, and clay, and provides good holding ground.

Onshore winds can cause heavy seas within this roadstead.

5.3 Grande Rade, with a depth of 14m, lies about 1.5 miles S of

Ile de Tatihou and close NW of the N end of Banc de la Rade.

5.3 Petite Rade, with depths of 2 to 6m, lies about 0.7 mile S of

Ile de Tatihou.

5.3 Vessels must request permission from CROSS JOBOURG

prior to anchoring in this roadstead (see paragraph 5.1).

5.4 Iles Saint-Marcouf (49°30'N., 1°09'W.) consists of

two low islands and lies about 4 miles offshore, 7 miles SE of

Saint-Vaast-la-Hongue. A light is shown from a square tower,

17m high, standing on Ile du Large, the NE island. Ile de Terre,

lying 0.3 mile SW, is a bird sanctuary and landing is prohibited. In very clear weather, these islands can be easily distinguished. A submarine cable extends SW from the islands to the

mainland and may best be seen on the chart. 

5.4 An extensive area of shallow shoal banks, lying parallel to

the coast and separated from the coastal dangers, extends about

5 miles NW and about 6 miles ESE of the Iles Saint-Marcouf.

This shoal area is marked by lighted buoys.

5.4 A channel leads between this extensive area of shoal banks

and the mainland shore. However, due to the numerous wrecks

lying in this vicinity, local knowledge is advised.

 Barfleur-Gatteville Light
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 107

Pub. 191

5.4 Baie du Grand Vey (49°25'N., 1°07'W.) is entered between

Pointe de la Madeleine and Pointe de Maisy, 4 miles ESE. It is

encumbered by drying sand banks through which two channels

lead. The seaward entrances of these channels are marked by a

lighted buoy moored about 2 miles E of Pointe de la

Madeleine. 

5.4 The coast between Sainte-Vaast-la-Hongue and Pointe de la

Madeleine is low and fringed with wooded dunes. A coastal

bank extends up to 1.5 miles offshore in places. A prominent

church spire stands about 1 mile inland at Brucheville, at the W

side of the bay. 

5.4 Pointe de la Madeleine is marked by a monument commemorating the Allied invasion landings of WWII on Utah Beach,

which extends NW.

5.4 High seas are formed in the bay with onshore winds; vessels

should not attempt to reach Carentan or Isigny, at the head of

the bay, except in fair weather and at HW.

5.5 Carentan (49°18'N., 1°14'W.), a small harbor with a

wet basin, lies 4.5 miles inland from the head of the bay. It is

used by fishing vessels and pleasure craft. Passe de Carentan,

the entrance channel, dries 3.2m. It is indicated by a lighted

range and marked by buoys and beacons. The harbor may be

contacted by VHF. The wet dock, with depths of 3 to 4m, is 0.8

mile long and 60m wide. The entrance lock is 30m long and

9m wide. Local knowledge is required. 

5.5 Isigny (49°19'N., 1°06'W.), a small drying port, lies 1.5 miles

inland on the Aure River. It is used by small coasters, fishing

vessels, and pleasure craft. Passe d’Isigny, the entrance channel,

is indicated by a lighted range and marked by buoys and beacons. The inner part of this channel leads between two dikes and

is 85m wide. The alongside berths dry up to 3m. Vessels up to

55m in length and 12m beam can be accommodated with drafts

up to 4.2m at springs and 2.2m at neaps. Local knowledge is required.

5.5 Anchorage.—Rade de la Capelle, a roadstead lying between

Banc du Cardonnet and Baie du Grand Vey, provides anchorage sheltered from S and SW winds, in a depth of 12m, mud

and sand, good holding ground. Care is necessary to avoid several dangerous wrecks lying in this vicinity.

5.5 Grandcamp-Maisy (49°23'N., 1°03'W.), a small harbor, lies

1.5 miles E of Pointe de Maisy and 4.5 miles W of Pointe de la

Percee. It is used by fishing vessels and yachts. The approach

channel is indicated by a lighted range. The entrance channel

has a minimum width of 18m and dries 2m. The entrance is

protected by breakwaters and submerged seawalls. The wet basin is entered through a gated passage, 14.3m wide, and has a

depth of 2m.

5.5 A light is shown from a mast, 12m high, standing in the town

close S of the wet basin. A conspicuous water tower stands on

the higher land about 2 miles SSW of the harbor. A prominent

bell tower, 67m high, is situated on the high land backing the

town.

Pointe de la Percee to Ouistreham and Caen

5.6 Pointe de la Percee (49°24'N., 0°55'W.) is bordered

by foul ground extending about 1 mile NE. A race is caused

when the wind opposes the tidal currents in the vicinity of the

point. At Pointe de la Percee the cliffs fall steeply to the shore

and form a good landmark for vessels coming from the E.

5.6 Perhaps one of the most overwhelming sites along the coastline is the Normandy American Cemetery and Memorial,

which is situated on a cliff overlooking Omaha Beach and the

English Channel, 3 miles ESE of the point. 

5.6 The coast gradually rises from Grandcamp-Maisy to Pointe

de la Percee, 5 mile E. Between Grandcamp-Maisy and the

Riviere L’Orne, 32 miles E, the coast is 30 to 60m high.

5.6 A prominent church stands at Vierville-sur-Mer, 1.3 miles

SSE of Pointe de la Percee, and a conspicuous water tower is

situated about 1 mile W of it. Another prominent church stands

at Colleville-sur-Mer, 4 miles SE of Pointe de la Percee, and a

conspicuous television mast is situated about 1 mile SE of it.

5.6 Between Pointe de la Percee and Port-en-Bessin, 7 miles

ESE, the coast is fronted by a bank with rocky ledges extending up to 1 mile seaward in places.

5.6 A dangerous area extends between 1 mile and 3.5 miles ESE

of Pointe de la Percee. It extends up to 1 mile offshore and is

marked by buoys. Within this area are the remains of the blockships and other obstructions that formed the artificial harbor off

Omaha Beach during the WWII Allied invasion landings of

1944.

5.7 Port-en-Bessin (49°21'N., 0°45'W.) (World Port Index No. 35900), a small harbor, is used by fishing vessels and

pleasure craft. Tides rise about 7.2m at springs and 5.9m at neaps. The harbor consists of an outer and inner avant-port, and

two narrow wet basins. The avant-port dries 2 to 4m and is protected by a breakwaters. Entry to the wet basins is provided by

a passage, 10.5m wide, with a gate. These basins are accessible

to small vessels with drafts up to 4.2m at springs and 2.6m at

neaps. The harbor may be contacted by VHF. The approach

channel is indicated by a lighted range. With strong onshore

winds, entry is not advised as a dangerous swell occurs in the

outer avant-port.

A prominent signal station is situated 0.5 mile W of the harbor. A conspicuous water tower stands about 1.8 miles ESE of

the harbor. The prominent spires of Bayeux Cathedral, standing inland 5 miles SSE of Port-en-Bessin, may be seen from

seaward.

5.7 Arromanches-les-Bains (49°20'N., 0°37'W.) is situated 5

miles E of Port-en-Bessin. A conspicuous statue of the Virgin

Mary stands on the crest of a hill close E of this village.

5.7 The caissons and wrecks of Port Winston, a former artificial

harbor used for the Allied landings during WWII, front the

town and extend up to about 1 mile offshore. 

5.7 Plateau du Calvados fronts the coast between the valley of

Arromanches-les-Bains and Ouistreham, 15 miles ESE. This

rocky bank has depths of less than 5m and extends up to about

2 miles offshore in places.

5.8 Pointe de Ver (49°20'N., 0°27'W.) is located 4 miles

E of Arromanches-les-Bains. Ver-sur-Mer Light is shown from

conspicuous white tower, 16m high, standing among trees on a

hill close S of the point. 

5.8 Courseulles-sur-Mer (49°20'N., 0°28'W.) (World Port Index No. 35890), situated 2.5 miles E of Pointe de Ver, is a

small harbor lying at the mouth of the Riviere Seulles. It is

used by small fishing vessels and pleasure craft. The harbor

consists of an avant-port leading to a wet dock and a tidal ba-
108 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

sin. The approach channel is indicated by a lighted range and

dries 3.5m. Local knowledge is advised. The entrance, with a

least width of 27m, lies between a jetty and a breakwater.

Training walls, which cover and are marked by beacons, extend

seaward from the outer ends of the jetty and the breakwater.

The tidal basin is used by yachts and its entrance is spanned by

a swing bridge. The wet dock is entered through a passage,

9.6m wide, with a gate. It has depths of 3 to 4m and can handle

small vessels with drafts up to 2.5m. Entry is reported to be difficult for small craft with low height of eye because the range

marks are screened by large trees.

5.8 Les Essarts de Langrune and Roches de Lion, both of which

dry, form part of the coastal bank bordering the shore between

Courseulles-sur-Mer and Ouistreham, 9 miles ESE. 

Ouistreham (49°17'N., 0°15'W.) and Caen 

(49°11'N., 0°21'W.)

World Port Index No. 35885 and World Port Index No. 35880

5.9 Ouistreham is the entrance port for vessels bound for

Caen. The port, which is also referred to as Caen-Ouistreham,

consists of an outer harbor and an avant-port. Locks providing

entry to Canal de Caen are situated in the S part of the avantport. The canal, which is 7.5 miles long, leads SSW to the port

of Caen.

5.9 Tides—Currents.—At Ouistreham, the mean tidal rise is

7.6m at spring tides, and 6.2m at neap tides. In Rade de Caen,

the tides have characteristics similar to those in the estuary of

the Seine; the HW stand is 1 hour 30 minutes during spring

tides, and 2 hours during neap tides. 

5.9 Depths—Limitations.—An Approach Channel, within

which navigation is controlled, leads S and SW to the beginning of the entrance channel. This channel, which may best be

seen on the chart, is entered about 8.5 miles NNE of Ouistreham and has depths in excess of 20m decreasing to 9m. 

5.9 A Waiting Area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies

adjacent to the SE side of the SW leg of the Approach Channel.

It has depths of 8.8 to 11m.

5.9 The entrance channel leads from the S end of the Approach

Channel through the coastal bank into the outer harbor. It has a

dredged depth of 7m (1993) over a width of 50m. The inner

part of this channel is contained between two training walls,

which cover at HW and extend about 1 mile seaward.

5.9 The channel leading from the outer harbor through the avantport to the locks is dredged to a depth of 3m.

5.9 Canal de Caen.—Two entrance locks provide access to Canal de Caen. The W lock is open from 3 hours before to 4 hours

after HW. It is 225m long and 28.8m wide with a depth of

3.25m on the sill.

5.9 The E lock is open from 2 hours before to 3 hours after HW.

It is 181m long and 18m wide with a depth of 0.2m on the sill.

This lock may be divided into two chambers, 70m and 90m

long.

5.9 The canal runs parallel to the Riviere Orne and extends for

7.5 miles from the locks to Caen. A constant water level is

maintained in the canal and at Caen by means of a dam built

across the Riviere Orne. The canal is dredged to a depth of 2m

below chart datum, which provides a fresh water depth of

9.8m.

Ver-sur-Mer Light

Port of Caen Home Page

http://www.caen.port.fr

Canal de Caen Locks (Ouistreham)

Entrance to Caen-Ouistreham
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 109

Pub. 191

5.9 The four main docks at Caen are (from N to S) Bassin d’Herouville, Bassin de Calix, Nouveau Basin, and Bassin Saint

Pierre.

5.9 Four bridges span the canal. Pont de Benouville (Pegasus

Bridge), a swing bridge, is situated 2.4 miles S of the locks and

has a clearance width of 40m.

5.9 Pont de Colombelles Bridge, a swing bridge, is situated

about 0.5 mile N of Bassin d’Herouville and has a clearance

width of 30m.

5.9 Calix Viaduct, a fixed bridge, is situated between Basin de

Calix and Nouveau Basin. It has a vertical clearance of 33m. 

5.9 Pont de la Fonderie, a swing bridge, is situated at the entrance to Bassin Saint Pierre and has clearance width of 12m.

5.9 Vessel dimensions, with fresh water (FW) drafts, permitted

in the canal are, as follows: 

1. Between the locks and Bassin d’Herouville:

a. By day—vessels up to 205m in length, 23.5m

beam, and 8.4m draft. Vessels less than 172m in length

and 22m beam may transit with drafts up to 8.95m. Vessels proceeding only to Blainville Wharf, inbound or outbound, may transit with drafts up to 9m depending upon

the rise of tide in the entrance channel and the characteristics of the ship. 

b. At night—vessels up to 20m beam and 8m draft.

Vessels proceeding to Blainville Wharf may transit with

beams up to 22m.

2. Between Bassin d’Herouville and Bassin de Calix:

a. By day—vessels up to 180m in length and 23.5m

beam, with drafts of 8.2 to 8.6m. 

b. At night—vessels up to 150m in length, 20m

beam, and 8m draft.

3. Entering Nouveau Basin:

a. By day—vessels up to 145m in length and 20.5m

beam, with drafts of 3.8 to 7m. 

b. At night—vessels up to 145m in length and 20m

beam, with drafts of 3.8 to 6m.

5.9 The maximum drafts for tankers depend upon the size of the

vessel and the amount of cargo. Such vessels should contact

the local authorities before arrival. Other vessels with drafts

over 7.92m should contact the local authorities prior to their intended port call to ensure the entry conditions.

5.9 Berths.—Two ro-ro ferry berths are situated on the W side

of the outer harbor at Ouistreham, about 0.5 mile N of the

locks. No.1, the southernmost berth, can handle vessels up to

145m in length and 24m beam. A swinging area, lying adjacent

to this berth, has a dredged depth of 6m.

5.9 No. 2, the northernmost berth, can handle vessels up to 165m

in length and 26m beam. A swinging area, lying adjacent to

this berth, has a dredged depth of 7m.

5.9 An extensive marina, with a depth of 3m, lies close S of the

locks at the E side of the canal. A quay, used by dredgers, is situated about 0.4 mile S of the locks. It is 200m long and has a

depth of 3.6m alongside. A berth, used by oil tankers, is situated at Maresquier, on the W side of the canal about 1.5 miles S

of the locks. It can handle vessels up to 120m in length and

5.6m draft (FW).

5.9 A berth, 100m long, with a depth of 4.6m alongside and another berth, 200m long, with a depth of 6m alongside are situated at Ranville, at the E side of the canal close N of Pont de

Benouville (Pegasus Bridge).

5.9 Blainville Wharf is situated on the E side of the canal about

1.3 miles above Pont de Benouville (Pegasus Bridge). It is

625m long and has a depth of 9m alongside. 

5.9 Bassin d’Herouville contains President Delaunay Quay,

which is 370m long, and Ponderex Mole, which is 215m long.

5.9 Bassin de Calix contains Quay de Calix, which is 140m

long.

5.9 Nouveau Basin contains Quay President Gaston Lamy,

which is 550m long, and President Hippolyte Quay, which is

150m long.

5.9 Bassin Saint Pierre is entered from Nouveau Bassin through

a passage 12.3m wide. It has a depth of 4m and is used by pleasure craft up to 50m in length.

5.9 The port of Caen has facilities for ro-ro, container, general

cargo, bulk, timber, and tanker vessels.

5.9 Aspect.—Ouistreham Light is shown from a prominent tower, 38m high, standing at the E side of the locks.

5.9 A lighted range, which may best be seen on the chart, indicates the entrance channel. Lights and beacons mark the submerged training walls on either side of the inner part of the

harbor entrance channel.

5.9 Ouistreham Fairway Lighted Buoy is moored about 3 miles

N of the entrance to the locks.

5.9 A conspicuous church belfry stands 0.5 mile SW of Ouistreham Light and a large prominent water tower is situated 0.5

mile SW of it. Another prominent water tower stands at Merville-Franceville, about 2 miles E of Ouistreham Light.

5.9 The buildings fronting the coast at the resort of Riva-Bella,

about 1 mile W of the port entrance, are reported to be prominent from the seaward approaches.

5.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage in the port is compulsory for the following vessels:

1. All vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances.

2. All vessels over 50m in length.

3. All vessels not equipped with VHF.

5.9 The compulsory pilotage area is bounded by the following:

1. The W limit is formed by a meridian passing through

Essarts de Langrune Buoy (0°21.3'W.).

Ouistreham Light
110 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

2. The E limit is formed by a meridian passing through

Dives-sur-Mer Light (0°05.2'W.).

3. The N limit is formed by a parallel passing through

Essarts de Langrune Buoy (49°22.7'N.).

4. The S limit is along the Canal de Caen up to and along

the coastline of Bassin Saint-Pierre.

5.9 Pilots may be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 74. They

board about 0.5 mile S of Ouistreham Lighted Buoy

(49°20'00.0''N., 0°14'45.0''W.) or in the Waiting Area. Generally, pilots are available from 2 hours 30 minutes before to 3

hours after HW. 

5.9 All vessels should send an ETA and a request for pilotage at

least 24 hours in advance or on departure from a previous port

if less. A message confirming the ETA must be sent at least 2

hours prior to arrival in the roadstead. The request should include the vessel’s salt water draft and maximum overhead

clearance above the water level (air draft).

5.9 The pilot station maintains a listening watch on VHF channel 74 from 1 hour 30 minutes to 9 hours after LW.

5.9 Vessels navigating in the approaches to Caen-Ouistreham are

also within the Estuary of the Seine. For additional information

concerning the mandatory Baie de Seine VTS Identification

Zone system, see Regulations under Estuary of the Seine (paragraph 5.11).

5.9 The port may be contacted by e-mail, as follow:

5.9 Regulations.—Vessels over 1,600 grt and carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo should consider the Navigation

Controlled Approach Channel to be a Mandatory Access Channel. Such vessels must establish contact with the authorities on

VHF channel 74 before entering the channel and maintain a listening watch on the same frequency. When in the channel these

vessels are deemed to be restricted in their ability to maneuver

and must show the appropriate lights and shapes.

5.9 All other vessels must contact the authorities on VHF channel 74 when entering the entrance channel.

5.9 Vessels waiting for the tide, navigating in the approach and

entrance channels, or maneuvering in the locks must maintain

a listening watch on VHF channel 74. 

5.9 The Waiting Area lying adjacent to the SE side of the SW leg

of the Approach Channel may only be used by vessels over

1,600 grt and carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo. Such

vessels anchored in the Waiting Area must maintain a watch on

VHF channel 74 and be able to sail on 15 minutes notice. It is

forbidden for these vessels to remain in the Waiting Area during periods of bad weather from NW to NE. Such vessels

should then remain at sea at least 7 miles from the French

coast, or seek shelter off Le Havre.

5.9 All navigation in the entrance channel leading to the locks is

prohibited during the arrival or departure of automobile ro-ro

ferry vessels.

5.9 The maximum speed allowed in Canal de Caen is 7 knots.

5.9 Vessels transiting the canal must keep a watch on VHF channel 74.

5.9 A distance of 400m must be maintained between vessels

transiting the canal. All overtaking is prohibited except in an

emergency.

5.9 Vessels navigating in the approaches to Caen-Ouistreham are

also within the Estuary of the Seine. For additional information

concerning the mandatory Baie de Seine VTS Identification

Zone system, see Regulations under Estuary of the Seine (paragraph 5.11).

5.9 Signals.—The opening of bridges in Canal de Caen is indicated by green lights. If the lights are not exhibited, or are replaced by a red light, vessels should stop no less than 400m

from the bridge, and wait for the green light signal.

5.9 The request for a bridge to open is one long blast. A long

blast is also a request for small craft in the canal to keep close

to the bank for the passage of a commercial vessel.

5.9 Anchorage.—Rade de Caen, off the mouth of the Riviere

Orne, affords shelter from winds between SW and SE.

5.9 Vessels over 1,600 grt and carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo must anchor in the Waiting Area.

5.9 Other vessels may anchor in an area, with depths of 5 to 8m,

lying about 0.6 mile NW of No. 1 Channel Entrance Lighted

Buoy. W-SRCO Buoy is moored in the vicinity of this anchorage, about 2.5 miles NNW of the locks.

5.9 Anchorage is prohibited within the Approach Channel and in

the vicinity of the lighted entrance range.

5.9 Directions.—The principal route from the sea to the port approaches is through Le Parfond (49°26'N., 0°15'W.), a comparatively deep bight extending in an ESE direction toward the

Estuary of the Seine. 

5.9 In order to avoid the wrecks and obstructions in Rade de

Caen, vessels, except those obliged to use the Approach Channel, should approach on the lighted range leading to the entrance when about 2 miles N of Ouistreham Fairway Lighted

Buoy.

5.9 Caution.—Numerous wrecks and obstructions, some

marked by buoys, lie in Rade de Caen and may best be seen on

the chart.

5.9 A Spoil Ground (Dumping Ground) Area, the limits of

which may best be seen on the chart, lies centered 3 miles NNE

of the locks. 

5.9 A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies in

the vicinity of a wreck, 2 miles N of Ouistreham Fairway

Lighted Buoy. Anchoring, fishing, and diving are prohibited

within this area. 

The Estuary of the Seine

5.10 The Estuary of the Seine, in the E part of Baie de la

Seine, provides access to the port of Le Havre on its N shore. 

5.10 The estuary also provides access to La Seine Maritime, the

name given to that part of the Seine navigable by ocean-going

vessels as far as the port of Rouen.

5.10 The channel from Rade de la Carosse (49°28'N., 0°02'E.) to

Rouen is about 78 miles long. The small harbors of TrouvilleDeauville and Honfleur lie on the S shore of the estuary. 

5.10 On the N side, Port du Havre-Antifer (see paragraph 5.20),

used by deep-draft tankers, is situated 10 miles N of Le Havre.

On the SW side, the port of Caen-Ouistreham (see paragraph

5.10) is situated 19 miles SW of Le Havre.

5.10 All of the above ports are considered to be within the Estuary

of the Seine as far as the Baie de Seine VTS Identification

Zone regulations are concerned.

info@caen.port.fr
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 111

Pub. 191

Tides—Currents

5.10 The tides and tidal current systems within the estuary of the

Seine are complex. For example, the port of Le Havre experiences a HW stand of about 2 to 3 hours duration, while on La

Seine Maritime a double HW exists, with a tidal bore in the upper reaches of the river. The tides and currents will be described in greater detail later in the text.

5.10 In Rade de la Carosse the S current begins at LW at Le Havre

and attains a rate of 1 knot during spring and neap tides. 

5.10 The SSE current begins 2 hours after LW at Le Havre and attains a rate of 3 knots during spring and neap tides. The NNE

current begins at HW at Le Havre and attains a rate of 1.5 knots

during spring and neap tides. The NW current begins 2 hours

after HW and attains a rate of 2 knots during spring and neap

tides. 

5.10 In Petite Rade, the S current begins 1 hour 15 minutes before

LW at Le Havre and attains a rate of 0.5 knot during spring and

neap tides. 

5.10 The SSE current begins 1 hour 30 minutes after LW at Le

Havre and attains a rate of 2 knots at spring and neap tides. 

5.10 The NW current begins at HW at Le Havre and attains a rate

of 2 knots during spring and neap tides. The WNW current begins 3 hours after HW at Le Havre and attains a rate of 1.5

knots during spring and neap tides. 

5.10 The rate of the tidal currents in Petite Rade varies considerably, but in no part does the flood current during spring tides

exceed 2.5 knots, or the ebb current exceed 2 knots.

5.10 Larger vessels operating with or near a minimum underkeel

clearance may wish to contact the local authorities for additional information. From observations in the E part of Baie de

la Seine, it was reported that the tidal currents never exceed a

rate of 2.5 knots. 

5.10 These observations conflict with French sources; consequently, prudence is necessary, particularly in thick weather.

The flood current lasts longer and is stronger than the ebb current. In Grande Rade, which lies about 5.5 miles W of Cap de

la Heve, the flood current begins about 4 hours 30 minutes before HW at Le Havre and sets SSW. 

5.10 Then, increasing in force, it turns and sets S about 3 hours

before HW, and then sets SSE 2 hours 30 minutes before HW

and attains a rate of 2.5 knots during the greatest tides. At HW

it sets NE and attains a rate of 3 knots; then it turns progressively to the N and diminishes gradually and expires about 2

hours after HW at Le Havre. 

5.10 The ebb current begins 3 hours after HW at Le Havre and

sets WNW. Then it turns through W to WSW and sets 6 hours

after HW. When the current is setting in this direction it attains

its greatest rate of 2.5 knots during the greatest tides. It then

turns, sets SSW, and ceases at LW at Le Havre.

Depths—Limitations

5.10 Banc de Seine, with depths of less than 15m, lies on the parallel of Le Havre and extends to about 15 miles W of Cap de la

Heve. The tidal currents, when they oppose the wind, cause a

very rough sea on this bank. 

5.10 Le Parfond (49°26'N., 0°15'W.), a comparatively deep bight,

extends in an ESE direction toward the Estuary of the Seine. 

5.10 Chenal de Rouen, providing access to La Seine Maritime,

leads between Banc du Ratier and Banc d’Amfard. Banc

d’Amfard, a drying bank, terminates W in Gambe d’Amfard,

and consists of clay and shingle. Banc du Ratier is a mass of

pebbles, prolonged W by Les Ratelets, and lying nearly in the

middle of the estuary. 

5.10 Les Digue du Ratier, on the N side of Banc du Ratier, is submerged when the tide rises; it is marked by beacons on raised

platforms, about 0.5 mile apart, and by a light at its W extremity. 

5.10 Since the construction of this dike, the banks in the vicinity

of the river mouth have stabilized and any further changes have

been relatively slight.

5.10 Two dredged channels lead across the banks that encumber

the estuary. The northernmost channel leads into the port of Le

Havre; the southernmost channel leads into La Seine Maritime.

Aspect

5.10 Cap de la Heve (49°31'N., 0°04'E.) is located on the N bank

of the mouth of the Seine. Cap de la Have Light is shown from

a conspicuous tower, 32m high, standing on this cape. A prominent radar tower and two lattice masts stand close SSW and

0.2 mile SSE, respectively, of the light.

5.10 White limestone cliffs, which are visible from a great

distance to seaward when the sun shines on them, are located in

the vicinity of the cape. These cliffs are in contrast to those

extending from near the cape to the vicinity of Cap d’Antifer,

11 miles NNE, which are 100m high and reddish in color.

5.10 A conspicuous television mast, 189m high, stands at

Graville, 4.2 miles E of Cap de la Heve.

5.10 Two conspicuous chimneys, 250m high, are situated near a

power station in the port area of Le Havre, 3.7 miles SE of Cap

de la Heve.

5.10 The Riviere Dives (49°18'N., 0°06'W.) flows into the S side

of the bay about 5.5 miles E of Ouistreham. The banks at the

mouth of this river dry up to 1 mile seaward. Cabourg is

situated on the W side of the river and Dives-sur-Mer is

situated on the E side. The river contains a large marina and a

quay, which is used by small fishing vessels and pleasure craft.

Local knowledge is required for entry. A conspicuous casino

stands in Cabourg.

Cap de la Heve Light
112 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

5.10 Mont-Dives, 132m high, rises 2 miles SE of the river mouth.

This hill is conspicuous from seaward and dominates the built

up area of Dives-sur-Mer.

5.10 The S side of the estuary from the riviere Dives to Honfleur,

about 15 miles NE, is backed by dark, round hills, which contrast with the light-colored cliffs on the N side. Villers-sur-Mer,

a prominent resort borders the coast, 4 miles ENE of the riviere

Dives. Mont Canisy, 111m high, rises close behind the shore,

1.5 miles NE of Villers-sur-Mer. It has a flat summit and is

conspicuous from seaward. 

5.10 LHA Lanby (49°31.7'N., 0°09.9'W.), equipped with a racon, is moored in the NW approach to the estuary, about 9

miles W of Cap de la Heve.

5.10 Antifer A5 Lighted Buoy (49°46'N., 0°17'W.), equipped

with a racon, is moored about 21 miles NW of Cap de la Heve. 

5.10 For details of additional landmarks and aids, see the descriptions of the individual ports.

Pilotage

5.10 Pilotage for vessels approaching the Estuary of the Seine and

specifically the ports of Port du Havre-Antifer and Le Havre is

provided by the Le Havre-Fecamp Pilotage Service (Pilots Le

Havre). For further information, see Pilotage under Le Havre

(paragraph 5.13).

5.10 Pilotage for ports situated along the Seine (La Seine Maritime) is provided by the Rouen Pilotage Service. For further information, see Pilotage under La Seine Maritime (paragraph

5.14).

Regulations

5.10 Reporting System—The Baie de Seine VTS Identification

Zone system operates in the approaches to the Estuary of the

Seine and facilitates recognition of vessels bound to or from

the ports of Port du Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and

Caen-Ouistreham. It is managed by the Baie de Seine Traffic

Control Center, which is located at Le Havre.

5.10 The Identification Zone is bounded by an arc with a radius of

22 miles centered on Cap de Le Heve Light. It is bound on the

S side by the coastline and on the N side by the intersection

with the meridian of Cap d’Antifer Light (0°10'E.). 

5.10 The following procedures apply:

1. All vessels and tows over 50m in length entering or

within the zone bound to or from any port, Waiting Area, or

anchorage should report on VHF channel 22 to the Baie de

Seine Traffic Control Center. This regulation is mandatory

within French territorial waters. All vessels should also

maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 16 and the VHF

channel of the port of destination or departure.

2. Inbound vessels should contact the Control Center

through their Agent 48 hours in advance of their arrival at

LHA Lanby (49°31.7'N., 0°09.9'W.) or Port du Havre-Antifer A5 Lighted Buoy (49°46'N., 0°17'W.). Vessels must state

name, call sign, ETA, maximum draft, details of cargo, and

any damage.

3. Inbound vessels should contact the Control Center by

telex 24 hours prior to arrival. Vessels must state name, call

sign, ETA, draft, and any damage.

4. Inbound vessels should contact the Control Center 3

hours prior to arrival on VHF channel 12 to confirm the ETA

and maximum draft. Le Havre will then advise the vessel of

pilotage information.

5. Inbound vessels within the Identification Zone should

report at the following positions (direction and VHF channel):

a. 49°28.9'N, 0°00.5'W.—NNW—VHF channel 12.

b. 49°34.2'N, 0°01.7'W.—S—VHF channel 12.

c. 49°45.3'N, 0°01.1'W.—SSW—VHF channel 22.

d. 49°43.8'N, 0°03.5'E.—SSW—VHF channel 22.

e. 49°41.8'N, 0°04.2'W.—NNE—VHF channel 22.

f. 49°40.2'N, 0°00.6'E.—NNE—VHF channel 22.

6. Vessels bound for Le Havre or Port du Havre-Antifer

may only enter the Approach Channels with permission from

the Control Center.

7. Vessels mooring in the Waiting Areas must contact

the Control Center stating their position and time of anchoring.

8. Vessels transiting the area and not entering the ports

of Le Havre or Port du Havre-Antifer should not:

a. Cross Le Havre Approach Channel E of LH7 Lighted Buoy and LH8 Lighted Buoy (49°30'N., 0°01'W.). Vessels may cross W of these buoys with permission from the

Control Center on VHF channel 12.

b. Cross Port du Havre-Antifer Approach Channel E

of A21 Lighted Buoy and A22 Lighted Buoy (49°42'N.,

0°02'E.). Vessels may cross W of these buoys with permission from Port du Havre-Antifer Port Control on VHF

channel 22.

9. Vessels bound for Le Havre should enter the Approach Channel W of the entrance buoys.

10. Exempted from the rules stated in 8a, 8b, and 9 above

are fishing vessels and pleasure craft less than 19.8m in

length, vessels with a pilot on board providing the authorities

are notified, certain local craft, and vessels experiencing difficulty in embarking or disembarking a pilot in the approaches provided permission has been given by the authorities. In

all these cases, it is conditional that no inconvenience is

caused to shipping in the Approach Channels. 

11. All vessels crossing the Approach Channels must not

impede shipping in the channels.

12. Vessels constrained by their draft should display the

appropriate international signals and lights. 

13. Pleasure craft in the approaches to or within the ports,

whether under sail or power, must give way to all other shipping. 

5.10 Additional entry, departure, and reporting procedures are under the control of the individual ports within the zone.

5.10 Radar assistance, in poor visibility or on request, will be given by the Traffic Control Center. Coverage is within a circular

area, with a 12.5 mile radius, centered on position 49°39'N,

0°08'E.

5.10 Information concerning tides, meteorological conditions,

and navigation will be provided by the Traffic Control Center

on request.

5.10 Tankers.—Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances

navigating in the approaches to the French coasts of the North

Sea, the English Channel, and the Atlantic Ocean between the

Belgian border and Spanish border. Such vessels preparing to
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 113

Pub. 191

pass through or stop within French Territorial Waters are required to send a message to the appropriate CROSS station giving their intended movements. In addition, such vessels must

use the designated Mandatory Access Routes and Channels

when approaching a port or roadstead. For further details of

these special procedures, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions

(Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea,

and the Mediterranean Sea.

5.10 Special regulations and reporting procedures also apply to

vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances bound

for or sailing from Port du Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen,

and other La Seine ports. The following is a summary of the

regulations:

1. The above vessels prior to entering French territorial

waters or getting underway from a French port must:

a. Establish radio contact with Havre Port Radio or

Rouen Pilot Radio. Contact must then be maintained continuously until berthed or outside the territorial waters.

b. Report to Le Havre port or Rouen pilots, as appropriate, any defects to propulsion machinery, steering or anchor gear, mooring winches, or radar equipment. The port

authority will require such a vessel to complete a questionnaire.

2. Vessels bound for Le Havre must comply with instructions given by Le Havre port radio. If vessels have to

wait they must proceed to the area appropriate for their draft

and dimensions as follows

a. Vessels less than 250m in length or with drafts less

than 12m proceed to No. 1 Waiting Area, lying S of the

Approach Channel, passing N of a line through LHA Lanby and HP Lighted Buoy, 4.5 miles ESE.

b. Vessels 250m or more in length or with drafts of

12m or more proceed to No. 2 Waiting Area if their tonnage is less than 100,000 dwt, or to No. 3 Waiting Area.

3. Vessels bound for Le Havre must have a Le Havre pilot on board while underway within 7 miles of the French

coast except vessels less than 250m in length or with a draft

of less than 12m, which may proceed without a pilot to No. 1

Waiting Area.

4. Vessels bound for La Seine ports: 

a. Vessels 250m or more in length or with drafts of

12m or more must wait for a pilot at a distance of more

than 7 miles from the coast and S of a line passing through

LHA Lanby and HP Lighted Buoy.

b. Vessels less than 250m in length or with drafts less

than 12m may proceed without a pilot to Rade de la

Carosse (49°28'N., 0°02'W.) staying S of LHA Lanby and

Le Havre No.1 Waiting Area.

c. Vessels may not leave Rade de la Carosse for La

Seine without a Rouen pilot on board.

5. During movements between Le Havre and La Seine, a

Le Havre pilot and a Rouen pilot must be on board.

Anchorage

5.10 The following designated anchorage areas, which may best

be seen on the chart, are available in the Estuary of the Seine:

1. For Le Havre:

a. No. 1 Waiting Area, for vessels less than 250m in

length and less than 12m draft, is centered about 5 miles

WSW of Cap de la Heve, on the S side of Le Havre entrance channel. It has depths of 12m, sand and broken

shells, with good holding ground. A wreck, with a depth

of 11.8m, lies near the middle of this anchorage area and

is marked by HP Lighted Buoy. Several other wrecks,

which may best be seen on the chart, lie in the vicinity of

this anchorage.

b. No. 2 Waiting Area, reserved for vessels of less

than 100,000 dwt, is centered 2.5 miles NNE of LHA Lanby and has depths of 17 to 22m, sand, mud, and broken

shells. 

c. No. 3 Waiting Area, centered about 5.5 miles NW

of LHA Lanby, is authorized for use by any vessel. It has

depths of 21 to 25m, fine sand and broken shells.

2. For Rouen (or La Seine Maritime):

a. No. 1 Waiting Area lies in Rade de la Carosse,

about 3.5 miles WSW of Cap de la Heve. It has depths of

12 to 13m, sand and shells. This anchorage has good holding ground but is exposed to W and N winds. RP Lighted

Buoy (49°28.7'N., 0°01.1'W.), marking a wreck with a

depth of 9.7m, is moored near the SW corner of the area.

This anchorage is used by coasters and other small vessels

for short periods and only during fair weather conditions.

b. No. 2 Waiting Area lies centered about 6.7 miles

WSW of Cap de la Heve and 4 miles SE of LHA Lanby.

RNA Lighted Buoy (49°28.6'N., 0°04.3'W.) is moored 5.7

miles WSW of Cap de la Heve, near the NE corner of the

area. This area has depths of 11 to 12m and is for the use

of vessels of 190m in length and less or with a draft of 9m

and less.

c. No. 3 Waiting Area lies centered about 8.3 miles

WSW of Cap de la Heve and has depths of 12 to 14m. It is

for the use of vessels over 190m in length or with a draft of

more than 9m. Vessels over 150m in length or with a draft

more than 9m carrying dangerous and polluting goods

must also use this anchorage.

5.10 For anchorages for deep-draft vessels bound for Port du

Havre-Antifer, see paragraph 5.20.

Caution

5.10 Numerous wrecks, which may best be seen on the chart, lie

in the approach to Le Havre and in the Estuary of the Seine.

5.10 Shoal banks lie, in places, adjacent to the fairway channel

and vessels should not pass too closely to the lighted aids

marking the edges. 

5.10 Small vessels should avoid impeding the navigation of deepdraft vessels, which are frequently encountered in the estuary.

5.10 Vessels should not proceed into depths of less than 15m unless they have verified their position as this contour lies close

to the coastal dangers.

5.10 Anchoring, fishing, and waiting are prohibited within a large

area, which may best be seen on the chart, lying adjacent to the

N side of the Le Havre Approach Channel.

5.10 A restricted area, which may best be seen on the chart, lies

centered about 3 miles NW of Cap de la Heve. Anchoring,

dredging, and trawling are prohibited within this area. A spoil

ground is located within the restricted area and less water than

charted is reported (2005) to lie in its vicinity.

5.10 Care is advised when using any of the anchorages in the ap-
114 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

proaches to the estuary as there is a slight risk of fouling disused cables, which may best be seen on the chart.

5.10 It is reported (2005) that extensive construction (Port 2000)

is being carried out on the N side of the river entrance, at the S

side of the port of Le Havre.

5.11 Trouville-Deauville (49°22'N., 0°05'E.) (World Port

Index No. 35870) is situated on the S side of the estuary, on

both sides of the mouth of the Riviere La Touques. It is used by

fishing vessels and pleasure craft.

The harbor is entered between two rubble training walls,

which cover at HW. The W wall extends NNW from the outer

end of a curved breakwater. The harbor consists of an avantport, a riverside quay, and two wet basins.

Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 8.2 m at springs

and 6.8m at neaps. Off the harbor, the tidal currents set ENE

and WSW with rates up to 3 knots at springs. Within the entrance channel, the flood current attains a rate of 2.8 knots and

the ebb current a rate of 1.8 knots. An eddy forms off the entrance to the outer yacht basin about 1 hour before HW. The

best time to enter is at slack water, about 15 minutes before to

15 minutes after HW.

Depths—Limitations.—An entrance channel, which dries

1.2m at its N end, leads through the coastal bank to the entrance. It is reported (2007) that depths less than charted are

found in the entrance channel. An extensive yacht basin, with a

least depth of 2.8m, lies on the W side of the harbor entrance,

at Deauville. It is protected by a breakwater and entered via a

lock, which is 52m long and 12m wide. Basin des Yachts, a wet

basin, is situated in the S part of the harbor and entered via a

gate, 14.5m wide. Basin Mornay is entered from the S end of

Basin des Yachts via a passage, 13.1m wide. Small vessels

with drafts up to 3.5m at springs and 2.5m at neaps can enter

the basins.

The E bank of the river provides a quay, which dries up to

3m, mud. Vessels up to 60m in length and 13m beam can enter

the harbor with drafts up to 3.6m at springs and 2.5m at neaps.

Aspect.—A lighted range, which may best be seen on the

chart, indicates the entrance channel. The training walls are

marked by beacons and lights.

A conspicuous casino is reported to stand in Deauville at the

W side of the harbor.

Pilotage.—Pilots are available from the La Seine Maritime

(Rouen Port) Pilotage Service (see paragraph 5.14).

Pilotage in the port is compulsory for all vessels over 55m in

length and all vessels carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances.

Vessels should send an ETA and a request for pilotage 48

hours in advance, with a confirmation 5 hours prior to arrival.

The message should include the vessel’s length and draft. Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board in the vicinity of the

Rouen Waiting Area, about 4 miles SW of Cap de la Heve.

Vessels should also send an ETA to the port 24 hours in advance, with a confirmation 2 hours prior to arrival.

5.11 Anchorage.—Small vessels may anchor, in a depth of 4m,

about 2.3 miles WNW of the harbor entrance.

5.11 Caution.—Dredges may be frequently encountered in the

approaches to the harbor.

Le Havre (49°29'N., 0°06'E.)

World Port Index No. 35840

5.12 Le Havre owes its importance mainly to its geographic location and the long stand of HW. The port, with its extensive commercial docks, serves as a terminus for large

passenger ships. It also provides comprehensive facilities for

container, petroleum, and ro-ro traffic.

5.12 Bassin Theophile Ducrocq and Bassin Rene Coty extend

along the S side of the port and form a large continuous tidal

dock. A lock situated at the E end of this tidal dock leads into a

number of constant level basins. In addition, a complex of wet

docks, entered via locks at the W end, extends along the N side

of the port.

Tides—Currents

5.12 The tidal rise at Le Havre is 7.7m at MHWS, and 6.4m at

MHWN. Le Havre is subject to a particular type of HW stand

known as “the duration of high water.” After a rapid rise, the

tidal curve exhibits a leveling off period of about 3 hours. 

5.12 During the leveling off period, the variation in water level remains slight (0.3m) in relation to the tidal range. The actual

time of HW varies within the duration of the HW stand depending on the phase of the moon. 

5.12 During spring tides, it will occur during the third quarter of

the HW stand, while at neaps, HW will occur toward the middle of HW stand. The LW stand at Le Havre lasts for only a

few moments.

5.12 Storms from the SW to NW may increase the tidal level by

as much as 0.7m, while weather from E to NE will lower the

tidal level by 0.3 to 0.5m. 

5.12 The variations due to weather may shift the time of HW by

up to 1 hour.

5.12 Vessels operating with, or near a minimum underkeel clearance should consult the local authorities for guidance. 

5.12 Any rule governing the tidal currents in the approaches to Le

Havre and at the entrance of the Seine is necessarily complex.

It is often different, even for adjacent positions. 

5.12 In general, the tidal currents may be said to be rotary in direction during the rise and fall of a tide. 

5.12 This is best observed in the case of the currents in Grande

Rade and in Rade de la Carosse.

5.12 In these roadsteads, from the time of LW for the duration of

2 to 3 hours, the flood current flowing NE turns clockwise to

set ESE during the filling of the Seine. 

5.12 At the end of this period the Verhaule current, a relatively

rapid current of constant direction, springs up and flows NE

and N towards Cap de la Heve. The Verhaule current runs until

the time of HW, and the ebb current sets to the W and then to

the SE for a period of 4 to 5 hours. 

5.12 The exceptions to the generality occur in Petite Rade, N of

the entrance of Le Havre, and in the Estuary of the Seine. In

these areas the current has only two directions; that is, SE

(flood) and NW (ebb). It should be noted that the tidal currents

Port of Le Havre Home Page

http://www.havre-port.net
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 115

Pub. 191

set across the entrance of Le Havre and not into the port. 

5.12 At springs the flood current attains a maximum rate of 2

knots about 4 hours before HW; the ebb current attains a maximum rate of about 2 knots about 3 hours after HW. About 2

hours after LW the current entering the avant-port and Bassin

Theophile-Ducrocq can attain a velocity of about 1.6 knots. 

Depths—Limitations

5.12 The Approach Channel, which is navigation controlled,

leads in an ESE direction through the coastal bank to the harbor entrance, which is protected by two breakwaters. It is 300m

wide, maintained at a dredged depth of 15.5m on the range

line, and entered about 0.5 mile NE of the LHA Lanby.

5.12 Tankers up to 300,000 dwt and 392m in length, with drafts of

19.2 to 20.7m, may enter the port, subject to tidal restrictions.

Such vessels enter by day only and should arrive at the LHA

Lanby at least 3 hours prior to HW.

5.12 Vessels up to 150,000 dwt and 17m draft may enter Grand

Canal du Havre. The recommended time for vessels of over

100,000 dwt to enter the port is 1 hour prior to HW. 

5.12 Facilities.—Petite-Port, an extensive yacht marina with a

depth of 3m, lies close inside the entrance, on the N side.

5.12 Bassin la Manche, lying 0.7 mile E of the entrance, is a tidal

basin from which access to the wet dock complexes to the N

and E is gained.

5.12 The small wet docks extending to the N of Bassin la Manche

are entered through a gate, 8m wide, and are used by pleasure

craft.

5.12 Bassin de la Citadelle, with a depth of 6.3m, is used by fishing vessels and port authority craft. It is entered through a lock

situated at the NE end of Bassin la Manche. The lock is 75m

long and 16m wide with a depth of 1.7m over the sill.

5.12 Quinette-de-Rochemont Lock, at the E side of Bassin la

Manche, provides entry to a wet dock system, which includes

Bassin Bellot and Bassin de l’Eure. It is 232m long and 30m

wide with a depth of 4.5m over the sill. Vessels up to 180m in

length and 26m beam can lock in. When the gates are open,

vessels up to 210m in length can pass through.

5.12 Bassin Vauban and Bassin de la Barre are entered from the N

end of Bassin de l’Eure through a passage 16m wide. Both of

these basins are use by fishing vessels and port authority craft.

5.12 Sas Vetillart Lock, at the E end of Bassin Bellot, leads into

Bassin Vetillart, Bassin Marcel Despujols, and then into Canal

de Tancarville. It is 175m long and 27m wide with a depth of

2m over the sill. Vessels up to 165m in length, 23m beam, and

8.5m draft can use this lock.

5.12 Bassin Theophile Ducrocq, about 2 miles long, is entered 0.6

mile ESE of the port entrance. Bassin Rene Coty extends 1

mile ENE from its E end.

5.12 Ecluse Francois Premier Lock, situated at the E end Bassin

Rene Coty, leads into Grand Canal du Havre and several constant level basins. It is 400m long and 67m wide with a depth

of 14.5m over the sill. Vessels up to 320m in length, 55m

beam, and 17m draft can use this lock.

5.12 Grande Canal du Havre, with depths up to 22m, extends E

for about 6 miles from the lock. It is marked by buoys and provides berths for several large industrial complexes.

5.12 Darse de l’Ocean, a deep basin, extends about 1 mile SSE

from Ecluse Francois Premier Lock. 

5.12 Canal Bossiere leads NE from Ecluse Francois Premier Lock

into Bassin de Lancement and Canal de Tancarville. 

5.12 Several bridges, which may best be seen on the chart, span

the passages leading between the basins. Generally, these

bridges can be opened at any time during daylight and on request.

5.12 The port provides facilities for general cargo, tanker, chemical, bulk, ferry, ro-ro, reefer, passenger, container, LPG, and

fishing vessels.

5.12 In addition, the port has several floating repair berths, which

can handle vessels up to 300,000 dwt and 550m in length, and

a number of dry docks. The largest dry dock is 313m long and

38m wide.

5.12 Berths.—The port provides about 15 miles of total quayage

with over 140 berths for commercial ships. The following is a

list of the principal berths: 

1. Bassin de la Manche—Terminal de Grande

Bretagne, on the N side, has two ro-ro berths with depths of

5m, which can handle ferries up to 165m in length. Quay

Roger Meunier, on the S side, is 500m long and has a depth

of 8.5m alongside.

2. Bassin Bellot—Quai Hermann-du-Pasquier, on the S

side, is 1,524m long and can handle vessels with bulk cargo

up to 210m in length and 8.5m draft. 

3. Bassin Theophile Ducrocq—Quay Pierre Callet, on

the NW side, is 598m long. Quay Joannes Couvert, on the N

side, is 720m long and has a depth of 10m alongside. Mole

Central Ore Berth No. 6, on the NE side, is 240m in length

and has a depth of 16m alongside. Oil Basin No. 1, on the

SW side, is a methane berth for vessels up to 230m in length

and 10m draft. Oil Port Berth No. 8, on the SE side, has a

depth of 15m alongside.

4. Bassin Rene Coty—Terminal l’Atlantique for containers, on the NW side, includes Quai de l’Atlantique,

which is 800m long and has a depth of 12m alongside. Terminal Europe Atlantique for containers, on the NE side, includes Quai des Ameriques, which is 500m long and has

depths up to 13.4m alongside. Terminal de Normandie, for

containers, on the S side, includes Quai de l’Asie, which is

620m long and has a depth of 13.1m alongside. Bassin du

Pacific Terminal, a container terminal on the SE side, includes Quai d Osaka, which is 450m long and has a depth of

14.5m alongside. Oil Port Berth No. 10, on the SW side, has

a depth of 19m alongside and can handle vessels up to

280,000 dwt.

5. Canal Bossiere—Terminal de l’Europe, a terminal

for containers on the SW side, includes Quai de l’Europe,

which is 910m long. 

6. Darse de l’Ocean—Quai de Bougainville, on the E

side, is 1,625m long and can handle vessels up to 13m draft. 

7. Grand Canal de Havre—Multivrac Bulk Center, situated on the S side about 3 miles E of the entrance, can handle vessels up to 150,000 dwt and 17m draft. Sogestrol

Terminal Berths, on the N side about 0.8 mile E of the entrance, can handle chemical and LPG vessels up to 240m in

length.

5.12 It is reported (2006) that a new container terminal basin,

known as Port 2000, has been constructed within the port. This

terminal basin extends along the N side of the river, close S of

Bassin Theophile Ducrocq, and is protected on its S side by a
116 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

long breakwater. The channel leading into the entrance of this

terminal basin has a dredged depth of 15m.

5.12 Canal de Tancarville.—Canal de Tancarville leads E for

about 12 miles to the locks at Tancarville where it connects

with La Seine Maritime. At Gonfreville L’Orcher, about 2

miles E of Bassin de Lancement, there are berths for coastal

cargo, tanker, and LPG vessels up to 100m in length and 5.3m

draft. Between these berths and the locks at Tancarville the

maximum permitted draft is 3.5m. 

5.12 There are two locks leading into La Seine Maritime. The

northernmost lock is 177m long and 28m wide with a depth of

0.4m over the sill. The S lock is 200m long and 23.8m wide

with a depth of 3m over the sill.

Aspect

5.12 The channel is marked by lighted buoys. A directional sector light indicates the entrance fairway.

5.12 A light is shown from a prominent tower, 15m high, standing

on the N breakwater head. 

5.12 Numerous prominent oil tanks stand on Digue Ouest, which

extends along the S part of the port. The church of Saint Joseph, with a conspicuous tower, stands about 0.5 mile NE of

the harbor entrance.

5.12 A prominent signal station (Port Control tower) stands on

Quai des Abeilles, about 0.5 mile E of the harbor entrance.

5.12 A powerful white light is shown occasionally in dense fog

from a structure, 3m high, standing on the NW end of Quai de

Roger Meunier, about 0.2 mile SE of the signal station tower.

5.12 For additional principal landmarks and aids in the vicinity of

Le Havre, see paragraph 5.11.

Pilotage

5.12 Pilotage for the ports of Le Havre and Port du Havre-Antifer

are provided by the Le Havre-Fecamp Pilotage Service (Pilots

Le Havre).

5.12 The limits of the Le Havre-Fecamp Compulsory Pilotage Area are, as follows:

1. The NE limit is a line joining Cap d’Antifer Light to

position 49°46'N, 0°01'E.

2. The N limit is the parallel of 49°46'N.

3. The W limit is the meridian of LHA Lanby

(0°09'45.0'''W.).

4. The S limit is the parallel of 49°27'N.

5. The E limit is the easternmost extremity of Le Havre

port, including the Canal de Tarcanville upstream to the

Tarcanville lock gates.

5.12 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of 70m or more in length,

all vessels carrying dangerous cargo, and all vessels not

equipped with VHF.

5.12 Vessels should send a request for pilotage 12 hours in advance or on departure from the last port of call. The message

should include the vessel’s name, call sign, draft, and any possible damage.

5.12 Le Havre-Fecamp pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

5.12 Vessels should then contact Pilots Le Havre or PH (for helicopter) 3 hours prior to arrival on VHF channel 12 or 20. Vessels must state name, call sign, possible technical problems,

Le Havre (container terminal)

Le Havre (outer harbor)

Le Havre

Le Havre (Port Control tower and power station)

station@pilhavre.fr
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 117

Pub. 191

possibility of boarding by helicopter (winch or landing stage),

and route (N or W).

5.12 The method of embarking the pilot will be specified to the

vessel. After the pilot has boarded, instructions will be given

on VHF channel 12 or 20.

5.12 Pilots for Le Havre board in the following positions:

1. Vessels with a draft of 12m—49°31.7'N, 0°05.8'W.

2. Vessels with a draft of 16m—49°33.0'N, 0°09.8'W.

3. Vessels with a draft of 18m—49°34.4'N, 0°14.0'W.

4. Vessels with a draft between those specified in 1, 2,

and 3 above—in a position between the specified boarding

positions.

5.12 Pilots board vessels proceeding to Port du Havre-Antifer

about 1 mile N of Antifer A5 Lighted Buoy (49°46'N.,

0°17'W.).

Signals.

5.12 Visual traffic and lock signals are displayed from various

signal stations around the port area. The pilot should be consulted for the details and meaning of the various codes. 

5.12 Vessels carrying dangerous cargo or hydrocarbons should

display a red flag by day and a red light at night.

Regulations

5.12 The Baie de Seine VTS Identification Zone system operates

in the approaches to the Estuary of the Seine and facilitates recognition of vessels bound to or from the ports of Port du

Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and Caen-Ouistreham. It is

managed by the Baie de Seine Traffic Control Center, which is

located at Le Havre. The Identification Zone is bounded by an

arc with a radius of 22 miles centered on Cap de Le Heve

Light. For further information, see Regulations under Estuary

of the Seine (paragraph 5.11).

5.12 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to vessels

carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances bound for or

sailing from Port du Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and other La Seine ports. For further information pertaining to these

special regulations, see paragraph 5.10.

5.12 Vessels over 1,600 grt and carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo should consider the Navigation Controlled Approach

Channel to be a Mandatory Access Channel.

Anchorage

5.12 Designated Waiting Areas, within which vessels bound for

the port may anchor, lie in the approaches to the Estuary of the

Seine and may best be seen on the chart. For further details, see

paragraph 5.10.

Caution

5.12 The alongside depths stated in the description of the port are

approximate. The port authority of Le Havre does not provide

exact figures for drafts permitted alongside the quays. The actual depths may be less due to siltation within the basins between the dredging schedules. The port authority publishes a

quarterly timetable showing the maximum admissible drafts

for large vessels for each tide.

5.12 Vessels are advised to consult the port authority for the latest

depths within the constant level basins and the wet dock systems prior to arrival.

5.12 For additional cautions, see paragraph 5.10

La Seine Maritime

5.13 La Seine Maritime is that part of the river navigable

by ocean-going ships from just below Berville-sur-Mer

(49°26'N., 0°22'E.), situated 5 miles E of Honfleur, to the

Jeanne d’Arc Bridge at Rouen, a distance of about 57 miles.

5.13 Above Rouen, La Seine is navigable to Paris, where there is

an inland port at Gennevilliers, and where there is access to the

inland waterways.

5.13 The river is marked at each kilometer, indicating the distance

from Paris. Navigation in the river is governed closely by the

tides. Vessels ascend with the flood as soon as there is sufficient water to enter the channel. 

5.13 The passage up river to Rouen takes about 6 hours and can

be done on a single tide.

Winds—Weather

5.13 Fog constitutes the main danger to shipping in the Seine. It

usually sets in around dusk during the autumn and winter

months, and at dawn during the spring and summer. It usually

disperses 1 or 2 hours after sunrise.

5.13 Fog occurs on an average of 29 days a year, on four of which

it lasts throughout the day. Fog detectors stationed at various

positions along the river transmit visibility information to the

port information center at Rouen. The port center will provide

visibility information via VHF on request.

Tides—Currents

5.13 The rise of tide within the Seine is complex, characterized by

a double HW at springs, below Duclair. At neap tides the HW

merge, and are indefinable. 

5.13 At springs, the first HW becomes less and less important as

the river is ascended. 

5.13 At Rouen there is only one HW, but the rise of tide is rapid in

the first hour after LW. Above Caudebec, the LWN are lower

than the LWS. In periods of drought or certain meteorological

conditions, the water level in the river may be lowered by as

much as 0.8m. Tide gauges, some of which are lit, are placed at

several points along the river. 

5.13 In addition, the radar station at Honfleur broadcasts tidal information at the Honfleur harbor entrance on request, from 2

hours before to 3 hours after HW at Le Havre. The tide gauges

and broadcast information are based on the Le Havre chart datum. 

5.13 The pilot should be consulted for further details concerning

the height of tide in the channel.

5.13 The MHWS and MHWN are, respectively, 7.9m and 6.7m at

Honfleur, 7.6m and 6.4m at Caudebec (Km 311), and 7.6m and

6.5m at Rouen. The MLWS and MLWN are, respectively, 1.5m

and 2.9m at Honfleur, 3.5m and 3.7m at Caudebec (Km 311),

and 4.8m and 4.4m at Rouen.

5.13 Current rates in the river vary with the tidal stage, meteorological conditions, and the distance upriver. For example, the
118 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

flood current does not reach Rouen. 

5.13 At Tancarville, the spring flood current reaches a rate of 6

knots, while the ebb reaches 4 knots. Upriver of La Maillerville, the flood and ebb reach rates of 2 to 3 knots. 

5.13 A tidal bore, called Mascaret, is felt at the beginning of the

flood current from Villequier, disappearing upstream from

Rouen. Due to dredging and channel improvement projects, the

bore is no longer considered to be a nuisance to navigation, but

does oblige vessels alongside a pier, or anchored to take precautions. 

5.13 The pilot should be consulted for appropriate actions to be

taken if a tidal bore is forecast. Small vessels avoid trouble by

riding out the bore in the middle of the river. The pilot should

be consulted for further information.

Depths—Limitations

5.13 Depths within Chenal de Rouen are subject to variation from

several causes. The largest depth variations occur in the fairway between Honfleur (Km 56) and Tancarville (Km 338). The

variation in this stretch may be as much as 0.3m per week and

soundings are taken daily. Dredging is carried out on a continuous basis.

5.13 The maximum permissible length for vessels sailing to

Rouen (Km 245), Port-Jerome (Km 332), and Poste Miroline

(Km 353) is 280m. However, further restrictions may be imposed at night or on certain tides.

5.13 The maximum draft authorized for Chenal de Rouen varies

on a daily basis and is closely related to the height of tide available. The La Seine Pilotage Service publishes a forecast of

maximum drafts for the channel monthly. The information refers to salt water drafts for the upriver passage and fresh water

drafts for downriver. The maximum drafts given assume normal meteorological conditions. 

5.13 The published drafts may be increased or decreased at the

stage of a vessel’s arrival or departure if the water level differs

considerably from that predicted.

5.13 Draft restrictions may be imposed for certain areas. Further

restrictions may also be imposed, particularly at night, depending on the vessel’s handling and any deficiency of the radio or

radar equipment.

5.13 It is reported (2000) that the maximum draft for vessels proceeding upriver is 9.7 to 11.7m, depending on the height of

tide. Vessels with drafts up to 9.5m can enter on all tides. The

maximum draft permitted for the downriver passage is 10m.

5.13 Deep-draft vessels, capable of speeds over 12 knots, can proceed downriver in two stages, either mooring at buoys at Villequier (Km 314), or dolphins at Vatteville-la-Rue (Km 318)

with the aid of two tugs. Under these circumstances a greater

draft than normal is permitted on certain tides. Vessels can also

proceed in three stages, mooring at the buoys or dolphins and

at Radicatel Quay. This programmed descent of the river is not

authorized for tankers which are not gas-free.

5.13 It is reported (2000) that vessels proceeding downriver in the

above stages may be permitted a maximum draft of 10.8m. 

5.13 The Rouen Pilotage Service should be contacted well in advance of arrival for maximum draft information, which should

be confirmed when the pilot boards.

5.13 Overhead power cables cross the channel at Km 336, Km

331, Km 298, Km 274, and Km 262. Bridges span the channel

at Km 353, Km 338, and Km 309. The minimum vertical clearance of all these obstructions is 49m.

Aspect

5.13 La Falais des Fonts Light, a sector light, is shown from a

prominent white tower, 18m high, standing 0.7 mile W of the

entrance to Honfleur (49°25'N., 0°014'E).

5.13 Digue Basse du Nord and Digue du Ratir, which are two

training walls, border the N and S sides of Chenal de Rouen.

These walls, which cover, extend about 4 miles W of La Falais

des Fonts Light and are marked by beacons. Digue Basse du

Nord, on the N side, is 3 to 6m above chart datum and Digue de

Ratir, on the S side, is 2 to 5m above chart datum. The outer

head of Digue de Ratir is marked by Lighted Beacon A, which

is 10m high.

5.13 The fairway within Chenal de Rouen is marked by lights and

lighted buoys, which may best be seen on the chart.

5.13 The access channel leading from Rade de la Carosse to Chenal de Rouen is marked by lighted buoys.

5.13 The city and port installations of Le Havre stand along the N

side of the entrance to Chenal de Rouen and are prominent.

5.13 It is reported (2006) that Lighted Buoy No. 2 (49°27.4'N.,

0°01.4'E.), equipped with a racon, is moored 3.7 miles WNW

of Lighted Beacon A and about 1 mile NW of the entrance to

the access channel.

5.13 For further information concerning landmarks and navigational aids in the approaches to La Seine Maritime, see paragraph 5.11.

Pilotage

5.13 Pilotage for the river area (La Seine Maritime) is provided by

the Rouen (La Seine) Pilotage Service. This service also provides pilots for the ports of Honfleur and Trouville-Deauville.

5.13 The pilotage area is divided into two sections, as follows:

1. Seine Aval (downstream).—This section is bound by

a line extending from the W extremity of the S breakwater at

Le Havre to LH11 Lighted Buoy (49°29.6'N., 0°02.2'E.),

then SW toward RP Lighted Buoy (49°28.6'N., 0°01.2'W.) to

latitude 49°29'N, then W to the meridian of the LHA Lanby

(0°10'W.), then S to latitude 49°20'N, then E to the pilot

boarding position at Caudebec-en-Caux (km 310.75).

2. Seine Amont (upstream).—This section lies between

the pilot boarding position at Caudebec-en-Caux (km

310.75) and the Guillaume Le Conquerant Bridge at Rouen.

5.13 Pilotage in the area is compulsory for vessels, as follows:

1. All vessels carrying dangerous substances, hydrocarbons, or liquefied gases, including non-gas-free vessels.

2. Passenger vessels.

3. Vessels in the Seine Aval section over 55m in length.

4. Vessels in the Seine Amont section over 45m in

length and those which, although shorter in length, do not

have VHF or radar suitable for river navigation.

5. Vessels under tow which are subject to compulsory

pilotage.

5.13 Vessels less than 70m in length whose Master possesses a Pilotage Exemption Certificate are exempt.

5.13 All inbound vessels should send their ETA at Rade de la

Carosse (49°28'N., 0°02'E.) and a request for pilotage to Rouen
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 119

Pub. 191

Pilot at least 48 hours in advance or on departure from another

port if less than 48 hours. This message is usually passed via

the agent.

5.13 Vessels should then send a confirmation message by telex or

fax 5 hours prior to arrival, including details of their speed and

draft. Delays over 1 hour or an ETA earlier than 1 hour must be

reported at least 3 hours before arrival.

5.13 Pilots generally board vessels, as follows:

1. In the Seine Aval section in position 49°28.7'N,

0°02.7'W (about 4.8 miles WSW of Cap de la Heve Light).

2. In the Seine Amont section in an area lying between

Norville Light (km 310.75) and Saint-Wandrille Light (km

306.8).

5.13 The Rouen Pilotage Service office at Rouen may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

5.13 The Rouen Pilotage Service office at Le Havre may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

Regulations

5.13 The Baie de Seine VTS Identification Zone system operates

in the approaches to the Estuary of the Seine and facilitates recognition of vessels bound to or from the ports of Port du

Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and Caen-Ouistreham. It is

managed by the Baie de Seine Traffic Control Center, which is

located at Le Havre. The Identification Zone is bounded by an

arc with a radius of 22 miles centered on Cap de Le Heve

Light. For further information, see Regulations under the Estuary of the Seine (paragraph 5.11).

5.13 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to vessels

carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances bound for or

sailing from Port du Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and other La Seine ports. For further information pertaining to these

special regulations, see paragraph 5.11.

5.13 Rouen Port (La Seine) VTS system operates in the river area

extending between the Estuary of the Seine and Rouen. It is

mandatory for all commercial vessels.

5.13 This VTS system provides maritime and river traffic surveillance between Rade de la Carosse (49°28'N., 0°02'E.) and

Rouen. Information and radar assistance are provided on request.

5.13 All vessels over 20m in length navigating in the area must be

equipped with a VHF capable of communicating with Rouen

Port Control on VHF channels 6, 13, 16, and 73.

5.13 All inbound vessels should send their ETA at Rade de la

Carosse (49°28'N., 0°02'E.) to Rouen Port VTS Control at least

48 hours in advance or on departure from another port if less

than 48 hours. This message, which is usually passed via the

agent, must include the following:

1. Vessel name and call sign.

2. ETA Rade de la Carousse.

3. Speed.

4. Last port of call.

5. Destination and ETA.

6. Maximum salt water draft.

7. Cargo information.

8. Possible defects, damage, or deficiencies (vessel or

cargo).

5.13 Vessels should send a confirmation message by telex or facsimile 5 hours prior to arrival, including details of their speed,

maximum salt water draft, and ETA at Rade de la Carousse to

Rouen Port Control.

5.13 Vessels must then contact Rouen Port Control 3 hours prior

to arrival on VHF channel 73.

5.13 Vessels must request authorization from Rouen Port Control

before entering the access channel of La Seine Maritime.

5.13 All vessels must maintain a listening watch on VHF channel

73, or on the prescribed channel, during passage between the

estuary and Rouen.

5.13 Vessels must advise Rouen Port Control of the following:

1. Time of entry into the access channel.

2. Time of passing La Bouille (49°21'N, 0°56'E.), inbound and outbound.

3. Any incident affecting navigation in the river (fog, unforeseen anchoring, displaced buoy, vessel in difficulty, etc).

4. After passing Caudebec-en-Caux (km 310.75), the

number of tugs required on arrival at Rouen.

5.13 Rouen Port Control will provide on request details of visibility, navigational conditions, and weather on VHF channel 73.

5.13 Information concerning water levels between the estuary and

Caudebec-en-Caux is broadcast every 5 minutes on VHF channel 82.

5.13 Rouen Port Control will provide on request details of water

levels between Le Havre and Rouen on VHF channel 73.

5.13 The area of radar coverage extends 20 miles W of Honfleur

Radar to Aizer (km 325). Honfleur Radar will provide navigational information on request on VHF channel 73.

5.13 Rouen Port Control may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

5.13 Overtaking is permitted within La Seine Maritime providing

the visibility is clear and no other ship can be seen approaching

from the opposite direction.

5.13 Between Tancarville and Rouen, a speed limit of 15 knots is

in force, but vessels must not cause excessive wash.

5.13 Vessels of less than 20m in length must not hinder ships in

La Seine Maritime.

Anchorage

5.13 Three designated Waiting Areas for vessels bound for

Rouen, which may best be seen on the chart, lie in the estuary

of the Seine. For further information, see paragraph 5.11.

5.13 In the Seine, vessels anchor either to await the tide, or in case

of dense fog. The pilot should be consulted as to the place of

anchorage, as well as for the proper precautions to be taken on

the arrival of the flood.

Directions

5.13 Vessels bound for ports in La Seine Maritime should head

for LHA Lanby (49°31.7'N., 0°09.9'W.) and then RN Lighted

piloseine-rouen@wanadoo.fr

piloseine-majorl@wanadoo.fr

harbourmaster@rouen.port.fr
120 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

Buoy (49°29'N., 0°01'W.), about 6.2 miles ESE, which is

moored at the NW end of Rade de la Carosse. The outer entrance of the buoyed access channel lies about 3 miles SE of

RN Lighted Buoy. 

Caution

5.13 Ferries cross at various points along the channel, which may

best seen on the chart. The crossing points are marked by white

boards with the word “BAC” or a violet light at night. In addition to their usual lights, ferries at night display three vertical

lights. White, red, and green lights are shown when proceeding

toward the right or N bank; and white, green, and red are

shown when proceeding toward the left or S bank.

5.13 Dredges permanently operate within La Seine Maritime.

5.13 Instructions are frequently given by the authorities using the

convention “left bank or right bank” referring to the position of

the banks when headed downstream.

Honfleur (49°25'N., 0°15'E.)

World Port Index No. 35870

5.14 Honfleur is situated on the left bank of the estuary of

La Seine. The port is approached from Chenal du Rouen and

entered through an outer lock.

5.14 Winds—Weather.—See paragraph 5.14 for further information.

5.14 Tides—Currents.—See paragraph 5.14 for further information.

5.14 Depths—Limitations.—An entrance channel, 100m wide,

leads between two tall jetties to the outer lock. This outer lock,

which is 40m long and 23m wide, provides access to the avantport. Vessels of less than 36m in length may use the lock. Vessels 36m and over in length must wait for HW slack to enter

with both gates open.

5.14 Bassin de l’Ouest is entered from the avant-port through the

W inner lock, which is 10.5m wide. This basin is 128m long

and 77m wide, with depths of 2.2m. It is used by fishing vessels and yachts. 

5.14 Bassin de l’Est is entered from the avant-port through the E

inner lock, which is 16.5m wide. It is 295m long and 70m

wide. Bassin Carnot is entered from Bassin de l’Est by a passage, 13m wide, which can be used by vessels with beams up

to 12.5m. This basin is 788m long and 108m wide.

5.14 Bassin de l’Est and Bassin Carnot provide facilities for commercial vessels. Vessels up to 110m in length and 15.5m beam

can be handled with drafts up to 6.2m at springs and 3.7m at

neaps. These limitations are subject to change due to frequent

siltation within the port. 

5.14 Pilotage.—See paragraph 5.14 for further information.

5.14 Departing vessels must request a pilot from La Seine or the

Honfleur harbormaster at least 3 hours before departure.

5.14 Regulations.—See paragraph 5.11 and paragraph 5.14 for

further information.

5.14 Anchorage.—See paragraph 5.14 for further information.

5.14 Caution.—Sluicing takes place at spring tides, during which

time the entrance channel should not be used.

Honfleur to Rouen

5.15 Chenal de Rouen continues almost as far as the mouth

of the riviere La Risle, about 5.5 miles E of Honfleur. Then as

far as Rouen embankments confine the river to a permanent

channel.

5.15 Quais Exterieurs de Honfleur are situated close E of Honfleur, on the S bank. These two quays are 122m long and can

accommodate vessels up to 170m in length with drafts up to

7m at LWS.

5.15 Poste Miroline (Km 353) is a dolphin berth for tankers on the

S bank. It is capable of handling vessels up to 60,000 tons. This

berth is subject to rapid siltation and vessels must ascertain the

depth alongside in advance.

5.15 Quai de Radicatel (Km 336), fronting a container terminal, is

situated on the N bank. It is 411m long and has a depth of 10m

alongside. Vessels up to 45,000 tons and 270m in length can be

handled.

5.15 Port Jeromme (Km 332), which provides seven berths, is situated on the N bank. It can handle tankers up to 51,000 dwt,

220m in length, and 10m draft.

5.15 Quai de Saint-Wondrille (Km 307) is situated on the N bank.

It is 645m long and can accommodate vessels up to 10m draft.

5.15 Quai de Trat (Km 300) is situated on the S bank. It is 210m

long and can accommodate vessels up to 8m draft.

5.15 Several berths for coasters and river craft are situated at

Caudebec (Km 310), Yainville (Km 299), and Duclair (Km

278).

Rouen (49°27'N., 1°06'E.)

World Port Index No. 35850

5.16 Rouen, a large port, lies about 62 miles above Honfleur. It is divided into two sections by Pont Jeanne d’Arc. The

Maritime Port Section, used by ocean-going traffic, extends

from La Bouille (Km 260) to the bridge. The River Section lies

above Pont Jeanne d’Arc. It is used by barges, pleasure craft,

and small coasters, which can lower their masts.

5.16 Depths—Limitations.—The river banks provide a total of

about 7 miles of quayage with depths of 5 to 11m alongside. In

addition, there are five tidal basins lying nearly parallel to the

river, with direct access. There are also several dolphin berths

for vessels awaiting quay berths. The river has an average

width of 200m and vessels always berth with their bows heading downstream.

5.16 The port provides facilities for general cargo, bulk, ro-ro, cruise,

container, reefer, paper product, chemical, and tanker vessels. For

information concerning the maximum dimensions of vessels for

La Seine Maritime, see paragraph 5.14.

5.16 It is reported (2000) that the port is accessible by fully loaded

vessels up to 40,000 dwt and partly loaded vessels up to 140,000

dwt, with inbound drafts up to 11.5m and outbound drafts up to

10.4m. 

Port of Rouen Home Page

http://www.rouen.port.fr
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 121

Pub. 191

5.16 Below Bassin de Rouen-Quevilley (Km 246), there are many

private specialist berths serving the industries situated on the left

bank. The principal facilities are listed below.

5.16 Quai Grand Couronne Moulineaux (Km 256), on the left bank,

fronts a container terminal. It provides 900m of berthage and has a

depth of 11.5m alongside. Vessels up to 10.5m draft can be handled.

5.16 Grand Couronne Bulk Berth (Km 254), on the left bank, is

360m long and can handle vessels up to 10.7m draft.

5.16 Bassin au Hydrocarbures (Jupiter) (Km 253) provides two

petroleum berths and one gas berth. Tankers up to 210m in

length and 10.5m draft, and LPG carriers up to 160m in length

and 8m draft, can be handled.

5.16 A riverside oil berth is situated close below Bassin au Hydrocarbures and can handle tankers up to 270m in length and

10.5m draft.

5.16 Quai de Petit-Couronne (Km 252), on the left bank, is a ro-ro

berth. Vessels up to 10m draft can be handled. Another ro-ro

berth is situated close below this quay.

5.16 Bassin de Rouen-Quevilley (Km 246), on the left bank, provides over 2,000m of berthage with depths of 10m alongside.

5.16 Bassin Saint-Gervais (Km 245), on the right bank, has an entrance 140m wide. Quai de l’Ouest, on its N side, is 700m long

and has a depth of 8.8m alongside.

5.16 Pilotage.—See paragraph 5.14 for further information.

5.16 Regulations.—See paragraphs 5.11 and 5.14 for further information.

5.16 Anchorage.—See paragraph 5.14 for further information.

5.16 Caution.—The port is subject to siltation. Inbound draft

limitations are also dependent on meteorological and hydrological conditions. Vessels should contact the harbor authorities in

advance of arrival for the latest information.

La Seine above Rouen

5.17 Above Rouen, several ports and berths are available to

vessels capable of meeting the restrictions. Connections are

available, by canal and river navigation, to the Mediterranean,

the North Sea, and the Baltic. Vessels wishing to navigate N of

Rouen are advised to contact the local authorities for guidance.

5.17 Depths—Limitations.—The dimensions of vessels are limited by the dimensions of locks and bridges, and the depth of

water. There are eight locks between Poses (Km 202) and Paris, with a usable length of 180m and a usable width of 15.5m.

These locks operate from 0700 to 1800 (0630 to 1930 in summer months).

5.17 Gennevilliers, an island port situated about 5 miles NW of

the center of the city of Paris, lies on the left bank of the river,

and is used by vessels proceeding upriver from the sea with a

draft of about 3.5m, avoiding the necessity of transhipment at

Rouen. The maximum size of vessel reaching this port, with

3,000 tons of cargo, is 120m in length, 15.5m beam, 3.5m

draft, and 7.7m air draft.

5.17 Grennevilliers port comprises a series of six basins, dredged

to a depth of about 4.7m, the entrance to which is 65m wide

with a depth of 3.2m and slants obliquely down current.

5.17 No. 1 Basin is about 564m long and 90m wide. No. 2 Basin

is about 800m long and 70m wide.

5.17 The W part of the port handles general cargo, and the E part

is equipped for handling oil, petroleum, and coal. There is a

container terminal equipped with a 35-ton gantry crane and a

ro-ro terminal. 

5.17 There are also port facilities at Limay, 50 km downstream

from Paris; Conflans, at the junction of the Oise and Seine;

Saint-Ouen-L’Aumone, 30 km NW of Paris; Bruyeres-surOise, 40 km N of Paris; and Bonneuil, 10 km SE of Paris.

5.17 Aspect.—The port of Rouen is connected to the national rail

system. There is connection by waterways to Paris. Between

Rouen and Paris, a distance of approximately 133 nautical

miles, the river is used by traffic consisting of pusher-barge

convoys, totaling 3,000 to 4,000 tons, some of which are especially constructed for river navigation.

5.17 The quickest route from the English Channel to the Mediterranean Sea is up the River Seine from Le Havre to Paris and St.

Mammes, then through Canal du Loing, Canal de Baire, Canal

Lateral a le Loire, and Canal du Centre, and then down the River Saone and the River Rhone. The speed limit in the canals is

3.5 knots.

5.17 Inland waterways extend from Paris to the River Scheldt, the

River Meuse, and the River Rhine, and to the River Rhone, and

then to Marseille on the Mediterranean coast. They can be used

by vessels not exceeding a length of 38.5m, a beam of 5m, a

draft of about 1.8m, and a height of 3.5m.

Le Havre to Cap d’Antifer

5.18 Cap d’Antifer (49°41'N., 0°10'E.), a prominent cape,

is fronted by a steep cliff, 122m high. Cap d’Antifer Light is

shown from a conspicuous tower, 38m high, standing on top of

the cliffs at the cape.

 The coast between this cape and Cap de la Heve, about 11

miles SSW, is formed by reddish-colored cliffs, about 100m

high, except at the N end. At the N end of this stretch the cliffs

are white and can be easily seen from seaward when the sun

shines on them.

A water tower stands 0.7 mile SSW of Cauville, about 5

miles NNE of Cap de la Heve, and is the most prominent

landmark along this stretch of shore.

 Cap d’Antifer Light
122 Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 

Pub. 191

Port du Havre-Antifer (Antifer Oil Terminal) 

(49°39'N., 0°10'E.)

World Port Index No. 35835

5.19 Port du Havre-Antifer (Le Havre-Antifer), a large

VLCC oil terminal, is situated about 9 miles N of Cap de la

Heve, close S of Cap d’Antifer. It is administered by the port

authority of Le Havre.

5.19 Winds—Weather.—The port is exposed to winds and swell

between S and W. Local regulations are in force to prevent incidents due to bad weather. Strong winds may reduce the water

level in the port by up to 0.5m. 

5.19 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 8m at MHWS and

6.6m at MHWN.

5.19 The tidal currents usually run parallel to the shore and attain

a maximum rate of 3 knots at springs.

5.19 Depths—Limitations.—The Approach Channel, which

may best be seen on the chart, is composed of an IMO-adopted

Deep-Water Route, an Access Channel, and an inner Entrance

Channel. The Entrance Channel is maintained by dredging at

depths of 24 to 25m.

5.19 The Deep-Water Route, which is not buoyed, is entered 36

miles WNW of Cap d’Antifer and leads ESE for about 25

miles. The SE end of this Deep-Water Route, where it funnels

into the Access Channel, is known as the Zone d’Engainement.

5.19 The Access Channel is entered about 11.5 miles WNW of

Cap d’Antifer. It is 0.5 mile wide and leads ESE for 7.5 miles

to the Entrance Channel. The Entrance Channel, 0.3 mile wide,

leads ESE for about 4 miles from the SE end of the Access

Channel to the terminal.

5.19 A Disengagement Area, which may best be seen on the

chart, lies adjacent to the S side of the Approach Channel,

about 4.5 miles WNW of the terminal. This area enables deepdraft vessels to abort their approach, turn, and return to the

Waiting Areas. 

5.19 A Safety Area (Holding Area), which may best be seen on

the chart, lies adjacent to the S side of the Entrance Channel.

This area, 0.4 mile wide, enables outbound vessels, in special

circumstances, to stay clear of the Entrance Channel.

5.19 A turning area, with a diameter of 1,450m, lies close S of the

berths. Vessels are usually swung to starboard and berthed

stern first.

5.19 An arm extends S from the center of the breakwater and provides two berths with depths up to 28m. Tankers up to 550,000

dwt, 400m in length, 65m beam, and 28.5m draft can be accommodated alongside.

5.19 It is reported (1999) that a tanker of 555,031 dwt, 414m in

length, 79m beam, and 28.5m draft has been handled at the terminal.

5.19 Lighted sign boards are placed at each berth to assist in

docking or undocking operations. The signs indicate the distance from the berth to the stem or stern of the vessel, and the

vessel’s approach speed in centimeters per second.

5.19 Aspect.—Antifer A5 Lighted Buoy (49°46'N., 0°17'W.),

equipped with a racon, is moored about 21 miles NW of Cap

de la Heve.

5.19 The Access Channel and the Entrance Channel are marked

by lighted buoys. A lighted range, which may best be seen on

the chart, indicates the fairway of the Entrance Channel.

5.19 An angled breakwater projects from the shore and protects

the terminal. It extends 1,550m NW, then 1,000m W, and then

950m SW. A light is shown from a prominent structure, 17m

high, standing on the outer extremity of this breakwater.

5.19 For further information concerning landmarks and aids, see

paragraph 5.11 and paragraph 5.18. 

5.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage for vessels approaching the Estuary of

the Seine and specifically the ports of Port du Havre-Antifer

and Le Havre is provided by the Le Havre-Fecamp Pilotage

Service (Pilots Le Havre). For further information, see Pilotage

under Le Havre (paragraph 5.13).

5.19 Pilots board vessels proceeding to Port du Havre-Antifer

about 1 mile N of Antifer A5 Lighted Buoy (49°46'N.,

0°17'W.).

5.19 An electronic navigation system called Syledis is used in the

approaches to the port. It provides information on the vessel’s

position and movement. The portable receiver unit is brought

on board by the pilot.

5.19 Regulations.—The Baie de Seine VTS Identification Zone

system operates in the approaches to the Estuary of the Seine

and facilitates recognition of vessels bound to or from the ports

of Port du Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and Caen-Ouistreham. The Identification Zone is bounded by an arc with a radius of 22 miles centered on Cap de Le Heve Light. This VTS

system is managed by the Baie de Seine Traffic Control Center,

which is located at Le Havre. For further information, see Regulations under the Estuary of the Seine (paragraph 5.11).

5.19 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to vessels

carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous substances bound for or

sailing from Port du Havre-Antifer, Le Havre, Rouen, and other La Seine ports. For further information pertaining to these

special regulations, see paragraph 5.11.

5.19 Vessels over 1,600 grt and carrying hydrocarbons or dangerous cargo should consider the entire Navigation Controlled Approach Channel to be a Mandatory Access Channel.

5.19 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons and vessels constrained by

their draft must enter the port via the Approach Channel. Such

vessels may enter or leave the Approach Channel only to the W

of A7 Lighted Buoy and A8 Lighted Buoy (49°45'N., 0°07'W.).

5.19 Vessels constrained by their draft should display the appropriate international signals when entering the Deep-Water

Route leading to the port.

5.19 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons and vessels constrained by

their draft bound for the port must establish radio contact with

Le Havre port radio station before entering French territorial

waters. Such vessels must remain in continuous contact until

berthed alongside.

5.19 Vessels carrying hydrocarbons and vessels constrained by

their draft bound for the port must report any significant defects concerning propulsion machinery, steering or anchor

gear, mooring winches, or radar equipment to the authorities

prior to entering French territorial waters. Vessels with any defects will be required to complete a questionnaire.

5.19 Vessel carrying hydrocarbons and vessels constrained by

their draft bound for the port must have a Le Havre pilot on

board while within 7 miles of the French coast.

5.19 Inbound vessels constrained by their draft may not turn or

leave the Approach Channel once they have entered it at A7

Lighted Buoy and A8 Lighted Buoy (49°45'N., 0°07'W.).

5.19 Vessels are prohibited from fishing, anchoring, or stopping,
Sector 5. France—North Coast—Baie de la Seine—Pointe de Barfleur to Cap d’Antifer 123

Pub. 191

except in special circumstances, while within 200m of the Approach Channel or associated controlled areas.

5.19 Outbound vessels, except harbor craft, should stay in the Approach Channel or safety areas. Vessels not constrained by

their draft, when W of A19 Lighted Buoy and A20 Lighted

Buoy (49°41'N., 0°03'E.), may leave the Disengagement Area

if navigation conditions allow provided that they have a pilot

on board and they are in contact with the Traffic Control station. 

5.19 Anchorage.—Two designated Waiting Areas, the limits of

which may best be seen on the chart, lie adjacent to the S side

of the Deep Water Route. These areas are exposed but good

holding ground has been reported.

5.19 The area centered about 2 miles WNW of A5 Lighted Buoy

is for vessels with drafts of 25m and over; the area centered

about 1 mile E of A5 Lighted Buoy is for vessels with drafts of

less than 25m.

5.19 Caution.—Numerous wrecks, some within the anchorage

areas, lie in the approaches to the port and may best be seen on

the chart.
125

Pub. 191

6. 

France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier

6.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 6 — CHART INFORMATION
127

Pub. 191

SECTOR 6 

FRANCE—NORTH COAST—DOVER STRAIT—CAP D’ANTIFER TO THE BELGIAN FRONTIER

6.0 Plan.—This sector describes Dover Strait (Pas de Calais)

and the N coast of France. 

6.0 The descriptive sequence is NE in the Strait. The coast is followed from Cap d’Antifer to Baie de la Somme, then N to Cap

Gris-Nez, and E to the boundary between France and Belgium.

General Remarks

6.1 Navigation within Dover Strait is a complex affair, affected by adverse hydrographic and meteorological conditions.

Traffic patterns within the strait are equally complex, with

cross-channel, locally-bound vessels, and fishing boats affecting the through passage. Due to the relatively shallow water,

vessels constrained by their draft may also be encountered

within the strait. 

6.1 Vessels bound for ports in NW Europe, the British Isles, and

the Baltic Sea may wish to employ a deep-sea pilot before approaching the strait. Such pilots may be ordered from and embarked off Brixham (Torbay) or Cherbourg (Pilot Hauturier).

Vessels requesting deep-sea pilots should give as much advance notice as possible.

6.1 Shipping lanes in the area covered by this volume are among

the busiest in the world and pose serious problems for the safe

navigation of vessels transiting through Dover Strait.

6.1 For additional information concerning navigation in the English Channel and Dover Strait, see General Remarks in paragraph 7.1. 

Dover Strait (Pas de Calais)

6.2 Dover Strait (51°00'N., 1°20'E.), 18 miles wide at its

narrowest part, separates the SE coast of England from the N

coast of France. This stretch of water contains a number of

dangerous banks, which are composed of coarse sand and broken shells. These shoal banks, which are comparatively narrow,

extend NE to SW in mid-channel and hinder navigation.

6.2 Greenwich Lightvessel (50°24.5'N., 0°00.0'), equipped with

a racon, marks the W extremity of Dover Strait and the entrance point of the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) for northeastbound vessels is centered about 7 miles S of it.

6.2 Depths gradually increase to the N in the S part of North Sea,

but do not exceed 50m in the area covered by this section.

Winds—Weather

6.2 Persistent strong winds produce the wind driven currents

which may approach or exceed the rate of tidal currents. 

6.2 Persistent W or SW gales can produce an observed overall

movement as much as 1.5 knots through Dover Strait.

6.2 The resultant flow is the vector, which is the sum of the wind

driven current, tidal current, the deflective force of the earth’s

rotation, and any other current which may be present.

Ice

6.2 Ice forms in shallow waters around the coastline in severe

winters. Floes, 2m in diameter and 15cm thick, were reported

many years ago over many parts of the area covered by this

sector.

6.2 The coastal area NE of Calais is most likely to be affected.

The ice risk is highest from mid January to early March. Details of ice reporting and icebreaker services in the waters of

the Netherlands and Germany are given in Pub. 192, Sailing

Directions (Enroute) North Sea.

Tides—Currents

6.2 In the area covered by Sector 6 and Sector 7, the greatest part

of the water movement is tidal. The reports of observations taken from lightvessels in the area, reveals that the average speed

of the residual currents does not exceed 6 miles a day. 

6.2 Underlying the oscillatory and rotary tidal currents there is a

weak and complex counterclockwise circulation within the

North Sea. However, along the E coast of England the flow is

to the S.

6.2 Strong currents occur during and after positive and negative

surges that may greatly increase tidal currents or tend to cancel

each other out. Accurate current observations are not possible

during storm surges, but currents running at several knots may

occur. Variations in tidal heights are mainly caused by strong

or prolonged winds, and by unusually low or high barometric

pressure, causing positive or negative surges, respectively, that

raise or lower sea level.

6.2 Predictions of offshore tide heights are difficult to obtain, especially in the S part of the North Sea, because the range varies

so much. The height at Dover is about 6m compared to almost

zero at Brown Ridge (52°35'N., 3°20'E.), 115 miles NE.

6.2 The rates of the tidal currents vary depending on the width of

the English Channel. In Dover Strait, the narrowest part of the

English Channel, currents may attain rates of 4 knots at

springs. In the wider parts of the English Channel, a rate of 2.5

knots is rarely exceeded. 

6.2 Data for predictions should be obtained from Tidal Current

Tables produced by the National Ocean Service (NOS), tables

on the charts, and other available references. The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office publishes a series of Tidal Current

Atlases for the English Channel, Dover Strait, the Thames Estuary, and the North Sea. 

6.2 A strong wind blowing with the main flood current will tend

to increase the height of the tide and prolong the flood current. 

6.2 Likewise a wind blowing with the ebb current may lower the

height of the tide and prolong the ebb current. Winds blowing

against the currents will have the opposite effect.

6.2 Seiches are short oscillations in sea level that may be caused

by abrupt changes in meteorological conditions, such as the

passage of an intense depression. Small seiches are not uncom-
Pub. 191
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 129

Pub. 191

mon around the coasts of the British Isles, especially in winter

months. 

6.2 Winds from the NW and N drive water into the North Sea

and raise sea level in its S part.

6.2 If these winds are of storm force and are accompanied by an

intense depression moving slowly across the N part of the

North Sea, a wave known as a storm surge travels down the

North Sea raising tidal heights in extreme cases as much as 3m. 

6.2 If the peak of the surge coincides with HW, a severe flooding

can result, as has happened in the Thames Estuary and along

the Netherlands coast.

6.2 A system exists for giving advance warnings of storm surges

to civil emergency services in low-lying areas along the E coast

of England. 

6.2 Negative tidal surges, a result of abnormal decrease in tidal

heights, are less predictable than storm surges since they occur

in this area as a result of storms, but also affected by abnormally high barometric pressure. 

6.2 Negative tidal surges are more of a threat to deep-draft vessels than storm surges, since they may lower predicted tidal

heights as much as 2m, and they are more frequented in tidal

estuaries and shallow water. 

6.2 Years ago, at Southend-on-Sea (51°31'N., 0°47'E.), the sea

level was 2m below the predicted level. A deep and complex

depression formed over Iceland that moved swiftly S until W

of Ireland. This gave rise to persistent S winds over the entire

North Sea, blowing to gale force in places. 

6.2 As a result, sea level in the S part of North Sea dropped by

0.5m below normal in some areas, and in other parts the drop

was 1.8m below prediction levels during a period of 24 hours. 

6.2 Years ago, an experimental warning service was instituted

from September through April, inclusive, annually, to give advance warnings of negative surges. Negative tidal surge warnings to shipping are broadcast by Niton Radio, Hastings Radio,

North Foreland, and Thames Radio.

6.2 The mean sea density in the offshore area covered by this

volume is slightly greater in the winter than in the summer. 

6.2 Slightly lower densities than these figures occur off the

coasts of France, Belgium, and the Netherlands.

6.2 The coldest period occurs at the end of February and the hottest period in August. Day to day variations are negligible, but

a gradual rise of a few degrees occurs during a spell of warm

weather and a similar drop of several degrees happens during a

period of E winds in mid-winter. Coastal waters are warmer

than the open sea in summer and usually a little colder in winter.

Aspect

6.3 The Varne (50°58'N., 1°20'E.), a dangerous steep-to

and narrow shoal, lies 11 miles NW of Cap Griz-Nez and extends for about 8 miles in the middle of the traffic lane heading

SW in the Pas de Calais TSS. It is possible to pass on both

sides of the bank. Strong tide rips occur in the vicinity of this

shoal and a heavy sea breaks over it during bad weather. This

shoal has a least depth of about 3m and is marked by lighted

buoys to the W, E, and S. 

6.3 Varne LANBY (51°01'N., 1°24'E.), with a red hull, is

moored to the NNE of The Varne and is equipped with a racon

and fog signal.

6.3 The Ridge (Le Colbart) (50°53'N., 1°20'E.), a dangerous

steep-to and narrow shoal, lies about 10 miles W of Cap GrisNez. It extends for about 10 miles and forms a natural separation between the traffic lanes of the TSS. This shoal, which is

composed mostly of sand with mud and shells in places, has a

least depth of 1.5m and is marked by lighted buoys. The sea

breaks heavily on this shoal, especially with the wind against

the tidal current.

6.3 Bullock Bank (50°45'N., 1°05'E.), a steep-to and narrow

shoal, lies about 20 miles WSW of Cap Gris-Nez. It extends

for about 7 miles and is marked by a lighted buoy. This bank

has a least depth of 14m and is usually marked by strong tidal

rips.

6.3 Les Ridens (50°45'N., 1°18'E.), lying about 13 miles SW of

Cap Gris-Nez, is an area consisting of several shoals. These

shoals are formed of sand, gravel, and shells disposed irregularly on a rocky bottom. The area has a least depth of 13m and

is marked by a lighted buoy. The sea breaks heavily on this area

and strong eddies occur in bad weather. 

6.3 Bassurelle (50°38'N., 1°05'E.), a sandy shoal with a least

depth of about 7m, lies 24 miles SW of Cap Gris-Nez. Strong

eddies and a dangerous sea occur during bad weather, especially with the wind against the tidal current, in the vicinity of this

shoal. The shoal extends for about 9 miles and the depths over

it frequently change.

6.3 Bassurelle Lighted Buoy (50°33'N., 0°58'E.), equipped

with a racon, is moored about 1.5 miles off the SW side of this

shoal.

6.3 Vergoyer (50°33'N., 1°15'E.), a narrow sand bank, lies 23

miles SSW of Cap Griz-Nez. It extends for about 15 miles and

is marked by lighted buoys. A shoal patch, with a least depth of

4.2m, lies near the NE extremity. The E side of this sand bank

is steep-to, while the W side slopes gradually. In bad weather

the sea breaks over this bank. 

6.3 Vergoyer N Lighted Buoy (50°40'N., 1°22'E.), equipped

with a racon, is moored about 2 miles N of the N end of this

bank.

6.3 Bassure de Baas (50°27'N., 1°20'E.), a narrow bank of sand

and shells, lies with its N end located about 4.5 miles SSW of

Cap Griz-Nez. This bank has mostly depths of less than 7m

and extends for about 35 miles. During bad weather the sea

breaks heavily over the entire bank.

6.3 Numerous unmarked wrecks lie in the channel leading between the mainland coast and the N part of Bassure de Baas.

6.3 Battur, a shoal extending for about 9 miles, lies parallel with

and SE of the SW extremity of Bassure de Baas. It has a least

depth of 8.9m and is formed of sand, gravel, and shells. During

strong W winds the sea breaks heavily on this shoal.

6.3 Sandettie (51°15'N., 2°00'E.), a shoal bank extending for

about 15 miles, lies with its SW end located 11 miles NNW of

Calais. It has a least depth of 5m and is marked by lighted

buoys.

6.3 Sandettie Lightvessel (51°09'N., 1°47'E.), with a red hull, is

moored off the SW end of the bank and equipped with a racon.

This lightvessel may be replaced by a Lanby during the summer months.

6.3 Foxtrot 3 Lighted Buoy (51°24'N., 2°01'E.), equipped with

a racon, is moored near the center of the TSS about 6 miles

NNW of the N end of Sandettie. Vessels should avoid approaching within 500m of it.
130 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

6.3 Due to extensive crossing traffic, a Precautionary Area has

been established (2006) near this lighted buoy and may best be

seen on the chart. Vessels proceeding NW should pass N of the

lighted buoy and vessels proceeding SE should pass S of it. To

reduce the risk of collision, a recommended direction of flow

for traffic has been established in the vicinity of the lighted

buoy. Crossing vessels should leave the buoy to port.

6.3 Inter Bank Lighted Buoy (51°17'N., 1°52'E.) (special) is

moored 9 miles SW of Foxtrot 3 Lighted Buoy and is equipped

with a racon. It is located 2 miles NW of the NW side of Sandettie and marks the center separation zone of the TSS.

6.3 MPC Lighted Buoy (51°06'N., 1°38'E.) is moored 13.5

miles SW of Inter Bank Lighted Buoy and marks the center

separation zone of the TSS.

6.3 F2 Lighted Buoy (51°21'N., 1°56'E.) is moored 4.5 miles

NE of Inter Bank Lighted Buoy and marks the center separation zone of the TSS.

6.3 F1 Lighted Buoy (50°11'N., 1°45'E.) is moored 7 miles SW

of Inter Bank Lighted Buoy and marks the center separation

zone of the TSS.

6.3 Dyck Lighted Buoy (51°03'N., 1°52'E.), equipped with a racon, is moored about 5 miles N of Calais.

6.3 Ruytingen SW Lighted Buoy (51°05'N., 1°47'E.) is moored

about 3.7 miles WNW of Dyck Lighted Buoy, at the SE limit

of the northeastbound traffic lane.

6.3 Out Ruytingen (51°08'N., 2°04'E.) extends ENE for about

16 miles from the vicinity of Ruytingen SW Lighted Buoy. It

has depths of less than 5m in parts and is the outermost shoal

fronting the coast in this area.

6.3 South Falls (51°23'N., 1°47'E.), a narrow shoal, lies with its

S extremity located about 5 miles N of the SW end of Sandettie. It has a least depth of about 6m and is marked by lighted

buoys. This shoal extends ENE for about 15 miles and forms

the southeasternmost part of the Outer Banks fronting the

Thames Estuary. 

6.3 South Falls Lighted Buoy (51°14'N., 1°44'E.) is moored

close S of the S end of South Falls at the NW limit of the southwestbound traffic lane. 

6.3 East Goodwin Lightvessel (51°13'N., 1°36'E.), with a red

hull, is moored 8 miles WNW of Sandettie Lightvessel and is

equipped with a racon.

6.3 CS4 Lighted Buoy (51°09'N., 1°34'E.) is moored about 4.8

miles SSW of the East Goodwin Lightvessel at the NW limit of

the southwestbound traffic lane.

6.3 Colbert N Lighted Buoy (50°07'N., 1°24'E.) is moored

about 4 miles S of the Varne Lightvessel at the center separation zone of the TSS.

Regulations

6.4 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to

tankers transporting hydrocarbons and to vessels transporting

dangerous substances navigating in the approaches to the

French coasts of the North Sea, the English Channel, and the

Atlantic Ocean between the Belgian border and Spanish border. Such vessels preparing to pass through or stop within

French Territorial Waters are required to send a message to the

appropriate CROSS station giving their intended movements.

In addition, such vessels must use the designated Mandatory

Access Routes and Channels when approaching a port or roadstead.

6.4 Generally, tankers and vessels carrying dangerous cargo over

1,600 grt must stay at least 7 miles from the French coast unless in the northeastbound lane of the Dover Strait TSS or using the Mandatory Access Routes leading to Fecamp, Dieppe,

Boulogne, Calais, or Dunkerque.

6.4 For further details of these special procedures, see Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

6.4 Traffic Separation Schemes.—An IMO-adopted Traffic

Separation Scheme (TSS), which may best be seen on the

chart, is situated in the Dover Strait and Rule 10 of The International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS) applies. Inshore Traffic Zones lie on both sides of the

TSS; a Precautionary Area (see paragraph 6.3) is located near

Foxtrot 3 Lighted Buoy.

6.4 Routes.—The Mariners’ Routeing Guide (Chart 5500) is

published by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office and depicts routes through the English Channel, Dover Strait, and the

S part of the North Sea as far as the entrance to Europoort. The

guide also provides details concerning regulations, pilotage,

and radio services. 

6.4 The IMO has adopted a recommendation that all vessels navigating in the English Channel and Dover Strait should carry

the latest edition of this guide or other equivalent publications. 

6.4 The Netherlands Hydrographic Service publishes, in English, a Deep Draft Planning Guide covering the Deep Draft

Routes from the Greenwich Light vessel to Europoort for vessels with drafts over 20.7m. However, the contents of the guide

are not necessarily endorsed in every detail by the United

Kingdom authorities.

6.4 Information Service.—Vessels in the vicinity of the Dover

Strait TSS are advised to listen to the appropriate VHF broadcasts given by the Channel Navigation and Information Service

(CNIS). This service, which is operated from Dover Strait

Coast Guard and CROSSMA Griz-Nez, provides information

concerning traffic, navigation, and visibility.

6.4 CNIS broadcasts are given on VHF channel 11 by Dover

Coast Guard at 40 minutes past the hour (additional broadcasts

at 55 minutes past the hour when visibility is less than 2 miles)

and by Griz-Nez Traffic on VHF channel 79 at 10 minutes past

the hour (additional broadcasts at 25 minutes past the hour

when visibility is less than 2 miles).

6.4 The information broadcasts are preceded by an announcement on VHF channel 16 and followed by a reminder concerning the time and VHF frequency of the next broadcast.

6.4 Reporting Systems.—The Dover Strait Reporting System

(CALDOVREP), a mandatory reporting system under SOLAS

regulations, has been established (1999) in a 65-mile stretch of

the Dover TSS.

6.4 In order to enhance safe navigation, shore based facilities at

Gris-Nez Traffic and Dover Coastguard will monitor shipping

movements and provide advise and information pertaining to

navigational hazards and weather conditions.

6.4 The following vessels are required to participate in the system:

1. All vessels over 300 grt.

2. All vessels 300 grt and under when either:

a. not under command or at anchor in the TSS or its

Inshore Traffic Zone.
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 131

Pub. 191

b. restricted in ability to maneuver.

c. having defective navigational aids.

6.4 The reporting system area is bound to the E by a line extending between North Foreland Light (51°23'N., 1°27'E.) and the

France/Belgium border (51°05'N., 2°33'E.); and to the W by a

line extending from the Royal Sovereign Tower through Bassurelle Lighted Buoy (50°33'N., 0°58'E.) to the coast of

France.

6.4 Vessels should report, as follows:

1. Northeastbound traffic—to Gris-Nez Traffic on VHF

channel 13 when 2 miles prior to crossing the SW system

limit line. 

2. Southwestbound traffic—to Dover Coastguard on

VHF channel 11 when within VHF range of North Foreland

and not later than when crossing the NE system limit line.

3. When departing from a port within the ITZ.

6.4 Special reporting arrangements can be made on a ship-byship basis, subject to approval by both system traffic stations.

6.4 Reports should be made by VHF. However, when reporting

to Dover Coastguard, vessels may fulfill the reporting requirement of CALDOVREP through the use of automatic ship identification (AIRS) transponders (see paragraph 1.1).

6.4 Reports to the traffic stations must include the following: 

6.4 The Ship Movement Reporting System (MAREP) is a voluntary reporting system operating in the English Channel and Dover Strait.

6.4 All merchant vessels over 300 grt are requested to report to

the appropriate shore station when approaching the following:

1. The TSS off Ile d’Ouessant.

2. The TSS off Casquets.

3. The TSS within Dover Strait.

6.4 For further details of MAREP, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North

Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

6.4 Note.—Due to the CALDOVREP reporting system being

mandatory in the area of the Dover Strait TSS, vessels are advised that this system takes preference over the Ship Movement Report System (MAREP), which is voluntary.

Directions 

6.5 The northeastbound traffic lane of the TSS runs along

the SE side of Dover Strait to the Noord Hinder Junction Precautionary Area, a total distance of 145 miles. The West

Hinder TSS branches off the Dover Strait TSS, about 4 miles

NE of the N end of Sandettie, and leads E for 20 miles to the

pilot station.

6.5 The southwestbound traffic lane of the TSS runs along the

NW side of Dover Strait and lies more or less parallel to the

northeastbound lane. 

6.5 Deep Draft Routes for deep-draft vessels follow the northeastbound and southwestbound traffic lanes but pass through

specific positions known as waypoints.

6.5 The northeastbound Deep Draft Route passes to the NW of

Sandettie and is recommended by the Netherlands authorities.

It leads through that part of the TSS which has been designated

a Deep Water Route by the IMO.

6.5 The southwestbound Deep Draft Route passes SE of the The

Varne and has no official standing.

6.5 Inshore Traffic Zones are situated between the coasts and the

traffic lanes on both sides of the TSS.

6.5 The routes, described below, are divided, as follows:

1. Northeastbound lane—Greenwich Lightvessel to

Les Ridens. 

2. Northeastbound lane—Les Ridens to Sandettie. 

3. Northeastbound lane—Sandettie to Noord Hinder

Junction.

4. Southwestbound lane—Noord Hinder Junction to

the Greenwich Lightvessel. 

5. Southwestbound Deep Draft Route. 

6. Northeastbound Deep Draft Route. 

6.5 Depths in the routes are critical for deep-draft vessels. A

number of shoals and wrecks, with depths of less than 20m, lie

within the lanes of the TSS. However, these can be avoided by

using the Deep Draft Routes. 

6.5 Greenwich Lightvessel to Les Ridens.—From a position

about 6 miles S of Greenwich Lightvessel, the NE route follows the northeastbound traffic lane, which is 4 miles wide, for

60 miles in a general ENE direction passing: 

1. Southeast of Bassurelle.

2. Northwest of Vergoyer.

3. Southeast of Les Ridens.

6.5 Les Ridens to Sandettie.—From a position SE of Les

Designator Information Required

A Name, call sign, and IMO number or 

MMSI number

B Date and time

C Position (latitude/longitude) or

D Position (range and bearing from a clearly 

identified landmark)

E True course

F Speed

G Port of departure

I Port of destination and ETA

O Draft

P Cargo and, if dangerous cargo on board, 

IMO quantity and class

Q or R

Defects, damage, and/or deficiencies affecting the structure, cargo, or ship’s equipment or any other circumstances affecting 

normal navigation in accordance with the 

SOLAS and MARPOL conventions

T Address for provision of information concerning a cargo of dangerous goods

W Number of persons onboard

X

Miscellaneous:

1. Estimated quantity of bunker fuel

and characteristics for vessels carrying

more than 5,000 tons of bunker fuel

2. Navigation conditions
132 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

Ridens, the NE route follows the northeastbound traffic lane

for 27 miles in a general NNE direction passing: 

1. Westnorthwest of ZC1 Lighted Buoy (50°45'N.,

1°27'E.) marking the Boulogne Approach Channel.

2. Eastsoutheast of The Ridge (Le Colbart).

3. Westnorthwest and NW of ZC2 Lighted Buoy

(50°54'N., 1°31'E.).

4. Southeast of MPC Lighted Buoy (51°06'N.,

1°38'E.). 

5. Westnorthwest of Ruytingen SW Lighted Buoy

(51°05'N., 1°47'E.) moored 4.5 miles S of the Sandettie

Lightvessel.

6.5 Sandettie to Noord Hinder Junction.—The main northeastbound route leads SE of Sandettie and should be used by

all vessels that can safely navigate in the channel with respect

to their draft. The Deep Draft Route leads NE of Sandettie.

These two routes merge again NE of Sandettie. From a position

WNW of the Ruytingen SW Lighted Buoy (51°05'N., 1°47'E.),

the route leads 58 miles passing:

1. Southeast of Sandettie.

2. Northwest of Out Ruytingen.

3. West of the entrance to the eastbound lane of the West

Hinder TSS.

4. East of Sandettie N Lighted Buoy (51°18'N., 2°05'E.).

5. Eastsoutheast of Foxtrot 3 Lighted Buoy (51°24'N.,

2°01'E.).

6. West of Hinder 1 Lighted Buoy (51°21'N., 2°11'E.).

7. Either side of Fairy W Lighted Buoy (51°24'N.,

2°09'E.), then 30 miles NE through the North Hinder South

TSS to the Noord Hinder Junction (51°55'N., 2°50'E.).

6.5 For additional information, including graphics, concerning

the above routes and their continuation into the S part of the

North Sea, see Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North

Sea (Sector 6 and Sector 7).

6.5 Noord Hinder Junction to Greenwich Lightvessel.—From

the Noord Hinder Junction the SW route follows the southwestbound lane of the Noord Hinder South TSS to Sandettie. It

then follows the southwestbound lane of the Dover Strait TSS

to a position about 6 miles NNW of Greenwich Lightvessel.

The route is about 140 miles long and passes:

1. Northwest of Foxtrot 3 Lighted Buoy (51°24'N.,

2°01'E.).

2. Westnorthwest of Inter Bank Lighted Buoy (51°17'N.,

1°52'E.).

3. Eastsoutheast of South Falls Lighted Buoy (51°14'N.,

1°44'E.).

4. Northwest of F1 Lighted Buoy (51°11'N., 1°45'E.).

5. Northwest of MPC Lighted Buoy (51°06'N., 1°38'E.).

6. Either side of Varne Lightvessel (51°01'N., 1°24'E.).

7. Either SE or NW of S Varne Lighted Buoy (50°55'N.,

1°17'E.).

8. Southeast of CS3 Lighted Buoy (50°52'N., 1°02'E.).

9. Southeast of CS2 Lighted Buoy (50°39'N., 0°33'E.).

10. Northnorthwest of Greenwich Lightvessel.

6.5 Southwestbound Deep Draft Route.—The controlling

depth in this route is considered to be 23m lying over a swept

wreck close SE of The Varne. A maximum draft is not stipulated for this route but recommended underkeel clearances are

stated below. The Deep Draft Route consists of a track joining

a series of waypoints. Waypoints designated 19 to 27 follow

the SW traffic lane of the Noord Hinder South TSS and the Dover Strait TSS. A section of this track, indicated by Waypoint

No. 23 through Waypoint No. 26, leads SE of The Varne.

6.5 The waypoints of the route are designated, as follows:

1. Waypoint No. 19 51°57.7'N, 2°37.8'E. 

2. Waypoint No. 20 51°50.6'N, 2°30.3'E. 

3. Waypoint No. 21 51°34.5'N, 2°08.2'E.

4. Waypoint No. 21A 51°22.8'N, 1°52.5'E.

5. Waypoint No. 22 51°11.4'N, 1°44.3'E. 

6. Waypoint No. 23 51°00.9'N, 1°25.0'E.

7. Waypoint No. 24 50°57.5'N, 1°22.4'E. 

8. Waypoint No. 25 50°54.7'N, 1°18.7'E. 

9. Waypoint No. 26 50°45.1'N, 0°57.0'E. 

10. Waypoint No. 27 50°36.5'N, 0°33.9'E. 

11. Waypoint No. 28 50°20.2'N, 0°49.7'W. 

6.5 Northeastbound Deep Draft Route.—The Netherlands authorities have selected a route within the northeastbound traffic

lanes of the Dover Strait TSS and Noord Hinder South TSS as

being the most favorable for vessels, with drafts over 20.7m,

navigating from Greenwich Lightvessel to Europort. This route

consists of a track joining a series of waypoints. The controlling depth in this route is considered to be 27.3m lying between

Waypoint J and WaypointL. A section of this track, indicated

by Waypoint F through Waypoint I, leads NW of Sandettie.

6.5 Vessels with drafts up to 22m, up to 22.6m in favorable conditions, can use this Deep Draft Route. However the recommended underkeel clearances stated below should be taken into

consideration.

6.5 The waypoints indicating the selected route are designated,

as follows:

1. Waypoint A 50°19.4'N, 0°02.0'E. 

2. Waypoint B 50°29.8'N, 0°58.6'E. 

3. Waypoint C 50°35.2'N, 1°13.1'E.

4. Waypoint D 50°40.2'N, 1°21.5'E.

5. Waypoint E 50°54.0'N, 1°28.7'E. 

6. Waypoint F 51°04.7'N, 1°40.6'E.

7. Waypoint G 51°10.2'N, 1°44.1'E. 

8. Waypoint H 51°15.7'N, 1°53.7'E. 

9. Waypoint I 51°22.0'N, 1°58.6'E. 

10. Waypoint J 51°33.8'N, 2°20.3'E. 

11. Waypoint K 51°47.5'N, 2°36.3'E. 

12. Waypoint L 51°53.0'N, 2°44.9'E. 

13. Waypoint M 51°56.8'N, 2°53.7'E. 

14. Waypoint N 51°57.2'N, 2°51.5'E. 

15. Waypoint O 52°02.7'N, 2°41.3'E. 

16. Waypoint P 52°01.8'N, 3°53.6'E.

6.5 Vessels proceeding to Anchorage Area No. 1 (52°06'N.,

2°27'E.) may go direct from Waypoint K to Waypoint O. Vessels proceeding to Anchorage Area No. 2 (51°56'N., 2°55'E.)

may go from Waypoint L to Waypoint M. Vessels proceeding

into the Eurogeul may go from Waypoint L to Waypoint N, and

then to Waypoint P at the E end of the channel.

6.5 Deep Draft Routes.—The above northeastbound route is

described in detail in a Deep Draft Planning Guide (HP 8),

which is published by the Hydrographer of the Royal Netherlands Navy.

6.5 There is no official Deep Draft Guide for the southwestbound route. A track, which may be followed by very large

vessels, runs from Sullom Voe (Shetland Islands) to the English Channel. This track, having merged with the two-way
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 133

Pub. 191

Deep Water Route in the vicinity of the Off Botney Ground

TSS, enters the Noord Hinder Junction Precautionary Area and

then follows the southwestbound traffic lanes of the Noord

Hinder South TSS and Dover Strait TSS. The British authorities do not endorse these two routes in every detail as both pass

through areas which have not been surveyed to modern standards.

6.5 In addition, the mandatory provisions of the Deep Water

Route in the vicinity of the Off Botney Ground TSS do not apply to vessels sailing between ports on the E coast of the United Kingdom.

6.5 Both the northeastbound and the southwestbound Deep Water Routes are shown in the Mariners’ Routeing Guide (Chart

5500), which is published by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office. 

6.5 Deep-draft vessels may have to make use of the height of

tide in order to have a safe underkeel clearance in areas where

the depths are critical. This applies especially to southwestbound vessels in the area lying between The Varne and The

Ridge. 

6.5 The recommendations stated below have been extracted

from the Netherlands Deep Draft Planning Guide for vessels

using the northeastbound Deep Draft Route.

6.5 Vessels constrained by their draft should display the appropriate lights and shapes.

6.5 The passage should not be undertaken unless both the vessel’s GPS and radar equipment are functioning correctly.

6.5 A pilot with experience in VLCCs should be employed for

the whole route, at least for the vessel’s first transit.

6.5 Accurate navigation to maintain the selected track is essential. In particular, drift and speed over the ground should be

calculated in advance to help maintain the route and initiate

turns correctly.

6.5 Underkeel clearances.—The British authorities recommend

the following underkeel clearances for deep-draft vessels proceeding through Dover Strait at 12 knots:

6.5 A recent British study has shown that an underkeel clearance

of 9.5m is required between Vergoyer N Lighted Buoy

(50°40'N., 1°22'E.) and ZC2 Lighted Buoy (50°53'N., 1°31'E.)

for a vessel with a draft of 22m during SW storms.

6.5 Waypoint No. 20 and Waypoint No. 21 were not covered by

the study. However, a clearance of 6.1m has been recommended between these two waypoints in winds up to force 7, 7.0m in

winds up to force 8, and 8.4m in winds up to force 9.

6.5 These underkeel clearances only apply on the normal heading for each of the various legs of the passage. If the vessel is

compelled to make a large change of course, bringing storm

waves or swell on the beam, then the stated clearances may be

insufficient and other measures, such as a reduction in speed,

may be required.

6.5 The underkeel clearances recommended take into account

the course for each leg of the passage, the vessel's movement

due to storm waves or swell, uncertainties in charted depths,

the vessel’s draft, the risks of negative tidal surges, and squat of

1m at a speed of 12 knots.

6.5 The clearance should be increased by 0.7m if the vessel’s

speed is 15 knots; but may be decreased by 0.6m if the vessel’s

speed is 8 knots.

6.5 Tide levels for the passage should be predicted in advance in

order that available searoom is known in case of emergency.

6.5 The most critical area of the route is in the vicinity of Twin

Lighted Buoy (51°32'N., 2°23'E.). The height of tide and depth

of water in this area should be obtained from HCC Rotterdam

before passing Bassurelle Lighted Buoy.

6.5 Sand waves.—Sand waves encroach, in places, into the traffic lanes located in Dover Strait and the S part of the North Sea.

6.5 Sand waves of significance to vessels have been discovered

in areas lying about 4 miles S and 3 miles SW of Bassurelle

Lighted Buoy; between the NE end of Sandettie and Fairy

Bank, 8 miles NE; within an area 2 to 5 miles NW of the NE

end of Sandettie; in an area lying about 4.5 miles NW of GarNortheastbound Vessels—Underkeel Clearances

Between Waypoints Vessel 

heading

Underkeel 

clearance

Toward B 072° 6.2m

B to C 059° 6.0m

C to D 048° 6.0m

D to approx. 50°44'N 018° 9.5m

Approx. 50°44'N to E 018° 7.6m

E to approx. 51°00'N 035° 5.7m

Approx. 51°00'N to F 035° 5.1m

F to approx. 51°06'N 021° 5.3m

Approx. 51°06'N to G 021° 5.1m

G to approx. 51°13'N 048° 5.1m

Approx. 51°13'N to H 048° 6.4m

H to I 026° 5.0m

I toward J 049° 6.0m

Southwestbound Vessels—Underkeel Clearances

Between Waypoints Vessel 

heading

Underkeel 

clearance

No. 21 to No. 21A 220° 6.0m

No. 21A to approx. 51°14'N 204° 5.1m

Approx. 51°14'N to No. 22 204° 5.3m

No. 22 to approx. 51°04'N 228° 5.3m

Approx. 51°04'N to No. 23 228° 6.3m

No. 23 to No. 24 204° 6.1m

No. 24 to No. 25 222° 7.6m

No. 25 to approx. 50°51'N 235° 7.3m

Approx. 50°51'N to No. 26 235° 7.1m

No. 26 toward No. 27 239° 7.1m

Northeastbound Vessels—Underkeel Clearances

Between Waypoints Vessel 

heading

Underkeel 

clearance
134 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

den City Lighted Buoy (51°29'N., 2°18'E.); off the SW end of

South Falls; within the southwestbound traffic lane E of South

Falls; and off the SW end of Sandettie.

Caution

6.6 Many wrecks sunk during the two World Wars lie in

Dover Strait, the S part of the North Sea, and in the Thames Estuary. Although the least depths over most wrecks critical to

navigation have been established by wire sweeping, new

wrecks, formerly unknown, have been found during recent surveys. Consequently, it must be assumed that other unknown

wrecks also lie within the traffic lanes.

6.6 In addition, wrecks previously covered by sand banks may

be uncovered. Strong tidal currents may also cause deep scouring into which wrecks may capsize. Generally, this results in an

increase of depth over the wreck. However, a decrease in the

depth over the wreck can result from the same cause.

6.6 Numerous submarine cables cross Dover Strait and may

best be seen on the charts.

6.6 The shipping lanes in Dover Strait and the S part of the

North Sea are among the busiest in the world and pose serious

problems for the safety of navigation. The existence of the TSS

schemes within these waters does not imply that the traffic

lanes have been adequately surveyed and the existence of sandwave areas, where depths may be less than charted, should be

taken into account by deep-draft vessels.

6.6 Within Dover Strait and its adjacent waters, one of the greatest risks to navigation is that of collision, especially in poor

visibility. In addition to vessels transiting the TSS traffic lanes

and inshore traffic zones, there are concentrations of fishing

boats and recreational craft during the summer months, and

regular cross-channel ferry traffic including ro-ro vessels, jet

foils, hovercraft, and high-speed catamarans.

6.6 Cross-channel ferries and other vessels in the inshore traffic

zones may alter course near the limits of the traffic lanes in order to cross the latter at right angles.

6.6 The main ferry ports of the United Kingdom are Folkestone

(51°05'N., 1°12'E.), Dover (51°07'N., 1°20'E.), and Ramsgate

(51°20'N., 1°25'E.). Ferries from these ports run mainly to

Boulogne-sur-Mer (50o44’N., 001o36’E.), Calais (50°58'N.,

1°51'E.), Dunkerque (51°03'N., 2°21'E.), and Oostende

(51°14'N., 2°55'E.). Most of the cross traffic is therefore concentrated in the area between Sandettie and The Ridge, 20

miles SW.

6.6 Cross-channel traffic also runs from the Thames Estuary and

Harwich (51°57'N., 1°18'E.) to Zeebrugge (51°20'N., 3°12'E.)

and Vlissingen (51°27'N., 3°35'E.). This cross traffic tends to

concentrate near the Foxtrot 3 Lighted Buoy (51°24'N.,

2°01'E.) (see paragraph 6.3) and the area lying between the N

end of Sandettie and the Fairy W Lighted Buoy, 6 miles NNE.

6.6 It has been reported that rogue vessels traversing the TSS

may be encountered, especially in the area lying between the

MPC Lighted Buoy (51°06'N., 1°38'E.) and the F2 Lighted

Buoy (51°21'N., 1°56'E.). Such vessels often proceed in a direction which is nearly opposite to that of the TSS traffic lane.

Frequently this leads to nearly head-on situations in the area to

the NW of Sandettie where the possibility for deep-draft vessels to alter course to starboard is limited. 

6.6 All vessels should be aware that deep-draft vessels may not

be able to alter course in critical areas without the danger of

running aground. A good lookout should be kept for vessels

constrained by their draft and showing the appropriate signals.

6.6 Vessels coming from the English Channel and bound for the

Thames Estuary and the E coast of England usually cross the

southwestbound traffic lane in the stretch between the S end of

South Falls and Varne Lightvessel.

6.6 Due to the set caused by cross currents, vessels frequently

drift down onto buoys. Subsequently, considerable damage is

often done by vessels to South Falls Lighted Buoy (51°14'N.,

1°44'E.), CS4 Lighted Buoy (51°09'N., 1°34'E.), and CS3

Lighted Buoy (50°52'N., 1°03'E.).

6.6 Vessels using the Deep Draft Route leading NW of Sandettie

should take into account the close proximity of vessels using

the southwestbound traffic lane. Such vessels are recommended to avoid overtaking in the vicinity of Sandettie.

6.6 Vessels are advised to navigate with extreme caution in the

area between Sandettie and Fairy W Lighted Buoy as the Deep

Draft Route and the main traffic lane rejoin here. 

6.6 Vessels should be aware that their speed may need to be reduced in certain areas in order to reduce the effect of squat. In

addition, rolling and pitching should also be taken into account.

6.6 Squat (shallow water effect) may decrease the forward draft

on vessels of 200,000 to 400,000 dwt, as follows:

1. At a speed of 5 knots: 

a. Keel clearance 2m—Increase of 0.20m.

b. Keel clearance 6m—Increase of 0.17m. 

c. Keel clearance 10m—Increase of 0.15m. 

2. At a speed of 9 knots: 

a. Keel clearance 2m—Increase of 0.66m. 

b. Keel clearance 6m—Increase of 0.56m.

c. Keel clearance 10m—Increase of 0.49m. 

3. At a speed of 14 knots:

a. Keel clearance 2m—Increase of 1.74m. 

b. Keel clearance 6m—Increase of 1.45m.

c. Keel clearance 10m—Increase of 1.25m.

6.6 Rolling may increase a vessel’s draft, as follows:

1. With a beam of 45m: 

a. Rolling 3°—Increase of 1.2m.

b. Rolling 6°—Increase of 2.4m.

c. Rolling 10°—Increase of 3.9m.

2. With a beam of 60m:

a. Rolling 3°—Increase of 1.6m.

b. Rolling 6°—Increase of 3.1m.

c. Rolling 10°—Increase of 5.2m.

3. With a beam of 75m:

a. Rolling 3°—Increase of 2.0m.

b. Rolling 6°—Increase of 3.9m.

c. Rolling 10°—Increase of 6.5m.

6.6 Pitching may increase a vessel’s draft, as follows:

1. With a length of 260m: 

a. Pitching 0.5°—Increase of 1.1m.

b. Pitching 1.0°—Increase of 2.3m.

c. Pitching 1.5°—Increase of 3.4m.

2. With a length of 350m:

a. Pitching 0.5°—Increase of 1.5m.

b. Pitching 1.0°—Increase of 3.1m.

c. Pitching 1.5°—Increase of 4.6m.

3. With a length of 450m:
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 135

Pub. 191

a. Pitching 0.5°—Increase of 2.0m.

b. Pitching 1.0°—Increase of 3.9m.

c. Pitching 1.5°—Increase of 5.9m.

Cap d’Antifer to Fecamp

6.7 Cap d’Antifer, previously described in paragraph

5.19, is a rounded perpendicular cliff, about 122m high. The

coast from the cape to the town of Ault, about 55 miles NE,

consists of gray or white chalky, vertical cliffs, bordered by

drying rocks; the cliffs are broken by valleys, where the ports

are situated.

6.7 Etretat (49°42'N., 0°12'E.), situated about 2 miles NE of

Cap d’Antifer, is a small town that lies within the valley of

Etretat. A conspicuous monument in the form of a spire, sometimes illuminated in summer, stands on the E cliff of the valley.

L’Aiguille d’Etretat, 51m high, is a pointed detached rock located close off the W cliff.

6.7 Yport (49°44'N., 0°19'E.) is a small town where landing can

be made, standing close SE of Pointe du Chicart, 6.5 miles NE

of Cap d’Antifer. A small stone jetty, at the head of which

stands a beacon, projects from the shore abreast Yport. Range

lights, in line bearing 166°, lead to the best location for beaching boats. 

6.7 Tides—Currents.—Currents around Cap d’Antifer run

NNE, NE, and ENE towards Fecamp on the flood. Ebb currents flow WSW, SW, and SSW towards Cap de la Heve. 

6.7 Eddies occur close inshore with both currents. One such eddy, known locally as “Les Hardiers,” runs E during the entire

ebb current, and extends to about 1 mile offshore.

Fecamp (49°46'N., 0°22'E.)

World Port Index No. 35830

6.8 Fecamp, lying in a valley close S of Point Fagnet, is a

small port with facilities for commercial vessels, fishing boats,

and pleasure craft. The harbor consists of Avant-port, Arriereport, Bassin de Mi-Maree, and two non-tidal basins.

6.8 Winds—Weather.—With winds from the W through N to

NE, visibility is very good, and even in rainy weather, loss of

visibility is only temporary. 

6.8 With strong winds from the SW through N to NE, especially

with an ebb current, a dangerous bar forms between the jetties,

which may at times completely block the entrance. The effect

of a strong swell is felt in the entrance channel, but gradually

weakens in Avant-port and Arriere-port.

6.8 Winds from the ENE through S to WSW, may result in reduced visibility, especially in cold weather.

6.8 Tides—Currents.—Tides at the port rise about 8.3m at

MHWS and 6.8m at MHWN.

6.8 Off the entrance jetties, the NNE flood current runs from

about 4 hours before HW at the harbor until HW. The SSW ebb

current starts about 30 minutes after HW at the harbor. The

flood current may attain a rate of 2.9 knots at springs. The ebb

current is weaker. At about 140m within the jetty heads, the

currents flow with the channel. Both currents attain rates of 1

knot at springs and 0.5 knot at neaps.

6.8 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel is 70m wide

and lies between two parallel jetties. The N jetty stands on the

SW edge of the drying rocks fronting Pointe Fagnet. A shingle

beach extends S from the S jetty.

6.8 Avant-port is located on the S side of the entrance channel

and has a depth of 1.5m. There is a quay, 150m long, at the E

side, but a marina occupies most of this basin.

6.8 Bassin Berigny is entered at the SE side of Avant-port

through a gate, 16.5m wide, with a sill depth of 1.3m. This basin is used by fishing vessels and pleasure craft.

6.8 The entrance channel leads directly into Arriere-port, the inner harbor, through a passage, 40m wide, with a depth of 1.5m.

A quay, 250m long, is situated in the S part of this harbor. It is

dredged alongside to depth of 7m and used by commercial vessels. The remainder of the harbor is used by fishing vessels and

pleasure craft.

6.8 Bassin Freycinet is entered from Arriere-port via Bassin de

Mi-Maree. The passage leading into Bassin de Mi-Maree is

20m wide and is spanned by a revolving bridge. The gate at the

entrance of Bassin Freycinet is 18m wide and has a sill depth

of 0.8m. The basin has 450m of berthage with depths up to

6.3m alongside. 

6.8 Due to the difficulty of maneuvering in the entrance channel,

vessels entering Bassin Freycinet are limited to a length of

100m and a beam of 17m. Vessels up to 105m in length can enter Arriere-port with prior permission. Vessels can be accommodated with drafts up to 7m at springs and 5.5m at neaps.

6.8 Aspect.—The chapel of Notre-Dame-du-Salut, with a black

roof; a television mast; and a signal station, consisting of a disused light tower surmounted by a blockhouse, are situated in

the vicinity of Pointe Fagnet and are conspicuous from seaward. A prominent chimney stands 0.8 mile E of the point. The

square tower of Saint-Etienne, with its four pinnacles, and the

belfry of an abbey, consisting of a large square tower with a

pointed roof, stand nearly 0.8 mile, and 1 mile, respectively,

SSE of Pointe Fagnet. A conspicuous water tower rises on high

ground SE of the town.

6.8 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory within 2 miles of the

heads of the jetties for vessels over 45m in length. Vessels

should send a request for pilotage and an ETA 24 hours in advance or at least 12 hours before HW or on leaving their last

port of call if less than 24 hours distant. This request message

should include vessel length, overall dimensions, draft, and

whether equipped with a bow thruster or other maneuvering

capability. On arrival off the port vessels should contact the pilot station on VHF channel 12 or 16 for instructions. Pilots

board about 1 mile WNW of the jetties.

6.8 Pilotage is provided by Le Havre-Fecamp Pilots (see paragraph 5.11 and paragraph 5.13).

6.8 Fecamp pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

6.8 Regulations.—Vessels over 1,600 grt carrying hydrocarbons

or dangerous substances must report to the port authority before entering the harbor.

Port of Fecamp Home Page

http://www.fecamp.cci.fr/portcommerce.htm

station@pilhavre.fr
136 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

6.8 Permission for vessels over 100m in length to enter is only

given after agreement between the port authority, the pilot, and

the agent.

6.8 Signals.—International port traffic signals are shown from

the root of the S jetty (see paragraph 1.1).

6.8 Anchorage.—A designated anchorage area (Waiting Area),

with a radius of about 0.5 mile, lies centered about 1.3 miles W

of the N jetty. This anchorage has depths of 10 to 16m, sand

and shells, bad holding ground and is exposed to winds from

the SW through N to NE. The sea rises rapidly and vessels

should only anchor in good weather. The best anchorage lies in

a depth of 10m at the ESE edge of the area.

6.8 Directions.—A lighted range, bearing 082°, indicates the

approach to the harbor. However, it is reported that the lights of

the town make the range lights difficult to distinguish.

6.8 It is recommended that vessels enter at the end of the flood

current about 30 minutes before HW, which is the time of slack

water. 

6.8 After approaching the entrance using the range, vessels

should adjust course to about ENE in order to pass as close N

as possible to the head of the S jetty. This approach allows for

the yaw as the bow enters slack water while the stern remains

in the current. The effect of any swing should result in the vessel lining up with the entrance channel.

6.8 Caution.—Entry is often difficult with strong offshore

winds or with a strong swell from the W.

6.8 Tidal heights at the port may be affected by strong winds.

6.8 Depths in the entrance channel may be less than charted due

to the accumulation of silt and shingle.

Fecamp to Dieppe

6.9 The valley of Saint-Pierre-en-Port indents the coast

about 5 miles ENE of Fecamp and a prominent chapel stands

on its E slope.

The valleys of Les Petites-Dalles and Les Grandes-Dalles,

separated by a tall cliff, lie about 1.5 miles and 1.8 miles ENE

of Saint-Pierre-en-Port.

6.9 Paluel Nuclear Power Station (49°52'N., 0°38'E.), with

four conspicuous towers 72m high, is situated 6.5 miles ENE

of Saint-Pierre-en-Port. A pylon and a water tower, both prominent, stand close SW and about 1.3 miles S, respectively, of

the power station.

6.9 Two short breakwaters protect the entrance of a channel

leading to the power station. A prohibited area, marked by a

lighted buoy, surrounds the cooling water pipelines serving the

power station.

6.9 Saint-Valery-en-Caux (49°52'N., 0°43'E.) (World Port Index No. 35820), a small harbor, lies at the entrance of a narrow

valley between two white cliffs. It is used by small coasters,

fishing boats, and recreational craft.

6.9 The harbor consists of an avant-port and a wet dock. The entrance, 60m wide, lies between two jetties. A shingle bank,

which dries, forms a bar close outside the entrance. The avantport dries and has a quay, 100m long, at its E side. The wet

dock, which is mostly used as a marina, is entered through a

gate, 9m wide, and has a depth of 3.5m. Vessels up to 50m in

length and 8m beam with drafts up to 4.5m at springs and 3m

at neaps can enter. Local knowledge is required.

6.9 A prominent water tower, 51m high, stands about 0.8 mile

SSW of the harbor entrance. A conspicuous television mast,

82m high, stands about 1.2 miles ESE of the harbor entrance.

6.10 Pointe de Scotteville (49°48'N., 0°50'E.), located 4.8

miles ENE of Saint-Valery-en-Caux, is fronted by large blocks

of sandstone extending up to about 0.3 mile offshore. A conspicuous water tower stands close S of the point. A belfry situated 0.2 mile SW of the water tower shows prominently above

the surrounding woods. A visible stranded wreck, containing

explosives, lies about 1.7 miles WSW of the point. 

6.10 The valley of Quiberville, at the mouth of the Saane, lies 3.5

miles E of Pointe de Scotteville and is the largest and deepest

valley in this vicinity. A prominent water tower, with a church

situated close SE of it, stands at the W side of the valley.

6.10 Pointe d’Ailly (49°55'N., 0°58'E.), located 5 miles ENE of

Pointe de Scotteville, is fronted by dark, vertical cliffs and has

a rounded summit. Pointe d’Ailly Light is shown from a prominent square tower, 24m high, standing on the point. 

6.10 Roches d’Ailly, consisting of large drying sandstone blocks,

border the point and extend up to about 0.5 mile offshore. A

lighted buoy, moored about 1.5 miles NNW of the light, marks

a dangerous wreck.

6.10 Grande Ecamias (49°59'N., 0°59'E.), with a least depth of

12m, and Petits Ecamias, with a least depth of 11m, lie about 4

and 7 miles, respectively, N of Pointe d’Ailly. These banks are

Paluel Nuclear Power Station

Pointe d’Ailly Light
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 137

Pub. 191

dangerous in a heavy sea and consist of sand, gravel, and shell.

6.10 The valley of Pourville, a conspicuous break in the coastal

cliff, is located about midway between Pointe d’Ailly and

Dieppe, 5 miles E.

6.10 Caution.—A submarine cable, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends seaward from the vicinity of Saint-Valeryen-Caux.

6.10 Numerous wrecks, which may best be seen on the chart, lie

off the coast between Fecamp and Dieppe. 

Dieppe (49°56'N., 1°05'E.)

World Port Index No. 35810

6.11 Dieppe lies in a valley at the mouth of the Riviere

Arques. The port, which is primarily a cross-channel ferry terminal, also has facilities for cargo vessels, fishing boats, and

recreational craft.

6.11 The harbor consists of Avant-port, Arriere-port, Bassin du

Canada, Bassin de Paris, and Bassin Duquesne. 

6.11 Winds—Weather.—The most frequent winds are from the

SW and W; they cause a heavy sea off the entrance of Dieppe. 

6.11 Although the trend of the coast shelters it from SW winds,

the waves sweep around Pointe d’Ailly and break with violence on the beach. 

6.11 During bad weather from the NW through N to NE, the sea

is very high at the entrance of the harbor during the outgoing

current, and a swell is felt in Avant-port. 

6.11 The geographical position of the valley of Dieppe modifies

the direction of the wind; thus E winds turn to SE and SSE at

the entrance of the port and along the channel. 

6.11 When the wind is from the W to seaward of the port it will be

from the SW at the entrance and from the S farther inside.

6.11 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 9.3m at springs and

7.4m at neaps. The LW slack period is shorter than the HW

slack. 

6.11 In good weather, the rate of the tidal current does not exceed

0.5 knot between 1 hour before HW and HW, both at springs

and neaps. During W winds, HW may occur 45 minutes late,

and during SE winds up to 20 minutes early. The tidal currents

within the harbor run directly in and out with no eddies. At a

position 0.4 mile off the port entrance the E tidal current commences 5 hours before HW and attains a rate of 2 knots at

springs. The W tidal current commences 40 minutes after HW

and attains a rate of 1.5 knots at springs.

6.11 Depths—Limitations.—The port is entered directly from

seaward through a channel, maintained at a depth of 5m, which

leads between two converging breakwaters. The W breakwater

extends about 200m more to seaward than the E breakwater.

Within the breakwaters, the channel narrows to a width of 75m.

6.11 A 12° sector, centered on a line bearing 318° from the light

standing in front of the Chapel of Notre Dame de Bon Secours,

extends 5 miles seaward. The area within this sector was systematically surveyed for obstructions by sonar in 1995.

6.11 Avant-port has a maintained depth of 4.5m. Bassin Duquesne, used by recreational craft and fishing vessels, is entered from the SW part of Avant-port through a lock, which is

15m wide and has a depth of 3.5m on the sill. A marina is situated at the NW side of Avant-port.

6.11 Terminal Multivrac is situated at the NE side of Avant-port.

It has a quay, 100m long, with a depth of 6m alongside.

6.11 Terminal Transmanche, with a depth of 6m alongside, is situated close S of Terminal Multivrac and is used by cross-channel ro-ro ferries.

6.11 Arriere-port, with depths of 2.5 to 4m, is entered from the SE

part of Avant-port through a passage, 37m wide, which is

spanned by a a swing bridge. A ro-ro berth is located at Quai

Guynemer, at the SE end of this basin. 

6.11 Bassin du Canada, with 300m of quayage, is entered from

the SE end of Arriere-port through a lock, which is 23m wide

and has a depth of 1m over the sill. This lock is operated from

2 hours before HW to 1 hour after HW. 

6.11 Bassin du Paris, with a depth of 6.5m, is entered directly

from Bassin de Canada. Quai de Norvege, on the N side, is

683m long and Quai du Maroc, on the S side, is 600m long. A

ro-ro berth is situated in the NW part of this basin.

6.11 The harbor is only accessible to large vessels from 2 hours

before to 1 hour after HW due to the strength of the tidal currents running across the entrance. 

6.11 The port has facilities for bulk, container, general cargo, roro, and reefer vessels. Vessels up to 164m in length and 21.6m

beam can be accommodated in the harbor, with drafts up to 8m

at springs and 7m at neaps. 

6.11 Aspect.—DI Lighted Buoy, moored about 2.5 miles WNW

of the harbor entrance, marks the approach to the port.

6.11 The conspicuous Chapel of Notre Dame de Bon Secours,

with a large belfry, stands on the cliffs, 0.3 mile SSE of the

head of the E breakwater. A light structure, 4m high, stands in

front of this chapel. A prominent radio mast, 165m high, is situated 2 miles ESE of the chapel.

6.11 A prominent signal station stands close N of the chapel. A

prominent fortresstype chateau is situated midway up the cliff,

about 0.9 mile SW of the harbor entrance.

6.11 The cliffs surrounding the port are reported to be radar conspicuous. 

6.11 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory within an area extending

4 miles seaward from the breakwaters for all vessels carrying

hydrocarbons or dangerous substances and other vessels over

50m in length.

6.11 Vessels must send a message to the pilot station (Rouen Pilots) 24 hours in advance and 5 hours in advance stating their

ETA at DI Lighted Buoy, their draft, and whether or not a pilot

is required.

6.11 Vessels should then contact the pilot station on VHF channel

12 at least 3 hours prior to their original ETA stating any delay

over 2 hours or any incapacity to make the tide.

6.11 Pilots board between 1 mile and 2 miles from the breakwaters.

6.11 Vessels under 50m in length and equipped with VHF are not

obliged to take a pilot. However, they must advise the port authorities in the same manner as other vessels.

6.11 Pilotage is provided by La Seine Maritime-Rouen Pilots.

(see paragraph 5.11 and paragraph 5.14).

Port of Dieppe Home Page

http://www.dieppe.cci.fr/portdecommerce.htm
138 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

6.11 Dieppe pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

6.11 The port of Dieppe may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

6.11 Regulations.—All vessels should send a message to the harbormaster 24 hours prior to arrival at DI Lighted Buoy stating

their ETA, length, and draft.

6.11 All vessels should then contact the harbormaster on VHF

channel 16 on arrival to obtain instructions. A continuous VHF

watch must be maintained until berthed.

6.11 Fishing vessels and small craft are prohibited from navigating in the approach to the port when the entry or departures signals are displayed.

6.11 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to vessels

over 1,600 grt transporting dangerous cargo in bulk in the approaches to the French coasts of the North Sea, the English

Channel, and the Atlantic Ocean between the Belgian border

and the Spanish border.

6.11 For further details of these special procedures, see Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

6.11 In order to avoid impeding access, anchoring, stopping, or

fishing are prohibited within a triangular controlled navigation

zone fronting the port. This zone, which may best be seen on

the chart, extends up to about 1 mile NW and NE from the harbor entrance. All vessels intending to enter the zone must receive permission from the port authorities. 

6.11 Signals.—International traffic signals regulating entry and

departure are shown by day and at night from the signal mast at

the root of the W breakwater (see paragraph 1.1).

6.11 When dredges are operating or the channel is obstructed, a

yellow light is shown at the same level and to the right of the

main signal.

6.11 A green light shown above and to the right of the main signal

indicates the entry of a ferry. A red light similarly shown indicates a ferry departing.

6.11 Anchorage.—The anchorage for vessels waiting to enter the

port lies in the vicinity of DI Lighted Buoy (49°57'N., 1°01'E.).

There are depths of 8 to 12m; the bottom is sand and shingle or

sand and shells, good holding ground.

6.11 It is reported (1995) that an area of the bottom within a radius of 1 mile from the lighted buoy has been systematically surveyed by sonar for any obstructions.

6.11 The recommended anchorage lies, in a depth of 8m, about

0.4 mile ENE of the lighted buoy. This anchorage is exposed to

winds from the W through N to NE and in such conditions vessels may prefer to seek shelter elsewhere. 

6.11 Caution.—An explosive dumping ground area, which may

best be seen on the chart, lies centered about 1.5 miles NNE of

the harbor entrance.

6.11 Several wrecks lie in the approaches to the harbor and may

best be seen on the chart.

6.11 A submarine cable, which may best be seen on the chart, extends seaward from the shore, 0.8 mile WSW of the port entrance.

6.11 It is reported (2001) that high speed ferries may be encountered in the approaches to the port from March to October.

Dieppe to Le Treport

6.12 The coast from Dieppe to Le Treport, about 14 miles

NE, consists of high steep chalk cliffs broken by several valleys. 

6.12 Mont Jolibois, with a round treeless summit, rises above a

perpendicular cliff about 10 miles NE of Dieppe. The valley of

Criel-sur-Mer, close E, is the widest in this vicinity. The valley

of Mesnil-Val, about 1 mile farther NE, is also conspicuous. 

6.12 The shore is fronted by a rocky bank which dries and extends

up to about 0.5 mile seaward.

6.12 Ridens de Belleville (49°59'N., 1°09'E.), a group of shoal

patches, has a least depth of 7m and lies centered 3.5 miles NE

of the entrance to Dieppe harbor.

6.12 Ridins de Neuvillette, a group of narrow sandbanks, lies centered 8 miles NE of the entrance to Dieppe harbor. These sand

banks have a least depth of 7.2m and extend up to about 1.8

miles offshore.

6.12 Ridens de Dieppe (50°06'N., 1°06'E.), a group of shoal

patches, lies centered 10 miles N of the entrance to Dieppe harbor. This group has a least depth of 7.4m and is formed of sand

and gravel.

6.12 Roches du Muron, a drying rocky bank, fronts the coast 2.5

miles SW of Le Treport and extends up to about 0.4 mile offshore.

6.12 Ridens de Treport (50°06'N., 1°18'E.), with a least depth of

5.1m, lies about 2.8 miles NW of the entrance to Le Treport.

6.12 Banc Franc-Marque, with a least depth of 3.6m, lies about 2

miles N of the entrance to Le Treport.

6.12 Penly Nuclear Power Station (49°59'N., 1°13'E.) stands

near to the shore, 5.4 miles NE of Dieppe. It is fronted by a

prohibited area, which extends up to 0.8 mile seaward and is

marked by lighted buoys. A narrow winding channel leads between short breakwaters to the power station.

6.12 A prominent radio mast stands about 0.8 mile SE of the power station.

6.12 Caution.—Numerous wrecks lie along this stretch of the

coast and may best be seen on the chart.

6.12 A former mined area, which is open to surface navigation, is

still considered to be dangerous by the French authorities with

regard to anchoring, trawling, or carrying out any sea bed activities. It is bound by a line joining the following positions:

a. 50°08.0'N, 1°06.5'E. 

b. 50°16.5'N, 1°13.5'E. 

c. 50°16.0'N, 1°20.0'E. 

d. 50°06.5'N, 1°14.0'E.

Le Treport (50°04'N., 1°22'E.)

World Port Index No. 35800

6.13 Le Treport, situated at the mouth of La Bresle, is a

small port used by commercial vessels, fishing boats, and recreational craft. It consists of Avant-port, which dries, and two

wet basins.

6.13 Le Treport stands on the SW side of the harbor and the

smaller town of Mers-les-Bains stands on the NE side.

piloseine-rouen@wanadoo.fr

cap.stmd.dde@equipement.gouv.fr
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 139

Pub. 191

6.13 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise 9.4m at springs and 7.5m

at neaps. Strong onshore winds cause a heavy scend in the outer harbor.

6.13 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor entrance, 60m wide, is

located between two breakwaters, which are bordered by drying banks of shingle and mud. The channel leading into the entrance dries 2m. Inside the breakwaters the channel narrows to

a width of 30m.

6.13 Several quays border Avant-port and dry 4 to 5m, with a bottom of soft mud. Part of Quai Bellot, on the N side, is used by

recreational craft.

6.13 Port du Peche et de Plaisance is entered from the SE end of

Avant-port through a lock, 28m long and 9.5m wide. It is used

by fishing vessels and recreational craft.

6.13 Port du Commerce is entered from the NE end of Avant-port

through a dock gate, which is 19m wide and has a depth of 2m

on the sill.

6.13 The port has facilities for bulk and general cargo vessels.

Vessels up to 7,000 dwt, 115m in length, and 16m beam can be

accommodated with drafts limited to the height of tide minus

2m. Generally, vessels can enter with drafts up to 7m at springs

and 4.4m at neaps.

6.13 Aspect.—Le Treport Light is shown from a prominent structure, 14m high, standing on the head of the W breakwater.

6.13 A conspicuous silo, 53m high, stands on the N side of Port

du Commerce, 0.5 mile ESE of the harbor entrance. A large

prominent church tower stands about 0.4 mile SSE of the harbor entrance and can be seen over the houses. A large church

stands at the base of the cliffs near Mer-les-Bains, about 0.7

mile ENE of the harbor entrance, and a prominent television

mast is situated 0.6 mile E of it.

6.13 A conspicuous statue of the Madonna stands near the coast,

about 1 mile NE of the harbor entrance. A prominent pylon is

situated about 1.7 miles SE of the harbor entrance.

6.13 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels 45m or

more in length. Vessels should contact the harbor by VHF 3

hours prior to HW and maintain a listening watch. Vessels

should maintain a listening watch on VHF channels 16 and 12

when anchored in the Waiting Area. Generally, pilots board

about 1.5 miles NW of the harbor entrance, 2 hours before HW. 

6.13 Regulations.—A triangular area, within which anchoring

and fishing are prohibited, extends up to 1 mile NW of the harbor entrance and may best be seen on the chart.

6.13 Anchorage.—A designated anchorage area (Waiting Area),

with depths of 8 to 15m, sand and shells, lies centered 3 miles

NW of the harbor entrance and can best be seen on the chart.

This anchorage area, which is untenable with onshore winds,

should only be used by vessels waiting to enter the port.

6.13 Caution.—An explosive dumping ground area, which may

best be seen on the chart, lies centered about 2.8 miles NNE of

the harbor entrance.

6.13 Several wrecks and obstructions lie in the approaches to the

port and may best be seen on the chart. 

Le Treport to Baie de Somme

6.14 Adult (50°06'N., 1°27'E.), a village, stands 4 miles

NE of Le Treport. The coast between is formed by white or

gray cliffs, 100m high, bisected by small valleys.

Adult Light is shown from a prominent tower, 28m high,

standing in the village and a conspicuous radio mast is situated

close to it.

Between Adult and the Baie de Somme the coast is low and

bordered by sand dunes, with a wooded background.

6.14 Cayeux-sur-Mer (50°11'N., 1°30'E.), a village, stands about

5 miles NNE of Adult. The prominent spire of a church situated in the village can be seen above the houses.

6.14 A light is shown from a conspicuous tower, 32m high, standing about 1 mile NE of the village.

6.14 A prominent structure is situated about 0.7 miles SW of the

village. This structure consists of a series of pillars in the form

of a truncated cone standing on a masonry base and surmounted by a black Saint-Andrew’s cross.

6.14 Caution.—Numerous obstructions, which may best be seen

on the chart, lie within an area extending up to 3.5 miles N and

NW of Adult. 

Baie de Somme

6.15 Baie de Somme (50°14'N., 1°34'E.), the estuary of

the Riviere Somme, is entered between Pointe du Hourdel

(50°13'N., 1°34'E.), located 2.5 miles NE of Cayeux-sur-Mer

Light, and Pointe de Saint Quentin, 3 miles N. The bay faces

W and is obstructed by drying sand banks.

Le Treport Light (West Breakwater)

Adult Light
140 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

Bancs de Somme extend up to about 1.5 miles seaward of the

general line of the coast. These banks frequently vary in position and height. The outermost banks consist of very fine shifting sand and constitute a formidable danger to vessels

grounding on them. In such cases the tidal currents wash away

the sand from under the stem and the stern, causing the vessel

to capsize or break up. With onshore winds a very rough sea

occurs on these banks. 

6.15 Quemer (50°17'N., 1°20'E.) and Bassurelle de la Somme

(50°13'N., 1°20'E.), two banks of sand and shells, front the bay

and extend up to 9.5 miles offshore. The sea breaks over these

banks during bad weather.

6.15 Tides—Currents.—The tides at Cayeux-sur-Mer rise about

9.8m at springs 8m at neaps.

6.15 Outside the drying banks at the entrance to Baie de Somme,

the tidal currents are mainly rotary, counterclockwise. They

seem to attain their maximum rates as the drying banks are just

covered or just about to be uncovered. In the vicinity of AT-SO

Lighted Buoy, the incoming current flows NNE and begins

about 4 hours before HW at Dieppe. It attains a velocity of

about 2.7 knots at springs. The outgoing current flows SSW

and begins about 1 hour 30 minutes after HW at Dieppe. It attains a velocity of about 2.5 at springs.

6.15 Winds from W often raise the sea level by up to 0.5m and

winds from E lower it by the same amount.

6.15 Depths—Limitations.—A buoyed channel, which dries,

leads E into the bay from AT-SO Lighted Buoy. This channel

changes frequently. 

6.15 Aspect.—Pointe du Hourdelight is shown from a conspicuous tower, 18m high, standing on Pointe du Hourdel (50°13'N.,

1°34'E.).

6.15 AT-SO Lighted Buoy is moored about 3.8 miles WNW of

Pointe du Hourdel.

6.15 Pilotage.—There is no pilot station in the bay, but unlicensed local pilots are available. The employment of such pilots is advised due to the frequent changes in the banks.

Generally, pilots board near AT-SO Lighted Buoy.

6.15 Caution.—If vessels are unable to reach one of the harbors

within the Baie de Somme before HW, they should proceed to

a position seaward of the banks. Anchoring in the shelter of the

banks is not advised because the shifting sands provide poor

holding ground.

6.15 Local knowledge is required for entry into Baie de Somme.

6.16 Le Hourdel (50°13'N., 1°34'E.), a small harbor, lies

between the S side of Pointe du Hourdel and a detached breakwater, 300m long. The basin dries and is used by recreational

craft and fishing boats.

Le Hourdel Light is shown from a prominent tower, 18m

high, standing on Pointe du Hourdel.

6.16 Saint-Valery-sur-Somme (50°11'N., 1°39'E.) (World Port

Index No. 35790), a small harbor, is situated on the S shore of

the bay, 2.5 miles ESE of Pointe du Hourdel. It is used by small

commercial vessels and recreational craft.

6.16 The entrance channel leading to the harbor dries 5.8m and is

marked by buoys and beacons. The fairway stays dry until the

incoming tide reaches it, about 2 hours before HW.

6.16 The harbor is about 1,700m long and 60m wide. It is bordered on the E side by a breakwater and on the W side by an

embankment and a quay. The bottom alongside the quay consists of mud and dries 5m. The tides rise about 10.1m at

springs and 8.1m at neaps. Small vessels up to 50m in length

and 3.6m draft can be handled at HWS.

6.16 Canal de la Somme, connecting the small port of Abbeville

with the sea, is entered through a lock 260m long and 50m

wide. The locks are accessible for 2 hours, and sometimes 3

hours, during each tide; the sills of the lock are 5m and 5.3m

above chart datum. 

6.16 The canal permits the passage of vessels up to 45m in length,

8m beam, and 3.4m draft. Vessels navigating this canal should

request the opening of bridges by sounding a prolonged blast

on the whistle.

6.16 Abbeville, located 7 miles SE of the lock, extends for about

0.3 mile along the N side of the canal. There is a new berth that

does not have a height restriction, but vessels using the old

berths are limited by a fixed railway bridge to a vertical clearance of 6.4m.

6.16 Le Crotoy (50°13'N., 1°38'E.), a small harbor, is used by

fishing boats and recreational craft. It is formed by a creek protected on the W side by a promontory on which stands the

town. A quay, on the S side of the harbor, dries 6m. A narrow

buoyed channel leads to the harbor.

Baie de Somme to Pointe de Lornel

6.17 The coast between Pointe de Saint Quentin and Pointe

Cayeux-sur-Mer Light

Le Hourdel Light
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 141

Pub. 191

du Touquet, 15.5 miles N, is low, sandy, and bordered by

dunes. This stretch of coast is indented by the estuary of the

Authie Riviere, which is encumbered by drying banks.

The estuary lies between Pointe de Routhiauville, located 6

miles N of Pointe de Saint Quentin, and Pointe du Haut-Banc,

2 miles N. The drying banks shift frequently and are dangerous. A narrow drying channel leads through the banks to the

river and is used by local fishing boats.

6.17 A conspicuous water tower, 30m high, stands about 1 mile

SSE of Pointe de Routhiauville.

6.17 Berck-Plage Light (50°24'N., 1°34'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 45m high, standing on Pointe du Haut-Banc.

6.17 Several large hospital buildings and a church stand along the

shore close N of the light and are conspicuous from seaward.

6.17 Pointe de Touquet (50°32'N., 1°35'E.) is located 8.7 miles

N of Pointe du Haut-Banc. Pointe de Touquet Light, also

known as Le Touquet-La Canche Light, is shown from a prominent orange tower, 56m high, standing about 1 mile S of the

point.

6.17 The resort town of Le Touquet-Paris-Plage stands along the

shore, W of the light tower. It is fronted by a conspicuous

pyramidal glass structure, 27m high, and a several large

buildings.

6.17 The estuary of the Riviere Canche lies between Pointe de

Touquet and Pointe de Lornel, about 1.5 miles N, and is

encumbered by drying banks. These banks extend up to about 1

mile seaward of the entrance and the sea breaks heavily over

them during bad weather.

6.17 A light is shown from a red pylon, 11m high, standing on the

NE bank of the estuary, about 0.8 mile NNE of Pointe de Touquet. 

6.17 Etaples (50°31'N., 1°38'E.), a small harbor, lies at the head

of the estuary, on the N bank. It is used by local fishing boats

and recreational craft. An approach channel, which is buoyed

and dries 5m, leads to the harbor. Its inner part lies between

two training walls, which are covered at HW and marked by

beacons. The channel changes frequently and local knowledge

is required. 

6.17 Caution.—Several offshore banks front this stretch of coast.

They are described, along with the navigation aids, in paragraph 6.3.

6.17 Shellfish beds are located on the drying banks obstructing

the estuary of the Authie Riviere.

Pointe de Lornel to Cap d’Alprech

6.18 The stretch of coast extending 6 miles N from Pointe

de Lornel is bordered by dunes and backed inland by some

conspicuous hills. The coast then turns cliffy for about 2 miles

to Cap d’Alprech.

6.18 Mont Saint-Frieux, rising 2.8 miles NNE of Pointe de Lornel, consists of two prominent summits, 153m and 143m high,

with several lesser elevations. The surveillance radar for GrizNez CROSS stands on this hill.

6.18 Saint Etienne-au-Mont, surmounted by a chapel with a

prominent belfry, stands 2 miles inland about 2.5 miles SE of

Cap d’Alprech. 

6.18 The village of Equihen Plage, situated 1.5 miles SSE of Cap

d’Alprech, can be distinguished from seaward by the straight

rows of houses standing on the slope of a small hill.

6.18 Cap d’Alprech (50°42'N., 1°34'E.) terminates in a brown

cliff and is bordered by drying rocks. A light is shown from a

prominent white tower, 17m high with spiral outer stairs,

standing on the cape. A conspicuous radio mast stands about

0.3 mile ENE of the light.

Berck-Plage Light

Pointe de Touquet Light Cap d’Alprech Light
142 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

6.18 The prominent ruins of Fort de l’Heurt, a blockhouse, stand

on a patch of drying rocks at the edge of the drying coastal

bank, 1 mile N of Cap d’Alprech.

6.18 Fort du Mont de Couple is situated close to the coast, 0.8

mile NNE of Cap d’Alprech. A former hovercraft terminal is

situated close N of this fort.

Boulogne (50°44'N., 1°36'E.)

World Port Index No. 35760

6.19 Boulogne (Boulogne-sur-Mer) lies in the entrance to

the valley of La Liane Fleuve, 2.5 miles NE of Cap d’Alprech.

The port provides substantial facilities for commercial shipping, cross-channel ferries, and fishing vessels. It is protected

by Digue Nord and Digue Carnot, two breakwaters.

6.19 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 8.8m at springs and

7.2m at neaps.

6.19 The tidal currents are strong. They may be strengthened and

prolonged by winds blowing in the same direction.

6.19 At a position about 0.6 mile W of the head of Digue Carnot,

the flood current runs N and begins about 1 hour 50 minutes

before HW. It attains a maximum spring rate of 4.8 knots about

1 hour after HW. The ebb current runs S and begins about 3

hours 30 minutes after HW. It attains a maximum spring rate of

4.2 knots. The currents are slightly less strong in the vicinity of

the head of Digue Carnot.

6.19 Depths—Limitations.—The main Approach Channel,

which may best be seen on the chart, leads 4.5 miles E and

passes through a gap in Bassure de Baas. This channel, which

is navigation controlled, runs between the Dover Strait TSS

and the port entrance.

6.19 The outer harbor, which is protected by breakwaters, has

berths in its S part within Rade Carnot and Darse Sarraz Bournet. The channel leading through the outer harbor is dredged to

a depth of 5m.

6.19 A channel leads SE between two jetties from the outer harbor into Avant-port. A ro-ro ferry terminal, with three berths, is

situated in the SE part of Avant-port. Port de Marie, an open

basin connected to the E side of Avant-port, is used by fishing

boats and recreational craft. Bassin Napoleon, connected to the

S part of Avant-port by a lock, 95m long and 21m wide, is used

by fishing boats.

6.19 Bassin Loubet, used by commercial vessels and fishing

boats, is connected to the SW part of Avant-port by a lock. The

lock is 125m long and 25m wide, with a depth of 5m on the

sill. This wet basin has a depth of 8.5m and can accommodate

vessels up to 135m in length and 21m beam, with drafts up to

7.8m at springs and 7.5m at neaps. Vessels less than 100m in

length can be locked at the regular operating times. Vessels

100m to 120m in length can be locked only from 2 hours 30

minutes before HW to 1 hour after HW. Vessels 120m to 135m

in length can enter only during the period close to HW when

both lock gates are open.

6.19 Rade Carnot, on the S side of the outer harbor, has a ro-ro

ferry terminal. Ro-ro vessels up to 146m in length and 8.5m

draft can be handled in the port.

6.19 Darse Sarraz Bournet is an open basin. Quai de l’Europe, on

the W side, is 780m long and has a depth of 11m alongside. A

bulk berth, on the E side, is 240m long and has a depth of 10m

alongside. Vessels up to 35,000 dwt and 230m in length, with

drafts up to 11m at springs and 10.5m at neaps, can be accommodated in this basin. 

6.19 Aspect.—ZC1 Lighted Buoy, marking the SW end of the

Approach Channel, is moored about 4.4 miles W of the head of

Digue Nord, the N breakwater.

6.19 Boulogne Approach Lighted Buoy, marking the N side of the

Approach Channel, is moored about 2 miles WNW of the head

of Digue Nord.

6.19 The outer part of Digue Nord, except for the head, is submerged. Digue Carnot, the S breakwater, is partly covered at

HW. A light is shown from a prominent tower, 22m high,

standing at the head of Digue Carnot.

6.19 Colonne de la Grande Armee, a conspicuous monument

141m high, stands 1.9 miles E of the head of Digue Carnot. A

prominent Port Control tower 42m high, is situated at the S

side of the entrance to Avant-port, about 1 mile SE of the head

of Digue Carnot.

6.19 The cathedral, with a prominent dome 142m high, is situated

in the elevated part of the city, about 1 mile E of the Port

Control tower. In the background Mont Lambert, 189m high,

rises about 1.5 miles ESE of the cathedral and is surmounted

by a television mast. 

6.19 A prominent tower surmounts the cement works at the NW

side of Darse Sarraz Bournet basin, 0.8 mile SSE of the head of

Digue Carnot.

6.19 It is reported (2005) that several wind generators stand on

the inner part of Digue Carnot and are conspicuous from seaward.

6.19 Pilotage.—The compulsory pilotage area extends to points 4

miles from the port entrance breakwaters. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 60m loa and over. Vessels less than 60m

in length are required to establish contact with Boulogne Port

on VHF channel 12.

6.19 Vessels should send a message to the harbormaster 12 hours

in advance of their ETA stating their length, beam, draft, last

port of call, and pilotage requirements (especially if a pilot is

not compulsory for their vessel).

Port of Boulogne Home Page

http://www.portboulogne.com

High-speed ferry entering Boulogne Avant-port
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 143

Pub. 191

6.19 Vessels should then contact the harbormaster on VHF channel 12 and confirm their ETA at the roadstead 2 hours prior to

arrival. This information will be forwarded to the pilot station.

All vessels must then contact the port on VHF channel 12 on

arrival in the roadstead.

6.19 Generally, pilots board about 0.5 mile S of Boulogne Approach Lighted Buoy (50°45.3'N., 1°31.1'E.). In bad weather,

when embarking a pilot is not possible, vessels should remain

in the vicinity of the outer anchorage and wait for instructions.

Vessels must not enter Rade Carnot without instructions.

6.19 Pilots are provided by the Boulogne Calais Pilotage Service.

Boulogne pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

6.19 Regulations.—Vessels are prohibited from stopping or anchoring in the Approach Channel.

6.19 Vessels not subject to pilotage must keep well clear of large

vessels.

6.19 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to vessels

over 1,600 grt transporting dangerous cargoes in bulk in the approaches to the French coasts of the North Sea, the English

Channel, and the Atlantic Ocean between the Belgian border

and the Spanish border.

6.19 Such vessels should consider the Approach Channel leading

E from the Dover Strait TSS toward the port to be a Mandatory

Access Channel. Vessels arriving from Dunkerque or Calais

are only required to use that section of the Approach Channel

lying E of Boulogne Approach Lighted Buoy. 

6.19 Such vessels must establish contact with the port on VHF

channel 12 before entering the channel and maintain a listening

watch on the same frequency.

6.19 Such vessels transiting the Approach Channel are deemed to

be restricted in their ability to maneuver and must show the appropriate lights and shapes.

6.19 For further details of these special procedures, see Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

6.19 Signals.—International port traffic signals are shown from

masts situated at the E side of the entrance to Darse Sarraz

Bournet, at each end of Jetee Sud-Ouest on the S side of the entrance to Avant-port, and at the central control tower standing

close S of Jetee Sud-Ouest. For further information, see paragraph 1.1.

6.19 A yellow light is shown level with the top of the main traffic

signal when dredges are operating in the harbor channel.

Colonne de la Grande Armee

Boulogne Port Control Tower

Boulogne Cathredral Dome

Digue Carnot Light

boulognecalaispilot@wanadoo.fr
144 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

6.19 Anchorage.—The outer anchorage area for large vessels lies

midway between the gap in Bassure de Baas and Digue Carnot.

It has depths of 14 to 16m and lies S of the Approach Channel,

about 1 mile W of the head of Digue Carnot. When anchorage

is untenable in this roadstead, vessels are advised to seek shelter off the English coast.

6.19 Directions.—The main Approach Channel leads 4.5 miles E

from the Dover Strait TSS to the harbor.

6.19 Rade d’Ambleteuse, 3 miles long, extends N from the port

entrance and lies inside Bassure de Baas. It provides an approach for vessels coming from the N. Such vessels should

pass E of Bassure de Baas Lighted Buoy (50°48.5'N.,

1°33.0'E.).

6.19 By an agreement with the local fishermen, ferries transiting

between the port and Cap Gris-Nez usually use a channel leading through Rade d’Ambleteuse.

6.19 The time at which vessels may enter Darse Sarraz Bournet

depends on their draft and the height of tide. The best time for

vessels with drafts over 9m to enter is from 2 hours before to 2

hours after HW.

6.19 Because of the strong currents, vessels over 180m in length,

which need to maintain a relatively high speed for maneuvering, should enter either 3 hours before or 1 hour after HW, depending on their draft.

6.19 Within the port, a lighted range, which may best be seen on

the chart, indicates the limit of shoal ground lying on the N

side of Rade Carnot. Vessels must stay S of this alignment.

6.19 Caution.—Numerous wrecks lie in the approaches to the

port and may best be seen on the chart.

6.19 An area lying between Digue Nord and the shore is reserved

for the use of pleasure craft.

6.19 High speed ferries may be encountered in the approaches to

the port.

Boulogne to Calais

6.20 The coast between the N side of Boulogne and Cap

Gris-Nez, 7.5 miles N, consists of dark red cliffs with grassy

summits, interspersed with beaches and dunes.

6.20 Landmarks along this stretch of coast include the residential

buildings of Wimereux (50°46.0'N., 1°36.7'E.), with a prominent water tower; Ambleteuse (50°48.6'N., 1°36.4'E.), with a

round fort situated close off the beach; Audresselles

(50°49.5'N., 1°35.7'E.), with a prominent square belfry standing among the red-roofed houses; and Audinghen (50°51.2'N.,

1°36.7'E.), with a prominent large belfry standing on the skyline.

6.20 Cap Gris-Nez (50°52'N., 1°35'E.), a precipitous headland, is

50m high and steep-to on its W side. A light is shown from a

conspicuous tower, 31m high, standing on the cape.

6.20 The CROSS surveillance station and a radar tower are situated close N of the light.

6.20 Pointe du Riden, located 1 mile S of Cap Gris-Nez, is steepto and marked by a beacon.

6.20 Between Cap Gris-Nez and Cap Blanc-Nez, 6 miles NE, the

shore is bordered by a coastal bank and several reefs, which extend up to about 1.8 miles seaward in places. CA3 Lighted

Buoy is moored at the outer side of the coastal bank, about 1.6

miles NW of Cap Blanc-Nez.

6.20 Cap Blanc-Nez presents a very white cliff to seaward and

consists of several rounded grassy summits. The conspicuous

Dover Patrol monument surmounts the highest summit.

6.20 A church, with a low square prominent belfry, stands at Tardinghen, 2 miles E of Cap Griz-Nez, and can be seen on the skyline. Mont Couple rises about 3 miles E of the church and can

be identified by its summit, which slopes steeply to the S.

6.20 The chalky cliffs continue as far as Sangatte, 2 miles NE of

Cap Blanc-Nez. A prominent square belfry standing in this village can be seen over the dunes.

6.20 Between Sangatte and Calais, 4 miles ENE, the coast is low

and sandy.

6.20 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents are very strong off

the coast between Boulogne and Calais. At about 2.5 miles

NW of Cap Gris-Nez, the flood and ebb tidal currents attain

velocities of about 3.5 knots at springs. 

6.20 At 1 mile NW of Cap Gris-Nez, the NE tidal current begins

about 2 hours before HW at Dover, and the SW tidal current

begins about 3 hours 45 minutes after HW at Dover; the velocity in both directions is about 4 knots at springs. 

6.20 For additional information concerning currents in Dover

Strait, see paragraph 6.2.

6.20 Caution.—An explosives dumping area, which may best be

seen on the chart, lies about 1.5 miles N of the entrance to Boulogne.

6.20 Large concentrations of drift-net fishing vessels may be encountered in the vicinity of Cap Gris-Nez during December

and January.

6.20 A submarine power cable area, within which anchoring by

vessels over 50m in length is prohibited, lies between Cap

Blanc-Nez and Calais, and may best be seen on the chart.

Calais (50°58'N., 1°51'E.)

World Port Index No. 35750

6.21 Calais is the most important port for cross-channel

ferry traffic from England. It also provides extensive facilities

for commercial shipping and is connected to the network of caCap Gris-Nez Light
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 145

Pub. 191

nals in the N part of France.

6.21 Winds—Weather.—During strong winds from WSW,

through N, to ENE, a very heavy sea may be created in the harbor entrance and entry is sometimes impossible. A strong swell

may be experienced within the harbor in such conditions.

6.21 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 7.2m at springs and

5.9m at neaps.

6.21 At a position 0.5 mile NW of the jetty heads, the flood current runs ENE and begins 2 hours 45 minutes before HW at the

port. The ebb current runs WSW and begins 3 hours 30 minutes after HW. The flood current attains a maximum rate of 3

knots at springs and the ebb current a rate of 2 knots.

6.21 Close to the jetty heads the slack water periods, which last

15 minutes in good weather, occur 2 hours 30 minutes after

HW at the port and 3 hours 30 minutes before HW (LW slack).

These times may be advanced by 30 minutes during strong W

winds and retarded by 30 minutes during strong E winds.

6.21 The current is rectilinear. There is probably little or no current between the jetties or within the harbor.

6.21 Depths—Limitations.—Ridens de la Rade, a bank of sand

and shells, fronts the port and extends up to about 1.5 miles

offshore. This bank lies almost parallel to the coast and is an

extension of the coastal bank bordering the shore to the E of

the port. It has depths of 3 to 8m in the W part and almost dries

in the E part. The sea breaks heavily on this bank with N to E

winds.

6.21 Ridens de Calais, a bank with depths of 8 to 16m, extends

about 5.3 miles NE from the NW end of Ridens de la Rade.

6.21 The Approach Channel, swept for obstructions, has depths

over 10m. The entrance channel, which is 230m wide between

the jetties, has a dredged depth of 9m.

6.21 The entrance channel leads into Avant-port. Bassin Henri

Ravisse (Bassin des Guerlettes-Bassin Est), a large tidal basin,

is entered at the E side.

6.21 Bassin Henri Ravisse, which is dredged to a depth of 9m, is

1,200m long and 200m wide. The N side provides 820m of

berthage with a depth of 12.5m alongside. A berth, with a

depth of 9m alongside, is situated at the E side and is used by

cross-channel catamaran ferries. A service berth, 200m long, is

situated at the S side of the basin.

6.21 Arriere-port is entered from the SW side of Avant-port. Quai

Paul-Devot, located in the SE part, is 240m long and has a

depth of 9m alongside.

6.21 Gare Maritime, situated between the SE end of Avant-port

and the N side of Arriere-port, has four berths, with depths of 5

to 7m, for cross-channel ro-ro ferries located at each side.

6.21 Basin West is entered from the SW side of Arriere-port

through a dock gate, 17m wide, which is spanned by a road

bridge. The gate has a depth of 2m over the sill and the basin is

maintained at a depth of 7.6m. Vessels up to 110m in length,

16m beam, and 6m draft can enter the basin but it is mainly

used by small craft and pleasure boats.

6.21 Bassin Carnot is entered from the E end of Arriere-port

through a lock, 133m long and 21m wide, with a depth of 1.8m

over the sill. The basin is maintained at a depth of 7.6m and

provides 1,700m of berthage. Vessels up to 150m in length and

16m beam can enter with drafts up to 6.6m. Vessels with beams

between 16m and 19.5m can enter with drafts up to 5.9m. Vessels over 115m in length have to canal through the lock at near

HW.

6.21 The port has facilities for ro-ro ferries, container, general

cargo, bulk, and passenger vessels. Vessels up to 245m in

length and 11.5m draft can be accommodated.

6.21 The port also provides repair facilities. A drydock, situated

at the S end of Bassin Carnot, can handle vessels up to 150m in

length, 19m beam, and 6m draft.

6.21 It is reported (2003) that high-speed vessels are operating

from the former hovercraft terminal which is situated 1.5 miles

E of the main port entrance. 

6.21 Aspect.—Sangatte Light, a directional sector light, is shown

from a pylon, 8m high and surmounted by a radar scanner,

standing in the E part of Sangatte (50°57'N., 1°46'E.). 

6.21 The Approach Channel leading SE and E along the S side of

Ridens de la Rade to the port entrance is marked by lighted

buoys, which may best be seen on the chart.

6.21 A light is shown from a prominent structure, 10m high,

standing on the E jetty head. A light is shown from a structure,

12m high, standing on the W jetty head.

6.21 Calais Light, is shown from a conspicuous white tower, 51m

high, standing 0.8 mile SSE of the head of the W jetty.

6.21 Two conspicuous silos, 56m and 42m high, stand near a bulk

berth on the N side of Henri Ravisse Basin (Bassin Est), about

Port of Calais Home Page

http://www.calais-port.com

Calais

Calais (Inner Harbor)
146 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

0.2 mile E of the root of the E jetty.

6.21 A prominent water tower, 31m high, is situated at BleriotPlage, about 1.5 miles W of Calais Light. A pyramid-shaped

building stands on Quai de la Maree, about 0.4 mile SE of the

W jetty head, and houses the pilot station. Several conspicuous

hotel buildings (radar prominent) are situated close W of the

root of the W jetty.

6.21 A prominent chimney stands at an elevation of 78m, about 1

mile ENE of Calais Light. Notre Dame Church, with a prominent spire 66m high, is located 0.2 mile S of the Calais Light.

A conspicuous hotel, with a prominent pointed roof, is reported

(2002) to stand 0.3 mile S of the church.

6.21 A prominent signal tower, 30m high, stands on the E jetty,

about 250m from the light at the head. A conspicuous radar

tower is situated on the E jetty, between the head and this signal tower.

6.21 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels 60m or more

in length, inbound or outbound, within 3.5 miles of the port entrance. Pilotage is not compulsory for state patrol vessels and

Calais (Harbor Entrance)

Calais East Jetty Light

Calais West Jetty Light

Calais Light

High-speed ferry passing bulk berth silos

Calais—Bleriot-Plage water tower 
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 147

Pub. 191

lifeboats with a length of less than 60m and for vessels with a

length of less than 50m provided they are equipped with VHF

radio equipment. 

6.21 All vessels should send a message to the pilot station 12

hours in advance, giving their ETA at Calais Approach Lighted

Buoy (formerly designated CA4) (50°59'N., 1°45'E.) and also

stating their length, beam, draft, and last port of call. 

6.21 Vessels should then contact the pilot station by VHF 2 hours

prior to arrival in order to confirm their ETA.

6.21 Pilots usually board about 0.7 mile N of Calais Approach

Lighted Buoy (formerly designated CA4). During bad weather,

small vessels may, at the latest, embark the pilot on passing

CA2 Lighted Buoy (formerly designated CA6) (50°58'N.,

1°46'E.).

6.21 Pilots are provided by the Boulogne Calais Pilotage Service.

Calais pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

6.21 Vessels should not confuse the Dunkerque pilot vessel, stationed about 4.5 miles NE of Calais Approach Lighted Buoy

(formerly designated CA4), with the Calais pilot boat, which

only leaves port to meet vessels.

6.21 Regulations.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system (call:

Calais Port Control) operates in the approaches to the port.

This VTS area is bounded, as follows:

1. On the SW side—by the SW boundary of the controlled area (a line joining 50°56.6'N, 1°44.5'E; 50°57.1'N,

1°41.2'E; and 50°58.6'N, 1°37.0'E).

2. On the NW side—by the NW boundary of the controlled area (a line extending between 50°58.6'N, 1°37.9'E

and 51°01.4'N, 1°41.7'E).

3. On the N and E sides—by the parallel of RCW

Lighted Buoy (51°01.3'N., 1°45.4'E.) and a line joining

RCW Lighted Buoy, the RCE Lighted Buoy (51°02.5'N.,

1°53.2'E.) and the disused Point Walde Lighthouse

(50°59.6'N., 1°54.9'E.).

6.21 Inbound vessels must send an ETA at the roadstead 48 hours

in advance to the Harbormaster. The message must include

their characteristics, and, if appropriate, the nature and quantity

of dangerous goods onboard.

6.21 Vessels must then confirm their ETA to the Harbormaster 12

hours in advance giving their ETA at Calais Approach Lighted

Buoy (formerly designated CA4) (50°58.9'N., 1°45.2'E.) and

also stating their length, beam, draft, last port of call, whether

fitted with bow or stern thrusters or other maneuvering aids,

and whether a pilot is required.

6.21 Vessels must then contact Calais Port Control 2 hours prior

to arrival on VHF channel 17 and confirm their ETA and the

above information. They will be advised of their berth, time of

entry, and, if appropriate, an anchorage.

6.21 Vessels must report on VHF channel 17 when entering the

VTS area and then maintain a continuous listening watch. 

6.21 Vessels without pilots should request permission to enter the

Approach Channel when passing Calais Approach Lighted

Buoy (formerly designated CA4) or CA2 Lighted Buoy (formerly designated CA6) (50°58'N., 1°46'E.) (ferries).

6.21 The Calais Harbormaster may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

6.21 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to vessels

over 1,600 grt transporting dangerous cargo in bulk in the approaches to the French coasts of the North Sea, the English

Channel, and the Atlantic Ocean between the Belgian border

and the Spanish border.

6.21 Such vessels should consider the Approach Channel leading

SE from the Dover Strait TSS and E toward the port entrance to

be a Mandatory Access Channel. The outer N limit of this Approach Channel is marked by Calais Approach Lighted Buoy

(formerly designated CA4). They must also establish contact

with the port traffic control on VHF before entering the Approach Channel and maintain a listening watch on the same

frequency. Such vessels may not enter the channel to the E of

the meridian of Calais Approach Lighted Buoy (formerly designated CA4) without a pilot on board. While transiting the

Approach Channel these vessels are deemed to be restricted in

their ability to maneuver and must show the appropriate lights

and shapes.

6.21 Such vessels must also use the designated Waiting Area (anchorage).

6.21 For further details of these special procedures, see Pub. 140,

Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean,

Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

6.21 Signals.—International port traffic signals are shown from

the signal tower standing on the E jetty, at the entrance to

Bassin Henri Ravisse, and on the W side of the entrance to Arriere-port. For further information, see paragraph 1.1.

6.21 Anchorage.—A designated Waiting Area, the limits of

which are shown on the chart, lies centered 5 miles NNW of

the port entrance. This anchorage area has depths of 17 to 28m

and is shared with the port of Dunkerque. Vessels waiting to

enter Calais may anchor in the S part of this area.

6.21 A recommended anchorage for vessels waiting to enter Calais lies between Ridens de Calais and Ridens de la Rade, and

between the meridians of 1°47'E and 1°48'E.

6.21 During strong N winds, vessels unable to enter the port may

seek shelter in The Downs (51°13'N., 1°13'E.). 

6.21 Anchorage in the vicinity of Calais Approach Lighted Buoy

(formerly designated CA4) (50°59'N., 1°45'E.) is not recommended due to the remains of numerous wrecks and obstructions.

6.21 Directions.—The Approach Channel, which may best be

seen on the chart, leads SE from the Dover Strait TSS toward

Sangatte Light and then 5 miles in an E direction along the S

side of Ridens de la Rade to a position close NW of the harbor

entrance. Sangatte Light (50°57.2'N., 1°46.5'E.), bearing between 089° and 152°, indicates the approach from seaward.

6.21 A directional light is shown from a structure standing about

0.3 mile NNE of Calais Light. However, the harbor entrance

alignment depends on the time of the tide. The best time for entering the harbor is at slack water, about 3 hours before HW. 

6.21 Cautions.—According to recent French surveys, depths are

generally less than charted on the N side of the port approach

channel (on Ridens de la Rade). Vessels are advised not to sail

boulognecalaispilot@wanadoo.fr

smbc-calais-capitainerie@equipement.gouv.fr
148 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

closely along the N edge of the Approach Channel.

6.21 Vessels proceeding in the channel between the jetties at the

port entrance must allow for the strong cross tidal current.

6.21 An area, within which anchoring and fishing are prohibited,

extends up to about 1 mile W of the port entrance and may best

be seen on the chart.

6.21 An explosives dumping area, which may best be seen on the

chart, lies 1.4 miles N of the port entrance, at the N side of

Ridens de la Rade.

6.21 A spoil ground (dumping area) lies about 1.2 miles NW of

the port entrance, at the N side of Ridens de la Rade.

6.21 High speed ferries may be encountered in the approaches to

the port.

6.21 It is reported (2005) that the designations (numbers) of the

lighted buoys marking the approach channel have been

changed. 

Off-lying Banks between Calais and the Belgian 

Frontier

6.22 Bancs de Flandre (Flanders Banks) lie E of the meridian of 1°48'E and extend up 12 miles offshore. They are long,

narrow, and diverge to the E. The inner banks trend ENE and

lie parallel to the coast.

The banks are composed of fine grey and black sand. They

are generally steep-to on the inshore side and slope gradually

seaward. The sea breaks heavily on the shallowest parts of the

banks when the wind is against the tidal current. The shape and

position of these banks are subject to change.

Except for Sandettie Bank, which lies in the center of Dover

Strait, Bancs de Flandre form several lines of banks.

The outer line of banks consists of Out Ruytingen, In Ruytingen, and Bergues Bank. This line extends about 26 miles NE

from a position 7 miles N of Calais. 

Sandettie (51°15'N., 2°00'E.), the outermost of the Bancs de

Flandre lying off the French coast, is situated within the Dover

Strait TSS and described in paragraph 6.3.

6.22 Out Ruytingen (51°08'N., 2°04'E.), the outermost bank lying

S of the Dover Strait TSS limit, is described in paragraph 6.3.

6.22 In Ruytingen (51°13'N., 2°16'E.), with depths of 1.9 to

9.7m, extends NE for about 5 miles. Its NE end is marked by

Ruytingen Est Lighted Buoy.

6.22 Bergues Bank (51°16'N., 2°20'E.), with depths of less than

10m, extends NE for about 5 miles and lies adjacent to the SE

side of the West Hinder TSS. 

6.22 The Dyck Banks, lying 2 to 3 miles inside the Ruytingens,

extend about 31 miles NE from a position 4.5 miles NNE of

Calais. This line consists of Dyck Occidental, Le Dyck (Dyck

Central), and Dyck Oriental (Oost Dyck).

6.22 Oost Dyck Radar Tower (51°16.5'N., 2°26.9'E.), 15m high,

stands at the SE side of Dyck Oriental (Oost Dyck). It is lighted and equipped with a racon. A second tower, with a helipad,

is situated alongside the radar tower and connected to it by an

aerial walkway.

6.22 The Ratel Banks, lying inside the Dyck Banks, extend about

19 miles NE from a position 4.5 miles NNE of Port Ouest

(Dunkerque). This line consists of In Ratel, Binnen Ratel, and

Buiten Ratel. Banc Breedt, which dries in its central part, runs

almost parallel to In Ratel and Binnen Ratel. This bank lies

about 0.5 mile inside In Ratel and connects with Binnen Ratel

near its NE extremity.

6.22 There are also a number of inner banks which may best be

seen on the chart. Most of these banks are extensions of the

coastal bank.

6.22 Haut-Fond de Gravelines, with a least known depth of 4.3m,

lies about 3 miles N of the entrance to Gravelines, and also NW

of the crossroads where Passe de Ruytingen and Passe de

l’Ouest meet.

6.22 Bancs du Snouw, Break, Hills, Traepegeer, and Smal, with

many drying patches, border the N side of Rade de Dunkerque.

6.22 Tides—Currents.—In the area of Bancs de Flandre, the

flood tidal current in spring tides lasts about 5 hours, and the

ebb about 7 hours; in neap tides, the differences are reduced. 

6.22 The tidal currents are alternating; offshore the currents run in

a general NE to SW direction, and nearer shore the currents run

parallel to the shore in an E to W direction. 

6.22 The currents turn slowly counterclockwise, except near the

change where the rotation is rapid. 

6.22 The maximum velocities of the NE and E tidal currents,

about 1.7 to 3 knots in spring tides, occur offshore between 1

and 2 hours after HW at Calais, and nearer shore at the time of

HW at Dunkerque; the SW and W tidal currents, attaining

about the same velocities, occur offshore 4 hours after HW at

Calais, and nearer shore between 4 and 5 hours before HW at

Dunkerque.

Calais to the Belgian Frontier

6.23 The coast from Calais to Gravelines, about 10 miles

ENE, is very low, sandy, and backed by a flat countryside. The

coastal bank along this stretch dries in places and extends up to

about 1 mile offshore.

6.23 Pointe de Walde Lighthouse (50°59.6'N., 1°54.9'E.), disused, consists of a hut surmounting a framework tower, 18m

high. It stands on the drying coastal bank, about 0.6 mile offshore, and is prominent.

6.23 The pointed belfry of the church situated at Oyle-Plage, 5

miles ESE of Pointe de Walde Lighthouse, is prominent from

seaward. 

6.23 Dyck Lighted Buoy (51°03'N., 1°52'E.), equipped with a raOost Dyck Radar Tower
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 149

Pub. 191

con, is moored at the W end of Dyck Occidental, about 4.7

miles NNE of the entrance to Calais.

6.23 RCE Lighted Buoy (51°02'N., 1°53'E.) is moored at the NE

end of Ridens de Calais, about 1 mile SE of Dyck Lighted

Buoy. Buoys (special) are moored close SE and SW of this

lighted buoy.

6.23 DKA Lighted Buoy (51°02'N., 1°57'E.), marking the W approach to Passe de l’Ouest, is moored about 3.3 miles E of Dyck Lighted Buoy.

6.23 Gravelines Nuclear Power Station (51°01'N., 2°08'E.) is

situated about 8 miles E of Pointe de Walde disused lighthouse,

between the entrance to Gravelines and Dunkerque (Port

Ouest). Four lighted buoys (special thermograph), which may

best be seen on the chart, are moored up to 0.7 mile offshore in

the vicinity of the power station. The six chimneys, which are

60m high and grouped in three pairs, are conspicuous.

6.23 The coast between Dunkerque (Port Est) and the border with

Belgium is backed by dunes and fronted by a drying bank.

6.23 A prominent water tower and a chimney stand at Zuydcoote,

5.2 miles E of Dunkerque (Port Est). A factory plant, with two

conspicuous water towers and several chimneys, is situated

about 1.2 miles SW of Zuydcoote. 

6.23 A church, with a conspicuous belfry, and a prominent casino

are situated at Bray Dunes (51°05'N., 2°31'E.), about 6.5 miles

E of Dunkerque (Port Est).

6.23 The border between France and Belgium lies about 1.2 miles

E of Bray Dunes.

6.23 For a description of the waters lying E of the France-Belgium border, see Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North

Sea.

6.23 Caution.—Numerous wrecks lie off this section of the coast

and may best be seen on the chart.

6.23 Submarine cables, which may best be seen on the chart, extend seaward from points on the shore located about 1.2 miles

SW and 4.7 miles E of Pointe de Walde Light.

6.23 Three detached breakwaters, used for sand stabilization, lie

about 0.3 mile offshore, 1.8 miles E of Dunkerque (Port Est).

6.23 An area, within which fishing is prohibited, lies centered 0.6

mile SE of Dyck Lighted Buoy (51°03'N., 1°52'E.) and may

best be seen on the chart.

6.23 An extensive area, within which anchoring and mooring are

prohibited, lies centered 1 mile SE of Dyck Lighted Buoy

(51°03'N., 1°52'E.) and may best be seen on the chart.

6.24 Gravelines (51°00'N., 2°07'E.) (World Port Index No.

35740), a small port, lies 1 mile SE of the coast. It is used by

fishing vessels, coasters, and pleasure craft. The harbor consists of Avant-port and Bassin Vauban, a wet basin. The entrance to Avant-port lies at the mouth of the Riviere Aa.

6.24 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 6.3m at springs and

5.1m at neaps.

6.24 Winds from the N through W raise the water level up to

0.5m, while winds from the opposite direction decrease the

level of water by as much as 0.7m.

6.24 At a position about 0.5 mile off the jetties, the flood current

runs ENE and starts about 2 hours 30 minutes before HW at

Dunkerque. It attains a normal maximum rate of 2 knots about

10 minutes before HW at Dunkerque, although rates up to 3.5

knots have been observed. Slack water occurs for 15 minutes

about 3 hours after HW at Dunkerque. The ebb current runs

WSW and starts after the slack water period. It attains a maximum rate of 1.7 knots between 4 hours 50 minutes and 5 hours

50 minutes after HW at Dunkerque. 

6.24 Close off the jetty heads, the currents begin about 30 minutes

earlier. Within the jetties the currents do not exceed a rate of

1.5 knots. 

6.24 Depths—Limitations.—The port is approached from Passe

de l’Ouest. The entrance to the river is protected by two jetties,

which extend about 0.8 mile seaward. A bar, consisting of sand

banks, fronts the entrance and dries 1m.

6.24 Avant-port extends along the river to the wet basin. A wharf,

170m long, is situated on the W bank. It dries 1.5m and is used

by fishing vessels. The fairway is 15m wide and marked by

beacons.

6.24 Bassin Vauban, the wet dock, is entered through a lock,

which is 28m long and 10m wide, with a depth of 0.6m on the

sill. The lock is spanned by a revolving bridge. The dock has

390m of berthage and provides facilities for pleasure craft.

Coasters up to 70m in length and 9.8 beam can be accommodated with drafts up to 3.4m at springs and 2.1m at neaps.

6.24 Small craft can gain access to the river and the canal system

from the SW end of the wet dock through three lock gates,

each 6m wide.

6.24 Aspect.—The small towns of Petit-Fort-Philippe and GrandFort-Philippe stand, respectively, on the E and W banks of the

river at the entrance.

6.24 The prominent structure of a former lighthouse, 27m high,

stands close to the root of the E jetty. The spire, 46m high, of a

church standing in Petit-Fort-Philippe is prominent. The belfry,

38m high, of a church standing in Grand-Fort-Philippe is

Pointe de Walde Lighthouse (disused)

Gravelines Nuclear Power Station
150 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

prominent. A conspicuous square church tower is situated

about 0.4 mile E of the wet dock, among the factory chimneys.

6.24 Pilotage.—Pilots are provided by the station at Dunkerque

(see paragraph 6.26). Vessels requiring pilotage should proceed

to the boarding ground off Rade de Dunkerque Est.

6.24 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken off the entrance, in

depths of 6 to 10m, sand and shells, with good holding ground.

This anchorage is untenable with strong onshore winds and

should only be used by vessels waiting to enter the harbor.

6.24 Caution.—Local knowledge is advised. Entry to the harbor

is especially difficult with onshore winds. Larger vessels usually enter the port 30 minutes before HW and must make allowance for the flood current running ENE across the entrance.

6.24 An explosives dumping area, which may best be seen on the

chart, lies 1.7 miles NW of the jetty heads.

Approaches to Dunkerque

6.25 There are three main approaches to Dunkerque (Port

Ouest) or Dunkerque (Port Est).

6.25 Passe de l’Ouest (51°03'N., 2°09'E.) is the principal route

for vessels approaching from the W. It leads to Port Ouest. The

channel is dredged to a depth of 22m as far as the entrance to

Port Ouest. Chenal Intermediaire, a continuation of Passe de

l’Ouest, leads to Port Est and has a least depth of 12.5m.

6.25 The approach to Passe de l’Ouest lies between Dyck Lighted

Buoy (51°03'N., 1°52'E.) and RCE Lighted Buoy (51°02'N.,

1°53'E.), moored about 1 mile SE. The entrance is marked by

DKA Lighted Buoy (51°02'N., 1°57'E.), which is moored

about 3.3 miles E of Dyck Lighted Buoy.

6.25 From a position about 2.5 miles E of the DKA Lighted Buoy,

the channel leads in an ENE direction for 4 miles to the harbor

entrance. This section of the channel passes S of Haut-Fond de

Gravelines and N of the coastal bank. It is marked on each side

by lighted buoys, which may best be seen on the chart.

6.25 Chenal Intermediaire, marked by lighted buoys, leads 8.5

miles E from the E end of Passe de l’Ouest to the entrance to

Port Est. The channel passes N of Banc de Mardyck and Banc

de Saint-Pol, and S of Banc de Snouw and Banc Braek. A recommended track, which may best be seen on the chart, leads

through this channel.

6.25 Bancs de Flandre (51°15'N., 2°26'E.) is a route leading

from NE. It should only be used by vessels with local knowledge or under pilotage.

6.25 From a position about 3 miles S of the West Hinder Light

Platform (51°23'N., 2°26'E.) and S of the West Hinder TSS

limit, the route leads 26 miles in a general SW direction. The

route passes between Dyck Oriental (Oost Dyck) (51°15'N.,

2°26'E.) and Bergues Bank (51°17'N., 2°22'E.), and then N and

W of the N part of In Ruytingen (51°13'N., 2°16'E.). It then

passes though Passe de Ruytingen (51°10'N., 2°10'E.), which

lies between In Ruytingen and Out Ruytingen (51°08'N.,

2°04'E.). The route then passes through Passe du Dyck

(51°06'N., 2°06'E.), which lies between the E end of Dyck Occidental and the W end of Le Dyck (Dyck Central). It then

passes through Passe du Haut-Fond de Gravelines, lying W of

the W end of Haut-Fond de Gravelines, and connects with Passe de l’Ouest, about 3.5 miles W of the harbor entrance (Port

Ouest).

6.25 Generally, depths over 11m can be maintained on this route

from NE, except within Passe du Dyck and Passe du HautFond de Gravelines, where depths less than 9m are found. After passing through Passe de Ruytingen (51°10'N., 2°10'E.),

vessels with deeper drafts may continue WSW and stay N of

Dyck Occidental. Such vessels may then round Dyck Lighted

Buoy (51°03'N., 1°52'E.) and enter Passe de l’Ouest.

6.25 Passe de Zuydcoote (51°08'N., 2°31'E.), a coastal route,

leads from the E. From a position at the SW end of Westdiep

close E of E12 Lighted Buoy (51°08'N., 2°31'E.), the route,

which is marked by buoys, leads 3.5 miles S and SW through

Passe de Zuydcoote. It then leads 4.5 miles WSW through Passe de l’Est into Rade de Dunkerque, which fronts the harbor

entrance (Port Est). A recommended track, which may best be

seen on the chart, indicates the route. The depths along this

route are subject to frequent changes. The route through Passe

de Zuydcoote crosses depths of less than 5m. 

6.25 Passe de Zuydcoote connects Dunkerque with Nieuwpoort

(51°09'N., 2°43'E.) and Oostende (51°14'N., 2°55'E.). From

the position close E of E12 Lighted Buoy (51°08'N., 2°31'E.), a

route leads 16.5 miles ENE through Westdiep (Belgian waters)

and Kleine Rede (51°10'N., 2°13'E.) to the vicinity of Oostende.

6.25 Caution.—Depths in the approach channels are subject to

change and the port authorities should be consulted prior to using them.

6.25 A former mined area lies in the vicinity of the approaches to

Dunkerque. The area is considered safe for surface navigation,

but remains dangerous for anchoring, trawling, or carrying out

any seabed activities. These dangers do not apply to the E and

W approach channels. For further details, see Pub. 140, Sailing

Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea,

North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea. 

Dunkerque (51°03'N., 2°21'E.)

World Port Index No. 35730

6.26 Dunkerque is a large commercial port serving the industrial and mining regions of the N part of France. The port

complex extends from Gravelines to the old town of Dunkerque, about 10 miles E.

 The port of Dunkerque has two harbors, Port Ouest and Port

Gravelines Light (disused)
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 151

Pub. 191

Est, with their entrances 6 miles apart. These harbors are linked

internally by a canal and to seaward by Chenal Intermediaire.

Dunkerque is connected to the French and Belgian canal networks. 

6.26 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 6m at MHWS and

5m at MHWN.

6.26 In the area of the off-lying banks, the tidal currents are more

or less reciprocal in direction and follow the line of the main

channels. In the vicinity of the harbor entrances the current

turns away from the land at the end of the flood and turns toward the land at the end of the ebb.

6.26 The tidal currents off Dunkerque attain their maximum rate

of about 2.5 knots where the banks are close together. They are

weaker to the E, attaining rates of 1.5 to 2 knots off BrayDunes, and to the W, attaining rates of 1.7 to 2.2 knots off

Gravelines.

6.26 Off Gravelines and Port Est, the E flood current attains its

maximum rate about the time of local HW and the W ebb current attains its maximum rate about 5 hours before local HW.

6.26 The duration of slack water off Dunkerque is about 15 minutes. It may be reduced to 10 minutes during W winds and increased to 20 minutes during E winds. Slack water occurs 2

hours before and 4 hours after local HW.

6.26 Generally, the duration of the flood current is appreciably

less than the duration of the ebb current and it is probably

stronger.

6.26 The times and strengths of the tidal currents may differ significantly due to meteorological conditions. At springs, the

predicted strength of the tidal currents may be exceeded by 25

per cent. At neaps, the predicted strength of the tidal currents

may be exceeded by as much as 40 per cent. The timing of

slack water may also vary by as much as 2 hours.

6.26 Winds from NE may reduce the predicted tidal height by up

to 0.3m while winds from other directions may increase the

height by up to 0.5m.

6.26 Two buoys, which indicate the direction of the tidal current,

are moored 0.9 mile WNW of the head of Port Ouest W jetty

and 0.4 mile WNW of the head of Port Est W jetty. Viewed

from N these buoys show a black side by day and a white light

over an orange light at night when the E flood current is running. They show a white side by day and two white lights at

night when the W ebb current is running.

6.26 Depths—Limitations.—Port Ouest.—Port Ouest is protected by two angled jetties which form an entrance, 450m

wide. It consists of Avant-port, 1 mile long, and Bassin de l’Atlantique, a large tidal basin.

6.26 The entrance channel, leading SE into Avant-port from Passe

de l’Ouest, is dredged to a depth of 20m. The dredged depth reduces to 19m within Avant-port and to 17m within Bassin de

l’Atlantique.

6.26 Flandres Fuel Terminal is situated at the W side of Avantport. It consists of a finger pier extending from the W jetty and

has a depth of 23m alongside. Tankers up to 300,000 dwt,

360m in length, 60m beam, and 20.5m draft have been accommodated.

6.26 Quai de Flandre, situated at the SE side of Bassin de l’Atlantique, is used by container and ro-ro vessels. It is 600m long

and has a depth of 13.3m alongside. Vessels up to 12.5m draft

can be accommodated alongside.

6.26 Darse de la Manche is connected to the NE side of Bassin de

l’Atlantique. Quai de Lorainne, situated on the S side, provides

490m of berthage at the W end, with a depth of 13.3m alongside, and 260m of berthage at the E end, with a depth of 7m

alongside. It is used by container, ro-ro, and passenger vessels.

6.26 Both Quai de Flandre and Quai de Lorraine are collectively

known as Port Rapide. Movements in Port Rapide are unrestricted day or night.

6.26 Quai d’Alsace and Quai de Ramsgate, situated at the E side

of Darse de la Manche, have depths of 7 to 8m alongside. They

provide passenger, rail, and freight facilities for the cross-channel ferries. Vessels up to 7m draft can be handled.

6.26 Western Bulk Terminal, with 870m of total quayage, is situated on the SW side of Bassin de l’Antique. Berth No. 1 (Quai

a Pondereux Ouest), at the N end, is 350m long and has a depth

of 23m alongside. Berth No. 2 is 295m long and has a depth of

15m alongside. Berth No. 3, at the S end, is 225m long and has

a depth of 13m alongside. Bulk vessels up to 180,000 dwt and

18m draft can be accommodated alongside at this terminal.

6.26 Canal des Dunes, with a depth of 3.5m, connects Bassin de

Mardyck in Port Este to Darse de la Manche in Port Ouest. It is

mostly used by small craft and barges.

6.26 Port Est.—Port Est, protected by two jetties, is entered directly from Rade de Dunkerque. It consists of Avant-port and a

number of enclosed wet basins.

6.26 Avant-port and the approach to Ecluse Charles de Gaulle, the

main lock, are dredged to a depth of 13.5m.

6.26 Port d’Echouage, a tidal basin, is connected directly to the E

side of Avant-port by a channel dredged to a depth of 5m. It is

used by fishing vessels and pleasure craft.

6.26 Ecluse Trystam, a lock, is situated on the W side of Port

d’Echouage and leads into the E part of Bassins de Freycinet. It

has a usable length of 150m, a usable width of 22m, and a

depth of 4.5m over the sill. This lock is used when the Ecluse

Watier lock is occupied or for pleasure craft during weekends.

6.26 Ecluse Watier, a lock, is situated at the S side of Avant-port

and approached through a channel dredged to a depth of 8m. It

leads into the W part of Bassins de Freycinet. This lock has a

usable length of 230m, a usable width of 32m, and a depth of

8m over the sill.

6.26 Bassin de Freycinet consists of six smaller basins, which are

separated by piers. A passage, 26m wide and spanned by a

swing bridge, divides the two southeasternmost basins from the

remaining four. These basins provide a total of 50 berths, with

depths of 6.7 to 12.8m alongside. The piers are fronted by

quays, 114 to 406m long. Vessels up to 250m in length and

12m draft can be accommodated.

6.26 Three small inner basins, which are used by fishing vessels

and small craft, are connected to the SE side of Bassin de Freycinet by a narrow passage.

6.26 Ecluse Charles de Gaulle, the main lock, is entered at the W

side of Avant-port. It is 364m long and 47.5m wide, with a

depth of 13.5m over the sill. This lock is operational at all

times. Vessels up to 289m in length, 45m beam, and 14.2m

draft can be accepted by day, in favorable conditions.

6.26 This lock leads into Bassin d’Evitage, a turning area dredged

Port of Dunkerque Home Page

http://www.portdedunkerque.fr
152 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

to a depth of 13.2m. Bassin d’Evolution is entered at the SE

side of the turning area and leads into the W end of Bassin de

Freycinet. Bassin Maritime is entered at the W side of the turning area and leads to Bassin de Mardyck, 2.8 miles WSW.

6.26 An oil terminal, fronting a refinery, is situated on the S side

of Bassin d’Evolution. It can handle tankers up to 245m in

length and 12.5m draft.

6.26 Bassin Maritime, with a swinging area at its W end, has a

general dredged depth of 12m.

6.26 A grain terminal berth, 195m long, is situated at the E end

Bassin Maritime and has a depth of 14.5m alongside. It is capable of accepting vessels up to 250m in length and 14.2m draft.

6.26 Quai Usinor, situated close W of the grain terminal, provides

six bulk berths, with alongside depths of 8 to 17m. A T-shaped

quay, 720m long, is situated close W of Quai Usinor and handles heavy bulk commodities.

6.26 Quai de Grand Synthe, 590m long, is situated at the W end

of the Bassin Maritime. It is capable of accepting vessels up to

80,000 dwt and 14.2m draft.

6.26 A tanker terminal, situated on the SW side of Bassin de

Mardyck, has depths up to 16.2m alongside. It is capable of accepting vessels up to 275m in length and 14.2m draft.

6.26 Stoknord Petrochemical wharf, situated W of the tanker terminal, handles chemical tankers and gas carriers. It is capable

of accepting vessels up to 100,000 dwt, 280m in length, and

14.2m draft.

6.26 An ore terminal berth, 642m long, is situated at the E side of

Bassin de Mardyck and has a depth of 12m alongside. It is capable of accepting vessels up to 11.3m draft.

6.26 Dunkerque (Port Ouest and Port Est) provides extensive facilities for bulk, container, oil, ro-ro, rail, LPG, passenger,

chemical, general cargo, fishing, and ferry vessels. The port also has repair facilities. A drydock, situated at the N side of

Bassin de Freycinet, is 310m long and 50m wide. It can accommodate vessels up to 289m long, 45m beam, and 6.5m draft.

6.26 Vessels up to 300,000 dwt, 360m in length, 60m beam, and

20.5m draft have been accommodated in Port Ouest. Generally,

vessels over 300m in length can enter only by day.

6.26 Vessels up to 120,000 dwt, 289m in length, 45m beam, and

14.2m draft have been accommodated in Port Est. Generally,

vessels over 250m in length and 40m beam can enter only by

day. The preferred time for vessels over 180m in length and

10m draft to enter is at slack water at the jetty heads, which is

either about 3 hours before HW or 2 hours after, depending on

the weather conditions and the tidal predictions. Such vessels

have priority over other commercial vessels, which may enter

and leave at any time.

6.26 Aspect.—Port Ouest.—Lighted ranges, which may best be

seen on the chart, indicate the entrance channel leading into

Port Ouest. They consist of high intensity sector lights. A

directional sector light, situated at the S end of the basin,

indicates the fairway within Bassin de l’Atlantique.

6.26 Conspicuous landmarks in the vicinity of Port Ouest include

the nuclear power station, previously described in paragraph

6.23; the light structure, 23m high, standing at the head of the

E jetty; a group of silos standing at the W side of Bassin de

l’Atlantique; and the container gantry cranes situated in the

vicinity of Quai de Lorraine. It is reported (1999) that

numerous prominent wind generators stand close E of the root

of the E breakwater, along the N side of Canal des Dunes.

6.26 Port Est.—Lighted ranges, with a common rear light,

indicate the limits of the entrance channel leading into Port Est

and may best be seen on the chart.

6.26 The head of the W jetty is faced with two white-painted

panels, which are illuminated at night. The E jetty, which is

partly submerged at HW, is marked by reflectors. A prominent

light structure, 36m high, stands on the head of the W jetty.

6.26 Dunkerque Port Est Light is shown from a conspicuous

tower, 56m high, standing 0.8 mile SE of the head of the E

jetty, close NW of Ecluse Trystam Lock.

6.26 Conspicuous landmarks in the vicinity of Port Est include a

casino situated on the foreshore at Malo-les-Bains, about 1

mile E of Dunkerque Port Est Light; a building, 85m high,

standing 0.8 mile SE of Dunkerque Port Est Light, at the S end

of Port d’Echouage; and a prominent chimney, 110m high,

standing near the power station, about 0.9 mile SW of the head

of the W jetty.

6.26 Pilotage.—The Dunkerque pilotage area is divided into two

zones. The Outer Zone is limited, as follows:

1.To the W—by the meridian of Calais Light (1°51.3'E).

2. To the N—by a line extending 3 miles seaward from

the low water mark.

Dunkerque—Port Ouest from S

Dunkerque Port Est Light
Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 153

Pub. 191

3. To the E—by the meridian of 2°27'E.

4. To the S—by the coast, the Calais pilotage limit, and

the Inner Zone limit.

6.26 The Inner Zone is limited, as follows:

1. To the W—by a line joining position 51°00.0'N,

2°02.8'E and position 51°03.0'N, 2°08.0'E.

2. To the N—by a line consisting of the parallel of

50°03.0'N, the coast, the meridian of 2°20.0'E, and the parallel of 51°04.5'N.

3. To the E—by the meridian of Dunkerque Light

(2°21.9'E.).

6.26 Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels:

1. All vessels of 100m or more in length in the Outer

Zone.

2. All vessels of 70m or more in length in the Inner Zone

bound for Port Ouest (West Port).

3. All vessels of 50m or more in length in the Inner Zone

bound for Port Est (East Port).

4. All vessels carrying dangerous cargo or without VHF

within both zones, regardless of length.

6.26 All vessels should send a request for pilotage at least 12

hours in advance (or on departure from a previous port if less

than 12 hours) to the pilot station. The message, which must also be addressed (sent) to the Harbormaster, must include the

vessel’s name, length, beam, draft fore and aft, last port of call,

and ETA at the appropriate pilot boarding position. The words

“Dyck” must be stated for the boarding position at Dyck Lighted Buoy, “E12“for E12 Lighted Buoy, or “Rade Dunkerque”

for Dunkerque East Roads (see below).

6.26 Vessels should send amendments to their ETA of more than

2 hours at least 6 hours before arrival. Vessels should then confirm their ETA by VHF, telex, or telephone 2 hours prior to arrival at the pilot boarding position.

6.26 Vessels approaching from the W must also contact the Pilot

Radar Station 2 hours before arrival at the boarding position on

VHF channel 72, with a confirmation of their ETA 1 hour prior

to arrival.

6.26 For additional reporting requirements to Dunkerque VTS,

see Regulations.

6.26 Pilots can be contacted on VHF channel 72 and board vessels in the following positions: 

1. Near Dyck Lighted Buoy (51°03.0'N., 1°51.8'E.).

2. Near E12 Lighted Buoy (51°07.9'N., 2°30.7'E.).

3. In Rade de Dunkerque Est (51°04.0'N., 2°°21.4'E.).

6.26 When embarking the pilot, care should be taken not to drift

down onto Dyck Lighted Buoy as the tidal currents are very

strong in this location.

6.26 All vessels crossing or anchoring in the Dunkerque waiting

area should maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF

channel 72.

6.26 The local pilot operations station may be contacted by email, as follows:

6.26 Boarding by helicopter depends on the weather conditions

and is at the discretion of the pilot. Vessels will receive instructions from Pilotes Dunkerque on VHF channel 72 or by telephone 2 hours prior to arrival at Dyck Lighted Buoy (51°03'N.,

1°52'E.). Pilots may, at the request of the vessels’s master:

1. Board on passing Cape Gris-Nez passage.

2. Board or disembark on passing the following:

a. MPC Lighted Buoy (51°06.1'N., 1°38.2'E.).

b. Ruytingen N Lighted Buoy (51°13.2'N., 2°10.3'E.).

c. Oost Dyck Lighted Buoy (51°21.5'N., 2°31.1'E.).

6.26 Deep sea pilots are available and should be requested from

Pilotage Hauturier Dunkerque at least 48 hours in advance

through Brest Le Conquet (FFU) or Boulogne (FFB). The message must include destination, length, draft, and contact details

of the agent or vessel owner. Vessels should also send their

ETA 48 hours and 24 hours in advance of arriving at the pilot

boarding position.

6.26 The deep sea pilot station may be contacted by e-mail, as

follows:

6.26 Radar coverage of the pilot boarding area at the entrance to

the W pass is provided by the pilot station. Radar coverage of

the access channels is provided by the port.

6.26 Regulations.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system is operated by the port authority. Vessels must send an ETA to

Dunkerque VTS via their agent 48 hours in advance. The ETA

message sent to the pilot station 12 hours prior to arrival must

also be addressed (sent) to the Port Harbormaster.

6.26 Vessels subject to SURNAV while on route between the Dover Strait TSS and the Dunkerque regulated zone or waiting area must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel

13 with Gris-Nez Traffic and on VHF channel 73 with Dunkerque VTS.

6.26 SURNAV is a system designed to monitor the movements of

vessels carrying dangerous cargo navigating in the approaches

to the French coast. For more information, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic

Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

6.26 All vessels in the regulated shipping zone, access channel,

and dumping spoil ground areas must maintain a continuous

listening watch on VHF channel 73.

6.26 All vessels over 50m in length must report to Dunkerque

Dunkerque—Port Est

tov.piloduk@wanadoo.fr

pilotage-hauturier@wanadoo.fr
154 Sector 6. France—North Coast—Dover Strait—Cap d’Antifer to the Belgian Frontier 

Pub. 191

VTS on entering the VTS area and maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF.

6.26 All inbound vessels must confirm their ETA at the pilot

boarding position on VHF channel 73 to Dunkerque VTS, as

follows:

1. Vessels embarking the pilot at Dyck Lighted Buoy

(51°03.0'N., 1°51.8'E.) or E12 Lighted Buoy (51°07.9'N.,

2°30.7'E.)—2 hours in advance. 

2. Vessels embarking the pilot at Rade de Dunkerque

Est (51°04.0'N., 2°°21.4'E.)—On passing Dyck Lighted

Buoy or E12 Lighted Buoy on arrival from E or W.

6.26 Dunkerque VTS may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

6.26 Vessels are generally prohibited from stopping, fishing, or

anchoring, except in emergency or with permission, within the

approach channels (Passe de l’Ouest, Passe Est, Westdiep, Passe de Zuydcoote, and Chenal Intermediaire) and roadsteads of

Dunkerque. This regulation also applies to the four dumping

ground areas lying N of the approach channels.

6.26 Restricted Areas (Release Zones), the limits of which may

be best seen on the chart, lie about 2 miles NW and 7 miles W

of the entrance to Port Ouest. Vessels waiting to enter the port

can stop or anchor in these areas only with permission of the

Harbor Master.

6.26 Vessels with drafts over 10m or lengths over 230m are considered to be constrained. Such vessels must display the appropriate shapes and lights when transiting the approach channels.

Suction dredges, which operate in the approaches to the port,

are required to keep clear of constrained vessels. 

6.26 Special regulations and reporting procedures apply to vessels

over 1,600 grt transporting dangerous cargo in bulk in the approaches to the French coasts of the North Sea, the English

Channel, and the Atlantic Ocean between the Belgian border

and the Spanish border, as follows:

1. Such vessels should contact Gris-Nez Traffic on VHF

channel 13 or Dunkerque Port Control on VHF channel 73

when arriving within VHF range, and, in any case, before

leaving the Dover Strait TSS. Vessels should then maintain a

continuous listening watch on these frequencies.

2. Such vessels must report any significant defects to

propulsion, steering, anchoring, or radar equipment prior to

entering French territorial waters. Vessels must send an ETA

12 hours before arrival to the pilot station and to Dunkerque

Port Control. 

3. Such vessels are not authorized to proceed E of Dyck

Lighted Buoy (51°03.0'N., 1°51.8'E.) or W of E12 Lighted

Buoy (51°07.9'N., 2°30.7'E.) without a pilot. However, vessels less than 100m in length unable to embark a pilot because of weather may, with permission from the authorities,

proceed through the approach channel.

For further details of these special procedures, see Pub.

140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic

Ocean, Baltic Sea, North Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea. 

6.26 Signals.—Dredges operating on the S side of the approach

channel display a black cone by day and a green light at night.

When operating on the N side of the approach channel, they

display a red cylinder by day and a red light at night.

6.26 Movement signals controlling entry are shown from the ends

of the three locks at Port Est. A green fixed light and a green

flashing light indicate that vessels should enter the lock and secure to the side with the flashing light. Two red lights indicate

that entry is prohibited. When permission to enter the lock is

about to be given, the red light situated on the side of the lock

to which the vessel should secure starts flashing.

6.26 Anchorage.—A designated Waiting Area (anchorage),

which may best be seen on the chart, extends SW from the vicinity of Dyck Lighted Buoy (51°03'N., 1°52'E.). All vessels

intending to anchor in this area are required to follow the instructions of the Dunkerque pilot station. Care should be taken

to avoid the wrecks and obstructions lying within this area. The

recommended anchorage berth within the area for vessels with

drafts over 15m lies about 5 mile WSW of Dyck Lighted Buoy.

Vessels with drafts of 10 to 15m should anchor about 2 to 3

miles WNW of Dyck Lighted Buoy.

6.26 Vessels should anchor at slack water (2 hours 30 minutes before and 3 hours after HW at Calais) and not at HW, when the

tidal currents may attain rates of 3 knots. The Waiting Area has

depths of 17 to 28m and is shared with vessels bound for Calais, which anchor in the S part.

6.26 Vessels approaching from E may, with permission, obtain

anchorage, in depths of 9 to 16m, within Westdiep (51°09'N.,

2°36'E.), but they must remain clear of the submarine cables,

which are shown on the chart.

6.26 Caution.—Numerous wrecks lie in the approaches to the

port and may best be seen on the chart.

6.26 Buoyage marking the approach channels may be missing or

changed without notice. Vessels are recommended to contact

the local authorities for the latest information concerning the

routes.

6.26 Dumping ground areas (spoil areas), which may best be seen

on the chart, lie centered about 1.5 miles N and 3.4 miles NNE

of the entrance to Port Ouest, and 1.2 miles N and 2.5 miles

NW of the entrance to Port Est.

6.26 An explosives dumping ground area, which may best be seen

on the chart, lies centered about 2 miles NNW of the entrance

to Port Est.

6.26 It is reported that frequent accidents have occurred at Port

Est due to vessels disregarding the effect of the wind on the tidal currents.

6.26 High speed ferries may be encountered in the approach channels.

6.26 It is reported (1999) that submerged masonry extends up to

about 50m seaward from the head of the W jetty at Port Est.

harbourmaster@portdedunkerque.fr.
Pub. 191

7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill

7.0Additional chart coverage may be found in NGA/DLIS Catalog of Maps, Charts, and Related Products (Unlimited Distribution).

SECTOR 7 — CHART INFORMATION
157

Pub. 191

SECTOR 7 

ENGLAND—SOUTH COAST—DOVER STRAIT—NORTH FORELAND TO SELSEY BILL

7.0 Plan.—This sector describes the SE coast of England from

North Foreland to Selsey Bill, including the English Inshore

Traffic Zone within Dover Strait. The descriptive sequence is

from NE to SW.

General Remarks

7.1 Shipping lanes in the area are among the busiest in the

world and for the safety of navigation Traffic Separation

Schemes have been introduced to alleviate maritime casualties. 

7.1 The United Kingdom Department of Transport view is that if

a vessel, other than one less than 20m in length, a sailing vessel, or a vessel engaged in fishing, commences its voyage from

a location beyond one limit of the Inshore Traffic Zone and

proceeds to a location beyond its furthest limit, and is not calling at a port, pilot station, destination, or sheltered anchorage

within the Inshore Traffic Zone, then that vessel should, if it

can safely do so, use the appropriate lane of the adjacent Traffic Separation Scheme unless some abnormal circumstance exists in that lane. 

7.1 In that context, reduced visibility in the area or the density of

traffic using a lane does not justify use of the Inshore Traffic Zone. 

7.1 The existence of a Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) does not

imply that the traffic lanes have been adequately surveyed. In

addition, the existence of sandwave areas, where depths may

be less than charted, should also be taken into account by masters of deep-draft vessels. See paragraph 6.4 for further details.

7.1 The inshore waters described in this sector, from the meridian

of North Foreland Light, lie within the English Inshore Traffic

Zone of the Dover Strait TSS.

7.1 Regulations concerning the use of Inshore Traffic Zones are

given in the rules of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (72 COLREGS). Rule 10 of these regulations states that a vessel shall not use the inshore traffic zone

when it can safely use the appropriate traffic lane within the

adjacent traffic separation scheme. However, vessels of less

than 20m in length, sailing vessels, and vessels engaged in fishing may use the inshore traffic zone.

7.1 Notwithstanding the above, a vessel may use the inshore

traffic zone when enroute to or from a port, offshore installation or structure, pilot station or any other place situated within

the inshore traffic zone, or to avoid immediate danger.

7.1 A vessel outbound from a port is recommended to join the

adjacent traffic lane as soon as possible, as provided for and

described in the rules.

7.1 Pilotage.—Vessels bound for ports in Dover Strait and the

English Channel area may wish to pick up a deep-sea pilot before reaching the complex Traffic Separation Schemes (TSSs).

Such pilots, who are properly licensed, should be requested

through the various pilotage agencies based in the British Isles

or other European countries.

7.1 Reporting Systems.—The Dover Strait Reporting System

(CALDOVREP) is a mandatory reporting system under SOLAS regulations which operates in the Dover Strait Traffic

Separation Scheme (TSS). For further details concerning CALDOVREP, see paragraph 6.4.

7.1 The Ship Movement Reporting System (MAREP) is a voluntary reporting system operating in the English Channel and Dover Strait. Vessels are requested to report to the appropriate

shore station when approaching the following:

1. The TSS off Ile d’Ouessant.

2. The TSS off Casquets.

3. The TSS within Dover Strait.

7.1 For further details of MAREP, see Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, North

Sea, and the Mediterranean Sea.

7.1 Due to the CALDOVREP reporting system being mandatory

in the area of the Dover Strait TSS, vessels are advised that this

system takes precedence over the Ship Movement Report System (MAREP), which is voluntary.

7.1 Directions.—The main coastal route connects to the N with

the Outer Passage, which crosses the Thames Estuary. For

more information concerning the Outer Passage, see Pub. 192,

Sailing Directions (Enroute) North Sea (Sector 4).

7.1 Vessels heading S usually keep to the W side of the passage.

They pass E of NE Goodwin Lighted Buoy (5°20'N., 1°34'E.),

E of E Goodwin Lighted Buoy (51°16'N., 1°36'E.), E of SE

Goodwin Lighted Buoy (51°13'N., 1°34'E.), clear of East

Goodwin Lightvessel (51°13'N., 1°36'E.), SE of S Goodwin

Lighted Buoy (51°11'N., 1°32'E.), NW of CS4 Lighted Buoy

(51°09'N., 1°34'E.), and SE of SW Goodwin Lighted Buoy

(51°08'N., 1°28'E.).

7.1 Light-draft vessels may also transit The Downs and Gull

Stream, which are described in paragraph 7.5 and paragraph

7.6, respectively.

7.1 Caution.—For information concerning the Precautionary

Areas and associated TSSs located within the Outer Passage in

the outer approaches to the Thames Estuary, see Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North Sea (Sector 4).

7.1 An offshore scallop fishing ground extends from a line S of

Rye (50°43'N., 0°50'E.) to a line S of Selsey Bill (50°43'N.,

0°47'W.), 60 miles W, in a zone 15 miles wide.

7.1 Fishing vessels may be encountered anywhere within the area described in this sector, which includes the entire W portion

of the SW traffic lane of the Dover Strait TSS and the waters

lying close W of it.

7.1 An area to be avoided surrounds CS4 Lighted Buoy

(51°09'N., 1°34'E.), which marks the NW limit of the Dover

Strait TSS. This area, which may best be seen on the chart, has

been established because of the damage inflicted by vessels

that have been set down onto the buoy by the tidal currents.

North Foreland to Ramsgate

7.2 North Foreland (51°22'N., 1°27'E.), with its nearly

perpendicular chalk cliffs and prominent light tower, forms the

S entrance point of the Thames Estuary. In good weather it is

usually the first point of land seen when approaching Dover
158 Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

Strait from the NE.

 For more information concerning North Foreland and the

waters located to the N of it, see Pub. 192, Sailing Directions

(Enroute) North Sea (Sector 4).

7.2 The cliffy coast in the vicinity of North Foreland is fringed

by rocky ledges, which extend up to about 0.2 mile offshore. A

very conspicuous building stands 1.5 miles WNW of the light

and, when viewed from N, is the highest landmark in this area.

7.2 Elbow (51°22'N., 1°31'E.), a sandy ridge, forms the NE extremity of the shoal bank extending seaward from North Foreland. It is marked by a lighted buoy moored about 3 miles ENE

of the light.

7.2 Broadstairs (51°21'N., 1°27'E.), a small town fronted by a

drying boat harbor, is situated 1 mile S of North Foreland. 

7.2 Broadstairs Knolls, with depths of less than 5m, are the outermost shoal patches on the flats that front the coast between

Ramsgate and North Foreland. They extend up to about 1.5

miles seaward and are marked by a lighted buoy moored 1.8

miles ESE of Broadstairs. 

7.3 Off-lying banks.—South Falls (51°23'N., 1°47'E.),

with a least depth of 6.4m, lies 13 miles E of North Foreland

and forms the southernmost part of the Outer Banks fronting

the Thames Estuary. This shoal, which is marked by lighted

buoys, is about 15 miles long and consists of a narrow ridge of

sand and shells.

7.3 Drill Stone (51°26'N., 1°42'E.), with depths of 11 to 18m,

lies about 10 miles ENE of North Foreland and is marked by a

lighted buoy. Strong tide rips occur in the vicinity of this patch. 

7.3 Caution.—Outfall pipelines extend up to about 2 miles ENE

from the coast in the vicinity of North Foreland and may best

be seen on the chart.

7.3 Numerous submarine cables, some disused, extend seaward

from points on the shore close N and about 1.5 miles S of

North Foreland, and may best be seen on the chart.

7.3 A dumping area (spoil ground), which may best be seen on

the chart, lies 7.2 miles E of North Foreland.

Ramsgate (51°20'N., 1°25'E.)

World Port Index No. 35715

7.4 Ramsgate is an artificial harbor containing Western

Marine Terminal, the cross-channel ferry harbor, Royal Harbour, the old commercial port, and Inner Harbour, which is a

yacht marina. The harbor is enclosed by breakwaters. East Pier

and North Breakwater, its extension, provide protection on the

E side while South Breakwater provides protection on the S

side.

7.4 Tides—Currents.—The tides rises about 5.2m at MHWS

and 4m at MHWN.

7.4 The tidal currents run strongly across the port entrance. It is

reported that the NE current produces an eddy off the head of

South Breakwater. This eddy runs SW taking vessels toward

the breakwater. The ebb current sets SW from about 6 hours after HW at Dover to about 1 hour before HW at Dover. The

flood current sets NE from about HW at Dover to about 4

hours after HW at Dover. The currents off the entrance attain a

maximum rate of about 1.2 knots at springs.

7.4 Depths—Limitations.—The main approach channel, which

may best be seen on the chart, leads 2.5 miles W to the port entrance. It is marked by lighted buoys and dredged to a depth of

7.5m. The port entrance is 180m wide between the breakwater

heads. The fairway channel leading through the entrance is

125m wide.

7.4 Royal Harbour, situated in the N part of the port, has an entrance, 63m wide. It is dredged to a depth of 2m and mostly

used by pleasure craft. A commercial quay, 109m long, is situated at the NW side and has a depth of 2.1m alongside. Vessels

up to 120m in length and 5m draft can be accommodated at

HW.

7.4 The Inner Harbour, a large marina, has a dredged depth of

3m. It is entered from Royal Harbour through dock gates,

12.1m wide, which are spanned by a bascule bridge. Yachts up

to 24m in length and 2.4m draft can enter.

7.4 Western Marine Terminal, the ferry harbor, has a dredged

depth of 7.5m. It provides extensive facilities for cross-channel

passenger and freight ferries. Three ro-ro ferry berths, with

depths of 7.5m alongside, are situated at the W side of the harbor. Vessels up to 165m in length and 6m draft can be accommodated.

7.4 Aspect.—A lighted range, with a directional sector light, indicates the main approach channel and may best be seen on the

chart.

7.4 An approach, used by small craft, is indicated by a lighted

range, which may best be seen on the chart. It leads WNW and

joins the main channel about 0.3 mile E of the port entrance. 

7.4 The Granville Hotel, with a prominent tower, stands about

0.7 mile N of the port entrance. Conspicuous, large buildings

are situated 0.2 mile W and 0.5 mile SW of this hotel.

7.4 An aluminum flagstaff standing on the NW side of the Inner

Harbour, about 0.4 mile NW of the port entrance, is reported to

be conspicuous. A dome situated near the shore at Pegwell, 1.2

miles W of the port entrance, is prominent from S.

7.4 Pilotage.—The Compulsory Pilotage Area includes the port

and those waters that lie within a radius of 3 miles from West

Pier Light (51°19'39.6''N., 1°25'17.4''E.).

7.4 An Outer Pilotage Area, which is non-compulsory, includes

the waters outside the Compulsory Pilotage Area bound by a

line joining (approximately) North Foreland Light, Elbow

Lighted Buoy, NE Goodwin Lighted Buoy, Deal Bank Lighted

Buoy, and Deal Pier Light.

7.4 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels carrying petroleum

products or other hazardous cargo, passenger vessels, and all

vessels over 80m in length, except those exempt by law. Pilots

can be contacted on VHF channel 14 or 16 or telephone and

board about 3 miles ENE of the port entrance.

7.4 Vessels must request pilotage by contacting the Harbor

Authority through the Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) Port Control 12 hours before arriving at the pilot boarding position. Vessels should then confirm their ETA 2 hours prior to arrival.

7.4 Pilotage for the River Stour is not compulsory. However, pilots are available by prior arrangement.

7.4 Ramsgate also provides pilots for the NE Spit (Thames Estuary) pilot boarding area. See Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (EnPort of Ramsgate Home Page

http://www.portoframsgate.co.uk
Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 159

Pub. 191

route) North Sea for further information.

7.4 Regulations.—A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system operates in the vicinity of the harbor and is managed by Ramsgate

Port Control Center. It controls navigation within the port area

and provides advice and marine information to vessels in the

pilotage areas.

7.4 All vessels navigating within the harbor limits and approaches must maintain a continuous listening watch on VHF channel

14.

7.4 Any inbound vessel requiring a pilot must report to the Port

Control on VHF channel 14 or by telephone 12 hours and 2

hours prior to arrival at the pilot boarding position.

7.4 All inbound vessels over 20m in length and not requiring a

pilot must report to the Port Control by VHF or by telephone

as, follows:

1. Conventional vessels:

a. 1 hour before Point Romeo (See Note 3). 

b. 30 minutes before Point Romeo (See Note 1).

c. At Point Romeo (See Note 2). 

d. Entering the channel.

e. Vessel secure.

2. High speed craft:

a. 30 minutes before Point Romeo (See Note 3).

b. At Point Romeo (See Note 2).

c. Entering the channel. 

d. Vessel secure.

7.4 Note 1.—Vessels must advise the VTS of any circumstances

which may affect the maneuvering capability and also the

number of any Exemption Certificate.

7.4 Note 2.—Vessels must obtain permission to proceed into the

channel or to leave a berth.

7.4 Note 3.—Vessels should keep a listening watch on VHF

channel 14 from this time until secure.

7.4 Point Romeo is defined as any point on a circle with a radius

of 2.5 miles centered midway on a line extending between No.

1 Channel Lighted Buoy and No. 2 Channel Lighted Buoy

(51°19.5'N., 1°27.4'E.).

7.4 Vessels requiring tug services should send a request at least 3

hours in advance by VHF, fax, or telephone.

7.4 Signals.—International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited

above the Port Control Building on the East Pier and regulate

the movement of vessels to and from Royal Harbour (see paragraph 1.1).

7.4 The above signals are augmented by the Ferry Terminal

Movement Signal, which is shown when a ferry is maneuvering. While this signal is displayed, no other vessels may, without permission from the VTS, enter the harbor limits from

seaward, leave the Royal Harbour, or move within Western

Marine Terminal.

7.4 Anchorage.—Ramsgate Road provides good anchorage

with winds between WNW and NNE. However, S or E winds

with a strong tidal current make this anchorage untenable. The

recommended anchorage is in a depth of 3.5m about 0.3 mile S

of the head of South Breakwater.

7.4 Caution.—During strong NE gales, a sand bank frequently

forms at the mouth of Royal Harbour and the depths in the entrance are reduced.

7.4 Ferries, including high speed craft, enter and leave the port at

frequent intervals.

7.4 A dumping ground area (spoil ground), which may best be

seen on the chart, lies 1 mile SE of the port entrance.

Ramsgate to Dover

7.5 Pegwell Bay (51°19'N., 1°22'E.), lying 1.5 miles

WSW of Ramsgate, is fronted by a drying coastal bank, which

extends up to about 1.2 miles seaward. The River Stour runs into this bay through drying flats of mud and sand. A drying

channel, marked by buoys and beacons, leads through the

coastal bank to the river mouth. Richborough Port, with a drying wharf, lies close inside the river mouth. Sandwich Haven,

used by pleasure craft, is located about 3 miles above Richborough Port. The river is no longer used by commercial shipping.

7.5 A prominent power station chimney, with an elevation of

135m, and three conspicuous cooling towers stand about 0.8

mile WSW of the river mouth, 3 miles WSW of Ramsgate. 

7.5 Deal (51°13'N., 1°24'E.), a small town, is situated 5 miles N

of South Foreland. It extends along the shore for about 1.5

miles and is fronted by a castle, a hospital, and a barracks,

which are all prominent. A T-headed pier, alongside of which

berthing is prohibited, extends seaward from the shore about

0.2 mile N of the castle.

7.5 Sandown Castle, in ruins, and Walmer Castle, surmounted

by a flagstaff, stand close to the N end and close to the S end,

respectively, of Deal. They are both prominent from seaward.

7.5 The coast extending to the N of the town is low. The coast

between a point located close S of the town and Dover consists

of chalk cliffs.

7.5 South Foreland (51° 08.5'N., 1°22.5'E.), a bold headland, is

faced by chalk cliffs, which have layers of flint in horizontal

lines. A conspicuous disused white light tower, 21m high,

stands on the summit of this headland. An old lighthouse is

situated 0.2 mile ENE of the disused tower and at a lower level.

7.5 A white windmill, prominent in strong sunlight, stands 0.2

mile NE of the disued light tower.

7.5 Dover Patrol Memorial (51°09.4'N., 1°23.6'E.), a conspicuous stone monument, stands above the cliffs, 1.2 miles NE of

the disused light tower.

7.5 A radar surveillance station is situated close E of the memorial.

7.5 Saint Margaret’s Bay, with a beacon standing at the head,

lies 0.5 mile SW of the memorial

South Foreland Light Tower (disused)
160 Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

7.5 Tides—Currents.—The tidal currents run strongly along

the coast between South Foreland and Deal, 5 miles N. In the

bay formed between Deal and Ramsgate, the currents are

weak.

7.5 The currents in the vicinity of The Downs (51°13'N.,

1°27'E.) and Goodwin Sands are mostly rotary clockwise, although the degree of rotation varies over the area. Near the E

side (N portion) of Goodwin Sands, the flood current probably

sets NE out of Kellett Gut while the ebb current probably sets

into the it. Within Kellet Gut, the NE current is dangerous because it sets toward the sands near the time of HW.

7.5 Reports indicate that E of Goodwin Sands the flood current

sometimes sets NW with considerable velocity. If this occurs,

the set is likely to be strong and dangerous near the time of

HW. 

7.5 Care is advised, as S of South Sand Head (51° 10'N.,

1°29'E.) the flood current sets strongly toward and across the S

portion of Goodwind Sands, from about 1 hour before to about

3 hours after HW at Dover. 

7.5 Anchorage.—The Downs (51°13'N., 1°26'E.), an anchorage area for ocean-going vessels, lies centered about 1 mile E

of the town of Deal and may best be seen on the chart. The

holding ground is not good in some parts of this area, particularly S of Goodwin Fork Lighted Buoy (51°14.3'N., 1°26.9'E.).

However, good anchorage can be taken, in a depth of 12.8m,

about 1.3 miles ESE of the castle at Deal or, in a depth of

12.5m, about 1.1 miles E of Walmer Castle.

7.5 The Small Downs (51°15'N., 1°26'E.), lying 1.8 miles NNE

of Deal, is an area that provides anchorage to vessels with

drafts less than 5m. It is more sheltered and has better holding

ground than The Downs.

7.5 Trinity Bay (51°12'N., 1°30'E.) provides good anchorage

during NE winds, but the tidal currents can be strong. Vessels

may anchor, in a depth of 21m, about 3.2 miles ESE of Deal.

7.5 Caution.—Several submarine cables, which may best be

seen on the chart, extend seaward from the vicinity of Saint

Margaret’s Bay.

7.5 Several wrecks and obstructions, which may best be seen on

the chart, lie within the anchorage areas of The Downs and The

Small Downs.

7.6 Off-lying dangers.—Goodwin Sands (51°14'N.,

1°32'E.), a shifting mass of drying sand banks, extends up to

about 7 miles offshore between North Foreland and South

Foreland and is marked by lighted buoys. The area surrounding

the sands, which may best be seen on the chart, is littered with

the wrecks of numerous vessels. Some of these wrecks are visible depending on the state of the tide.

7.6 The sands are moved by the tidal currents and their forms are

frequently changed. Large drying patches lie along the E and

W edges. Except for The Downs, where an area of deeper water exists, the 20m contour lies to the E of Goodwin Sands.

7.6 Kellet Gut (51°14'N., 1°32'E.), a passage bordered by drying

patches, leads 4.5 miles NE between Trinity Bay and Goodwin

Knoll. This channel is unmarked and subject to frequent

changes. It should only be used by small vessels with local

knowledge.

7.6 Gull Stream (51°18'N., 1°30'E.) leads NE from The Downs

to the North Sea or the Thames Estuary. This passage, which is

marked by lighted buoys, may be used by medium-draft vessels

with local knowledge. The fairway frequently changes and the

navigational aids are often moved without prior notice.

7.6 A sand bar, subject to sandwave action, lies near the NE end

of Gull Stream. Several shoal patches and other dangers lie in

the vicinity of the channel and may best be seen on the chart.

7.6 Historically, depths over all the shoal patches in the channel

have been shallower than presently charted. Periods of accretion, influenced by the ebb tidal flow, are followed by periods

of erosion brought on by the effect of storms and the resulting

system seems to be self-regulating. On the W side of the channel the minimum depth is about 10m. For the remainder of the

channel the minimum depth is about 8m. The authorities

should be contacted for the latest depth information.

7.6 NE Goodwin Lighted Buoy (51°20'N., 1°34'E.) is moored

about 5.5 miles E of Ramsgate and is equipped with a racon.

Dover Patrol Memorial

White Cliffs of Dover

White Cliffs of Dover
Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 161

Pub. 191

7.6 East Goodwin Lightvessel (51°13'N., 1°36'E.), with a red

hull, is moored about 7.5 miles E of Deal and is equipped with

a racon.

7.6 See Directions in paragraph 7.1.

Dover (51°07'N., 1°20'E.)

World Port Index No. 35710

7.7 Dover, a fairly large harbor, can easily be identified by

its breakwaters and the castle surmounting the cliffs above.

7.7 Although of some commercial importance, the port is primarily used as a cross-channel terminal for ro-ro ferries. The harbor is enclosed by Admiralty Pier, Southern Breakwater, and

Eastern Arm, which together form the W and E entrances to

the port.

7.7 Winds—Weather.—The greatest proportion of wind in the

Dover area is from the SW, usually with a force of 4 to 7 in the

winter months. 

7.7 From February to June, winds from the NE increase somewhat, nearly equaling those from the SW in May. Rain occurs

mostly from October to December, nearly twice that of the

summer season. Fog occurs fairly frequent in the winter, averaging about 4 or 5 days a month. During the summer haze can

be a problem anytime.

7.7 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise 6.0m at MHWS and

about 3.2m at MHWN. Tidal currents in the entrances are subject to great variations hourly. In either entrance there may be

an incoming current in one part and outgoing current in another.

7.7 Eddies run off the breakwater heads, and due to the variable

directions of the currents, may also produce turbulence in the

entrances. The sub-surface currents may differ appreciably

from those near the surface and caution is necessary.

7.7 Depths—Limitations.—The W entrance is 225m wide, but

is obstructed by foul ground and a shoal, with a least depth of

8.9m, lying on the W side of the channel. Another foul shoal

area, with a least depth of 1.1m, lies on the E side of the entrance. It extends NNW from close to the W head of Southern

Breakwater and is marked by a lighted buoy. The E entrance is

204m wide.

7.7 Both entrance channels are maintained with depths in excess

of 10m. Vessels up to 300m in length and 9m draft can enter

the port.

7.7 Outer Harbour, the inner part of which lies within the anchorage, forms the central part of the port. Fairway, with a least

depth of 6.4m, is the area lying between the S limit of the anchorage area and the N side of Southern Breakwater.

7.7 Eastern Docks are situated N of the E entrance and include a

ferry terminal and a cargo terminal. The ferry terminal has

eight ro-ro berths and one fast ferry berth. The berths have

depths up to 8.6m alongside and can handle ferries up to 200m

in length, 35m beam, and 8.5m draft. Five of the berths are

double-decked, loading vehicles on two levels simultaneously.

7.7 The cargo terminal, South Jetty, has 220m of quayage, with a

depth of 8.6m alongside. It can handle vessels up to 200m in

length and 8.5m draft.

7.7 Eastern Arm provides 480m of quayage. It has depths up to

10m alongside and can handle vessels up to 300m in length.

7.7 The Western Docks lie close NNW of the W entrance. Inner

Harbour, the outer basin, lies between Prince of Wales Pier and

the E side of Admiralty Pier.

7.7 Tidal Harbour, with depths up to 2.7m, is entered from the

Inner Harbour through a channel dredged to a depth of 5m. It is

only by small craft and yachts. 

7.7 Granville Dock and Wellington Dock, two wet basins, are

entered from Tidal Harbour and are used as marinas.

7.7 Admiralty Pier and its extension, which provide 1,100m of

quayage, form a cruise terminal. The two berths have a maintained depth of 10m alongside. Silting is liable to occur and the

port authority should be consulted for the latest information.

7.7 Prince of Wales Pier provides 400m of quayage on its E side,

with depths up to 6.5m alongside. However, vessels may only

berth alongside by special arrangement.

7.7 A catamaran (Seacat) terminal is situated along the W side

of Prince of Wales Pier.

7.7 Aspect.—Dover Castle, standing on the top of the cliffs behind the harbor, is conspicuous along with a church tower located close SE of it. Three radio masts, standing about 0.8 mile

NE of the castle, are also very prominent from seaward.

7.7 Langdon Battery, with a radar surveillance station, is situated

about 0.4 mile N of the root of Eastern Arm.

7.7 A light is shown from a prominent tower, 22m high, standing

Port of Dover Home Page

http://www.doverport.co.uk

Dover East Entrance

Dover Castle and Church Tower (from S)
162 Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

on the head of Admiralty Pier. Another light is shown from a

prominent tower, 21m high, standing on the W end of Southern

Breakwater. A light is also shown from a prominent tower,

16m high, standing on the knuckle of Southern Breakwater.

7.7 The Port Control Signal Station building is situated near the

head of Eastern Arm.

7.7 Pilotage.—Deep-sea pilots for the English Channel, the

North Sea, and the Baltic Sea may be ordered from Dover. Vessels should send a request at least 48 hours and 24 hours prior

to arrival at the boarding place. Pilots will board at Brixham

and Cherbourg (by launch or helicopter), Penzance, Fishguard,

Pentland Firth, Dover (by launch only), or any port in NW Europe. 

7.7 Pilotage in Dover Harbour is compulsory for vessels 80m or

more in length, fishing vessels 47.5m or more in length, and

vessels 20m or more in length which are restricted in their maneuverability or carrying dangerous substances in bulk.

7.7 The pilotage area includes the waters extending up to 1 mile

seaward of the breakwaters.

7.7 All inbound vessels should send an ETA 6 hours and 2 hours

in advance, requesting instructions. Vessels requiring pilotage

should send a request and ETA 2 hours in advance stating their

Courtesy of M. J. Wilson Brantag Inc. UK

Dover Harbour

Courtesy of M. J. Wilson Brantag Inc. UK

Dover from SW
Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 163

Pub. 191

grt and maximum draft. The Dover Port Control may be contacted on VHF channels 12, 16, 69, 71, and 74.

7.7 Pilots can be contacted by VHF and board 3 miles E of Dover Harbour Eastern Entrance.

7.7 All vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch on

VHF channel 74 until berthed.

7.7 Dover pilots may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

7.7 Regulations.—All vessels passing the harbor and the area

within 1 mile to seaward of the breakwaters should contact Dover Port Control on VHF channel 74 and report their ETA at a

range of 3 miles from the port. Such vessels should then monitor the frequency for movement broadcasts.

7.7 Permission must be obtained from Dover Port Control before

vessels enter or leave the dock or the Outer Harbour by the

Eastern or Western Entrances, even though the respective traffic signals are shown in their favor.

7.7 Vessels must not enter or maneuver within the restricted area, the limits of which are shown on the chart, lying in the vicinity of Eastern Docks without specific permission from

Dover Port Control.

7.7 Signals.—International Port Traffic Signals, for regulating

traffic entering and leaving the Outer Harbour and within 400m

of the Eastern or Western Entrance, are displayed by day and

night from the head of Admiralty Pier Extension, for the W entrance, and from the Port Control Signal Station (situated near

the head of Eastern Arm), for the E entrance (see paragraph

1.1). 

7.7 Movement is allowed one-way only at each entrance. In all

cases when a signal allows a vessel to proceed in one direction,

a signal prohibiting movement is shown in the opposite

direction.

7.7 Light signals may be by the Port Control and also by vessels

not equipped with VHF. A signal of Morse SV indicates “I

wish to enter the port” and Morse SW means “I wish to leave

port.”

7.7 Port Control will reply either “OK” or “WAIT.”

7.7 If a signal appears to be misunderstood, a series of short

flashes from Port Control indicates “STOP-WAIT.” 

7.7 The fairway is patrolled by a launch with the inscription

“Harbour Patrol” painted on the side. The launch is fitted with

VHF and at night exhibits an all-round blue flashing light at the

masthead. 

7.7 The launch will, if necessary, relay messages to and from

Port Control. Vessels must comply with instructions passed by

the patrol launch.

7.7 Anchorage.—Anchorage is available, with the permission

of the harbormaster, within a designated area located in Outer

Harbour. The area has a maintained depth of 8m, with good

holding ground, and may best be seen on the chart. Vessels

must not anchor outside of this designated area.

7.7 Caution is advised during strong winds, as gales between

SW and W raise a considerable scend at about HW. In E gales,

smooth water may be found in the lee of Eastern Arm. 

7.7 Several foul areas lie in the approaches to the harbor and anchoring outside is not recommended. 

7.7 Caution.—A prohibited area, with a radius of 50m, lies

close NE of the head of Eastern Arm and contains a current

meter.

7.7 Depths within the harbor are liable to change and the Port

Control should be contacted for the latest information. Silting

often occurs in the central part of Outer Harbour.

7.7 A spoil ground (dumping area), which may best be seen on

the chart, lies centered 1.5 miles SSE of the E entrance.

7.7 Vessels passing Dover are warned that cross-channel ferries,

including high speed craft, frequently enter or leave the port by

both the W and E entrances. Vessels are cautioned to keep at

least 1 mile seaward of Southern Breakwater.

7.7 Tidal cross-currents, with velocities at times up to 2.5 knots,

run in the vicinity of the port entrances. The Port Control

should be contacted for the latest information.

7.7 A submarine power cable extends between the heads of Eastern Arm and the E end of Southern Breakwater.

Dover to Folkstone

7.8 The coast between Dover and Folkstone, 5 miles SW,

is formed mostly by chalk cliffs.

Shakespeare Cliff, 103m high, stands about 1 mile SW of

Dover and is the first chalk cliff. It is prominent and appears

conical when seen from the E. Abbot’s Cliff, standing 2.5 miles

SW of Dover, is also prominent

A conspicuous radio mast, with an elevation of 382m, is situated near Hougham, about 0.7 mile N of Abbot’s Cliff.

7.8 Copt Point (51°05'N., 1°12'E), with a conspicuous Martello

Tower standing above it, is located 4.5 miles SW of Dover.

Copt Rocks, formed by drying ledges of sandstone, front the

point and extend up to 0.3 mile E.

7.8 Mole Head Rocks extend SW from Copt Rocks to the vicinity of the entrance to Folkstone. 

7.8 East Wear Bay lies between Copt Point and Abbot’s Cliff, 2

miles NE. It provides good holding ground and is sheltered on

the W side. However, this bay is recommended only as a temporary anchorage for vessels waiting for the tide. The best

berth is in the middle of the bay, in a depth of about 9m.

7.8 Caution.—Numerous wrecks, which may best be seen on

the chart, lie offshore between Dover and Folkstone.

7.8 Yacht racing marker buoys are moored in season (April to

November) about 0.6 mile WSW of Abbot’s Cliff.

7.8 Several submarine cables, which may best be seen on the

chart, extend seaward from the vicinity of Copt Point.

Folkestone (51°05'N., 1°12'E.)

World Port Index No. 35700

7.9 Folkestone is a terminal for cross-channel ferries, including high speed craft. It is rarely used by other regular cargo

vessels.

7.9 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 7.2m at MHWS

and 5.7m at MHWN.

7.9 Off the head of the breakwater, the ENE tidal current starts

dmms@doverport.co.uk

Port of Folkestone Home Page

http://www.folkestoneharbour.com
164 Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

about 2 hours before HW at Dover and attains a rate of 2 knots

at springs. The WSW tidal current starts about 3 hours 20 minutes after HW at Dover and attains a rate of 1.5 knots at

springs.

7.9 During the ENE current, an eddy runs W along the coast

from Copt Point, and sets strongly toward the South Quay

head.

7.9 Depths—Limitations.—Three berths, with depths of 5 to

6m alongside, are situated along the NE side of the main breakwater and are used by ro-ro ferry vessels and high speed craft.

Outer Harbour dries but has depths of 3 to 4.5m at HWS. South

Quay, at the S side of Outer Harbour, has a depth of 5m alongside at HWS. The N side of Outer Harbour is used by fishing

vessels and pleasure craft.

7.9 Aspect.—A light is shown from a prominent tower, 13m

high, standing at the head of the main breakwater. A lighted

range, which may best be seen on the chart, indicates the approach to the ferry berths. A conspicuous motel is situated

about 0.2 mile WNW of the root of the main breakwater.

7.9 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 50m

in length, except those exempted by law. Pilotage should be requested from the Port Control 24 hours in advance. Pilots may

be contacted on VHF channel 15 and board by arrangement. 

7.9 The port of Folkestone may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

7.9 Signals.—International Port Traffic Signals are displayed

from a mast at the head of the main breakwater. These signals

control vessels leaving and entering, and, when shown, ensure

that traffic is one-way (see paragraph 1.1).

7.9 Anchorage.—Anchorage off the port is exposed, and should

only be used by vessels waiting for a favorable tide to enter

harbor. The best holding ground is in depths of 12 to 18m, clay

and sand. A good berth is with Copt Point, 1 mile NE of the

harbor, in line with the light on the breakwater bearing 025°,

and approximately 0.2 mile distant.

7.9 Caution.—High speed ferry craft may be encountered in the

approaches to the port.

Folkstone to Dungeness

7.10 The coast between Folkestone and Dungeness, 13

miles SW, forms a bay the shore of which is low and flat. However, near Folkestone the interior hills join the coast and it becomes cliffy.

7.10 Sandgate is situated about 2.5 miles W of Folkstone. Sandgate Roads provide sheltered anchorage, in depths of 11 to

15m, good holding ground, mud and clay.

7.10 Two conspicuous green domes, surmounting hotels, are situated about 1 mile W of Folkstone and about 1 mile E of Sandgate.

7.10 Hythe (51°04'N., 1°04'E.) is situated about 2 miles WSW of

Sandgate. Hythe Flats form a shallow bank fronting the shore

in this vicinity and may best be seen on the chart. An outfall

sewer pipeline extends 1.5 miles SSE across the flats.

7.10 A conspicuous radio tower, with an elevation of 268m,

stands on Tolsford Hill, about 2 miles N of the town of Hythe.

7.10 To the SW of Hythe, the shore is low and flat with only embankments to hold the marsh land in place.

7.10 Dymchurch is situated 4 miles SW of Hythe and 7 miles N

of Dungeness. Dymchurch Wall, an embankment protecting

the pasturage of Romney Marsh, extends along the coast and

terminates in Dymchurch Redoubt, 2 miles NE.

7.10 Six prominent Martello Towers stand along the shore between Dymchurch and Hythe. A conspicuous red brick tower is

situated at Littlestone-on-Sea, 2.5 miles SSW of Dymchurch.

7.10 East Road provides anchorage, sheltered from SW through

W to N, in depths of 12 to 18m, about 3 miles E of the tower at

Littlestone-on-Sea.

7.10 Roar Bank, a ridge of sand with depths of 2.5m, runs nearly

parallel with and about 1 mile off the shore to the E of Littlestone-on-Sea. Vessels should avoid this bank by keeping in a

least depth of 10m.

7.10 A conspicuous dark grey water tower stands 0.8 mile inland

at Lydd-on-Sea, 2 miles S of Littlestone-on-Sea and 2 miles N

of Dungeness.

7.10 Dungeness (50°55'N., 0°59'E.), the SE extremity of a large

area of marsh, is a very low point. It is steep-to on the SE side

but fronted elsewhere by a shingle beach which is progressively advancing seaward.

7.10 Dungeness Light is shown from a conspicuous tower, 43m

high, standing on the point. This tower is floodlit at night.

7.10 A prominent disused light tower is situated 0.3 mile W of the

light.

7.10 Dungeness Nuclear Power Station (50°55'N., 0°58'E.)

stands 0.5 mile W of the light and is radar conspicuous. The

station consists of several prominent buildings, which are 51m

high and marked by red lights.

7.10 It is reported by vessels approaching from SW that the power

cables and pylons running inland in a WNW direction from the

power station appear prominently on radar prior to the low

shoreline.

7.10 For information concerning the Dover Strait TSS, off-lying

banks, and navigation aids in this vicinity, see paragraph 6.3

through paragraph 6.6.

7.10 Caution.—A rifle range, with a danger area extending 2

miles seaward, is situated close SW of Hythe. When firing is

harbourmaster@folkestoneharbour.com

Dungeness Light
Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 165

Pub. 191

taking place, red flags are displayed by day and red lights are

exhibited at night between Dymchurch Redoubt and Hythe.

Range safety craft also patrol the area.

7.10 When approaching from E, vessels must take care not to

confuse the water tower standing near Lydd-on-Sea, 2 miles N

of Dungeness, with either of the two light towers at Dungeness.

7.10 Several disused submarine cables, which may best be seen

on the chart, extend seaward from a point on the shore about 1

mile N of Dungeness.

Dungeness to Beachy Head

7.11 Rye Bay (50°54'N., 0°49'E) lies open to the S between Dungeness and Fairlight, 12 miles W. It has low marshy

shores which are marked on the E side by several concrete observation towers.

7.11 West Road provides shelter from winds between N and E in

the E part of the bay. The best anchorage lies, in a depth of 8m,

inside of Stephenson Shoal, about 3 miles WSW of Dungeness

Light.

7.11 A number of banks, including Boulder Banks, Tower Knoll,

and Fairlight Knoll, lie in the W part of the bay and may best

be seen on the chart.

7.11 Rye Harbour (50°57'N., 0°44'E.) (World Port Index No.

35690) lies at the mouth of the River Rother, near the head of

the bay. It is mostly used by pleasure craft. The town of Rye

stands about 1.5 miles NW of the mouth. It is built on sandstone rock and rises above the surrounding marshes. The land

on either side of the river mouth is flat with no landmarks.

7.11 The entrance, which lies between two training walls, is approached directly from seaward. A fairway lighted buoy is

moored about 2 miles SSE of the harbor entrance. A sand bar

lies at the entrance and has a depth of 5.2m at HWS.

7.11 The main commercial quay, 180m long, is situated 1 mile

above the entrance. Vessels take the muddy ground at LW.

Tides rise about 5.4m at springs and 3.6m at neaps. Vessels up

to 80m in length and 4.5m draft can be handled at HWS. 

7.11 Local knowledge is advised. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 30m in length. Vessels should send an ETA at least 24

hours in advance. Vessels should only contact the port by VHF

when they are less than 10 miles from the entrance and wait for

the pilot near the fairway lighted buoy. 

7.12 Hastings (50°51'N., 0°35'E.), with the town of St. Leonards located close W, stands on high ground about 3 miles

WSW of Fairlight, the W extremity of Rye Bay. These two resort towns are separated by a prominent valley with buildings

on each side. Hastings is fronted by a promenade and a small

pier, which is radar prominent. The coast extending close E of

the town is composed of steep yellow-brown cliffs broken by

grassy slopes. Fairlight Down is located E of the town and

about 1.5 miles W of Fairlight. It has an elevation of 172m and

is the highest area of land in this vicinity. A prominent hotel

fronts the town of St. Leonards.

7.12 Hastings Shoal, lying about 0.8 mile S of the town, and Four

Fathoms Sand Ridge, lying 4 miles S of the town, may best be

seen on the chart. The latter shoal extends NE and merges with

the coastal bank fronting the shore of Rye Bay.

7.12 Anchorage may be taken during fair weather off Hastings.

The best berth lies, in a depth of 6m, sand and mud, about 0.6

mile S of the pier. 

7.12 Bexhill, situated 4.5 miles WSW of Hastings, can be identified by its numerous red brick houses. The old town, surrounded by trees, stands on a hill, about 0.5 mile inland. 

7.12 Pevensey Bay is a slight indentation in the coast extending

between Bexhill and a low projection, marked by a light,

known as Langney Point. The shore of this bay is mostly flat

and desolate, except for a line of martello blockhouse towers

standing along the W side. Anchorage within this bay is not

recommended. A marina, protected by breakwaters, is situated

close N of Langney Point.

7.12 A prominent gas storage tank stands about 1 mile W of

Langney Point. A conspicuous building, 81m high, is situated

near the shore at the S end of Eastbourne, 2.7 miles SW of

Langney Point.

7.12 The conspicuous dome of the Isaac Newton telescope (observatory) is situated at Herstmonceux, 5 miles N of Langney

Point.

7.12 Eastbourne (50°46'N., 0°17'E.), a resort town, extends

about 3 miles SW from close W of Langney Point to within 1.5

miles of Beachy Head. It is fronted by promenades, large buildings, and hotels. A pier, 295m long, extends seaward from the

town and is radar prominent.

7.12 Anchorage, sheltered from winds from W through N to NE,

may be found, in a depth of 9m, sand and mud, good holding

ground, about 0.8 mile SE of the pier. However, care is necessary to avoid the wrecks lying in this area.

7.12 Caution.—Fishing nets, marked by small buoys, may be encountered within Rye Bay.

7.12 Drift net fishing is carried out between Royal Sovereign

Shoals and Dungeness, from May to July and November to

January.

7.12 Lydd Firing Range, with a danger area extending 3 miles

seaward, is situated between Dungeness and Rye. When firing

is taking place, red flags are displayed by day and red lights are

Dungeness Nuclear Power Station

Hastings Pier
166 Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

exhibited at night from two observation towers. Range safety

craft also patrol the area.

7.12 An outfall pipeline, marked at its outer extremity by a lighted

buoy, extends about 1.7 miles SSE from a point on the shore at

the E end of Bexhill. 

7.12 An outfall pipeline extends about 1.8 miles SSE from the vicinity of Langney Point.

7.13 Off-lying dangers—Shingle Bank (50°44'N.,

0°35'E.), with a least depth of 14.8m, lies 7.5 miles S of Hastings. A dredging area, within which gravel is extracted, lies in

the vicinity of this bank. It is marked by buoys and may best be

seen on the chart.

7.13 Royal Sovereign Shoals (50°44'N., 0°26'E.), a group of

rocky patches with a least depth of 3.5m, lie centered about 7

miles E of Beachy Head and directly in the path of vessels

heading for Dungeness. Strong eddies are formed over these

shoals at springs and the sea breaks heavily on the heads during

bad weather. 

7.13 Royal Sovereign Light (50°43'N., 0°26'E.) is shown from a

prominent tower, 28m high, standing on Southern Head, at the

S side of Royal Sovereign Shoals. The light structure surmounts a helicopter deck standing on a concrete column.

Beachy Head to Selsey Bill

7.14 Beachy Head (50°44'N., 0°15'E.), a steep cliffy headland, is very remarkable, especially when viewed from the SW,

because of its long line of white segmented cliffs known as The

Seven Sisters. This headland is radar conspicuous.

Eastbourne Pier

Royal Sovereign Light

Beachy Head

Beachy Head Light

Beachy Head Disused Light Tower
Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 167

Pub. 191

7.14 Beachy Head Light is shown from a prominent tower, 43m

high, standing on drying rocks, which front the base of the

cliff. A conspicuous watchtower (radio) is situated on the head,

about 0.5 mile ENE of the light.

7.14 A prominent disused lighthouse, 14m high, stands on the

summit of the cliffs, about 1 mile W of Beachy Head.

7.14 The Seven Sisters front the coast between Birling Gap, 1.3

miles W of the head, and the valley of the Cuckmere River at

Cliff End, about 2.5 miles WNW of the head.

7.14 A prominent hotel stands at Birling Gap and a conspicuous

water tower is situated about 1.3 miles N of it.

7.14 Seaford Head, 83m high, rises 1.3 miles W of the Cuckmere

River and 2.5 miles SE of the entrance to Newhaven. It has a

chalky, but rust-streaked, appearance and may also be identified by a patch of green on the face of the cliff, just under the

summit. A conspicuous barn stands 0.8 mile E of this head.

7.14 The town of Seaford is situated close W of Seaford Head.

The coast abreast the town is fronted by numerous groins, the

larger of which are marked by beacons.

7.14 The foreshore between Beachy Head and Seaford consists

mainly of rocky ledges and shingle, strewn with boulders fallen

from the cliffs above. 

7.14 Anchorage may be taken all along this part of the coast, with

offshore winds, in depths of 7 to 16m. 

7.14 Caution.—During bad weather, vessels should keep at least

2 miles from Beachy Head in order to avoid the overfalls.

7.14 Vessels proceeding E and close to the coast, in poor visibility, should take care not to mistake Seaford Head for Beachy

Head.

7.14 Several designated dredging areas, which may best be seen

on the chart, are situated S of Beachy Head and within the traffic lanes of the TSS.

7.15 Newhaven (50°47'N., 0°03'E.) (World Port Index No.

35650) lies at the mouth of the Ouse River, about 8.5 miles

WNW of Beachy Head. The port is used by commercial vessels and cross-channel ferries. 

7.15 Tides—Currents.—Tides rise about 6.7m at springs and 5m

at neaps.

7.15 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel, which has a

least width of 70m, is dredged to a depth of 6m. The S part of

the harbor adjacent to the ferry berths is dredged to a depth of

5.5m. There is a marina and berths for small craft on the W

side of the harbor. East Quay, at the E side of the harbor, is the

main commercial wharf. It is 510m long and provides five

berths with depths of 4.5 to 5m alongside. North Quay is 360m

long and has a depth of 2.1m alongside.

7.15 Vessels up to 165m in length and 7.6m draft can be handled

at HW. Large vessels take the soft mud bottom at LW.

7.15 Aspect.—The harbor may be easily identified from seaward

by its outer breakwater curving from the W shore. A light is

shown from a prominent tower, 14m high, standing on the

breakwater head.

7.15 A conspicuous television mast stands on high ground about 1

mile WNW of the harbor entrance.

7.15 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 49m

in length. Vessels should send an ETA 12 hours in advance

through their agent. Vessels should then send a request for pilotage 2 hours before ETA on VHF channel 12. Pilots can be

contacted by VHF and board 1 mile SW of the breakwater. 

7.15 Regulations.—No vessel may enter or leave the harbor

without permission from the harbormaster or in contravention

of the traffic signals.

7.15 No vessel may be navigated so as to interfere in any manner

with the arrival or departure of an advertised passenger vessel.

7.15 Signals.—The following traffic signals, displayed vertically,

are shown from a mast near the head of the West Pier:

1. An orange triangle over an orange ball by day, or a

green light at night, indicates that vessels may enter the harbor, but no vessels may leave.

2. An orange ball over an orange triangle by day, or a red

light at night, indicates that vessels may leave the harbor, but

no vessels may enter.

3. An orange triangle with an orange ball above and below it by day, or a green light with a red light above and below it at night, indicates that the port is temporarily closed to

traffic. 

4. An orange ball by day, or a green light over a red light

at night, indicates that vessels less than 15m in length may

enter or leave with care.

7.15 Anchorage.—Good anchorage, during offshore or E winds,

can be taken, in a depth of 7m in Seaford Road, about 1.3 miles

ESE of the breakwater head. It is reported (2006) that anchorage can be taken in a depth of 14m, good holding ground,

about 1.7 miles SW of the breakwater head.

7.15 Caution.—High speed craft may be encountered in the approaches to the port.

7.15 An outfall pipeline extends about 1 mile S from a point on

the shore 0.5 mile E of the harbor entrance.

7.15 The entrance channel is subject to siltation and local knowledge is required.

7.16 Brighton (50°49'N., 0°08'W.), a coastal resort center,

is situated 8 miles WNW of Newhaven. The coast between this

town and Shoreham, about 4 miles W, is built up and contains

many churches, hotels, and large buildings.

7.16 An extensive marina, protected by two curved breakwaters,

fronts the shore at the E end of the town. The W breakwater is

630m long while the E breakwater is 1,220m long; both are radar prominent. The marina entrance faces SE.

7.16 The town is fronted by two piers. It is reported (2003) that

the W, formerly known as Brighton Pier, was destroyed by a

storm and a fire. The E pier, known as Brighton Palace Pier, extends about 0.3 mile seaward and is marked by lights. It is radar prominent.

7.16 Rodean School, with a rambling building and two spires, is

situated 0.4 mile E of the marina and is prominent from

seaward.

7.16 A television tower stands on a hill at the E end of Brighton,

about 0.8 mile NW of the marina, and is very conspicuous.

7.16 A prominent black windmill stands near the shore at Rottingdean, about 1.3 miles ESE of the marina.

7.16 Caution.—Lobster pots are frequently placed up to 0.5 mile

offshore between Brighton and Newhaven.

7.16 Several lighted buoys (special), which are used as recreational racing marks, are moored up to 3 miles offshore between

Shoreham and Newhaven. Other temporary buoys may be

moored close off Brighton, from March to October.
168 Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

7.16 A sewer outfall pipeline, the seaward end of which is marked

by a lighted buoy, extends about 1 mile SSW from a point on

the shore about 3 miles ESE of the marina.

Shoreham (50°50'N., 0°15'W.)

World Port Index No. 35630

7.17 Shoreham is a small commercial port situated at the

mouth of the River Adur, about 20 miles WNW of Beachy

Head. It is protected by breakwaters and divided into three

parts. Western Arm leads W from the entrance and is formed

by the lower reaches of the river. Eastern Arm leads E from the

entrance to The Canal, a wet basin.

7.17 Winds—Weather.—The greatest percentage of the wind is

from the SW throughout the year, with force 3 to 4 most common. Winds from the NW to NE occur at night and are more

marked in winter than summer, when they reach mean speeds

of about 10 knots. Fog occurs on the average of 3 to 4 days a

month in winter, but less in summer. Visibility is often restricted by haze.

7.17 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 6.3m at springs and

4.8m at neaps.

7.17 Within the harbor, the flood tidal current sets almost entirely

up Western Arm. It can attain a rate of 4 knots at springs in the

narrowest section. Eastern Arm has practically no current, even

at the height of the flood.

7.17 Depths—Limitations.—The entrance channel between the

breakwaters is 122m wide. There is a least depth of 1.9m on

the entrance range. Vessels may take the mud ground at LW in

both Eastern Arm and Western Arm.

7.17 The main quay in Eastern Arm is Outer Lay-by Wharf,

which is situated on the S side. It is 260m long and has a depth

of 1.6m alongside. Vessels up to 120m in length, 20m beam,

and 6.7m draft can be handled at this quay at HW.

7.17 Western Arm provides about 1,840m of total quayage. There

are nine berths, 80 to 346m long, with depths of 0.5 to 1.8m

alongside. Vessels up to 83m in length, 14.3m beam, and 5.5m

draft can be handled at HW.

7.17 Two locks provide access to The Canal. Commercial vessels

enter the wet dock through Prince Philip Lock. Vessels up to

106m in length and 16.4m beam can enter, with drafts up to

6.7m at springs and 5.5m at neaps. Prior approval from the authorities is required for vessels over 103m in length. A yacht

lock is situated within the confines of the existing Prince

George Lock.

7.17 The wet basin has depths of 7 to 7.6m and provides about

3,600m of total quayage. There are 21 berths, 61 to 406m long,

and two turning basins. There are facilities for general cargo,

timber, bulk, and tanker vessels. 

7.17 Aspect.—A lighted range indicates the approach to the harbor. The rear range light, known as the High Light, is shown

from a prominent stone tower, 12m high.

7.17 A church, with a prominent tower and flagstaff, is situated in

the W part of the port. The conspicuous chapel at Lancing College stands inland, about 2.4 miles NW of the harbor entrance.

7.17 A conspicuous chimney, 103m high, stands at a power station located in the vicinity of the harbor. A prominent chimney,

91m high, stands at a cement works located about 3 miles NW

of the harbor entrance but is only visible between NNW and

NNE. 

7.17 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50m in

length and all vessels carrying dangerous cargo. Pilots can be

contacted on VHF channel 14 and board within 2 miles of the

harbor entrance.

Brighten Palace Pier

Rottingdean Windmill

Port of Shoreham Home Page

http://www.portshoreham.co.uk

Lancing College Chapel (Shoreham)
Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 169

Pub. 191

7.17 Regulations.—Vessels over 50 grt should send an ETA to

the Port Control Office at least 12 hours in advance. The message should include name, draft, beam, and length.

7.17 Vessels should then contact the Port Control 2 hours in advance of their ETA on VHF channel 14. A continuous listening

watch should be maintained on VHF channel 14 when entering

the port. Tidal and navigation information is available on request.

7.17 This port lies at the W limit of the Inshore Traffic Zone.

7.17 The port of Shoreham may be contacted by e-mail, as follows:

7.17 Anchorage.—Anchorage can be taken anywhere S of the

harbor, according to draft. The best holding ground lies in a

depth of 6m, sand and gravel over clay, about 1 mile S of the

entrance. 

7.17 Caution.—Several wrecks lie in the approaches to the port

and may best be seen on the chart. 

7.17 A sewer outfall pipeline, the seaward end of which is marked

by a lighted buoy, extends about 1.6 miles S from a point on the

shore about 0.8 mile E of the entrance.

7.17 The harbor is subject to siltation and the authorities should

be contacted for information concerning the latest depths.

7.18 The coast between Shoreham and Littlehamton is low

and backed by the South Downs. Chanctonbury Ring, a clump

of trees standing on the highest part of the downs, is prominent

and often the first landmark sighted when approaching the land

in this vicinity.

The towns of Lancing, Worthing, and Goring by Sea stand

along the shore, with no break between them.

A number of prominent buildings stand near the shore, about

3 miles W of Shoreham. A conspicuous gas storage tank is situated about 4.5 miles W of Shoreham, at the E end of Worthing.

Worthing is fronted by a pier, with a pavilion at its outer end,

which is reported to be radar prominent. The town is low-lying,

distinguishing it from Brighton, which stands on a cliff.

A church, with a prominent spire, is situated Goring by Sea,

4.5 miles E of Littlehampton and a gas storage tank stands 0.5

mile NE of it. Highdown Hill rises to an elevation of 80m

about 1.5 mile NW of the church. It has two chalk pits on the

W slope and one larger pit on the E slope.

Rackham Hill, with a conspicuous clump of trees, rises inland about 6 miles NNE of Littlehampton. A deep break in the

downs, formed by the valley of the River Arun, is located 2

miles W of this hill and is prominent from seaward.

7.18 Caution.—A sewer outfall pipeline extends about 3.5 miles

S from a point on the shore about 2.5 miles W of Shoreham

harbor entrance.

7.18 A sewer outfall pipeline, the outer end of which is marked by

a lighted buoy, extends about 2 miles SSE from a point on the

shore 0.6 mile E of Littlehampton harbor entrance.

7.18 Buoys (special), used as racing marks, may be moored offshore between Shoreham and Littlehampton from April to October.

7.18 Several dangerous rocks, which may best be seen on the

chart, lie up to 2 miles offshore between Shoreham and Littlehampton.

7.19 Littlehampton (50°47'N., 0°32'W.) (World Port Index No. 35610) lies at the mouth of the River Arun and is a

small commercial port and yachting center.

7.19 Tides—Currents.—The tides rise about 5.9m at springs and

4.4m at neaps.

7.19 The tidal currents are strong and may attain a rate of 6 knots

between the piers. The flood current continues until about 1

hour 30 minutes after HW at springs and 30 minutes after HW

at neaps. The ebb current continues until about 4 hours before

HW.

7.19 Depths—Limitations.—The harbor is formed by the lower

reaches of the river. The entrance, 33m wide, lies between two

pile piers. A low training wall, covered at half-tide, extends

seaward from the E pier and is marked at its outer end by a beacon.

7.19 The bar fronting the entrance dries up to 1m. The entrance

channel dries until abreast of the E pier, where there are depths

of 1 to 2m. There are berths for recreational craft and a marina

along the W bank of the river.

7.19 There are two commercial berths, 80m and 100m long, at the

E side of the harbor. Vessels take the ground at LW. Vessels up

Shoreham Power Station

info@shoreham-port.co.uk

Worthing Pier

Port of Littlehampton Home Page

http://www.littlehampton.org.uk
170 Sector 7. England—South Coast—Dover Strait—North Foreland to Selsey Bill 

Pub. 191

to 2,000 dwt and 70m in length can be handled, with drafts up

to 4.6m at springs and 3.8m at neaps.

7.19 Aspect.—Lighted range beacons indicate the approach to

the harbor. A fort, in ruins, stands on the shore near the root of

the W pier. The town stands on the E bank and is centered

about 1 mile N of the entrance.

7.19 A prominent gas storage tank stands about 0.8 mile NW of

the harbor entrance. A conspicuous block of apartments, 38m

high, and another conspicuous building are situated 0.3 mile

ENE and 0.8 mile E, respectively, of the harbor entrance.

7.19 Pilotage.—Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 50 grt.

Vessels should send their ETA 24 hours in advance. Pilots can

be contacted on VHF channel 16 or 71 and board within 2

miles of the harbor entrance.

7.19 The port of Littlehampton may be contacted by e-mail, as

follows:

7.19 Anchorage.—Vessels can anchor, in depths of 5 to 7m, stiff

blue clay, about 2 miles S of the harbor entrance. 

7.19 Caution.—The harbor may be inaccessible during strong SE

winds.

7.20 The coast between Littlehampton and Bogner Regis, 5

miles WSW, is low. The 10m depth contour in this area lies

about 4 miles offshore. 

Bognor Regis, a prominent coastal resort, is fronted by a

pier. It is reported that the glare of the town lights is very conspicuous at night.

Pagham Harbour, an area of saltings intersected by drying

creeks, lies 3.5 miles SW of Bognor Regis and 2.5 miles NE of

Selsey Bill. Most of this area is a nature reserve.

The entire coast between Bogner Regis and Selsey Bill

(50°43'N., 0°47'W.) is fronted by an area consisting of foul

ground, rocks, and shoals. This area extends up to about 2

miles seaward and vessels should keep well clear of it. The

shore consists of a shingle beach with numerous groins.

7.20 The Park (50°40'N., 0°41'W.), an anchorage area, lies between the Owers Shoals and the foul ground fronting Pagham

Harbour between Selsey Bill and Bognor Regis. It is well-sheltered from W and SW winds, but dangerous with winds from E

to S. The holding ground is good, being a thin layer of gravel

over stiff clay, and there are depths of 5 to 11m. However, this

anchorage cannot be recommended for large vessels, because

of frequent and sudden shifts in the wind and the rapidity with

which the sea gets up, especially during the winter months.

7.20 For a description of Selsey Bill and the dangers lying off this

point, including The Owers, see paragraph 2.29.

7.20 Caution.—An outfall pipeline extends 1.5 miles S from a

point on the shore at the W side of Bogner Regis.

7.20 Lobster pots may be encountered in the vicinity of Kingmere

Rocks, about 5.5 miles SE of Littlehampton.

7.20 An offshore scallop fishing ground extends from a line S of

Selsey Bill (50°43'N., 0°47'W.) to a line S of Rye, 60 miles E,

in a zone 15 miles wide.

English Inshore Traffic Zone

7.21 Sector 7 has been described from the NE to SW due to

the large volume of traffic that normally use the SW traffic lane

of the Dover Strait TSS while proceeding from the North Sea

to the Atlantic Ocean. Vessels are reminded that the Rules of

the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea

are applicable. 

Vessels navigating in the above zone should expect to meet

vessels proceeding in the opposite direction and a considerable

amount of cross-channel ferry traffic in the Dungeness to South

Foreland area. 

7.21 Caution.—Royal Sovereign Shoals lie directly in the track

of vessels proceeding between Beachy Head and Dungeness,

and can be especially dangerous during poor visibility and on

the flood when the E currents rounding the headland set down

on them. The light structure, situated directly S of Southern

Head, has been designed to withstand severe weather and is

conspicuous (see paragraph 7.13).

7.21 Numerous wrecks lie up to 9 miles offshore, especially between Dungeness and Beachy Head. Many of these wrecks rise

well above the seabed and should be avoided. 

harbour@littlehampton.org.uk

Bognor Regis Pier
Pub. 191

Glossary 171

Glossary

French

FRENCH English

A

abri, abrite .................................................shelter, sheltered

aiguille ...................................................................... needle

aimante...................................................................magnetic

amer ........................................................ landmark, beacon

amont ...................................................upstream, landmark

anse ..................................................................... bay, creek

appontement ............................................. wharf, pier, quay

argile .............................................................................clay

atterrissage .........................................making land, landfall

aval .................................................... downstream, seaward

avant port .............................................................outer port

azur ................................................................................blue

B

babord ........................................................................... port

baie .........................................................................bay, gulf

balisage ...............................................................beaconage

balise ........................................................................ beacon

banc .............................................................bank, sandbank

barre ................................................................................bar

basse mer ..............................................................low water

basse ............................................................................ shoal

bassin aflot .............................................. wet basin or dock

bassin ................................................................ basin, dock

bassin d'echouage .............tidal basin where vessels ground

bateau de sauvetag .................................................. lifeboat

blanc, he ......................................................................white

bleu, bleue .....................................................................blue

bois ..............................................................................wood

bouche ........................................................mouth of a river

bouee a sifflet .................................................. whistle buoy

bouee acloche ........................................................bell buoy

bouee ............................................................................buoy

bouee lumineuse ................................................. light buoy

boussole .................................................................compass

brisant, brisants .......................................... shoals, breakers

brise-lames .........................................................breakwater

brouillard ............................................................... fog, mist

brume ............................................................................. fog

C

caboteur .................................................................... coaster

cale de radoub ..............................................marine railway

cap ................................................................cape, headland

champ-de-tir ......................................................firing range

chapelle ..................................................................... chapel

charbon ..........................................................................coal

chaussee ..................................................... bank, causeway

chemin de fer .......................................................... railroad

cheminee ................................................................chimney

chenal ...................................................................... channel

clocher ......................................................................steeple

coffre ............................................................. mooring buoy

colline .............................................................................hill

compas ................................................................... compass

coquilles ......................................................................shells

cote ..............................................................................coast

courant .........................................................current, stream

courant de flot ..........................................flood tidal stream

courant de jusant ........................................ ebb tidal stream

crique .......................................................................... creek

crue ............................................................. freshet or flood

D

darse ............................................................................ basin

detroit ..............................................................strait, narrow

digue ........................................................ breakwater, mole

douane .............................................................customhouse

droit .................................................................... right (side)

due d'albe .................................................................dolphin

E

echelle ..........................................................................scale

echelle de maree ................................................. tide gauge

ecluse ..............................................lock of a canal or basin

ecueil ...............................................................rock, breaker

eglise .........................................................................church

encablure ................................... cable's length, about 183m

entree ..........................................entrance, mouth of a river

epave .......................................................................... wreck

epi .............................................................small jetty, groin

escarpe .......................................................................... bluff

etale ................................... (of tide) slack, (of wind) settled

etang ............................................................................. lake

etiage ........................................... low-water mark of a river

F

falaise ............................................................................ cliff

fanal .........................................................harbor lighthouse

feu .................................................................................light

feu permanent ....a light constantly burning and unwatched

fin ...................................................................................fine

fleche ........................................................................... spire

fleuve ...............................................................river, stream

flot ............................................................................... flood

foc .......................................................................... jib (sail)

fond ...........................................................................bottom

forme de radoub ......................................................drydock

fosse .................................................................ditch, a deep

G

galets ........................................................................ shingle

FRENCH English
Pub. 191 

172 Glossary

gaunche ................................................................ left (side)

golfe .............................................................................. gulf

goulet .........................................................narrow entrance

gravier ........................................................................gravel

greve .................................................................sandy beach

gris ................................................................................gray

gros ............................................................................ coarse

guet .................................................................. watch-house

H

haut-fond .................................................................. a shoal

haute mer .............................................................high water

houle ............................................................................ swell

I

ile ........................................................................island, isle

ilot .................................................................................islet

J

jaune ..........................................................................yellow

jetee ...............................................................................jetty

jusant ..............................................................................ebb

L

lac ..................................................................................lake

M

marais ............................................................swamp, marsh

maree ..............................................................................tide

maree descendante ............................................. falling tide

maree montante ....................................................rising tide

massif .......................................... main group of mountains

mat ............................................................................... mast

mole .................................................................... mole, pier

mortes eaux ..........................................................neap tides

mouillage ............................................................ anchorage

musoir ....................................................................pierhead

N

niveau ........................................................................... level

noeud .............................................................................knot

noir, noire ....................................................................black

nouveau, nouvel ............................................................ new

O

occidental ................................................................ western

onde ............................................................................. wave

oriental ..................................................................... eastern

ouest ............................................................................. west

P

passe ................................................. pass, fairway, channel

patente de sante ............................................... bill of health

FRENCH English

pertuis ........................................................opening or strait

petit ............................................................................. small

phare ................................................................... lighthouse

pic ................................................................................ peak

pierre ........................................................................... stone

pignon ......................................................................... gable

pin .................................................................pine or fir tree

plage ................................................................shore, beach

plateau ................................... tableland, or flat below water

pleine mer ...........................................................high water

pointe ...........................................................................point

pont .................................................................. bridge, deck

presq'ile .................................................................peninsula

Q

quai ................................................................... quay, wharf

R

rade ............................................................. road, roadstead

rafale .......................................................................... squall

raz (bas breton) ........................ tidal race or violent current

recif ................................................................................reef

roche .............................................................................rock

rocher ............................................................................rock

rouge ...............................................................................red

ruisseau ......................................................................rivulet

S

sable ..............................................................................sand

salines .................................. salt-water lagoons, salt works

seche .............................................................. dry shelf, flat

seuil .......................................................... sill (as of a dock)

sud ............................................................................... south

T

temps .............................................................. time, weather

terre-plein .................................... leveled ground, platform

tour ..............................................................................tower

tourelle ....................................................small tower, turret

tribord ...................................................................starboard

U

usine ..........................................................................factory

V

vase ...............................................................................mud

vent ..............................................................................wind

vert ..............................................................................green

vieil, vieille ....................................................... old, ancient

ville ..............................................................................town

vive-eau ...............................................................spring tide

FRENCH English
173

Pub. 191

How to use the Index—Gazetteer

Geographic names of navigational features are generally those used by the nation having sovereignty and are listed

alphabetically. Diacritical marks, such as accents, cedillas, and circumflexes, which are related to specific letters in certain foreign

languages, are not used in the interest of typographical simplicity.

Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily reflect recognition of the political status of an area by the United States

Government. Positions are approximate and are intended merely as locators to facilitate reference to the charts.

To use as a Gazetteer note the position and Sector number of the feature and refer to the Chart Information diagram for the

Sector. Plot the approximate position of the feature on this diagram and note the approximate chart number.

To use as an Index of features described in the text note the paragraph number at the right. To locate this feature on the best

scale chart use the Gazetteer procedure above. 

Index—Gazetteer

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

A

ADULT 50 06 N 1 27 E 6.14

ALDERNEY 49 43 N 2 11 W 4.28

ALDERNEY HARBOUR 49 43 N 2 12 W 4.29

ANSE D’YFFINIAC 48 32 N 2 42 W 3.25

ANSE DE BREHAC 48 44 N 2 56 W 3.25

ANSE DE PAIMPOL 48 49 N 3 00 W 3.21

ANSE DE VAUILLE 49 37 N 1 55 W 3.44

ANTIFER A5 LT BUOY 49 46 N 0 17 W 5.10

ANVIL POINT 50 36 N 1 57 W 2.16

ARROMANCHES LES BAINS 49 20 N 0 37 W 5.7

B

BAIE DE LANNION 48 44 N 3 40 W 3.10

BAIE DE MORLAIX 48 44 N 3 54 W 3.8

BAIE DE SAINT-BRIEUC 48 40 N 2 50 W 3.23

BAIE DE SAINT-MALO 48 40 N 2 02 W 3.30

BAIE DE SOMME 50 14 N 1 34 E 6.15

BAIE DU GRAND VEY 49 25 N 1 07 W 5.4

BAIE DU MONT SAINT-MICHEL 48 40 N 1 40 W 3.34

BANC DE LA SCHOLE 49 35 N 2 14 W 4.23

BANC DES LANGOUSTIERS 49 15 N 3 21 W 3.17

BANC DESORMES 49 19 N 2 17 W 4.4

BANC DU MILIEU 49 39 N 2 09 W 4.30

BANCHENOU 48 40 N 2 11 W 3.29

BAR AR GALL 48 50 N 3 35 W 3.10

BARFLEUR 49 40 N 1 16 W 5.3

BAS 48 45 N 4 01 W 3.5

BASSE DE SAUVAGES 48 45 N 2 12 W 3.29

BASSE DU MOULEC 49 03 N 2 15 W 3.17

BASSE DU NID 48 44 N 1 54 W 3.33

BASSE GRUNE 48 45 N 1 54 W 3.33

BASSE LE MARIE 49 02 N 1 48 W 3.40

BASSE MAURICE 48 58 N 2 56 W 3.17

BASSE NORD DU PLOMB 48 52 N 2 02 W 3.38

BASSE RAULT 48 44 N 1 56 W 3.33

BASSE TROUVEE 48 49 N 2 05 W 3.29

BASSURE DE BAAS 50 27 N 1 20 E 6.3

BASSURELLE 50 38 N 1 05 E 6.3

BASSURELLE LT BUOY 50 33 N 0 58 E 6.3

BEACHY HEAD 50 44 N 0 15 E 7.14

BEC DU NEZ 49 27 N 2 22 W 4.21

BEER HEAD 50 41 N 3 06 W 2.9

BELLE HOUGE POINT 49 15 N 2 06 W 4.10

BERCK-PLAGE LIGHT 50 24 N 1 34 E 6.17

BERGUES BANK 51 16 N 2 20 E 6.22

BERRY HEAD 50 14 N 3 29 W 2.4

BIG RUSSEL 49 27 N 2 25 W 4.23

BILL OF PORTLAND 50 31 N 2 27 W 2.11

BINIC 48 36 N 2 49 W 3.26

BISHOP ROCK 49 45 N 6 35 W 1.3

BLACK HEAD 50 00 N 5 06 W 1.13

BLACK HEAD 50 17 N 4 46 W 1.15

BLANCHARD 49 26 N 2 18 W 4.22

BODIC LIGHT 48 49 N 3 05 W 3.19

BOIS DE BIEN-ASSIS 48 35 N 2 30 W 3.24

BOLT HEAD 50 13 N 3 47 W 1.24

BOLT TAIL 50 14 N 3 52 W 1.23

BOULOGNE 50 44 N 1 36 E 6.19

BREHON TOWER 49 28 N 2 29 W 4.18

BRIDPORT HARBOUR 50 43 N 2 46 W 2.10

BRIGHTON 50 49 N 0 07 W 7.16

BRIXHAM HARBOUR 50 24 N 3 31 W 2.5

BROADSTAIRS 51 21 N 1 27 E 7.2

BULLOCK BANK 50 45 N 1 05 E 6.3

BURHOU 49 44 N 2 15 W 4.26

C

CAEN-OUISTREHAM 49 11 N 0 21 W 5.9

CALAIS 50 58 N 1 51 E 6.21

CANAL DES SEPT-ILES 48 52 N 3 27 W 3.12

CANCALE 48 41 N 1 36 W 3.34

CAP D’ALPRECH 50 42 N 1 34 E 6.18

CAP D’ANTIFER 49 41 N 0 10 E 5.18

CAP DE CARTERET 49 22 N 1 48 W 3.42

CAP DE FLAMANVILLE 49 31 N 1 53 W 3.44

CAP DE LA HAGUE 49 44 N 1 56 W 4.31

CAP DE LA HEVE 49 31 N 0 04 E 5.10

CAP FREHEL 48 41 N 2 19 W 3.29

CAP GRIS-NEZ 50 52 N 1 35 E 6.20

CAP LEVY 49 42 N 1 28 W 4.34

CARENTAN 49 18 N 1 14 W 5.5

CARREC-MINGUI 48 55 N 3 00 W 3.18

CASQUETS 49 43 N 2 23 W 4.25

CAUX DES MINQUIERS 49 00 N 2 00 W 3.38

CAYEUX-SUR-MER 50 11 N 1 30 E 6.14

CHANNEL ISLANDS 48 46 N 2 06 W 4.2

CHANNEL LIGHTFLOAT 49 54 N 2 54 W 4.1

CHARLESTOWN HARBOUR 50 20 N 4 45 W 1.16

CHAUSSEE DES BOEUFS 49 07 N 1 47 W 3.40

CHENAL DE LA GRANDE-PORTE 48 40 N 2 08 W 3.31

CHENAL DE LA PETITE-PORTE 48 41 N 2 06 W 3.31

CHERBOURG 49 39 N 1 38 W 4.33

CHICHESTER HARBOUR 50 47 N 0 56 W 2.28

COCKBURN BANK 50 01 N 8 45 W 1.2

COLBERT N LIGHTED BUOY 50 07 N 1 24 E 6.3

COPT POINT 51 05 N 1 12 E 7.8

COURSEULLES-SUR-MER 49 20 N 0 28 W 5.8

COVERACK COVE 50 01 N 5 06 W 1.13

COWES HARBOUR 50 46 N 1 18 W 2.26

CREAC’H LIGHT 48 28 N 5 08 W 3.2

CS4 LIGHTED BUOY 51 09 N 1 34 E 6.3

CUDDEN POINT 50 06 N 5 26 W 1.11

D

DARTMOUTH 50 21 N 3 35 W 2.3

DEAL 51 13 N 1 24 E 7.5

DEMIE DE PAS 49 09 N 2 06 W 4.7

DEROUTE DE TERRE 48 54 N 1 38 W 3.43

DIELETTE 49 33 N 1 52 W 3.44

DIEPPE 49 56 N 1 05 E 6.11
174 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 191

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

DKA LIGHTED BUOY 51 02 N 1 57 E 6.23

DODMAN POINT 50 13 N 4 48 W 1.15

DOVER 51 07 N 1 20 E 7.7

DOVER PATROL MEMORIAL 51 09 N 1 24 E 7.5

DOVER STRAIT 51 00 N 1 20 E 6.2

DOWNS, THE 51 13 N 1 26 E 7.5

DRILL STONE 51 26 N 1 42 E 7.3

DUNGENESS 50 55 N 0 59 E 7.10

DUNGENESS NUCLEAR PW STN 50 55 N 0 58 E 7.10

DUNKERQUE 51 03 N 2 21 E 6.26

DYCK LIGHTED BUOY 51 03 N 1 52 E 6.23

E

EAST CHANNEL LT BUOY 49 52 N 2 29 W 4.1

EAST GOODWIN LIGHTVESSEL 51 13 N 1 36 E 6.3, 7.6

EAST RUTTS 50 14 N 3 52 W 1.23

EASTBOURNE 50 46 N 0 17 E 7.12

EDDYSTONE ROCKS 50 11 N 4 16 W 1.21

EGYPT POINT 50 46 N 1 19 W 2.19

EIGHT FATHOM LEDGE 49 43 N 2 24 W 4.25

ELBOW 51 22 N 1 31 E 7.2

ENTREE DE LA DEROUTE 48 54 N 1 55 W 3.43

ERQUY 48 38 N 2 28 W 3.28

ETAPLES 50 31 N 1 38 E 6.17

ETRETAT 49 42 N 0 12 E 6.7

EXMOUTH HARBOUR 50 37 N 3 25 W 2.8

F

F1 LIGHTED BUOY 50 11 N 1 45 E 6.3

F2 LIGHTED BUOY 51 21 N 1 56 E 6.3

FALMOUTH 50 09 N 5 03 W 1.14

FALMOUTH BAY 50 08 N 5 04 W 1.13

FECAMP 49 46 N 0 22 E 6.8

FLAMANVILLE NUCLEAR PW ST 49 32 N 1 53 W 3.44

FOLKESTONE 51 05 N 1 12 E 7.9

FORT DOYLE 49 30 N 2 30 W 4.15

FOWEY HARBOUR 50 19 N 4 39 W 1.18

FOXTROT 3 LIGHTED BUOY 51 24 N 2 01 E 6.3

G

GOODWIN SANDS 51 14 N 1 32 E 7.6

GOREY 49 12 N 2 01 W 4.11

GRANDCAMP MAISY 49 23 N 1 03 W 5.5

GRANDE AMFROQUE 49 31 N 2 25 W 4.18

GRANDE ECAMIAS 49 59 N 0 59 E 6.10

GRANDE ILE CHAUSEY 48 52 N 1 49 W 3.39

GRANDE RADE DE CANCALE 48 42 N 1 49 W 3.34

GRANDE-CONCHEE 48 41 N 2 03 W 3.30

GRANDE-HUPEE 48 41 N 2 06 W 3.30

GRAND-JARDIN 48 40 N 2 05 W 3.30

GRAND-LEJON 48 45 N 2 40 W 3.23

GRANVILLE 48 50 N 1 36 W 3.36

GRAVELINES 51 00 N 2 07 E 6.24

GRAVELINES POWER STATION 51 01 N 2 08 E 6.23

GREAT BANK, THE 49 26 N 2 31 W 4.17

GREAT SOLE BANK 49 53 N 9 36 W 1.2

GREENWICH LIGHTVESSEL 50 24 N 0 00 E 6.2

GRIBBIN HEAD 50 19 N 4 40 W 1.17

GROSNEZ POINT 49 16 N 2 15 W 4.4

GUERNSEY 49 28 N 2 37 W 4.13

GULL STREAM 51 18 N 1 30 E 7.6

GWENNAP HEAD 50 02 N 5 41 W 1.7

H

HASTINGS 50 51 N 0 35 E 7.12

HAUT-FOND-DU-CHENAL 48 46 N 3 44 W 3.10

HELFORD RIVER 50 06 N 5 06 W 1.13

HERM 49 28 N 2 27 W 4.18

HONFLEUR 49 25 N 0 15 E 5.14

HOPE'S NOSE 50 27 N 3 29 W 2.4

HUGH TOWN 49 55 N 6 19 W 1.4

HURD DEEP 49 40 N 3 00 W 4.2

HURST POINT 50 42 N 1 33 W 2.18

HYTHE 51 04 N 0 04 E 7.10

I

ILE ARGOT 48 38 N 2 10 W 3.29

ILE D’OUESSANT 48 28 N 5 05 W 3.2

ILE DE BATZ 48 45 N 4 01 W 3.5

ILE DE BATZ LIGHT 48 45 N 4 02 W 3.5

ILE DE BREHAT 48 51 N 3 00 W 3.18

ILE DE CEZEMBRE 48 41 N 2 04 W 3.30

ILE DES RIMAINS 48 41 N 1 50 W 3.34

ILE GRANDE 48 48 N 3 35 W 3.10

ILE HARBOUR 48 40 N 2 48 W 3.25

ILE TOME 48 50 N 3 24 W 3.13

ILE VIERGE LIGHT 48 38 N 4 34 W 3.3

ILES CHAUSEY 48 52 N 1 49 W 3.39

ILES SAINT-MARCOUF 49 30 N 1 09 W 5.4

IN RUYTINGEN 51 13 N 2 16 E 6.22

INTER BANK LIGHTED BUOY 51 17 N 1 52 E 6.3

IRON GATES 50 04 N 5 26 W 1.11

ISIGNY 49 19 N 1 06 W 5.5

ISLE OF WIGHT 50 40 N 1 18 W 2.19

J

JERSEY 49 16 N 2 15 W 4.3

JONES BANK 49 53 N 7 58 W 1.2

K

KAISER-I-HIND BANK 48 06 N 6 34 W 1.2

KEREON LIGHT 48 26 N 5 01 W 3.2

L

LA CATHEUE 49 07 N 1 47 W 3.40

LA CATIS 48 43 N 2 15 W 3.29

LA CORBIERE LIGHT 49 11 N 2 15 W 4.4

LA COUPE POINT 49 14 N 2 01 W 4.11

LA CROIX LIGHT 48 50 N 3 03 W 3.19

LA JUMENT LIGHT 48 25 N 5 08 W 3.2

LA PENZE RIVER 48 39 N 3 57 W 3.9

LA ROCQUE POINT 49 10 N 2 02 W 4.9

LA SEINE MARITIME 49 30 N 0 15 E 5.13

LAND’S END 50 04 N 5 43 W 1.6

LANGSTONE HARBOUR 50 47 N 1 02 W 2.28

LANNION 48 44 N 3 28 W 3.11

LE BECQUET 49 39 N 1 33 W 4.34

LE CROTOY 50 13 N 1 38 E 6.16

LE FOUR LIGHT 48 31 N 4 48 W 3.3

LE HAVRE 49 29 N 0 06 E 5.12

LE HAVRE-ANTIFER 49 39 N 0 10 E 5.19

LE HOURDEL 50 13 N 1 34 E 6.16

LE LEGUE 48 32 N 2 45 W 3.27

LE MONT SAINT-MICHEL 48 38 N 1 31 W 3.34

LE PAON LIGHT 48 52 N 2 59 W 3.18

LE ROHEIN 48 39 N 2 38 W 3.23

LE RONQUET 49 00 N 1 37 W 3.40

LE SENEQUET 49 05 N 1 40 W 3.40

LE STIFF LIGHT 48 28 N 5 03 W 3.2

LE TREPORT 50 04 N 1 22 E 6.13

LE TRIEUX 48 50 N 3 04 W 3.19

LE VIDECOQ 48 50 N 1 42 W 3.35

LE VIEUX BANC 48 42 N 2 10 W 3.29

LEGUER 48 44 N 3 33 W 3.11

LES ARDENTES 48 58 N 1 52 W 3.38

LES BUCHARATS 48 40 N 2 07 W 3.31

LES CHEMINEES 48 40 N 2 07 W 3.31

LES DERVINIS 48 52 N 3 27 W 3.12

LES DIROUILLES 49 18 N 2 02 W 3.41

LES ECREHOU 49 17 N 1 56 W 3.41

LES HANOIS 49 26 N 2 42 W 4.14

LES HEAUX 48 55 N 3 05 W 3.16

LES HUQUETS DE JOBOURG 49 39 N 1 57 W 3.45

LES MAISONS 48 59 N 2 10 W 3.38

LES RIDENS 50 45 N 1 18 E 6.3

LES SAUVAGES 48 54 N 2 01 W 3.38

LES SEPT ILES 48 53 N 3 29 W 3.12

LES TRIAGOZ LIGHT 48 52 N 3 39 W 3.12

LEVI 49 42 N 1 28 W 4.34

LEZARDRIEUX 48 47 N 3 06 W 3.20
Index—Gazetteer 175

Pub. 191

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

LHA LANBY 49 32 N 0 10 W 5.10

LITTLE SOLE BANK 48 27 N 8 53 W 1.2

LITTLEHAMPTON 50 47 N 0 32 W 7.19

LIZARD POINT 49 57 N 5 12 W 1.12

LOCQUIREC 48 42 N 3 39 W 3.10

LONGSHIPS 50 04 N 5 45 W 1.6

LOOE HARBOUR 50 21 N 4 27 W 1.20

LOOE ISLAND 50 20 N 4 27 W 1.20

LYME BAY 50 36 N 3 18 W 2.9

LYME REGIS HARBOUR 50 43 N 2 56 W 2.10

LYMINGTON 50 45 N 1 32 W 2.18

M

MAITRE ILE 49 17 N 1 56 W 3.41

MAITRESSE ILE 48 58 N 2 04 W 3.38

MANACLE ROCKS 50 03 N 5 02 W 1.13

MEAN RUZ LIGHT 48 50 N 3 29 W 3.13

MELVILLE KNOLL 49 14 N 8 16 W 1.2

MEVAGISSEY 50 16 N 4 47 W 1.15

MONT SAINT-MICHEL 48 38 N 1 31 W 3.34

MONTE UBE LIGHT 49 00 N 2 04 W 4.9

MORLAIX 48 35 N 3 50 W 3.9

MOUNTS BAY 50 04 N 5 26 W 1.8

MPC LIGHTED BUOY 51 06 N 1 38 E 6.3

MULLION ISLAND 50 01 N 5 16 W 1.11

N

NAB CHANNEL 50 42 N 0 57 W 2.23

NAB TOWER 50 40 N 0 57 W 2.23

NE GOODWIN LT BUOY 51 20 N 1 34 E 7.6

NEEDLES CHANNEL 50 38 N 1 39 W 2.22

NEEDLES POINT 50 40 N 1 35 W 2.19

NEEDLES ROCKS 50 40 N 1 35 W 2.19

NEWHAVEN 50 47 N 0 03 E 7.15

NEWLYN 50 06 N 5 33 W 1.9

NEZ DE JOBOURG 49 41 N 1 56 W 3.45

NIVIDIC LIGHT 48 27 N 5 09 W 3.2

NOIRMONT POINT 49 10 N 2 10 W 4.5

NORTH FORELAND 51 22 N 1 27 E 7.2

O

OOST DYCK RDR TOWER 51 16 N 2 27 E 6.22

ORTAC CHANNEL 49 44 N 2 81 W 4.27

OUESSANT NE LT BUOY 48 59 N 5 24 W 3.1

OUESSANT SW LANBY 48 30 N 5 45 W 3.1

OUISTREHAM 49 17 N 0 15 W 5.9

OUT RUYTINGEN 51 08 N 2 04 E 6.3

OWERS LIGHTED BUOY 50 39 N 0 41 W 2.29

P

PAIGNTON 50 26 N 3 33 W 2.5

PAIMPOL 48 47 N 3 03 W 3.22

PALUEL POWER STATION 49 52 N 0 38 E 6.9

PAR 50 21 N 4 42 W 1.17

PAR SANDS 50 21 N 4 42 W 1.17

PARSONS BANK 48 25 N 6 32 W 1.2

PASSAGE DE LA DEROUTE 49 15 N 1 50 W 3.43

PASSAGE ROCK 49 10 N 2 12 W 4.6

PASSE DE L’OUEST 51 03 N 2 09 E 6.25

PEGWELL BAY 51 19 N 1 22 E 7.5

PENCARROW HEAD 50 19 N 4 36 W 1.19

PENLY POWER STATION 49 59 N 1 13 E 6.12

PENZANCE 50 07 N 5 32 W 1.10

PENZANCE BAY 50 06 N 5 30 W 1.8

PERROS-GUIREC 48 48 N 3 27 W 3.13

PETITE ANQUETTE 49 09 N 1 56 W 4.9

PIERRE DE HERPIN 48 44 N 1 49 W 3.33

PIERRES LECQ OU PATERNOSTERS 49 17 N 2 12 W 4.10

PLATEAU DE BARNOUIC 49 02 N 2 48 W 3.17

PLATEAU DE LA HORAINE 48 54 N 2 54 W 3.18

PLATEAU DE MELOINE 48 47 N 3 47 W 3.7

PLATEAU DES DUONS 48 44 N 3 55 W 3.8

PLATEAU DES HORS 48 39 N 2 45 W 3.25

PLATEAU DES MINQUIERS 48 59 N 2 04 W 3.38

PLATEAU DES ROCHES-DOUVRES 49 06 N 2 49 W 3.17

PLATEAU DES TRIAGOZ 48 53 N 3 40 W 3.12

PLATEAU DES TROIS-GRUNES 49 22 N 1 54 W 3.41

PLATEAU DU CRAPAUD 48 47 N 3 44 W 3.10

PLATEAU DU ROHEIN 48 39 N 2 37 W 3.23

PLATTE FOUGERE 49 31 N 2 29 W 4.17

PLEMONT POINT 49 16 N 2 14 W 4.10

PLYMOUTH 50 20 N 4 10 W 1.22

POINT LA MOYE 49 11 N 2 15 W 4.5

POINT ROBERT 49 26 N 2 21 W 4.21

POINTE D’AGON 49 00 N 1 35 W 3.42

POINTE D’AILLY 49 55 N 0 58 E 6.10

POINTE DE BEG POL 48 41 N 4 21 W 3.4

POINTE DE L’ARCOUEST 48 49 N 3 00 W 3.21

POINTE DE LA BARFLEUR 49 42 N 1 16 W 5.2

POINTE DE LA CHAINE 48 40 N 1 50 W 3.34

POINTE DE LA LATTE 48 40 N 2 17 W 3.29

POINTE DE LA PERCEE 49 24 N 0 55 W 5.6

POINTE DE MEINGA 48 42 N 1 56 W 3.30

POINTE DE PLENEUF 48 36 N 2 33 W 3.28

POINTE DE QUERQUEVILLE 49 40 N 1 41 W 4.32

POINTE DE ROSELIER 48 33 N 2 43 W 3.25

POINTE DE SAINT QUENTIN 50 16 N 1 33 E 6.17

POINTE DE SAIRE 49 36 N 1 14 W 5.3

POINTE DE SCOTTEVILLE 49 48 N 0 50 E 6.10

POINTE DE TOUQUET 50 32 N 1 35 E 6.17

POINTE DE VER 49 20 N 0 27 W 5.8

POINTE DE WALDE LIGHT 51 00 N 1 55 E 6.23

POINTE DU CHATEAU 48 52 N 3 13 W 3.14

POINTE DU DECOLLE 48 38 N 2 08 W 3.29

POINTE DU GROUIN 48 43 N 1 51 W 3.33

POINTE DU HAUT-BANC 50 24 N 1 34 E 6.17

POINTE DU NID 48 42 N 1 53 W 3.33

POINTE DU ROC 48 50 N 1 37 W 3.35

POL BANK 49 50 N 6 28 W 1.3

PONTRIEUX 48 42 N 3 09 W 3.20

POOLE HARBOUR 50 41 N 1 57 W 2.17

PORT BLANK 48 50 N 3 18 W 3.13

PORT DU HAVRE-ANTIFER 49 39 N 0 10 E 5.19

PORT-EN-BESSIN 49 21 N 0 45 W 5.7

PORTHLEVEN 50 05 N 5 19 W 1.11

PORTLAND HARBOUR 50 35 N 2 26 W 2.13

PORTRIEUX 48 39 N 2 50 W 3.26

PORTSMOUTH 50 48 N 1 06 W 2.24

PORZ KERNOK 48 45 N 4 01 W 3.5

PRESQU’ILE DE SAINT-LAURENT 48 31 N 4 46 W 3.3

Q

QUEMER 50 17 N 1 20 E 6.15

QUENARD POINT 49 44 N 2 10 W 4.28

R

RACE OF ALDERNEY 49 44 N 2 05 W 4.30

RADE D’ERQUY 48 38 N 2 28 W 3.28

RADE DE CANCALE 48 42 N 1 49 W 3.34

RAME HEAD 50 19 N 4 13 W 1.20

RAMSGATE 51 20 N 1 25 E 7.4

RCE LIGHTED BUOY 51 02 N 1 53 E 6.23

REDCLIFF POINT 50 38 N 2 24 W 2.15

REPORTING SYSTEMS 50 00 N 2 30 W 1.1

RIDENS DE BELLEVILLE 49 59 N 1 09 E 6.12

RIDENS DE DIEPPE 50 06 N 1 06 E 6.12

RIDENS DE TREPORT 50 06 N 1 18 E 6.12

RIDGE, THE 50 53 N 1 20 E 6.3

RIVIERE DE LANNION 48 44 N 3 33 W 3.11

RIVIERE DE MORLAIX 48 40 N 3 53 W 3.8

RIVIERE DIVES 49 18 N 0 06 W 5.10

ROCHER ROHEIN 48 39 N 2 38 W 3.23

ROCHES DE SAINT-QUAY 48 39 N 2 46 W 3.25

ROCHES DUON 48 44 N 3 55 W 3.8

ROCHES-DOUVRES LIGHT 49 06 N 2 49 W 3.17

ROSCOFF 48 44 N 3 59 W 3.6

ROSCOFF BLOSCON 48 43 N 3 58 W 3.6

ROSEDO LIGHT 48 52 N 3 00 W 3.18

ROUEN 49 27 N 1 06 E 5.16

ROUND ISLAND 49 59 N 6 19 W 1.3

ROYAL SOVEREIGN LIGHT 50 43 N 0 26 E 7.13

ROYAL SOVEREIGN SHOALS 50 44 N 0 26 E 7.13
176 Index—Gazetteer

Pub. 191

Position

° ' ° '

Position

° ' ° '

Sec.

Para

Sec.

Para

RUYTINGEN SW LT BUOY 51 05 N 1 47 E 6.3

RYDE 50 44 N 1 09 W 2.20

RYDE MIDDLE 50 46 N 1 14 W 2.25

RYE BAY 50 54 N 0 49 E 7.11

RYE HARBOUR 50 57 N 0 44 E 7.11

S

SAINT ALBANS HEAD 50 35 N 2 03 W 2.16

SAINT ANTHONY HEAD 50 09 N 5 03 W 1.13

SAINT AUBIN 49 11 N 2 10 W 4.6

SAINT AUBIN BAY 49 11 N 2 08 W 4.6

SAINT BRELADE BAY 49 11 N 2 12 W 4.5

SAINT CATHERINE BAY 49 13 N 2 01 W 4.11

SAINT CATHERINES POINT 50 35 N 1 18 W 2.20

SAINT HELIER 49 11 N 2 07 W 4.8

SAINT MARTINS POINT 49 25 N 2 32 W 4.16

SAINT OUEN BAY 49 13 N 2 15 W 4.4

SAINT PETER PORT 49 27 N 2 32 W 4.20

SAINT SAMPSON 49 29 N 2 31 W 4.19

SAINT-MALO 48 39 N 2 01 W 3.32

SAINT-QUAY-PORTRIEUX 48 39 N 2 50 W 3.26

SAINT-VAAST-LA-HOUGUE 49 35 N 1 15 W 5.3

SAINT-VALERY-EN-CAUX 49 52 N 0 43 E 6.9

SAINT-VALERY-SUR-SOMME 50 11 N 1 39 E 6.16

SALCOMBE HARBOUR 50 14 N 3 46 W 1.24

SANDETTIE 51 15 N 2 00 E 6.3

SANDETTIE LIGHTVESSEL 51 09 N 1 47 E 6.3

SARK 49 26 N 2 22 W 4.21

SCILLY ISLES 49 55 N 6 20 W 1.3

SEINE, ESTUARY OF 49 30 N 0 01 W 5.10

SELSEY BILL 50 43 N 0 47 W 2.29

SEVEN STONES 50 02 N 6 07 W 1.5

SEVEN STONES LIGHTFLOAT 50 04 N 6 04 W 1.5

SHAMROCK KNOLL 48 11 N 7 34 W 1.2

SHINGLE BANK 50 44 N 0 35 E 7.13

SHINGLES 50 41 N 1 35 W 2.18

SHOREHAM 50 50 N 0 15 W 7.17

SKERRIES BANK 50 15 N 3 36 W 2.2

SMALL DOWNS, THE 51 15 N 1 26 E 7.5

SOLENT 50 47 N 1 17 W 2.21

SOLENT BANK 50 44 N 1 26 W 2.22

SOREL POINT 49 16 N 2 09 W 4.10

SOUTH FALLS 51 23 N 1 47 E 6.3, 7.3

SOUTH FALLS LIGHTED BUOY 51 14 N 1 44 E 6.3

SOUTH FORELAND 51 08 N 1 22 E 7.5

SOUTHAMPTON 50 54 N 1 24 W 2.27

ST. ALDHELMS HEAD 50 35 N 2 03 W 2.16

ST. CLEMENTS ISLE 50 05 N 5 32 W 1.8

ST. GEORGES ISLAND 50 20 N 4 27 W 1.20

ST. MARY'S 49 55 N 6 19 W 1.4

ST. MICHAEL’S MOUNT 50 07 N 5 29 W 1.8

STANSORE POINT 50 47 N 1 21 W 2.18

START POINT 50 13 N 3 38 W 2.2

STRAIGHT POINT 50 36 N 3 21 W 2.9

SWINGE, THE 49 43 N 2 15 W 4.27

T

TATER DU LIGHT 50 03 N 5 35 W 1.7

TEIGNMOUTH HARBOUR 50 33 N 3 30 W 2.7

THE BOA 49 58 N 5 17 W 1.11

THE BRIDGE 50 38 N 1 39 W 2.19

THE OWERS 50 42 N 0 44 W 2.29

THE PARK 50 40 N 0 41 W 7.20

THE SHAMBLES 50 30 N 2 22 W 2.12

TOR BAY 50 26 N 3 28 W 2.4

TORQUAY 50 28 N 3 32 W 2.6

TREGUIER 48 47 N 3 14 W 3.15

TRINITY BAY 51 12 N 1 30 E 7.5

TROUVILLE-DEAUVILLE 49 22 N 0 05 E 5.11

U

USHANT ISLAND 48 28 N 5 05 W 3.2

V

VARNE LIGHTVESSEL 51 01 N 1 24 E 6.3

VARNE, THE 50 58 N 1 20 E 6.3

VERGOYER 50 33 N 0 58 E 6.3

VERGOYER N LT BUOY 50 33 N 0 58 E 6.3

W

WEYMOUTH HARBOUR 50 37 N 2 27 W 2.14

WOLF ROCK 49 57 N 5 49 W 1.5

WORBARROW BAY 50 37 N 2 12 W 2.15

Y

YARMOUTH 50 42 N 1 30 W 2.19

YEALM HEAD 50 18 N 4 04 W 1.23

YPORT 49 44 N 0 19 E 6.7